Table of Contents

As filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on March 18, 2010.

Registration No. 333-164940

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

AMENDMENT NO. 2

TO

FORM F-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

SCORPIO TANKERS INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Republic of The Marshall Islands   4412   N/A

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

9, Boulevard Charles III

Monaco 98000

+377-9798-5716

   

Seward & Kissel LLP

Attention: Lawrence Rutkowski, Esq.

One Battery Park Plaza

New York, New York 10004

(212) 574-1206

(Address and telephone number of

Registrant’s principal executive offices)

   

(Name, address and telephone

number of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Lawrence Rutkowski, Esq.

Seward & Kissel LLP

One Battery Park Plaza

New York, New York 10004

(212) 574-1206 (telephone number)

(212) 480-8421 (facsimile number)

 

Richard D. Truesdell, Jr., Esq.

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

450 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10017

212-450-4000 (telephone number)

212-701-5800 (facsimile number)

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are being offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box.     ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 
Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered  

Amount to be

Registered (1)

 

Proposed

Maximum

Offering Price

Per Security (1)

 

Proposed Maximum

Aggregate

Offering Price (1)(2)

 

Amount of

Registration Fee

Common Shares, $0.01 par value per share

  14,375,000   $16   $230,000,000   $16,399 (3)
 
 
(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act based on an estimate of the proposed maximum aggregate offering price.
(2) Includes common shares that may be sold pursuant to the underwriters’ over-allotment option.
(3) Of this amount, $10,695 was previously paid in connection with the initial filing of this registration statement on February 17, 2010.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)

Issued March 18, 2010

 

12,500,000 Shares

SCORPIO TANKERS INC.

 

LOGO

COMMON STOCK

 

 

 

Scorpio Tankers Inc. is offering 12,500,000 shares of its common stock. This is our initial public offering and no public market exists for our shares. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $14.00 and $16.00 per share.

 

 

 

Our common stock has been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “STNG”.

 

 

 

Investing in the common stock involves risks. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 13.

 

 

 

PRICE $             A SHARE

 

 

 

      

Price to Public

    

Underwriting
Discounts and
Commissions

    

Proceeds to

Company

Per Share

     $                          $                          $                    

Total

     $                          $                          $                    

 

We have granted the underwriters the right to purchase an additional 1,875,000 shares of common stock to cover over-allotments.

 

The Securities and Exchange Commission and state securities regulators have not approved or disapproved these securities, or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

The underwriters are offering the common stock as set forth under “Underwriting.” The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on                     , 2010.

 

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY    DAHLMAN ROSE & COMPANY

 

Fearnley Fonds

 

Nordea Markets    DnB NOR Markets    Fortis Bank Nederland

 

                    , 2010


Table of Contents

You should rely only on information contained in this prospectus. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to give any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus. Do not rely upon any information or representations made outside of this prospectus. This prospectus is not an offer to sell, and it is not soliciting an offer to buy, (1) any securities other than our common shares or (2) our common shares in any circumstances in which such an offer or solicitation is unlawful. The information contained in this prospectus may change after the date of this prospectus. Do not assume after the date of this prospectus that the information contained in this prospectus is still correct.

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 


 

Through and including             , (the 25th date after the date of this prospectus) federal securities law may require all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, to deliver a prospectus. This requirement is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

(i)


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

 

This section summarizes some of the key information that appears later in this prospectus. It may not contain all of the information that may be important to you. You should review carefully the risk factors and the more detailed information and financial statements included in this prospectus before making an investment decision. Unless the context otherwise requires, when used in this prospectus, the terms “Scorpio Tankers,” the “Company,” “we,” “our” and “us” refer to Scorpio Tankers Inc. and the three vessel-owning subsidiaries owned by Scorpio Tankers. The financial information included in this prospectus represents our financial information and the operations of our three vessel-owning subsidiaries. Unless otherwise indicated, all references to currency amounts in this prospectus are in U.S. dollars. See the “Glossary of shipping terms” included in this prospectus for definitions of certain terms used in this prospectus that are commonly used in the shipping industry.

 

Our Company

 

We are Scorpio Tankers Inc., a company incorporated in the Republic of The Marshall Islands. We provide seaborne transportation of crude oil and other petroleum products worldwide. We believe that recent downward pressure on tanker values will present attractive opportunities for ship operators that have the necessary capital resources. Following the completion of this offering, we expect to have approximately $172.9 million of available cash from the net proceeds of this offering, based on an assumed offering price of $15 per share, which represents the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. We have also obtained a commitment letter for a new $150,000,000 senior secured credit facility that we expect to enter into after the closing of this offering. The proceeds of this offering together with the amounts we expect to be available under our new credit facility will be available to fund additional acquisitions. We intend to use these funds to purchase additional modern tankers ranging in size from approximately 35,000 deadweight tons, or dwt, to approximately 200,000 dwt, and that generally are not more than five years old. We may purchase secondhand vessels that meet our specifications or newbuilding vessels, either directly from shipyards or from the current owners with shipyard contracts. The timing of these acquisitions will depend on our ability to identify suitable vessels on attractive purchase terms.

 

Our founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Emanuele Lauro, is a member of the Lolli-Ghetti family, which has been involved in shipping since the early 1950s through the Italian company Navigazione Alta Italia, or NAI. The Lolli-Ghetti family owns and controls the Scorpio Group, which includes Simon Financial Limited, or Simon, which prior to this offering was our ultimate parent company and controlling party; Scorpio Ship Management S.A.M., or SSM; and Scorpio Commercial Management S.A.M., or SCM; which provide us and third parties with technical and commercial management services, respectively; Liberty Holding Company Ltd., or Liberty, which provides us with administrative services; and other affiliated entities. Our President, Mr. Robert Bugbee, also has a senior management position at Scorpio Group, and was formerly the President and Chief Operating Officer of OMI Corporation, or OMI, which was a publicly traded shipping company.

 

Our Initial Fleet

 

We own and operate three Panamax tanker vessels, which we refer to as our initial fleet, that have an average age of 6.6 years as of the end of February, 2010. Two of these tankers, Noemi and Senatore , are employed under fixed-rate long-term time charters that, as of January 1, 2010, have remaining durations of approximately 24 and nine months, respectively, and have aggregate remaining contracted revenue of approximately $25.6 million. Venice is currently participating in the Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool (see description in “Business—Management of our Fleet – Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool). We acquired the vessels in our initial fleet from entities affiliated with our founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and other members of the Lolli-Ghetti family in exchange for all of our common shares.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

Our chartering policy is to employ our vessels on a variety of time charters and in the spot charter market. Where we plan to employ a vessel in the spot charter market, we intend to generally place such vessel in a tanker pool managed by our commercial manager that pertains to that vessel’s size class. We believe this policy allows us to obtain attractive charterhire rates for our vessels while managing our exposure to short-term fluctuations in the tanker chartering market.

 

The following table summarizes key information about Venice , Noemi and Senatore and their associated charters or pool agreement as of the date of this prospectus:

 

Vessel Name

   Vessel
Type
   Year
Built
   Charterer
Name
   Time
Charter Rate
($ per day) (1)
   Vessel
Delivery
Date
   Re-Delivery from
Charterer

Venice (2)

   Panamax    2001    Scorpio
Panamax
Tanker Pool
   Pool earnings    April 2004    N/A

Noemi (3)

   Panamax    2004    King Dustin    24,500    Jan 2007    Jan 2012

Senatore (4)

   Panamax    2004    BP Shipping    26,000    Oct 2007    Oct 2010

 

  (1)   This table shows gross charter rates and does not reflect commissions payable by us to third party and affiliated chartering brokers ranging from 2.5% to 3.75%, which includes the 1.25% payable to SCM.
  (2)   Venice participates in the Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool operated by our commercial manager, within which it is currently employed on spot charter with Marathon Oil. The vessel is allocated a pro-rata share of aggregated earnings of all the tankers in the pool, weighted by attributes such as size, fuel consumption, class notation and other capabilities. Based on the 18 current vessels in the Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool, the Venice ’s specifications currently result in the vessel earning approximately 6.16% of all net pool revenues, assuming all pool participant vessels are operating for the full year, which is a greater pro-rata share of the pool earnings than most of the other vessels in the pool. This percentage may not be reflective of future earnings in the pool. The vessel can be withdrawn from the pool upon 90 days notice or after the vessel is free from any commitment, whichever is later. Please see “Business—Our Managers—Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool” for additional information comparing the Venice with other ships in the Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool.
  (3)   Noemi ’s redelivery from King Dustin is in January 2012, plus or minus 30 days at the charterer’s option. King Dustin currently time charters-out Noemi to ST Shipping, a wholly owned subsidiary of Glencore S.A. of Zug, Switzerland. Please see “Related Party Transactions—King Dustin” for additional information.
  (4)   Senatore ’s redelivery from BP Shipping is in October 2010, plus or minus 30 days at the charterer’s option.

 

Please see “Business—Our Initial Fleet” and “Our Customers” for additional information about the vessels in our fleet and our chartering arrangements.

 

Our Managers

 

As our commercial and technical managers, SCM and SSM provide us with commercial and technical services pursuant to their respective commercial and technical management agreements with us. Commercial services primarily involve vessel chartering. Technical services primarily include vessel operation, maintenance and crewing. We pay our managers fees for these services and reimburse our managers for the reasonable direct or indirect expenses they incur in providing us with these services.

 

 

2


Table of Contents

We believe that Scorpio Group has established a reputation in the shipping industry as a leading independent provider of seaborne petroleum transportation services to major oil companies, national oil companies and oil traders in the Aframax, Panamax and Handymax tanker markets. Scorpio Group, headquartered in Monaco, was formed in 1971 and currently provides full technical management services through SSM to its own fleet as well as third party vessels and provides commercial management services through SCM to its own fleet as well as third party vessels. Scorpio Group is wholly-owned and controlled by the Lolli-Ghetti family, which has been involved in the shipping business since the early 1950s through NAI. Emanuele A. Lauro has served in a senior management position at Scorpio Group since 2004.

Scorpio Group has experienced significant growth since 2003 when it controlled a fleet of four vessels. Today Scorpio Group, through SSM and SCM, manages a fleet of approximately 63 vessels, including the three vessels in our initial fleet, two drybulk vessels owned directly by affiliates within Scorpio Group, and approximately 58 vessels owned by third parties operated through one of three tanker pools that Scorpio Group operates. In addition to two minority investments in logistics businesses, Scorpio Group also maintains offices in London, Mumbai, New York, Singapore, and Jakarta with approximately 80 shore-based employees globally.

SSM, which was formed in New York in 1971 and has been based in Monaco since 1984, is a technical ship management company and currently manages a fleet of 13 vessels, including the three vessels in our initial fleet, two drybulk vessels owned by affiliates of SSM and eight vessels owned by third parties. SCM, also based in Monaco, was formed in 2004 as a commercial management company and currently manages a fleet of 63 vessels, including the three vessels in our initial fleet, two drybulk vessels owned by affiliates of SCM and 58 vessels owned by third parties, of which all but one operate in the Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool, the Scorpio Handymax Tanker Pool or the Scorpio Aframax Tanker Pool. Our vessel Venice participates in the Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool. The Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool employs vessels on time charters, contracts of affreightment, and in the spot market. Although the Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool has secured approximately 30% of the estimated operating days in 2010 for the vessels in the pool on time charter contracts, the remaining 70% of the estimated operating days in 2010 for the vessels in the pool will be from the spot market. Given the historical volatility of spot market returns, we cannot provide a reasonable estimate of the Venice ’s future daily charter rate for the duration of her participation in the pool.

Liberty Holding Company Ltd., which we refer to as our Administrator, is a Scorpio Group affiliate which provides us with administrative services pursuant to an administrative services agreement. The administrative services provided under the agreement primarily include accounting, legal compliance, financial, information technology services, and the provision of administrative staff and office space. Our Administrator will also arrange vessel sales and purchases for us. We expect that our Administrator will sub-contract many of its responsibilities to other entities within the Scorpio Group.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe that we possess a number of competitive strengths in our industry, including:

 

   

Experienced management team with an established track record in the public market. Since 2003, under the leadership of Mr. Emanuele Lauro, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Scorpio Group has grown from an owner of three vessels in 2003 to an owner of five vessels, and an operator or manager of approximately 60 vessels in 2008. Over the course of the last six years, Mr. Lauro has founded and developed the Scorpio Aframax Tanker Pool, Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool and the Scorpio Handymax Tanker Pool which employ 10, 20 and 27 vessels, respectively, from Scorpio Group and third party participants. Our President, Mr. Robert Bugbee, who also holds a senior management position within the Scorpio Group, has more than 25 years of experience in the shipping industry and was formerly the President and Chief Operating Officer of OMI Corporation, or OMI, a NYSE-listed tanker company that was sold in 2007. As a key member of management, Mr. Bugbee

 

 

3


Table of Contents
 

assisted in growing OMI from 26 vessels in 1998 with an average age of approximately 15.1 years to 45 vessels with an average age of approximately 4.3 years when it was sold in 2007. Mr. Bugbee is supported by Brian Lee, our Chief Financial Officer, and Cameron Mackey, our Chief Operating Officer, both of whom also served as members of the management team responsible for the growth of OMI. Our General Counsel, Luca Forgione, has experience in the shipping and commodity trade industry, where he acquired knowledge of the relevant regulatory and compliance regimes. Our Vice President of Vessel Operations, Sergio Gianfranchi, serves as the Pool Fleet Manager of SCM and has assisted in the launch and operation of the Scorpio Group’s Panamax, Handymax and Aframax pools. Messrs. Lee, Mackey, Forgione and Gianfranchi serve in similar positions in Scorpio Group and have 11, 17, six and 47 years of experience, respectively, in the shipping industry, and, with Mr. Bugbee, collectively have over 106 years of combined shipping experience and have developed tanker industry relationships with charterers, lenders, shipbuilders, insurers and other industry participants.

 

   

Significant available liquidity to pursue acquisition and expansion opportunities. Immediately following this offering and the repayment of our 2005 Credit Facility identified below under “Our Credit Facilities”, we expect to have $134.0 million of cash, based on an assumed offering price of $15 per share, which represents the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. We have also obtained a commitment letter for a new $150,000,000 senior secured credit facility that we expect to enter into after the closing of this offering. We intend to use our available cash and borrowing capacity to pursue vessel acquisitions consistent with our business strategy. We believe that our strong balance sheet, financing capacity and future access to capital will allow us to make opportunistic acquisitions at attractive prices.

 

   

Attractive Initial Fleet. Our initial fleet of three high-quality, modern Panamax tankers has an average age of 6.6 years compared to a current global Panamax tanker industry average of 9.4 years, both as of the end of February 2010. We believe that owning a young, well-maintained fleet reduces operating costs, improves the quality of service we deliver and provides us with a competitive advantage in securing favorable time and spot charters with high-quality counterparties. In addition, our initial fleet provides us with strong and visible cash flows through their existing charters.

 

Our Business Strategy

 

Our primary objectives are to profitably grow our business and emerge as a major operator of medium-sized tanker vessels. The key elements of our strategy are:

 

   

Expanding our fleet through opportunistic acquisitions of high-quality vessels at attractive prices. We intend to acquire modern, high-quality tankers through timely and selective acquisitions. We currently view Suezmax, Aframax, Panamax and Handymax vessel classes as providing attractive return characteristics, and our management team has significant experience with these classes of vessels from their tenure at OMI and at Scorpio Group. A key element to our acquisition strategy will be to purchase high-quality vessels at attractive prices. When evaluating acquisitions, we will consider and analyze our expectation of fundamental developments in the particular industry sector, the level of liquidity in the resale and charter market, the cash flow earned by the vessel in relation to its value, its condition and technical specifications, expected remaining useful life, the credit quality of the charterer and duration and terms of charter contracts for vessels acquired with charters attached, as well as the overall diversification of our fleet and customers. In the current market, asset values in the tanker industry are significantly below the last five and 10 year trailing averages, and as a result of a weak spot market we believe these values may continue to deteriorate over the near term. We believe that these circumstances combined with our management’s knowledge of the shipping industry present an opportunity for us to grow our fleet at favorable prices.

 

 

4


Table of Contents
   

Optimizing vessel revenues through a mix of time charter contracts and spot market exposure. We intend to employ a chartering strategy to capture upside opportunities in the spot market while using fixed-rate time charters to reduce downside risks. As it relates to spot market exposure, through our participation in tanker pools managed by the Scorpio Group, we believe that the revenues of our vessels will exceed the rate we would otherwise achieve by operating these vessels outside of the pools.

 

   

Focusing on tankers based on our experience and expertise in the segment. We believe that energy companies seek transportation partners that are financially stable and have a reputation for reliability, safety, and high environmental and quality standards. We intend to leverage the operational expertise and customer base of Scorpio Group and of the former members of OMI’s management team in order to further expand these relationships with consistent delivery of superior customer service.

 

   

Minimizing operating and corporate expenses. Under the management agreements with SSM and SCM that we have entered into for Venice , Noemi and Senatore , and that we plan to enter into for any vessels that we acquire in the future, these two managers will coordinate and oversee the technical and commercial management, respectively, of our fleet. We believe that SSM and SCM will be able to do so at a cost to us that would be lower than what could be achieved by performing the functions in-house.

 

Tanker Industry Trends

 

Based on information provided by Fearnley Fonds ASA, or Fearnley, we believe that the following industry trends create growth opportunities for us as owners and operators of shipping vessels:

 

   

the global economic downturn and limited available vessel financing, among other things, have resulted in historically low tanker values;

 

   

recovery of global economic activity and industrial production, which continues to rely heavily upon oil and refined petroleum product consumption;

 

   

increased aggregate seaborne transportation distances due in large part to growing economies in China and India, and limitations on refinery capacity in developed countries coupled with lower cost refinery capacity becoming increasingly located in developing countries further from end consumers;

 

   

International Maritime Organization (IMO) regulations mandating a phase-out by 2010, or 2015 by exemption of a tanker’s flag state under certain conditions, of conventional, single-hull tankers, which make up 8% of the world’s tanker supply as of end February 2010; and

 

   

charterers’ concerns about environmental and safety standards have shifted their preference toward modern tankers operated by reputable ship operators.

 

Corporate Structure

 

We were incorporated under the laws of the Republic of The Marshall Islands on July 1, 2009. We currently maintain our principal executive offices at 9, Boulevard Charles III, Monaco 98000. Our telephone at this address is +377-9798-5716. We also maintain an office in the United States at 150 East 58th Street, New York, NY 10155. The telephone number at our New York office is 212-542-1616. We own each of the vessels in our initial fleet, and expect to own each additional vessel that we acquire in the future, through separate wholly-owned subsidiaries incorporated in the Republic of The Marshall Islands.

 

Our Dividend Policy

 

Initially, we do not intend to pay dividends to the holders of our common shares. We will continue to assess our dividend policy and our board of directors may determine it is in the best interest of the Company to pay dividends in the future. Upon the completion of our acquisition of additional vessels funded in whole or in part

 

 

5


Table of Contents

with a portion of the net proceeds of this offering, and depending on prevailing charter market conditions, our operating results and capital requirements and other relevant factors, our board of directors will re-evaluate our dividend policy. Please see “Our Dividend Policy” for additional information regarding our dividend policy.

Our Credit Facilities

Two of our wholly-owned subsidiaries, Senatore Shipping Company Limited and Noemi Shipping Company Limited, are joint and several borrowers under a loan agreement dated May 17, 2005, or the 2005 Credit Facility, entered into with The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, as Lender, which is secured by, among other things, a first preferred mortgage over each of Senatore and Noemi . The initial amount of the 2005 Credit Facility was $56.0 million, and its interest rate is 0.70% above LIBOR. As of March 18, 2010, the outstanding balance is $38.9 million, which we intend to fully repay using the proceeds of this offering.

On March 9, 2010, we entered into a commitment letter with Nordea Bank Finland plc, acting through its New York branch, DnB NOR Bank ASA, acting through its New York branch, and Fortis Bank Nederland for a senior secured term loan facility of up to $150 million. The commitment letter has customary conditions including each Lender’s satisfaction with the completion of business, legal, environmental, tax, financial, accounting and customer call due diligence. Under the terms of the commitment letter, the credit facility would have a maturity date of five years after the date on which definitive documentation for the facility is executed, and borrowings under the facility would bear interest at LIBOR plus an applicable margin of 3.00% per annum when our debt to capitalization (total debt plus equity) ratio is equal to or less than 50% and 3.50% per annum when our debt to capitalization ratio is greater than 50%. We intend to use the credit facility to finance, in part, the cost of future vessel acquisitions, which vessels will be the collateral for the credit facility. Our initial fleet may also serve as collateral for the credit facility. For further details of the credit facility as set forth in the commitment letter, please read “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

Risk Factors

We face a number of risks associated with our business and industry and must overcome a variety of challenges to utilize our strengths and implement our business strategy. These risks include, among others, the highly cyclical tanker industry; partial dependence on spot charters; charter values; changing economic, political and governmental conditions affecting our industry and business; applicable laws and regulations; risks related to our recently-formed company and its subsidiaries; our fleet’s limited performance record, operating history and financial information; full performance by counterparties; acquisitions and dispositions; operating expenses; our capital expenditures; taxes; customer relationships; liquidity; financing; and management.

This is not a comprehensive list of risks to which we are subject, and you should carefully consider all the information in this prospectus prior to investing in our common shares. In particular, we urge you to carefully consider the risk factors set forth in the section of this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 13.

Our Relationship with Scorpio Group and its Affiliates

We were incorporated in the Republic of The Marshall Islands on July 1, 2009 by Simon Financial Limited, or Simon, which is owned by members of the Lolli-Ghetti family and manages their shipping interests. On October 1, 2009, (i) Simon transferred three operating subsidiary companies to us, which own the vessels in our initial fleet; (ii) Liberty Holding Company Ltd., or Liberty, became a wholly-owned subsidiary and operating vehicle of Simon; (iii) Scorpio Owning Holding Ltd. became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Liberty; and (iv) we became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Scorpio Owning Holding Ltd. Liberty’s operations include the Scorpio Group’s drybulk carriers, logistics operations in Southeast Asia, owning an offshore floating terminal, vessel pools, chartered-in vessels, and interests in joint ventures and investments. Prior to the completion of this

 

 

6


Table of Contents

offering, Scorpio Group and its affiliates, which contributed the three Panamax tankers in our initial fleet, currently hold 100% of the voting and economic interests in our common stock. Upon completion of this offering, Scorpio Group and its affiliates are expected to beneficially own 30.9% of our outstanding shares of our common stock, which will represent 30.9% of the voting and economic interest in our common stock (28.0% and 28.0%, respectively, if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full). In addition, we expect to issue an aggregate of 559,458 restricted common shares having an aggregate value of $8,391,870 to our executive officers and an aggregate of 9,000 restricted common shares to our independent directors with an aggregate value of $135,000, in each case based on an assumed offering price of $15.00 per share, representing the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, pursuant to our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan following the completion of this offering. After contributing the three Panamax tankers, Scorpio Group does not have an ownership interest in any tanker vessels other than our three tanker vessels, and will preclude itself from directly owning product or crude tankers ranging in size from 35,000 dwt to 200,000 dwt.

 

Our board of directors will consist of five individuals, three of whom will be independent directors. The three independent directors will form the board’s Audit Committee and, pursuant to the Audit Committee charter, will be required to review all potential conflicts of interest between us and Scorpio Group. The two non-independent directors, Emanuele Lauro and Robert Bugbee, serve in senior management positions within the Scorpio Group and have an ownership stake in Liberty, which is our Administrator, and which is also an affiliate of the Scorpio Group.

 

The Scorpio Group is owned and controlled by members of the Lolli-Ghetti family, of which Mr. Lauro is a member. Mr. Lauro is considered to be the acting Chief Executive Officer of Scorpio Group, and Mr. Bugbee is considered to be the acting President of Scorpio Group. Mr. Lauro is employed by Scorpio Ship Management and Mr. Bugbee is employed by Scorpio USA, and both entities are affiliates within the Scorpio Group. Following the completion of this offering, we estimate the ownership interest for Mr. Lauro and Mr. Bugbee in Liberty, an affiliate of the Scorpio Group, will be a restricted stock ownership interest of 2% and 1.75%, respectively, but they will have no other ownership interests in the Scorpio Group. Prior to the completion of this offering, Liberty, in turn, has a 100% ownership interest in us through its subsidiary, but this ownership interest will be significantly reduced at the completion of this offering. We are not affiliated with any other entities in the shipping industry other than those that are members of the Scorpio Group.

 

SCM and SSM, which as noted previously are affiliates of Scorpio Group, provide commercial and technical management services to us pursuant to our commercial and technical management agreements. Under the commercial management agreement, we pay SCM a fee of $250 per vessel per day plus a 1.25% commission per charter fixture. For vessels operating in a Scorpio Group pool, we pay SCM’s agent fee of $250 per vessel per day plus 1.25% commission per charter fixture. We pay SSM $548 per vessel per day to provide technical management services for each of our vessels. We have entered into separate commercial and technical management agreements in December 2009 for each of our vessels and expect to enter into similar agreements with respect to each vessel that we acquire going forward. The commercial and technical management agreements with SCM and SSM are each for a period of three years, and may be terminated upon two year’s notice.

 

We will reimburse Liberty, which as noted previously is our Administrator and also an affiliate of the Scorpio Group, for the reasonable direct or indirect expenses it incurs in providing us with the administrative services described above. We will also pay our Administrator a fee for arranging vessel purchases and sales for us equal to 1% of the gross purchase or sale price, payable upon the consummation of any such purchase or sale. We believe this 1% fee on purchases and sales is customary in the tanker industry.

 

Pursuant to our administrative services agreement, Liberty, on behalf of itself and other members of the Scorpio Group, has agreed that it will not directly own product or crude tankers ranging in size from 35,000 dwt to 200,000 dwt. We have no other agreements with SCM, SSM, our Administrator, or any other party providing for a resolution of potential conflicts in our favor.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

For further details about our relationship and agreements with the Scorpio Group and its affiliates, please read “Related Party Transactions” and “Management—Board of Directors and Committees.”

 

Recent Developments — Unaudited Fourth Quarter and Year End Results

 

The table below sets forth our unaudited preliminary results for the three months and year ended December 31, 2009. These unaudited results for the periods shown below are the responsibility of management. This summary is not meant to be a comprehensive statement of our unaudited financial results for this period and these results are not necessarily indicative of our results for future periods.

 

     For the Quarter
Ended
December 31,
2009
    For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2009
 

Combined Income Statement Data

    

Vessel revenue

   $ 5,866,950      $ 27,619,041   

Operating expenses

    

Charterhire

     90,569        (3,072,916

Vessel operating costs

     (2,164,684     (8,562,118

Depreciation

     (1,679,067     (6,834,742

General and administrative expenses

     (112,504     (416,908

Impairment

     —          (4,511,877

Total operating expenses

     (3,865,686     (23,398,561
                

Operating income

     2,001,264        4,220,480   
                

 

 

8


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Common shares presently outstanding

   5,589,147 common shares

Common shares to be offered

   12,500,000 common shares

Over-allotment

   We have granted the underwriters a 30 day option to purchase, from time to time, up to an additional 1,875,000 of our common shares to cover over-allotments.

Common shares to be outstanding immediately after
this offering
(1)

  

—assuming no exercise of over-allotment:

   18,089,147 common shares

—assuming full exercise of over-allotment:

   19,964,147 common shares

Use of proceeds

   We estimate that we will receive net proceeds of approximately $172.9 million, based on an assumed offering price of $15 per share, which represents the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, from the issuance of new common shares in this offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us. After repayment of the 2005 Credit Facility, we intend to use the remaining net proceeds, after assessing any working capital and other general corporate expense needs, to pursue vessel acquisitions consistent with our strategy. See the section of this prospectus entitled “Use of Proceeds.”

Listing

   Our common stock has been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “STNG”.

 

  (1)   Excludes an aggregate of 559,458 restricted common shares that we expect to issue to our executive officers and 9,000 restricted common shares that we expect to issue to our independent directors pursuant to the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan following the closing of this offering.

 

 

9


Table of Contents

Summary Financial Data

 

The following table sets forth our summary combined financial data and other operating data. The summary financial data in the table as of and for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 are derived from our audited combined financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus, which have been prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB. The summary financial data as of September 30, 2009 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008 are derived from our unaudited condensed combined financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with International Accounting Standards No. 34, Interim Financial Reporting (“IAS 34”) and are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The data set forth below should be read in conjunction with the audited combined financial statements, the unaudited condensed combined financial statements, related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

Our historical combined financial statements have been prepared on a carve-out basis from the financial statements of our parent company, Liberty Holding Company Ltd. These carve-out financial statements include all assets, liabilities and results of operations of the three vessel-owning subsidiaries owned by us, formerly subsidiaries of Liberty Holding Company Ltd., for the periods presented. For the periods presented, certain of the expenses incurred by these subsidiaries for commercial, technical and administrative management services were under management agreements with other Scorpio Group entities, which are parties related to us. Since agreements with related parties are by definition not at arms length, the expenses incurred under these agreements may have been different than the historical costs incurred if the subsidiaries had operated as unaffiliated entities during prior periods. Our estimates of any differences between historical expenses and the expenses that may have been incurred had the subsidiaries been stand-alone entities have been disclosed in the notes to the historical combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     For the Year Ended
December 31,
    For the Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2008     2007     2009     2008  

Combined Income Statement Data

      

Vessel revenue

   $ 39,274,196      $ 30,317,138      $ 21,752,091      $ 28,914,996   

Operating expenses

      

Charterhire

     (6,722,334            (3,163,485     (4,104,081

Vessel operating costs

     (8,623,318     (7,600,509     (6,397,434     (6,535,389

Depreciation

     (6,984,444     (6,482,484     (5,155,675     (4,883,150

General and administrative expenses

     (600,361     (590,772     (304,404     (491,699

Impairment (1)

                   (4,511,877       

Total operating expenses

     (22,930,457     (14,673,765     (19,532,875     (16,014,319
                                

Operating income

     16,343,739        15,643,373        2,219,216        12,900,677   
                                

Other income and expense, net

      

Interest expense—bank loan

     (1,710,907     (1,953,344     (590,372     (1,353,682

(Loss)/gain on derivative financial instruments

     (2,463,648     (1,769,166     87,548        (455,446

Interest income

     35,492        142,233        4,754        28,672   

Other income, net

     (18,752     (9,304     (10,925     (27,614
                                

Total other expenses, net

   $ (4,157,815   $ (3,589,581   $ (508,995   $ (1,808,070
                                

Net income

   $ 12,185,924      $ 12,053,792      $ 1,710,221      $ 11,092,607   
                                

Earnings per common share (2)

      

Weighted average shares outstanding

     5,589,147        5,589,147        5,589,147        5,589,147   

Basic earnings per share

   $ 2.18      $ 2.16      $ 0.31      $ 1.98   

Diluted earnings per share

   $ 2.18      $ 2.16      $ 0.31      $ 1.98   

 

 

10


Table of Contents
     As of December 31,    As of
September 30,
     2008    2007    2009

Balance Sheet Data

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 3,607,635    $ 1,153,743    $ 480,748

Vessels and drydock

   $ 109,260,102    $ 116,244,546    $ 101,212,117

Total assets

   $ 117,111,827    $ 122,555,022    $ 104,020,190

Bank loan

   $ 43,400,000    $ 47,000,000    $ 40,700,000

Shareholder payable (3)

   $ 22,028,323    $ 19,433,097    $ 19,267,336

Related party payable (3)

   $ 27,406,408    $ 27,406,408    $ 27,406,408

Shareholder’s equity

   $ 20,299,166    $ 26,897,242    $ 13,348,387

 

     For the Year Ended
December 31,
    For the Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2008     2007     2009     2008  

Cash Flow Data

        

Net cash provided by/(used by):

        

Operating activities

   $ 24,837,892      $ 5,830,733      $ 8,234,113      $ 12,812,237   

Financing activities

   $ (22,384,000   $ (10,693,500   $ (11,361,000   $ (12,127,000

 

  (1)   As of September 30, 2009, we recorded an impairment of two vessels for $4.5 million. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
  (2)   Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the net income attributable to equity holders of the parent by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding assuming that the transfer of the vessel owning subsidiaries was effective during the period. In addition, the stock split described in Note 13 in the combined financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2008 has been given retroactive effect for all periods presented herein. Diluted earnings per share are calculated by adjusting the net income attributable to equity holders of the parent and the weighted average number of common shares used for calculating basic earnings per share for the effects of all potentially dilutive shares. Such potentially dilutive common shares are excluded when the effect would be to increase earnings per share or reduce a loss per share. For the periods presented, we had no potentially dilutive common shares.
  (3)   On November 18, 2009, the Shareholder payable and the Related party payable balances as of that date, were converted to equity as a capital contribution. See Note 8 in the combined financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2008 and the pro forma balance sheet and Note 4 in the unaudited condensed combined financial statements as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2009.

 

Other Operating Data

 

     For the Year Ended
December 31,
   For the Nine Months Ended
September 30,
     2008    2007    2009    2008

Average Daily Results

           

Time charter equivalent per day (4)

   $ 29,889    $ 27,687    $ 24,089    $ 30,566

Vessel operating costs per day (5)

   $ 7,854    $ 6,941    $ 7,811    $ 7,980

TCE per revenue day—pool revenue

   $ 36,049    $ 29,848    $ 23,065    $ 38,243

TCE per revenue day—time charters

   $ 24,992    $ 24,382    $ 24,881    $ 24,990

Expenditures for drydock

   $    $    $ 1,619,567    $

Fleet Data (6)

           

Average number of owned vessels

     3.00      3.00      3.00      3.00

Average number of time chartered-in vessels

     0.59           0.44      0.45

 

 

11


Table of Contents
  (4)   Freight rates are commonly measured in the shipping industry in terms of Time charter equivalent per day (or TCE per day), which represent subtracting voyage expenses, including bunkers and port charges, from vessel revenue and dividing the net amount (time charter equivalent revenues) by the number of days revenue days in the period. Revenue days are the number of days the vessel is owned less the number of days the vessel is offhire for drydock. Since our vessels are on time charter and operate in the pool, we do not have voyage expenses.
  (5)   Vessel operating costs per day represent vessel operating costs divided by the number of days the vessel is owned in the period.
  (6)   For a definition of items listed under “Fleet Data,” please see the section of this prospectus entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” We do not currently have any time chartered-in vessels and do not intend to time charter-in any vessels into our fleet in the future.

 

 

12


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

 

Some of the following risks relate principally to the industry in which we operate and our business in general. Other risks relate principally to the securities market and ownership of our common stock. The occurrence of any of the events described in this section could significantly and negatively affect our business, financial condition, operating results or cash available for dividends or the trading price of our common stock.

 

RISKS RELATED TO OUR INDUSTRY

 

If the tanker industry, which historically has been cyclical, continues to be depressed in the future, our earnings and available cash flow may be adversely affected.

 

The tanker industry is both cyclical and volatile in terms of charter rates and profitability. The recent global financial crisis may adversely affect our ability to recharter our vessels or to sell them on the expiration or termination of their charters and the rates payable in respect of our one vessel currently operating in a tanker pool, or any renewal or replacement charters that we enter into may not be sufficient to allow us to operate our vessels profitably. Fluctuations in charter rates and tanker values result from changes in the supply and demand for tanker capacity and changes in the supply and demand for oil and oil products. The factors affecting the supply and demand for tankers are outside of our control, and the nature, timing and degree of changes in industry conditions are unpredictable.

 

The factors that influence demand for tanker capacity include:

 

   

demand for oil and oil products;

 

   

supply of oil and oil products;

 

   

regional availability of refining capacity;

 

   

global and regional economic and political conditions;

 

   

the distance oil and oil products are to be moved by sea;

 

   

changes in seaborne and other transportation patterns;

 

   

environmental and other legal and regulatory developments;

 

   

currency exchange rates;

 

   

weather;

 

   

competition from alternative sources of energy; and

 

   

international sanctions, embargoes, import and export restrictions, nationalizations and wars.

 

The factors that influence the supply of tanker capacity include:

 

   

the number of newbuilding deliveries;

 

   

the scrapping rate of older vessels;

 

   

conversion of tankers to other uses;

 

   

the price of steel;

 

   

the number of vessels that are out of service; and

 

   

environmental concerns and regulations.

 

Historically, the tanker markets have been volatile as a result of the many conditions and factors that can affect the price, supply and demand for tanker capacity. The recent global economic crisis may further reduce

 

13


Table of Contents

demand for transportation of oil over longer distances and supply of tankers to carry that oil, which may materially affect our revenues, profitability and cash flows. Two of our three vessels operate on long-term time charters, while the remaining vessel operates in the Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool, which is spot-market oriented. Where we plan to employ a vessel in the spot charter market, we intend to generally place such vessel in a tanker pool managed by our commercial manager that pertains to that vessel’s size class. If time charter or spot charter rates decline, we may be unable to achieve a level of charterhire sufficient for us to operate our vessels profitably.

 

We are partially dependent on spot charters and any decrease in spot charter rates in the future may adversely affect our earnings.

 

We currently operate a fleet of three vessels. Of those, one is employed in a spot market-oriented tanker pool whose commission is based on the spot market charter rates of the pool, partially exposing us to fluctuations in spot market charter rates.

 

We may employ additional vessels that we may acquire in the future in the spot charter market. Where we plan to employ a vessel in the spot charter market, we intend to generally place such vessel in a tanker pool managed by our commercial manager that pertains to that vessel’s size class. Although spot chartering is common in the tanker industry, the spot charter market may fluctuate significantly based upon tanker and oil supply and demand. The successful operation of our vessels in the competitive spot charter market, including within Scorpio Group pools, depends upon, among other things, obtaining profitable spot charters and minimizing, to the extent possible, time spent waiting for charters and time spent traveling unladen to pick up cargo. The spot market is very volatile, and, in the past, there have been periods when spot rates have declined below the operating cost of vessels. If future spot charter rates decline, then we may be unable to operate our vessels trading in the spot market profitably, meet our obligations, including payments on indebtedness, or to pay dividends in the future. Furthermore, as charter rates for spot charters are fixed for a single voyage which may last up to several weeks, during periods in which spot charter rates are rising, we will generally experience delays in realizing the benefits from such increases.

 

Our ability to renew the charters on our vessels on the expiration or termination of our current charters, or on vessels that we may acquire in the future, the charter rates payable under any replacement charters and vessel values will depend upon, among other things, economic conditions in the sectors in which our vessels operate at that time, changes in the supply and demand for vessel capacity and changes in the supply and demand for the seaborne transportation of energy resources.

 

Declines in charter rates and other market deterioration could cause us to incur impairment charges.

 

We evaluate the carrying amounts of our vessels to determine if events have occurred that would require an impairment of their carrying amounts. The recoverable amount of vessels is reviewed based on events and changes in circumstances that would indicate that the carrying amount of the assets might not be recovered. The review for potential impairment indicators and projection of future cash flows related to the vessels is complex and requires us to make various estimates including future freight rates, earnings from the vessels and discount rates. All of these items have been historically volatile.

 

We evaluate the recoverable amount as the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. If the recoverable amount is less than the carrying amount of the vessel, the vessel is deemed impaired. The carrying values of our vessels may not represent their fair market value at any point in time because the new market prices of second-hand vessels tend to fluctuate with changes in charter rates and the cost of newbuildings. In the nine months ended September 30, 2009, charter rates in the oil and petroleum products charter market declined significantly and Panamax vessel values also declined, both as a result of a slowdown in the availability of global credit and the significant deterioration in charter rates. Due to these indicators of potential impairment, in

 

14


Table of Contents

September 2009, we evaluated the recoverable amount of our vessels, and we recognized a total impairment loss of $4.5 million for two of our vessels. Any additional impairment charges incurred as a result of further declines in charter rates could negatively affect our business, financial condition, operating results or the trading price of our common shares.

 

An over-supply of tanker capacity may lead to reductions in charter rates, vessel values, and profitability.

 

The market supply of tankers is affected by a number of factors such as demand for energy resources, oil, and petroleum products, as well as strong overall economic growth in parts of the world economy including Asia. If the capacity of new ships delivered exceeds the capacity of tankers being scrapped and lost, tanker capacity will increase. In addition, the newbuilding order book which extends to 2014 equaled approximately 28% of the existing world tanker fleet and the order book may increase further in proportion to the existing fleet. If the supply of tanker capacity increases and if the demand for tanker capacity does not increase correspondingly, charter rates could materially decline. A reduction in charter rates and the value of our vessels may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and available cash.

 

Acts of piracy on ocean-going vessels have recently increased in frequency, which could adversely affect our business.

 

Acts of piracy have historically affected ocean-going vessels trading in regions of the world such as the South China Sea and in the Gulf of Aden off the coast of Somalia. Throughout 2008 and 2009, the frequency of piracy incidents against commercial shipping vessels has increased significantly, particularly in the Gulf of Aden off the coast of Somalia. For example, in November 2008, the M/V Sirius Star , a tanker vessel not affiliated with us, was captured by pirates in the Indian Ocean while carrying crude oil estimated to be worth $100 million. If these pirate attacks result in regions in which our vessels are deployed being characterized as “war risk” zones by insurers, as the Gulf of Aden temporarily was in May 2008, premiums payable for insurance coverage could increase significantly and such coverage may be more difficult to obtain. In addition, crew costs, including costs in connection with employing onboard security guards, could increase in such circumstances. We may not be adequately insured to cover losses from these incidents, which could have a material adverse effect on us. In addition, any of these events may result in loss of revenues, increased costs and decreased cash flows to our customers, which could impair their ability to make payments to us under our charters.

 

If the contraction of the global credit markets and the resulting volatility in the financial markets continues or worsens that could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows, and could cause the market price of our common shares to decline.

 

Recently, a number of major financial institutions have experienced serious financial difficulties and, in some cases, have entered into bankruptcy proceedings or are in regulatory enforcement actions. These difficulties have resulted, in part, from declining markets for assets held by such institutions, particularly the reduction in the value of their mortgage and asset-backed securities portfolios. These difficulties have been compounded by a general decline in the willingness by banks and other financial institutions to extend credit, particularly in the shipping industry due to the historically low asset values of ships. As the shipping industry is highly dependent on the availability of credit to finance and expand operations, it has been negatively affected by this decline. If we are unable to obtain additional credit or draw down upon borrowing capacity, it may negatively impact our ability to fund current and future obligations.

 

If further emergency governmental measures are implemented in response to the economic downturn, that could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

 

Over the last year, global financial markets have experienced extraordinary disruption and volatility following adverse changes in the global credit markets. The credit markets in the United States have experienced significant contraction, deleveraging and reduced liquidity, and governments around the world have taken

 

15


Table of Contents

significant measures in response to such events, including the enactment of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 in the United States, and may implement other significant responses in the future. Securities and futures markets and the credit markets are subject to comprehensive statutes, regulations and other requirements. The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, other regulators, self-regulatory organizations and exchanges have enacted temporary emergency regulations and may take other extraordinary actions in the event of market emergencies and may effect permanent changes in law or interpretations of existing laws. We cannot predict what, if any, such measures would be, but changes to securities, tax, environmental, or the laws of regulations, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

 

Changes in fuel, or bunkers, prices may adversely affect profits.

 

Fuel, or bunkers, is a significant, if not the largest, expense in our shipping operations for our vessels employed on the spot market and can have a significant impact on pool earnings. With respect to our vessels employed on time charter, the charterer is generally responsible for the cost of fuel, however such cost may affect the charter rates we are able to negotiate for our vessels. Changes in the price of fuel may adversely affect our profitability. The price and supply of fuel is unpredictable and fluctuates based on events outside our control, including geopolitical developments, supply and demand for oil and gas, actions by OPEC and other oil and gas producers, war and unrest in oil producing countries and regions, regional production patterns and environmental concerns. Further, fuel may become much more expensive in the future, which may reduce the profitability and competitiveness of our business versus other forms of transportation, such as truck or rail.

 

We are subject to complex laws and regulations, including environmental laws and regulations, that can adversely affect our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition, and our available cash.

 

Our operations are subject to numerous laws and regulations in the form of international conventions and treaties, national, state and local laws and national and international regulations in force in the jurisdictions in which our vessels operate or are registered, which can significantly affect the ownership and operation of our vessels. These requirements include, but are not limited to, the U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990, or OPA, the International Maritime Organization, or IMO, International Convention on Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage of 1969 (as from time to time amended and generally referred to as CLC), the IMO International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships of 1973 (as from time to time amended and generally referred to as MARPOL), the IMO International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea of 1974 (as from time to time amended and generally referred to as SOLAS), the IMO International Convention on Load Lines of 1966 (as from time to time amended) and the U.S. Marine Transportation Security Act of 2002. Compliance with such laws and regulations, where applicable, may require installation of costly equipment or operational changes and may affect the resale value or useful lives of our vessels. We may also incur additional costs in order to comply with other existing and future regulatory obligations, including, but not limited to, costs relating to air emissions including greenhouse gases, the management of ballast waters, maintenance and inspection, elimination of tin-based paint, development and implementation of emergency procedures and insurance coverage or other financial assurance of our ability to address pollution incidents. These costs could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition and our available cash. A failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations may result in administrative and civil penalties, criminal sanctions or the suspension or termination of our operations. Environmental laws often impose strict liability for remediation of spills and releases of oil and hazardous substances, which could subject us to liability without regard to whether we were negligent or at fault. Under OPA, for example, owners, operators and bareboat charterers are jointly and severally strictly liable for the discharge of oil in U.S. waters, including the 200-nautical mile exclusive economic zone around the United States. An oil spill could also result in significant liability, including fines, penalties, criminal liability and remediation costs for natural resource damages under other international and U.S. federal, state and local laws, as well as third-party damages, and could harm our reputation with current or potential charterers of our tankers. We are required to satisfy insurance and financial

 

16


Table of Contents

responsibility requirements for potential oil (including marine fuel) spills and other pollution incidents. Although we have arranged insurance to cover certain environmental risks, there can be no assurance that such insurance will be sufficient to cover all such risks or that any claims will not have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition and available cash.

 

If we fail to comply with international safety regulations, we may be subject to increased liability, which may adversely affect our insurance coverage and may result in a denial of access to, or detention in, certain ports.

 

The operation of our vessels is affected by the requirements set forth in the IMO’s International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and Pollution Prevention, or the ISM Code. The ISM Code requires shipowners, ship managers and bareboat charterers to develop and maintain an extensive “Safety Management System” that includes the adoption of a safety and environmental protection policy setting forth instructions and procedures for safe operation and describing procedures for dealing with emergencies. If we fail to comply with the ISM Code, we may be subject to increased liability or our existing insurance coverage may be invalidated or decreased for our affected vessels. Such failure may also result in a denial of access to, or detention in, certain ports. Each of our vessels, as well our technical manager, SSM, is currently ISM Code-certified.

 

The market values of our vessels may decrease, which could cause us to breach covenants in our credit facilities and adversely affect our operating results.

 

The market values of tankers have generally experienced high volatility. The market prices for tankers declined significantly from historically high levels reached in early 2008 and remain at relatively low levels. You should expect the market value of our vessels to fluctuate depending on general economic and market conditions affecting the shipping industry and prevailing charterhire rates, competition from other shipping companies and other modes of transportation, types, sizes and ages of vessels, applicable governmental regulations and the cost of newbuildings. If the market value of our fleet declines, we may not be able to obtain other financing or incur debt on terms that are acceptable to us. Further, while we believe that the current aggregate market value of our vessels will be in excess of loan to value amounts required under our two credit facilities, including our new credit facility, which we expect to enter into after the closing of this offering, which requires that the fair market value of the vessels pledged as collateral never be less than 150% of the aggregate principal amount outstanding under the new credit facility. A decrease in these values could cause us to breach certain covenants that are contained in our credit facilities and in future financing agreements that we may enter into from time to time. If the recoverable amounts of our vessels further decline and we do breach such covenants and we are unable to remedy the relevant breach, our lenders could accelerate our debt and foreclose on vessels in our fleet. If we sell any vessel at any time when vessel prices have fallen and before we have recorded an impairment adjustment to our financial statements, the sale may be at less than the vessel’s carrying amount on our financial statements, resulting in a loss and a reduction in earnings. Please see the section of this prospectus entitled “The International Tanker Industry” for information concerning historical prices of tankers.

 

If our vessels suffer damage due to the inherent operational risks of the tanker industry, we may experience unexpected drydocking costs and delays or total loss of our vessels, which may adversely affect our business and financial condition.

 

Our vessels and their cargoes will be at risk of being damaged or lost because of events such as marine disasters, bad weather, business interruptions caused by mechanical failures, grounding, fire, explosions and collisions, human error, war, terrorism, piracy and other circumstances or events. Changing economic, regulatory and political conditions in some countries, including political and military conflicts, have from time to time resulted in attacks on vessels, mining of waterways, piracy, terrorism, labor strikes and boycotts. These hazards may result in death or injury to persons, loss of revenues or property, environmental damage, higher insurance rates, damage to our customer relationships, market disruptions, delay or rerouting. In addition, the operation of

 

17


Table of Contents

tankers has unique operational risks associated with the transportation of oil. An oil spill may cause significant environmental damage, and the associated costs could exceed the insurance coverage available to us. Compared to other types of vessels, tankers are exposed to a higher risk of damage and loss by fire, whether ignited by a terrorist attack, collision, or other cause, due to the high flammability and high volume of the oil transported in tankers.

 

If our vessels suffer damage, they may need to be repaired at a drydocking facility. The costs of drydock repairs are unpredictable and may be substantial. We may have to pay drydocking costs that our insurance does not cover in full. The loss of revenues while these vessels are being repaired and repositioned, as well as the actual cost of these repairs, may adversely affect our business and financial condition. In addition, space at drydocking facilities is sometimes limited and not all drydocking facilities are conveniently located. We may be unable to find space at a suitable drydocking facility or our vessels may be forced to travel to a drydocking facility that is not conveniently located to our vessels’ positions. The loss of earnings while these vessels are forced to wait for space or to travel to more distant drydocking facilities may adversely affect our business and financial condition. Further, the total loss of any of our vessels could harm our reputation as a safe and reliable vessel owner and operator. If we are unable to adequately maintain or safeguard our vessels, we may be unable to prevent any such damage, costs, or loss which could negatively impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and available cash.

 

We operate our vessels worldwide and as a result, our vessels are exposed to international risks which may reduce revenue or increase expenses.

 

The international shipping industry is an inherently risky business involving global operations. Our vessels are at a risk of damage or loss because of events such as mechanical failure, collision, human error, war, terrorism, piracy, cargo loss and bad weather. In addition, changing economic, regulatory and political conditions in some countries, including political and military conflicts, have from time to time resulted in attacks on vessels, mining of waterways, piracy, terrorism, labor strikes and boycotts. These sorts of events could interfere with shipping routes and result in market disruptions which may reduce our revenue or increase our expenses.

 

International shipping is subject to various security and customs inspection and related procedures in countries of origin and destination and trans-shipment points. Inspection procedures can result in the seizure of the cargo and/or our vessels, delays in the loading, offloading or delivery and the levying of customs duties, fines or other penalties against us. It is possible that changes to inspection procedures could impose additional financial and legal obligations on us. Furthermore, changes to inspection procedures could also impose additional costs and obligations on our customers and may, in certain cases, render the shipment of certain types of cargo uneconomical or impractical. Any such changes or developments may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows, financial condition and available cash.

 

Political instability, terrorist or other attacks, war or international hostilities can affect the tanker industry, which may adversely affect our business.

 

We conduct most of our operations outside of the United States, and our business, results of operations, cash flows, financial condition and available cash may be adversely affected by the effects of political instability, terrorist or other attacks, war or international hostilities. Terrorist attacks such as the attacks on the United States on September 11, 2001, the bombings in Spain on March 11, 2004 and in London on July 7, 2005 and the continuing response of the international community to these attacks, as well as the threat of future terrorist attacks, continue to contribute to world economic instability and uncertainty in global financial markets. As a result of the above, insurers have increased premiums and reduced or restricted coverage for loses caused by terrorist acts generally. Future terrorist attacks could result in increased volatility of the financial markets and negatively impact the U.S. and global economy. These uncertainties could also adversely affect our ability to obtain additional financing on terms acceptable to us or at all.

 

18


Table of Contents

In the past, political instability has also resulted in attacks on vessels, such as the attack on the M/T Limburg in October 2002, mining of waterways and other efforts to disrupt international shipping, particularly in the Arabian Gulf region. Acts of terrorism and piracy have also affected vessels trading in regions such as the South China Sea and the Gulf of Aden off the coast of Somalia. Any of these occurrences could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and available cash.

 

If our vessels call on ports located in countries that are subject to restrictions imposed by the U.S. government, that could adversely affect our reputation and the market for our common stock.

 

From time to time, vessels in our fleet may call on ports located in countries subject to sanctions and embargoes imposed by the U.S. government and countries identified by the U.S. government as state sponsors of terrorism. Although these sanctions and embargoes do not prevent our vessels from making calls to ports in these countries, potential investors could view such port calls negatively, which could adversely affect our reputation and the market for our common stock. In addition, certain institutional investors may have investment policies or restrictions that prevent them from holding securities of companies that have contracts with countries identified by the U.S. government as state sponsors of terrorism. The determination by these investors not to invest in or to divest our common shares may adversely affect the price at which our common shares trade. Investor perception of the value of our common stock may be adversely affected by the consequences of war, the effects of terrorism, civil unrest and governmental actions in these and surrounding countries.

 

Maritime claimants could arrest our vessels, which would have a negative effect on our cash flows.

 

Crew members, suppliers of goods and services to a vessel, shippers of cargo and other parties may be entitled to a maritime lien against a vessel for unsatisfied debts, claims or damages. In many jurisdictions, a maritime lien holder may enforce its lien by arresting or attaching a vessel through foreclosure proceedings. The arrest or attachment of one or more of our vessels could interrupt our business or require us to pay large sums of money to have the arrest lifted, which would have a negative effect on our cash flows.

 

In addition, in some jurisdictions, such as South Africa, under the “sister ship” theory of liability, a claimant may arrest both the vessel which is subject to the claimant’s maritime lien and any “associated” vessel, which is any vessel owned or controlled by the same owner. Claimants could try to assert “sister ship” liability against one vessel in our fleet for claims relating to another of our ships.

 

Governments could requisition our vessels during a period of war or emergency, which may negatively impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and available cash.

 

A government could requisition for title or seize our vessels. Requisition for title occurs when a government takes control of a vessel and becomes the owner. Also, a government could requisition our vessels for hire. Requisition for hire occurs when a government takes control of a vessel and effectively becomes the charterer at dictated charter rates. Generally, requisitions occur during a period of war or emergency. Government requisition of one or more of our vessels may negatively impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and available cash.

 

Technological innovation could reduce our charterhire income and the value of our vessels.

 

The charterhire rates and the value and operational life of a vessel are determined by a number of factors including the vessel’s efficiency, operational flexibility and physical life. Efficiency includes speed, fuel economy and the ability to load and discharge cargo quickly. Flexibility includes the ability to enter harbors, utilize related docking facilities and pass through canals and straits. The length of a vessel’s physical life is related to its original design and construction, its maintenance and the impact of the stress of operations. If new tankers are built that are more efficient or more flexible or have longer physical lives than our vessels, competition from these more technologically advanced vessels could adversely affect the amount of charterhire payments we receive for our vessels once their initial charters expire and the resale value of our vessels could significantly decrease. As a result, our available cash could be adversely affected.

 

19


Table of Contents

If labor interruptions are not resolved in a timely manner, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows, financial condition and available cash.

 

We, indirectly through SSM, employ masters, officers and crews to man our vessels. If not resolved in a timely and cost-effective manner, industrial action or other labor unrest could prevent or hinder our operations from being carried out as we expect and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows, financial condition and available cash.

 

RISKS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS

 

We have a limited history of operations on which investors may assess our performance.

 

We were formed on July 1, 2009, and our three vessel-owning subsidiaries were transferred to us on October 1, 2009. We have a limited performance record and operating history, and, therefore, limited historical financial information, upon which you can evaluate our operating performance, ability to implement and achieve our business strategy or ability to pay dividends in the future. We cannot assure you that we will be successful in implementing our business strategy. Our initial fleet is composed of only three vessels with a relatively short operating history. As a newly formed company, we will face certain operational challenges not faced by companies with a longer operating history.

 

We have no history operating as a publicly traded entity and will incur increased costs as a result of being a publicly traded corporation.

 

We have never operated as a public company. As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. Our incremental general and administrative expenses as a publicly traded corporation will include costs associated with annual reports to shareholders, tax returns, investor relations, registrar and transfer agent’s fees, incremental director and officer liability insurance costs and director compensation.

 

If we do not identify suitable tankers for acquisition or successfully integrate any acquired tankers, we may not be able to grow or to effectively manage our growth.

 

One of our principal strategies is to continue to grow by expanding our operations and adding to our fleet. Our future growth will depend upon a number of factors, some of which may not be within our control. These factors include our ability to:

 

   

identify suitable tankers and/or shipping companies for acquisitions at attractive prices;

 

   

identify businesses engaged in managing, operating or owning tankers for acquisitions or joint ventures;

 

   

integrate any acquired tankers or businesses successfully with our existing operations;

 

   

hire, train and retain qualified personnel and crew to manage and operate our growing business and fleet;

 

   

identify additional new markets;

 

   

improve our operating, financial and accounting systems and controls; and

 

   

obtain required financing for our existing and new operations.

 

Our failure to effectively identify, purchase, develop and integrate any tankers or businesses could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. The number of employees that perform services for us and our current operating and financial systems may not be adequate as we implement our plan to expand

 

20


Table of Contents

the size of our fleet, and we may not be able to effectively hire more employees or adequately improve those systems. Finally, acquisitions may require additional equity issuances or debt issuances (with amortization payments), both of which could lower available cash. If we are unable to execute the points noted above, our financial condition may be adversely affected.

 

Growing any business by acquisition presents numerous risks such as undisclosed liabilities and obligations, difficulty in obtaining additional qualified personnel and managing relationships with customers and suppliers and integrating newly acquired operations into existing infrastructures. The expansion of our fleet may impose significant additional responsibilities on our management and staff, and the management and staff of our commercial and technical managers, and may necessitate that we, and they, increase the number of personnel. We cannot give any assurance that we will be successful in executing our growth plans or that we will not incur significant expenses and losses in connection with such growth plans.

 

Delays in deliveries of additional vessels, our decision to cancel an order for purchase of a vessel or our inability to otherwise complete the acquisitions of additional vessels for our fleet, could harm our operating results.

 

We expect to purchase additional vessels from time to time. The delivery of these vessels could be delayed, not completed or cancelled, which would delay or eliminate our expected receipt of revenues from the employment of these vessels. The seller could fail to deliver these vessels to us as agreed, or we could cancel a purchase contract because the seller has not met its obligations.

 

If the delivery of any vessel is materially delayed or cancelled, especially if we have committed the vessel to a charter for which we become responsible for substantial liquidated damages to the customer as a result of the delay or cancellation, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

 

We will not be able to take advantage of favorable opportunities in the current spot market with respect to vessels employed on medium- to long-term time charters.

 

As of January 1, 2010, we employed two tankers under fixed rate long-term time charter agreements with an average remaining duration of approximately 17 months. Vessels committed to medium- and long-term charters may not be available for spot charters during periods of increasing charterhire rates, when spot charters might be more profitable. Where we plan to employ a vessel in the spot charter market, we intend to generally place such vessel in a tanker pool managed by our commercial manager that pertains to that vessel’s size class.

 

If we purchase and operate secondhand vessels, we will be exposed to increased operating costs which could adversely affect our earnings and, as our fleet ages, the risks associated with older vessels could adversely affect our ability to obtain profitable charters.

 

Our current business strategy includes additional growth through the acquisition of new and secondhand vessels. While we typically inspect secondhand vessels prior to purchase, this does not provide us with the same knowledge about their condition that we would have had if these vessels had been built for and operated exclusively by us. Generally, we do not receive the benefit of warranties from the builders for the secondhand vessels that we acquire.

 

In general, the costs to maintain a vessel in good operating condition increase with the age of the vessel. Older vessels are typically less fuel-efficient than more recently constructed vessels due to improvements in engine technology. Cargo insurance rates increase with the age of a vessel, making older vessels less desirable to charterers.

 

Governmental regulations, safety or other equipment standards related to the age of vessels may require expenditures for alterations, or the addition of new equipment, to our vessels and may restrict the type of activities in which the vessels may engage. As our vessels age, market conditions may not justify those expenditures or enable us to operate our vessels profitably during the remainder of their useful lives.

 

21


Table of Contents

An increase in operating costs would decrease earnings and available cash.

 

Under the charter agreements for two of our vessels, the charterer is responsible for voyage costs and we are responsible for the vessel operating costs. Under the tanker pool agreement for one of our vessels, the pool is responsible for the voyage expenses and we are responsible for vessel costs. Our vessel operating costs include the costs of crew, fuel (for spot chartered vessels), provisions, deck and engine stores, insurance and maintenance and repairs, which depend on a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control. Some of these costs, primarily relating to insurance and enhanced security measures implemented after September 11, 2001, have been increasing. If our vessels suffer damage, they may need to be repaired at a drydocking facility. The costs of drydocking repairs are unpredictable and can be substantial. Increases in any of these expenses would decrease earnings and available cash.

 

If we are unable to operate our vessels profitably, we may be unsuccessful in competing in the highly competitive international tanker market, which would negatively affect our financial condition and our ability to expand our business.

 

The operation of tanker vessels and transportation of crude and petroleum products is extremely competitive, in an industry that is capital intensive and highly fragmented. The recent global financial crisis may reduce the demand for transportation of oil and oil products which could lead to increased competition. Competition arises primarily from other tanker owners, including major oil companies as well as independent tanker companies, some of whom have substantially greater resources than we do. Competition for the transportation of oil and oil products can be intense and depends on price, location, size, age, condition and the acceptability of the tanker and its operators to the charterers. We will have to compete with other tanker owners, including major oil companies as well as independent tanker companies.

 

Our market share may decrease in the future. We may not be able to compete profitably as we expand our business into new geographic regions or provide new services. New markets may require different skills, knowledge or strategies than we use in our current markets, and the competitors in those new markets may have greater financial strength and capital resources than we do.

 

If we do not set aside funds and are unable to borrow or raise funds for vessel replacement, at the end of a vessel’s useful life our revenue will decline, which would adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, and available cash.

 

If we do not set aside funds and are unable to borrow or raise funds for vessel replacement, we will be unable to replace the vessels in our fleet upon the expiration of their remaining useful lives, which we expect to occur from 2021 to 2024, depending on the vessel. Our cash flows and income are dependent on the revenues earned by the chartering of our vessels. If we are unable to replace the vessels in our fleet upon the expiration of their useful lives, our business, results of operations, financial condition, and available cash per share would be adversely affected. Any funds set aside for vessel replacement will reduce available cash.

 

Our ability to obtain additional debt financing may be dependent on the performance of our then existing charters and the creditworthiness of our charterers.

 

The actual or perceived credit quality of our charterers, and any defaults by them, may materially affect our ability to obtain the additional capital resources that we will require to purchase additional vessels or may significantly increase our costs of obtaining such capital. Our inability to obtain additional financing at all or at a higher than anticipated cost may materially affect our results of operation and our ability to implement our business strategy.

 

22


Table of Contents

United States tax authorities could treat us as a “passive foreign investment company,” which could have adverse United States federal income tax consequences to United States holders.

 

A foreign corporation will be treated as a “passive foreign investment company,” or PFIC, for United States federal income tax purposes if either (1) at least 75% of its gross income for any taxable year consists of certain types of “passive income” or (2) at least 50% of the average value of the corporation’s assets produce or are held for the production of those types of “passive income.” For purposes of these tests, “passive income” includes dividends, interest, and gains from the sale or exchange of investment property and rents and royalties other than rents and royalties which are received from unrelated parties in connection with the active conduct of a trade or business. For purposes of these tests, income derived from the performance of services does not constitute “passive income.” United States shareholders of a PFIC are subject to a disadvantageous United States federal income tax regime with respect to the income derived by the PFIC, the distributions they receive from the PFIC and the gain, if any, they derive from the sale or other disposition of their shares in the PFIC.

 

In the opinion of Seward & Kissel LLP, our United States counsel, we should not be a PFIC with respect to any taxable year. Based upon our operations as described herein, we do not believe that our income from our time charters should be treated as passive income for purposes of determining whether we are a PFIC. Accordingly, our income from our time chartering activities should not constitute “passive income,” and the assets that we own and operate in connection with the production of that income should not constitute passive assets.

 

There is substantial legal authority supporting this position consisting of case law and United States Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, pronouncements concerning the characterization of income derived from time charters and voyage charters as services income for other tax purposes. However, it should be noted that there is also authority which characterizes time charter income as rental income rather than services income for other tax purposes. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that the IRS or a court of law will accept this position, and there is a risk that the IRS or a court of law could determine that we are a PFIC. Moreover, no assurance can be given that we would not constitute a PFIC for any future taxable year if the nature and extent of our operations change.

 

If the IRS were to find that we are or have been a PFIC for any taxable year, our United States shareholders would face adverse United States federal income tax consequences. Under the PFIC rules, unless those shareholders make an election available under the Code (which election could itself have adverse consequences for such shareholders, as discussed below under “Tax Considerations—United States Federal Income Taxation—United States Federal Income Taxation of United States Holders”), such shareholders would be liable to pay United States federal income tax at the then prevailing income tax rates on ordinary income plus interest, in respect of excess distributions and upon any gain from the disposition of their common shares, as if the excess distribution or gain had been recognized ratably over the shareholder’s holding period of the common shares. See “Tax Considerations—United States Federal Income Taxation—United States Federal Income Taxation of United States Holders” for a more comprehensive discussion of the United States federal income tax consequences to United States shareholders if we are treated as a PFIC.

 

We may have to pay tax on United States source shipping income, which would reduce our earnings.

 

Under the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or the Code, 50% of the gross shipping income of a corporation that owns or charters vessels, as we and our subsidiaries do, that is attributable to transportation that begins or ends, but that does not both begin and end, in the United States may be subject to a 4% United States federal income tax without allowance for deduction, unless that corporation qualifies for exemption from tax under Section 883 of the Code and the applicable Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

After this offering, we and our subsidiaries intend to take the position that we qualify for this statutory tax exemption for United States federal income tax return reporting purposes. However, there are factual circumstances beyond our control that could cause us to lose the benefit of this tax exemption after the offering

 

23


Table of Contents

and thereby become subject to United States federal income tax on our United States source shipping income. For example, we would no longer qualify for exemption under Code section 883 for a particular taxable year if shareholders with a five percent or greater interest in our common shares owned, in the aggregate, 50% or more of our outstanding common shares for more than half the days during the taxable year. Due to the factual nature of the issues involved, there can be no assurances on the tax-exempt status of us or any of our subsidiaries.

 

If we or our subsidiaries were not entitled to exemption under Section 883 for any taxable year, they could be subject for such year to an effective 2% United States federal income tax on the shipping income they derive during the year which is attributable to the transport or cargoes to or from the United States. The imposition of this taxation would have a negative effect on our business and would decrease our earnings available for distribution to our shareholders.

 

Any dividends paid by us may not qualify for preferential rates of United States federal income taxation in the hands of United States non-corporate holders.

 

We expect that any dividends paid on our common shares to a United States shareholder who is an individual, trust or estate will generally be treated as “qualified dividend income” that is taxable at preferential United States federal income tax rates (through 2010). Our dividends will be so treated provided that (1) our common shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States (such as the New York Stock Exchange, on which we anticipate our common stock will be traded); (2) we are not a PFIC for the taxable year during which the dividend is paid or the immediately preceding taxable year (which we have not been, are not and do not anticipate being in the future); (3) the recipient of the dividend has owned the common shares for more than 60 days in the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the date on which the common shares become ex-dividend; and (4) the recipient of the dividend is not under an obligation to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property.

 

There is no assurance that any dividends paid on our common stock will be eligible for these preferential rates in the hands of a United States non-corporate shareholder. For example, under current law, the preferential rate for qualified dividend income is scheduled to expire on December 31, 2010. If the preferential rate for such dividends is not extended, then any dividends paid by us after December 31, 2010 will be treated as ordinary income. In addition, legislation has been previously introduced in the United States Congress which, if enacted in its present form, would preclude our dividends from qualifying for such preferential rates prospectively from the date of enactment. Finally, as discussed in more detail in “Tax Considerations—United States Federal Income Tax Considerations—Passive Foreign Investment Company Status and Significant Tax Consequences,” we could be treated as a passive foreign investment company for the taxable year in which we pay the dividend or the immediately preceding taxable year.

 

We will be required to make substantial capital expenditures to expand the number of vessels in our fleet and to maintain all our vessels, which will be dependent on additional financing.

 

Our business strategy is based in part upon the expansion of our fleet through the purchase of additional vessels. We currently estimate, based upon current and anticipated market conditions, our capital expenditures on the acquisition of vessels in 2010 will be between $150 million and $250 million, which would be funded by the net proceeds of this offering after repayment of our 2005 Credit Facility and amounts we expect to be available under our new credit facility, assuming that we successfully complete this offering, enter into the new credit facility of up to $150 million and do not issue any additional equity during 2010. Please see “Use of Proceeds” for additional information. We currently have no commitments or obligations to purchase any additional vessels and do not plan to purchase any additional vessels prior to the offering. If we are unable to fulfill our obligations under the memorandum of agreement for future vessel acquisitions, the sellers of such vessels may be permitted to terminate such contracts and we may forfeit all or a portion of the down payments we already made under such contracts.

 

24


Table of Contents

In addition, we will incur significant maintenance costs for our existing and any newly-acquired vessels. A newbuilding vessel must be drydocked within five years of its delivery from a shipyard, and vessels are typically drydocked every 30 months thereafter, not including any unexpected repairs. We estimate the cost to drydock a vessel to be between $400,000 and $700,000, depending on the size and condition of the vessel and the location of drydocking.

 

We have a commitment letter and expect to enter into a new credit facility, after the closing of this offering, with Nordea Bank Finland Plc (acting through its New York Branch), DnB NOR Bank ASA, acting through its New York branch, and Fortis Bank Nederland that will provide us initially with up to $150 million. We expect that the combination of the net proceeds of this offering, after repayment of our 2005 Credit Facility, and after assessing any working capital and other general corporate expense needs, along with our borrowings under this new credit facility, should be sufficient to finance the purchase of additional vessels and expected drydocking costs in the near term. To fund any shortfall for purchasing other vessels or drydocking costs from time to time, we may be required to incur additional borrowings or raise capital through the sale of debt or additional equity securities. Use of cash from operations will reduce available cash. Our ability to obtain bank financing or to access the capital markets for future offerings may be limited by our financial condition at the time of any such financing or offering as well as by adverse market conditions resulting from, among other things, general economic conditions and contingencies and uncertainties that are beyond our control.

 

RISKS RELATED TO OUR RELATIONSHIP WITH SCORPIO GROUP AND ITS AFFILIATES

 

We are dependent on our managers and there may be conflicts of interest between us and our managers that may not be resolved in our favor.

 

Our success depends to a significant extent upon the abilities and efforts of our technical manager, SSM, our commercial manager, SCM, and our management team. Our success will depend upon our and our managers’ ability to hire and retain key members of our management team. The loss of any of these individuals could adversely affect our business prospects and financial condition.

 

Difficulty in hiring and retaining personnel could adversely affect our results of operations. We do not maintain “key man” life insurance on any of our officers.

 

Our technical and commercial managers are affiliates of Scorpio Group, which is owned and controlled by the Lolli-Ghetti family, of which our founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Emanuele Lauro, is a member. Conflicts of interest may arise between us, on the one hand, and our commercial and technical managers, on the other hand. As a result of these conflicts, our commercial and technical managers, who have limited contractual duties, may favor their own or their owner’s interests over our interests. These conflicts may have unfavorable results for us.

 

Our founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer has affiliations with our commercial and technical managers which may create conflicts of interest.

 

Emanuele Lauro, our founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, is a member of the Lolli-Ghetti family which owns and controls our commercial and technical managers and will own 30.9% of our common shares after the consummation of this offering. These responsibilities and relationships could create conflicts of interest between us, on the one hand, and our commercial and technical managers, on the other hand. These conflicts may arise in connection with the chartering, purchase, sale and operations of the vessels in our fleet versus vessels managed by other companies affiliated with our commercial or technical managers. Our commercial and technical managers may give preferential treatment to vessels that are time chartered in by related parties because our founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and members of his family may receive greater economic benefits. In particular, our commercial and technical managers currently provide commercial and technical management services to approximately 54 and 10 vessels respectively, other than the

 

25


Table of Contents

vessels in our fleet, that are owned or operated by entities affiliated with Mr. Lauro, and such entities may acquire additional vessels that will compete with our vessels in the future. Such conflicts may have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

 

Our Chief Executive Officer and President will not devote all of their time to our business, which may hinder our ability to operate successfully.

 

Messrs. Lauro and Bugbee, our Chief Executive Officer and President, respectively, will be involved in other business activities with members of the Scorpio Group, which may result in their spending less time than is appropriate or necessary to manage our business successfully. Based solely on the anticipated relative sizes of our initial fleet and the fleet owned by members of the Scorpio Group over the next twelve months, we estimate that Messrs. Lauro and Bugbee will spend approximately 70-85% of their monthly business time on our business activities and their remaining time on the business of members of the Scorpio Group. However, the actual allocation of time could vary significantly from time to time depending on various circumstances and needs of the businesses, such as the relative levels of strategic activities of the businesses. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

Our commercial and technical managers are each privately held companies and there is little or no publicly available information about them.

 

SCM is our commercial manager and SSM is our technical manager. SCM’s and SSM’s ability to render management services will depend in part on their own financial strength. Circumstances beyond our control could impair our commercial manager’s or technical manager’s financial strength, and because each is a privately held company, information about the financial strength of our commercial manager and technical manager is not available. As a result, we and an investor in our securities might have little advance warning of financial or other problems affecting our commercial manager or technical manager even though their financial or other problems could have a material adverse effect on us and our security holders.

 

We are subject to certain risks with respect to our counterparties on contracts, and failure of such counterparties to meet their obligations could cause us to suffer losses or negatively impact our results of operations and cash flows.

 

We have entered into various contracts, including charter agreements with our customers, consisting of two long-term fixed-rate charter agreements and one tanker pool agreement, and our 2005 Credit Facility, which we intend to fully repay using the proceeds of this offering. Such agreements subject us to counterparty risks. The ability of each of our counterparties to perform its obligations under a contract with us will depend on a number of factors that are beyond our control and may include, among other things, general economic conditions, the condition of the maritime and offshore industries, the overall financial condition of the counterparty, charter rates received for specific types of vessels, and various expenses. For example, the combination of a reduction of cash flow resulting from declines in world trade, a reduction in borrowing bases under reserve-based credit facilities and the lack of availability of debt or equity financing may result in a significant reduction in the ability of our charterers to make charter payments to us. In addition, in depressed market conditions, our charterers and customers may no longer need a vessel that is currently under charter or contract or may be able to obtain a comparable vessel at lower rates. As a result, charterers and customers may seek to renegotiate the terms of their existing charter agreements or avoid their obligations under those contracts. Should a counterparty fail to honor its obligations under agreements with us, we could sustain significant losses which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

26


Table of Contents

The failure of our charterers to meet their obligations under our time charter agreements, on which we depend for a majority of our revenues, could cause us to suffer losses or otherwise adversely affect our business.

 

As of January 1, 2010, we employed two tankers under fixed rate long-term time charter agreements with an average remaining duration of approximately 17 months. The ability and willingness of each of our counterparties to perform its obligations under a time charter agreement with us will depend on a number of factors that are beyond our control and may include, among other things, general economic conditions, the condition of the tanker shipping industry and the overall financial condition of the counterparties. Charterers are sensitive to the commodity markets and may be impacted by market forces affecting commodities such oil. In addition, in depressed market conditions, there have been reports of charterers renegotiating their charters or defaulting on their obligations under charters. Our customers may fail to pay charterhire or attempt to renegotiate charter rates. Should a counterparty fail to honor its obligations under agreements with us, it may be difficult to secure substitute employment for such vessel, and any new charter arrangements we secure in the spot market or on time charters may be at lower rates given currently decreased tanker charter rate levels. Where we plan to employ a vessel in the spot charter market, we intend to generally place such vessel in a tanker pool managed by our commercial manager that pertains to that vessel’s size class. If our charterers fail to meet their obligations to us or attempt to renegotiate our charter agreements, we could sustain significant losses which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, as well as our ability to pay dividends, if any, in the future, and compliance with covenants in our credit facilities.

 

Our charterers may terminate or default on their charters, which could adversely affect our results of operations and cash flow.

 

Our charters may terminate earlier than the dates indicated in this prospectus. The terms of our charters vary as to which events or occurrences will cause a charter to terminate or give the charterer the option to terminate the charter, but these generally include a total or constructive loss of the relevant vessel, the requisition for hire of the relevant vessel, the drydocking of the relevant vessel for a certain period of time or the failure of the relevant vessel to meet specified performance criteria. In addition, the ability of each of our charterers to perform its obligations under a charter will depend on a number of factors that are beyond our control. These factors may include general economic conditions, the condition of the tanker industry, the charter rates received for specific types of vessels and various operating expenses. The costs and delays associated with the default by a charterer under a charter of a vessel may be considerable and may adversely affect our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition and our available cash.

 

We cannot predict whether our charterers will, upon the expiration of their charters, re-charter our vessels on favorable terms or at all. If our charterers decide not to re-charter our vessels, we may not be able to re-charter them on terms similar to our current charters or at all. In the future, we may also employ our vessels on the spot charter market, which is subject to greater rate fluctuation than the time charter market. Where we plan to employ a vessel in the spot charter market, we intend to generally place such vessel in a tanker pool managed by our commercial manager that pertains to that vessel’s size class.

 

If we receive lower charter rates under replacement charters or are unable to re-charter all of our vessels, our available cash may be significantly reduced or eliminated.

 

Our insurance may not be adequate to cover our losses that may result from our operations due to the inherent operational risks of the tanker industry.

 

We carry insurance to protect us against most of the accident-related risks involved in the conduct of our business, including marine hull and machinery insurance, protection and indemnity insurance, which includes pollution risks, crew insurance and war risk insurance. However, we may not be adequately insured to cover losses from our operational risks, which could have a material adverse effect on us. Additionally, our insurers may refuse to pay particular claims and our insurance may be voidable by the insurers if we take, or fail to take,

 

27


Table of Contents

certain action, such as failing to maintain certification of our vessels with applicable maritime regulatory organizations. Any significant uninsured or under-insured loss or liability could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition and our available cash. In addition, we may not be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage at reasonable rates in the future during adverse insurance market conditions.

 

As a result of the September 11, 2001 attacks, the U.S. response to the attacks and related concern regarding terrorism, insurers have increased premiums and reduced or restricted coverage for losses caused by terrorist acts generally. Accordingly, premiums payable for terrorist coverage have increased substantially and the level of terrorist coverage has been significantly reduced.

 

Because we obtain some of our insurance through protection and indemnity associations, which result in significant expenses to us, we may be required to make additional premium payments.

 

We may be subject to increased premium payments, or calls, in amounts based on our claim records, the claim records of our managers, as well as the claim records of other members of the protection and indemnity associations through which we receive insurance coverage for tort liability, including pollution-related liability. In addition, our protection and indemnity associations may not have enough resources to cover claims made against them. Our payment of these calls could result in significant expense to us, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows, financial condition and available cash.

 

RISKS RELATED TO OUR INDEBTEDNESS

 

Servicing debt, which we may incur in the future, would limit funds available for other purposes and if we cannot service our debt, we may lose our vessels.

 

Borrowing under our credit facility and our new credit facility requires us to dedicate a part of our cash flow from operations to paying interest on our indebtedness. These payments limit funds available for working capital, capital expenditures and other purposes, including further equity or debt financing in the future. Amounts borrowed under our credit facility bear interest at variable rates. Increases in prevailing rates could increase the amounts that we would have to pay to our lenders, even though the outstanding principal amount remains the same, and our net income and cash flows would decrease. We expect our earnings and cash flow to vary from year to year due to the cyclical nature of the tanker industry. If we do not generate or reserve enough cash flow from operations to satisfy our debt obligations, we may have to undertake alternative financing plans, such as:

 

   

seeking to raise additional capital;

 

   

refinancing or restructuring our debt;

 

   

selling tankers; or

 

   

reducing or delaying capital investments.

 

However, these alternative financing plans, if necessary, may not be sufficient to allow us to meet our debt obligations. If we are unable to meet our debt obligations or if some other default occurs under our credit facility, the lender could elect to declare that debt, together with accrued interest and fees, to be immediately due and payable and proceed against the collateral vessels securing that debt even though the majority of the proceeds used to purchase the collateral vessels did not come from our credit facility.

 

28


Table of Contents

Our credit facility contains and our new credit facility is expected to contain restrictive covenants which limit the amount of cash that we may use for other corporate activities, which could negatively affect our growth and cause our financial performance to suffer.

 

Our credit facility imposes and our new credit facility is expected to impose operating and financial restrictions on us. These restrictions may limit our ability, or the ability of our subsidiaries party thereto to:

 

   

pay dividends and make capital expenditures if we do not repay amounts drawn under our credit facility or if there is another default under our credit facility;

 

   

incur additional indebtedness, including the issuance of guarantees;

 

   

create liens on our assets;

 

   

change the flag, class or management of our vessels or terminate or materially amend the management agreement relating to each vessel;

 

   

sell our vessels;

 

   

merge or consolidate with, or transfer all or substantially all our assets to, another person; or

 

   

enter into a new line of business.

 

Therefore, we may need to seek permission from our lenders in order to engage in some corporate actions. Our lenders’ interests may be different from ours and we may not be able to obtain our lenders’ permission when needed. This may limit our ability to pay dividends to you if we determine to do so in the future, finance our future operations or capital requirements, make acquisitions or pursue business opportunities.

 

We cannot assure you that we will enter into the new credit facility or that if we do so that we will be able to borrow all or any of the amounts committed thereunder.

 

We have entered into a commitment letter with Nordea Bank Finland Plc, New York Branch (“Nordea”), DnB NOR Bank ASA (“DnB NOR”), acting through its New York branch, and Fortis Bank Nederland (“Fortis” and together with Nordea and DnB NOR, the “Lenders”) to provide us with a $150,000,000 new credit facility, which we do not expect to enter into prior to the closing of this offering. The Lenders’ commitment to enter into the new credit facility is subject to customary conditions, including each Lender’s satisfaction with the completion of business, legal, environmental, tax, financial, accounting and customer call due diligence. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that we will be successful in entering into the new credit facility. In addition, even if we enter into the new credit facility, borrowings under the new credit facility will be subject to customary conditions to be specified in the definitive documentation for the new credit facility, including that we may only use our credit facility to finance the lower of 50% of the fair market value or 50% of the purchase price of a vessel. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that we will be able to satisfy such conditions or be able to borrow all or any of the amounts committed under the new credit facility. If we do not enter into the new credit facility or are unable to borrow the amounts committed thereunder, our ability to execute our growth strategy will be materially adversely affected.

 

If the recent volatility in LIBOR rates continues, it will affect the interest rate under our credit facility which could affect our profitability, earnings and cash flow.

 

Amounts borrowed under our credit facility bear interest at an annual rate ranging from 3.0% to 3.5% above LIBOR. LIBOR rates have recently been volatile, with the spread between those rates and prime lending rates widening significantly at times. These conditions are the result of the recent disruptions in the international credit markets. Because the interest rates borne by amounts that we may drawdown under our credit facility fluctuate with changes in the LIBOR rates, if this volatility were to continue, it would affect the amount of interest payable on amounts that we were to drawdown from our credit facility, which in turn, would have an adverse effect on our profitability, earnings and cash flow.

 

29


Table of Contents

RISKS RELATED TO THIS OFFERING

 

There is no guarantee that an active and liquid public market for our common shares will develop.

 

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common shares. A liquid trading market for our common shares may not develop. The initial public offering price will be determined in negotiations between the representatives of the underwriters and us and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the trading market. The tanker industry has been highly unpredictable and volatile, and the market for common shares in this industry may be equally volatile.

 

The price of our common shares after this offering may be volatile.

 

The price of our common shares may fluctuate due to factors such as:

 

   

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly and annual results and those of other public companies in our industry;

 

   

mergers and strategic alliances in the crude tanker and product tanker industries;

 

   

market conditions in the crude tanker and product tanker industries;

 

   

changes in government regulation;

 

   

the failure of securities analysts to publish research about us after this offering, or shortfalls in our operating results from levels forecast by securities analysts;

 

   

announcements concerning us or our competitors; and

 

   

the general state of the securities market.

 

The seaborne transportation industry has been highly unpredictable and volatile. The market for our common shares in this industry may be equally volatile. Consequently, you may not be able to sell the common shares at prices equal to or greater than those paid by you in this offering.

 

The Lolli-Ghetti family, of which Mr. Emanuele Lauro, our founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer is a member, will beneficially own approximately 30.9% of our total outstanding common shares upon the consummation of this offering, which may limit your ability to influence our actions.

 

The Lolli-Ghetti family of which our founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer is a member, is expected to beneficially own approximately 30.9% of our outstanding common shares upon the consummation of this offering (28.0% if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full). Additionally, the Lolli-Ghetti family owned 100% of our common shares at December 31, 2009 and had a controlling interest. We currently expect to issue more than 50% of our existing shares at the time of the offering and therefore we do not expect that the Lolli-Ghetti Family, of which Mr. Lauro is a member, will maintain a controlling interest in us after the consummation of the offering. Although they will not have a controlling interest in us after the offering, the Lolli-Ghetti family, are expected to be our largest shareholder.

 

As a result of the role of Mr. Lauro as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, coupled with his family’s ownership interests, together Mr. Lauro and the Lolli-Ghetti family may be able to exert considerable influence over our actions through their ability to significantly influence matters requiring shareholder approval, including the determination to enter into a corporate transaction or to prevent a transaction, regardless of whether our shareholders believe that any such transaction is in their or our best interests. For example, these parties could influence us to make a merger or acquisition that increases the amount of our indebtedness or cause us to sell all of our revenue-generating assets. We cannot assure you that the interests of Mr. Emanuele Lauro or the Lolli-Ghetti family will coincide with the interests of other shareholders. As a result, the market price of our common shares could be adversely affected.

 

30


Table of Contents

Additionally, these parties may invest in entities that directly or indirectly compete with us, or companies in which these parties currently invest may begin competing with us. These parties may also pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. As a result of these relationships, when conflicts arise between the interests of these parties and the interests of our other shareholders, our directors who were nominated by these parties may not be disinterested. These parties will be able to exert significant influence on our corporate decisions so long as they continue to own a substantial number of our common shares and/or retain a management role in our company.

Future sales of our common shares could cause the market price of our common shares to decline.

The market price for our common shares could decline as a result of sales by existing shareholders of large numbers of our common shares after this offering, or as a result of the perception that such sales may occur. Sales of our common shares by these shareholders also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity or equity-related securities in the future at a time and at the prices that we deem appropriate. Of the estimated 18,089,147 common shares that will be outstanding following the completion of this offering, not including up to 1,148,916 shares reserved for issuance pursuant to our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan that we intend to effect after the closing of this offering of which we expect to issue 559,458 restricted shares in the aggregate to our executive officers and 9,000 restricted shares in the aggregate to our independent directors immediately following completion of the offering:

 

   

12,500,000 shares (14,375,000 shares assuming the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option in full), constituting all of the shares offered by this prospectus, will be freely tradable unless purchased by persons deemed our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act; and

 

   

5,589,147 additional shares may be sold after the expiration of 180-day lock-up agreements (as may be extended) that will be entered into by our executive officers and directors and certain other shareholders, subject to registration under the Securities Act, compliance with the requirements of Rule 144 or the availability of an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

We are incorporated in the Republic of The Marshall Islands, which does not have a well-developed body of corporate law and, as a result, shareholders may have fewer rights and protections under Marshall Islands law than under a typical jurisdiction in the United States.

Our corporate affairs are governed by our articles of incorporation and bylaws and by the Marshall Islands Business Corporations Act, or BCA. The provisions of the BCA resemble provisions of the corporation laws of a number of states in the United States. However, there have been few judicial cases in the Republic of The Marshall Islands interpreting the BCA. The rights and fiduciary responsibilities of directors under the law of the Republic of The Marshall Islands are not as clearly established as the rights and fiduciary responsibilities of directors under statutes or judicial precedent in existence in certain United States jurisdictions. Shareholder rights may differ as well. While the BCA does specifically incorporate the non-statutory law, or judicial case law, of the State of Delaware and other states with substantially similar legislative provisions, our public shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions by management, directors or controlling shareholders than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a United States jurisdiction. Please see the section of this prospectus titled “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities” beginning on page 132.

It may be difficult to serve process on or enforce a United States judgment against us, our officers and our directors.

We are a Republic of The Marshall Islands corporation and several of our executive offices are located outside of the United States. Some of our directors and officers and certain of the experts named in this offering reside outside the United States. In addition, a substantial portion of our assets and the assets of our directors,

 

31


Table of Contents

officers and experts are located outside of the United States. As a result, you may have difficulty serving legal process within the United States upon us or any of these persons. You may also have difficulty enforcing, both in and outside the United States, judgments you may obtain in U.S. courts against us or any of these persons in any action, including actions based upon the civil liability provisions of U.S. federal or state securities laws. Furthermore, there is substantial doubt that the courts of the Republic of The Marshall Islands or of the non-U.S. jurisdictions in which our offices are located would enter judgments in original actions brought in those courts predicated on U.S. federal or state securities laws.

 

Anti-takeover provisions in our amended and restated articles of incorporation could make it difficult for our shareholders to replace or remove our current board of directors or could have the effect of discouraging, delaying or preventing a merger or acquisition, which could adversely affect the market price of our common shares.

 

Several provisions of our amended and restated articles of incorporation and bylaws could make it difficult for our shareholders to change the composition of our board of directors in any one year, preventing them from changing the composition of our management. In addition, the same provisions may discourage, delay or prevent a merger or acquisition that shareholders may consider favorable.

 

These provisions include those that:

 

   

authorize our board of directors to issue “blank check” preferred stock without shareholder approval;

 

   

provide for a classified board of directors with staggered, three-year terms;

 

   

prohibit cumulative voting in the election of directors;

 

   

authorize the removal of directors only for cause and only upon the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding common shares entitled to vote for those directors;

 

   

limit the persons who may call special meetings of shareholders;

 

   

establish advance notice requirements for nominating directors or proposing matters that can be acted on by shareholders at shareholder meetings; and

 

   

restrict business combinations with interested shareholders.

 

These anti-takeover provisions could substantially impede the ability of public shareholders to benefit from a change in control and, as a result, may adversely affect the market price of our common shares and your ability to realize any potential change of control premium.

 

You will experience immediate and substantial dilution of $2.15 per common share.

 

The assumed initial public offering price of $15 per common share, which represents the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, exceeds the pro forma net tangible book value per common share immediately after this offering. Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $15 per common share, which represents the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution of $2.15 per share. This dilution results primarily because the assets which have been contributed to us, in exchange for all of our common shares, are recorded at their historical cost, and not their fair value, in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) principles. Please read “Dilution” for a more detailed description of the dilution that you will experience upon the completion of this offering.

 

32


Table of Contents

We may issue additional common shares or other equity securities without your approval, which would dilute your ownership interests and may depress the market price of our common shares.

 

We may issue additional common shares or other equity securities of equal or senior rank in the future in connection with, among other things, future vessel acquisitions, repayment of outstanding indebtedness or our equity incentive plan, without shareholder approval, in a number of circumstances.

 

Our issuance of additional common shares or other equity securities of equal or senior rank would have the following effects:

 

   

our existing shareholders’ proportionate ownership interest in us will decrease;

 

   

the amount of cash available for dividends payable on our common shares may decrease;

 

   

the relative voting strength of each previously outstanding common share may be diminished; and

 

   

the market price of our common shares may decline.

 

33


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

Our disclosure and analysis in this prospectus pertaining to our operations, cash flows and financial position, including, in particular, the likelihood of our success in developing and expanding our business, include forward-looking statements. Statements that are predictive in nature, that depend upon or refer to future events or conditions, or that include words such as “expects,” “anticipates,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,” “estimates,” “projects,” “forecasts,” “may,” “should” and similar expressions are forward-looking statements.

 

All statements in this prospectus that are not statements of either historical or current facts are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, such matters as:

 

   

our future operating or financial results;

 

   

global and regional economic and political conditions, including piracy;

 

   

our pending vessel acquisitions, our business strategy and expected capital spending or operating expenses, including drydocking and insurance costs;

 

   

competition in the tanker industry;

 

   

statements about shipping market trends, including charter rates and factors affecting supply and demand;

 

   

our financial condition and liquidity, including our ability to obtain financing in the future to fund capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate activities;

 

   

our ability to enter into fixed-rate charters after our current charters expire and our ability to earn income in the spot market; and

 

   

our expectations of the availability of vessels to purchase and the time it may take to construct new vessels, or vessels’ useful lives.

 

Many of these statements are based on our assumptions about factors that are beyond our ability to control or predict and are subject to risks and uncertainties that are described more fully under the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus. Any of these factors or a combination of these factors could materially affect our future results of operations and the ultimate accuracy of the forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause future results to differ include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

   

changes in governmental rules and regulations or actions taken by regulatory authorities;

 

   

changes in economic and competitive conditions affecting our business;

 

   

potential liability from future litigation and potential costs due to environmental damage and vessel collisions;

 

   

the length and number of off-hire periods and dependence on third-party managers; and

 

   

other factors discussed under the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus.

 

You should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus, because they are statements about events that are not certain to occur as described or at all. All forward-looking statements in this prospectus are qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained in this prospectus. These forward-looking statements are not guarantees of our future performance, and actual results and future developments may vary materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements.

 

Except to the extent required by applicable law or regulation, we undertake no obligation to release publicly any revisions to these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

 

34


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds of approximately $172.9 million, based on an assumed offering price of $15 per share, which represents the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, from the issuance of new common shares in this offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed public offering price would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $11.6 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Our intention is to use these proceeds first to fully repay the debt outstanding under our 2005 Credit Facility. Our 2005 Credit Facility, as of March 18, 2010 has debt outstanding of $38.9 million, has an interest rate of 0.70% above LIBOR, and is scheduled to mature on May 18, 2015. The proceeds of this indebtedness were used to acquire the Senatore and Noemi .

We intend to use the remainder of our net offering proceeds, after repayment of our 2005 Credit Facility, of $134.0 million, and after assessing any working capital and other general corporate expense needs, to pursue vessel acquisitions consistent with our strategy, including the purchase of additional modern tankers ranging in size from approximately 35,000 dwt, to approximately 200,000 dwt and that generally are not more than five years old. We believe that our strong balance sheet, financing capacity and future access to capital will allow us to make opportunistic vessel acquisitions at attractive prices. We may purchase secondhand vessels that meet our specifications or newbuilding vessels, either directly from shipyards or from the current owners. The timing of these acquisitions will depend on our ability to identify suitable vessels on attractive purchase terms but we intend to acquire vessels within 12 months of this offering.

Although we cannot assure you that we will be successful in acquiring vessels at prices comparable to current market prices, we could use the proceeds of this offering available for vessel acquisitions, per the above description and based upon current market conditions, to purchase up to four new Handysize tankers, two new Panamax tankers, or one new Aframax tanker, not including any borrowings under the new credit facility, and not accounting for any drydocking expenses. These estimates are based on the newbuilding purchase price estimates as of February 2010 noted on page 65 of the “The International Tanker Industry” within this prospectus. As noted, we may also purchase secondhand vessels that meet our specifications at prices to be determined by market conditions, which are affected by the age of the vessel. No assets will be acquired from our affiliates.

We have also obtained a commitment letter for a new $150,000,000 senior secured credit facility that we expect to enter into after the closing of this offering. Any borrowings under this credit facility are intended to facilitate future vessel acquisitions.

 

35


Table of Contents

OUR DIVIDEND POLICY

 

Initially, we do not intend to pay dividends to the holders of our common shares. We will continue to assess our dividend policy and our board of directors may determine it is in the best interest of the Company to pay dividends in the future. Upon the completion of our acquisition of additional vessels funded in whole or in part with a portion of the net proceeds of this offering, and depending on prevailing charter market conditions, our operating results and capital requirements and other relevant factors, our board of directors will re-evaluate our dividend policy.

 

We believe that, under current U.S. law (which is scheduled to expire after 2010), any future dividend payments from our then current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles, would constitute “qualified dividend income” and, as a consequence, non-corporate U.S. stockholders would generally be subject to a 15% U.S. federal income tax rate with respect to such dividend payments. Distributions in excess of our earnings and profits, as so calculated, will be treated first as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of a U.S. stockholder’s tax basis in its common shares on a dollar-for-dollar basis and thereafter as capital gain. Please see the section of this prospectus titled “Tax Considerations” for additional information relating to the tax treatment of our dividend payments, if any dividends are declared in the future.

 

We are a holding company with no material assets other than the equity interests in our wholly-owned subsidiaries. As a result, our ability to pay dividends, if any in the future, depends on our subsidiaries and their ability to distribute funds to us. Our new credit facility will have restrictions on our ability, and the ability of certain of our subsidiaries, to pay dividends in the event of a default or breach of covenants under the credit facility agreement. Under such circumstances, we or our subsidiaries may not be able to pay dividends so long as we are in default or have breached certain covenants of the credit facility without our lender’s consent or waiver of the default or breach. In addition, Marshall Islands law generally prohibits the payment of dividends (i) other than from surplus (retained earnings and the excess of consideration received for the sale of shares above the par value of the shares) or (ii) when a company is insolvent or (iii) if the payment of the dividend would render the company insolvent.

 

In addition, we may incur expenses or liabilities, including extraordinary expenses, decreases in revenues, including as a result of unanticipated off-hire days or loss of a vessel, or increased cash needs that could reduce or eliminate the amount of cash that we have available for distribution as dividends. The tanker shipping charter market is cyclical and volatile. We cannot predict with accuracy the amount of cash flows our operations will generate in any given period. Factors beyond our control may affect the charter market for our vessels and our charterers’ ability to satisfy their contractual obligations to us, and we cannot assure you that dividends will actually be declared or paid in the future. We cannot assure you that we will be able to pay regular quarterly dividends, and our ability to pay dividends will be subject to the limitations set forth above and in the section of this prospectus titled “Risk Factors.”

 

36


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

 

The following table sets forth our capitalization at September 30, 2009, on a historical basis and as adjusted to give effect to the offering and the items identified in the footnotes below. The adjustments that we have made for this offering include the issuance of 18,089,147 shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed offering price of $15.00 per share, which represents the midpoint of the expected range of $14.00 to $16.00 per common share.

 

     As of September 30, 2009
     Actual    Pro Forma (1)    Pro Forma
As Adjusted (2,3)

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 480,748    $ 480,748    $ 132,655,748
                    

Current debt:

        

Bank loan (2)

   $ 3,600,000    $ 3,600,000    $

Non current debt:

        

Bank loan (2)

   $ 37,100,000      37,100,000     
                    

Total debt

     40,700,000      40,700,000     
                    

Shareholders’ equity:

        

Share capital

     55,891      55,891      180,891

Additional paid-in capital (1)

          46,272,338      219,022,338

Merger reserve

     13,292,496      13,292,496      13,292,496
                    

Total shareholders’ equity

     13,348,387      59,620,725      232,495,725
                    

Total capitalization

   $ 54,048,387    $ 100,320,725    $ 232,495,725
                    

 

  (1)   Adjusted to reflect the conversion of the balances of the related party payable of $27,406,408 and the shareholder payable of $18,865,930 as of November 18, 2009 (both of which were included in current liabilities) to shareholders’ equity as a capital contribution as if such conversion took place as of September 30, 2009. See Note 7 to the condensed combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
  (2)   Adjusted to reflect the expected repayment of both the current and non-current bank loan balances of $40.7 million, as of September 30, 2009, with a portion of the net proceeds of the offering. We have also obtained a commitment letter for a new $150,000,000 senior secured credit facility that we expect to enter into after the closing of this offering. Please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources” for a further description of the new credit facility.
  (3)   Adjusted to reflect the estimated net proceeds of $172.9 million. Excludes 1,875,000 common shares issuable upon the exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, 559,458 shares that we expect to issue to our executive officers and 9,000 shares that we expect to issue to our independent directors following the completion of this offering pursuant to our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

37


Table of Contents

DILUTION

 

Dilution is the amount by which the offering price paid by the purchasers of our common shares in this offering will exceed the net tangible book value per common share after the offering. The net tangible book value is equal to the amount of our total tangible assets (total assets less intangible assets) less total liabilities. The historical net tangible book value as of September 30, 2009 was $13.3 million in total and $2.39 per share for the number of new shares for the existing shareholder at the offering.

 

The pro forma net tangible book value as of September 30, 2009 would have been $59.6 million in total and $10.67 per share if the conversion of the balances of the related party payable of $27,406,408 and the shareholder payable of $18,865,930 as of November 18, 2009 (both of which were included in current liabilities) to shareholders’ equity as a capital contribution as if such conversion took place as of September 30, 2009.

 

The pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of September 30, 2009 would have been $232.5 million, or $12.85 per common share if (i) the sale by us of 12,500,000 common shares at $15.00 per share in this offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses took place as of September 30, 2009 and (ii) the conversion of the balances of the related party payable of $27,406,408 and the shareholder payable of $18,865,930 as of November 18, 2009 (both of which were included in current liabilities) to shareholders’ equity as a capital contribution as if such conversion took place as of September 30, 2009. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $2.18 share to the existing shareholder and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $2.15 share to new investors.

 

The following table illustrates the pro forma per share dilution and appreciation as of September 30, 2009:

 

Initial public offering price per share of common stock

   $ 15.00
      

Pro forma net tangible book value per share before this offering

   $ 10.67

Increase in net tangible book value attributable to new investors in this offering

   $ 2.18
      

Pro forma net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering

   $ 12.85
      

Dilution per share to new investors

   $ 2.15
      

 

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma basis as at September 30, 2009, the differences between the number of common shares acquired from us, the total amount paid and the average price per share paid by the existing shareholders and the number of common shares acquired from us, the total amount paid and average price per share paid by you in this offering, based upon the initial public offering price of $15 per share.

 

     Pro Forma
Shares Outstanding
    Total Consideration     Average Price
Per Share
     Number    Percent     Amount    Percent    

Existing shareholder

   5,589,147    30.90   $ 59,620,725    24.13   $ 10.67

New investors

   12,500,000    69.10   $ 187,500,000    75.87   $ 15.00

Total

            

 

As the table indicates, the total consideration by the existing shareholder for its shares is approximately $59.6 million (representing contributed assets), with an average share price of $10.67, which means that the existing shareholder in the aggregate will have received approximately $12.2 million more than it originally invested. The assets contributed by the existing shareholder were recorded at historical book value, rather than fair value, in accordance with the IFRS.

 

 

38


Table of Contents

SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

 

The following table sets forth our selected combined financial data and other operating data. The selected financial data in the table as of and for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 are derived from our audited combined financial statements, included elsewhere herein, which have been prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB. The selected financial data as of September 30, 2009 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008 are derived from our unaudited condensed combined financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with IAS 34 and are included herein. Please see the footnotes to our combined financial statements for a discussion of the basis upon which our financial statements are presented. The data set forth below should be read in conjunction with the audited combined financial statements, the unaudited condensed combined financial statements, related notes and other financial information included elsewhere herein.

 

Our historical combined financial statements have been prepared on a carve-out basis from the financial statements of our parent company, Liberty Holding Company Ltd. These carve-out financial statements include all assets, liabilities and results of operations of our three vessel-owning subsidiaries, formerly subsidiaries of Liberty Holding Company Ltd., for the periods presented. For the periods presented, certain of the expenses incurred by these subsidiaries for commercial, technical and administrative management services were under management agreements with other Scorpio Group entities, which are parties related to us. Since agreements with related parties are by definition not at arms length, the expenses incurred under these agreements may have been different than the historical costs incurred if the subsidiaries had operated as unaffiliated entities during prior periods. Our estimates of any differences between historical expenses and the expenses that may have been incurred had the subsidiaries been stand-alone entities have been disclosed in the notes to the historical combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

The selected financial data for 2006 has not been derived from audited financial statements as combined financial statements of the Company for 2006 do not exist. Instead, the selected financial data for 2006 has been prepared by aggregating the historical standalone IFRS financial information of each of the three subsidiaries which were transferred to us. In accordance with Item 3.A.1 of Form 20-F we are omitting fiscal years 2005 and 2004 from the selected financial data as we did not prepare combined or consolidated financial statements for these periods and such information cannot be provided without unreasonable effort or expense.

 

    For the Year Ended
December 31,
    For the Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
    2008     2007     2006     2009     2008  

Combined Income Statement Data

         

Vessel revenue

  $ 39,274,196      $ 30,317,138      $ 35,751,632      $ 21,752,091      $ 28,914,996   

Operating expenses

         

Charterhire

    (6,722,334                   (3,163,485     (4,104,081

Vessel operating costs

    (8,623,318     (7,600,509     (7,061,514     (6,397,434     (6,535,389

Depreciation

    (6,984,444     (6,482,484     (7,058,093     (5,155,675     (4,883,150

General and administrative expenses

    (600,361     (590,772     (376,338     (304,404     (491,699

Impairment (1)

                         (4,511,877       

Total operating expenses

    (22,930,457     (14,673,765     (14,495,945     (19,532,875     (16,014,319
                                       

Operating income

    16,343,739        15,643,373        21,255,687        2,219,216        12,900,677   
                                       

 

39


Table of Contents
    For the Year Ended
December 31,
    For the Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
    2008     2007     2006     2009     2008  

Other income and expense, net

         

Interest expense—bank loan

    (1,710,907     (1,953,344     (3,041,684     (590,372     (1,353,682

(Loss)/gain on derivative financial instruments

    (2,463,648     (1,769,166     816,219        87,548        (455,446

Interest income

    35,492        142,233        152,066        4,754        28,672   

Other income, net

    (18,752     (9,304     (24,034     (10,925     (27,614
                                       

Total other expenses, net

  $ (4,157,815   $ (3,589,581   $ (2,097,433   $ (508,995   $ (1,808,070
                                       

Net income

  $ 12,185,924      $ 12,053,792      $ 19,158,254      $ 1,710,221      $ 11,092,607   
                                       

Earnings per common share (2)

         

Weighted average shares outstanding

    5,589,147        5,589,147        5,589,147        5,589,147        5,589,147   

Basic earnings per share

  $ 2.18      $ 2.16      $ 3.43      $ 0.31      $ 1.98   

Diluted earnings per share

  $ 2.18      $ 2.16      $ 3.43      $ 0.31      $ 1.98   

 

     As of December 31,    As of
September 30,

2009
     2008    2007    2006   

Balance Sheet Data

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 3,607,635    $ 1,153,743    $ 6,016,470    $ 480,748

Vessels and drydock

   $ 109,260,102    $ 116,244,546    $ 122,727,030    $ 101,212,117

Total assets

   $ 117,111,827    $ 122,555,022    $ 137,728,758    $ 104,020,190

Bank loan

   $ 43,400,000    $ 47,000,000    $ 50,600,000    $ 40,700,000

Shareholder payable (3)

   $ 22,028,323    $ 19,433,097    $ 27,612,576    $ 19,267,336

Related party payable (3)

   $ 27,406,408    $ 27,406,408    $ 34,338,356    $ 27,406,408

Shareholder’s equity

   $ 20,299,166    $ 26,897,242    $ 21,936,949    $ 13,348,387

 

     For the Year
Ended December 31,
    For the Nine Months
Ended September 30,
 
     2008     2007     2006     2009     2008  

Cash Flow Data

          

Net cash provided
by/(used by):

          

Operating activities

   $ 24,837,892      $ 5,830,733      $ 13,226,007      $ 8,234,113      $ 12,812,237   

Financing activities

   $ (22,384,000   $ (10,693,500   $ (14,850,000   $ (11,361,000   $ (12,127,000

 

  (1)   As of September 30, 2009, we recorded an impairment of two vessels for $4.5 million. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
  (2)   Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the net income attributable to equity holders of the parent by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding assuming that the transfer of the vessel owning subsidiaries was effective during the period. In addition, the stock split described in Note 13 in the combined financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2008 has been given retroactive effect for all periods presented herein. Diluted earnings per share are calculated by adjusting the net income attributable to equity holders of the parent and the weighted average number of common shares used for calculating basic earnings per share for the effects of all potentially dilutive shares. Such potentially dilutive common shares are excluded when the effect would be to increase earnings per share or reduce a loss per share. For the periods presented, we had no potentially dilutive common shares.
  (3)   On November 18, 2009, the Shareholder payable and the Related party payable balances as of that date, were converted to equity as a capital contribution. See Note 8 in the combined financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2008 and the pro forma balance sheet and Note 4 in the unaudited condensed combined financial statements as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2009.

 

40


Table of Contents

Other Operating Data

 

     For the Year
Ended December 31,
   For the Nine Months
Ended September 30,
     2008    2007    2006    2009    2008

Average Daily Results

              

Time charter equivalent per day (4)

   $ 29,889    $ 27,687    $ 33,165    $ 24,089    $ 30,566

Vessel operating costs per day (5)

   $ 7,854    $ 6,941    $ 6,449    $ 7,811    $ 7,980

TCE per revenue day—pool revenue

   $ 36,049    $ 29,848    $ 33,165    $ 23,065    $ 38,243

TCE per revenue day—time charters

   $ 24,992    $ 24,382    $    $ 24,881    $ 24,990

Expenditures for drydock

   $    $    $ 805,845    $ 1,619,567    $

Fleet Data (6)

              

Average number of owned vessels

     3.00      3.00      3.00      3.00      3.00

Average number of time chartered-in vessels

     0.59                0.44      0.45

 

  (4)   Freight rates are commonly measured in the shipping industry in terms of Time charter equivalent per day (or TCE per day), which represent subtracting voyage expenses, including bunkers and port charges, from vessel revenue and dividing the net amount (time charter equivalent revenues) by the number of days revenue days in the period. Revenue days are the number of days the vessel is owned less the number of days the vessel is offhire for drydock. Since our vessels are on time charter and operate in the pool, we do not have voyage expenses.
  (5)   Vessel operating costs per day represent vessel operating costs divided by the number of days the vessel is owned in the period.
  (6)   For a definition of items listed under “Fleet Data,” please see the section of this prospectus entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” We do not currently have any time chartered-in vessels and do not intend to time charter-in any vessels into our fleet in the future.

 

41


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The following presentation of management’s discussion and analysis of results of operations and financial condition should be read in conjunction with our combined financial statements, accompanying notes thereto and other financial information, as well as our unaudited condensed combined financial statements and accompanying notes appearing elsewhere in this registration statement. You should also carefully read the following discussion with “Risk Factors,” “The International Tanker Industry,” “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Selected Financial and Other Data.” The combined financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 have been prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB and the unaudited condensed combined financial statements as of September 30, 2009 and for the periods ended September 30, 2009 and 2008 have been prepared in accordance with IAS 34. The combined financial statements are presented in U.S. Dollars unless otherwise indicated. Any amounts converted from another non-U.S. currency to U.S. Dollars in this registration statement are at the rate applicable at the relevant date, or the average rate during the applicable period.

 

OVERVIEW

 

We are Scorpio Tankers Inc., a company incorporated in the Republic of The Marshall Islands on July 1, 2009 by Simon Financial Limited, or Simon, which is owned by members of the Lolli-Ghetti family and manages their shipping interests. We provide seaborne transportation of crude oil and other petroleum products worldwide. On October 1, 2009, (i) Simon transferred three operating subsidiary companies to us, which own the vessels in our initial fleet; (ii) Liberty Holding Company Ltd., or Liberty, became a wholly-owned subsidiary and operating vehicle of Simon; (iii) Scorpio Owning Holding Ltd. became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Liberty; and (iv) we became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Scorpio Owning Holding Ltd. Liberty’s operations include the Scorpio Group’s drybulk carriers, logistics operations in Southeast Asia, ownership of an offshore floating terminal, vessel pools, chartered-in vessels and interests in joint ventures and investments.

 

Our founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Emanuele Lauro, is a member of the Lolli-Ghetti family, which has been involved in shipping since the early 1950s through the Italian company Navigazione Alta Italia, or NAI. The Lolli-Ghetti family owns and controls the Scorpio Group, which includes Simon, which prior to this offering was our ultimate parent company and controlling party; Scorpio Ship Management S.A.M., or SSM; and Scorpio Commercial Management S.A.M., or SCM; which provide us and third parties with technical and commercial management services, respectively; Liberty Holding Company Ltd., or Liberty, which provides us with administrative services; and other affiliated entities. Our President, Mr. Robert Bugbee, also has a senior management position at Scorpio Group, and was formerly the President and Chief Operating Officer of OMI Corporation, or OMI, which was a publicly traded shipping company.

 

We own and operate three Panamax tanker vessels, which we refer to as our initial fleet, that have an average age of 6.6 years as of the end of February, 2010. As noted above, we acquired the vessels in our initial fleet from entities affiliated with our founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and other members of the Lolli-Ghetti family, in exchange for all of our common shares.

 

Our historical combined financial statements have been prepared on a carve-out basis from the financial statements of Liberty Holding Company Ltd. These carve-out financial statements include all assets, liabilities and results of operations of our three vessel-owning subsidiaries, formerly subsidiaries of Liberty Holding Company Ltd., for the periods presented. The other financial information included in this prospectus represents the aggregated financial information of the operations of our three vessel-owning subsidiaries.

 

We anticipate additional opportunities to expand our fleet through acquisitions of tankers, and We believe that recent downward pressure on tanker values will present attractive investment opportunities to ship operators that have the necessary capital resources. We may purchase secondhand vessels that meet our specifications or

 

42


Table of Contents

newbuilding vessels, either directly from shipyards or from the current owners with shipyard contracts. The timing of these acquisitions will depend on our ability to identify suitable vessels on attractive purchase terms.

 

OUR CHARTERS

 

We generate revenues by charging customers for the transportation of their crude oil and other petroleum products using our vessels. Historically, these services generally have been provided under the following basic types of contractual relationships:

 

   

Voyage charters , which are charters for short intervals that are priced on current, or “spot,” market rates; and

 

   

Time charters , whereby vessels we operate and are responsible for crewing and other voyage expenses are chartered to customers for a fixed period of time at rates that are generally fixed, but may contain a variable component based on inflation, interest rates, or current market rates.

 

The table below illustrates the primary distinctions among these types of charters and contracts:

 

    

Voyage Charter

 

Time Charter

Typical contract length

  

Single voyage

 

One year or more

Hire rate basis (1)

  

Varies

 

Daily

Voyage expenses (2)

  

We pay

 

Customer pays

Vessel operating costs (3)

  

We pay

 

We pay

Off-hire (4)

  

Customer does not pay

 

Customer does not pay

 

  (1)   “Hire rate” refers to the basic payment from the charterer for the use of the vessel.
  (2)   Defined below under “Glossary of Shipping Terms.”
  (3)   Defined below under “—Important Financial and Operational Terms and Concepts.”
  (4)   “Off-hire” refers to the time a vessel is not available for service due primarily to scheduled and unscheduled repairs or drydocking.

 

Upon the closing of this offering, one of our vessels, Venice , will be in the Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool, The majority of the vessels in the Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool trade in the spot market. The two other vessels, Noemi and Senatore , are currently chartered to customers under fixed-rate long-term time charter contracts that, as of January 1, 2010, have remaining durations of approximately 24 and nine months, respectively.

 

For more information on our charters, please read “Business—Our Initial Fleet” and “—Our Customers.”

 

IMPORTANT FINANCIAL AND OPERATIONAL TERMS AND CONCEPTS

 

We use a variety of financial and operational terms and concepts. These include the following:

 

Vessel revenues.  Vessel revenues primarily include revenues from time charters and pool revenues. Vessel revenues are affected by hire rates and the number of days a vessel operates. Vessel revenues are also affected by the mix of business between vessels on time charter and vessels in pools. Revenues from vessels in pools are more volatile, as they are typically tied to prevailing market rates.

 

Vessel operating costs.  We are responsible for vessel operating costs, which include crewing, repairs and maintenance, insurance, stores, lube oils, communication expenses, and technical management fees. The two largest components of our vessel operating costs are crews and repairs and maintenance. Expenses for repairs and maintenance tend to fluctuate from period to period because most repairs and maintenance typically occur during periodic drydockings. Please read “Drydocking” below. We expect these expenses to increase as our fleet matures and to the extent that it expands.

 

43


Table of Contents

Additionally, these costs include technical management fees charged by SSM. Historically, our fees under technical management arrangements with SSM were under management agreements with other Scorpio Group entities, which are related parties of ours. Since agreements with related parties are by definition not at arms length, the expenses incurred under these agreements may have been different than the historical costs incurred if the subsidiaries had operated as unaffiliated entities during prior periods. Our estimates of any differences between historical expenses and the expenses that may have been incurred had the subsidiaries been stand-alone entities have been disclosed in the notes to the historical combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Prior to the closing of this offering, we entered into a technical management agreement with SSM. Under this agreement, SSM will provide us technical services. We will pay market-based fees for this service which we believe are customary for the tanker industry.

 

Drydocking.  We must periodically drydock each of our vessels for inspection, repairs and maintenance and any modifications to comply with industry certification or governmental requirements. Generally, each vessel is drydocked every 30 months. We capitalize a substantial portion of the costs incurred during drydocking and amortize those costs on a straight-line basis from the completion of a drydocking to the estimated completion of the next drydocking. We immediately expense costs for routine repairs and maintenance performed during drydocking that do not improve or extend the useful lives of the assets. The number of drydockings undertaken in a given period and the nature of the work performed determine the level of drydocking expenditures.

 

Depreciation.  Depreciation expense typically consists of:

 

   

charges related to the depreciation of the historical cost of our fleet (less an estimated residual value) over the estimated useful lives of the vessels; and

 

   

charges related to the amortization of drydocking expenditures over the estimated number of years to the next scheduled drydocking.

 

Time Charter Equivalent Rates. Time charter equivalent, or TCE, rates, are a standard industry measure of the average daily revenue performance of a vessel. The TCE rate achieved on a given voyage is expressed in U.S. dollars/day and is generally calculated by subtracting voyage expenses, including bunkers and port charges, from voyage revenue and dividing the net amount (time charter equivalent revenues) by the number of days in the period.

 

Revenue Days. Revenue days are the total number of calendar days our vessels were in our possession during a period, less the total number of off-hire days during the period associated with major repairs or drydockings. Consequently, revenue days represent the total number of days available for the vessel to earn revenue. Idle days, which are days when a vessel is available to earn revenue, yet is not employed, are included in revenue days. We use revenue days to show changes in net voyage revenues between periods.

 

Average Number of Vessels. Historical average number of vessels consists of the average number of vessels that were in our possession during a period. We use average number of vessels primarily to highlight changes in vessel operating costs and depreciation and amortization.

 

Contract of Affreightment. A contract of affreightment, or COA, relates to the carriage of specific quantities of cargo with multiple voyages over the same route and over a specific period of time which usually spans a number of years. A COA does not designate the specific vessels or voyage schedules that will transport the cargo, thereby providing both the charterer and ship owner greater operating flexibility than with voyage charters alone. The charterer has the flexibility to determine the individual voyage scheduling at a future date while the ship owner may use different ships to perform these individual voyages. As a result, COAs are mostly entered into by large fleet operators such as pools or ship owners with large fleets of the same vessel type. All of the ship’s operating, voyage and capital costs are borne by the ship owner while the freight rate normally is agreed on a per cargo ton basis.

 

44


Table of Contents

Commercial Pools. To increase vessel utilization and thereby revenues, we participate in commercial pools with other shipowners of similar modern, well-maintained vessels. By operating a large number of vessels as an integrated transportation system, commercial pools offer customers greater flexibility and a higher level of service while achieving scheduling efficiencies. Pools employ experienced commercial charterers and operators who have close working relationships with customers and brokers, while technical management is performed by each shipowner. Pools negotiate charters with customers primarily in the spot market. The size and scope of these pools enable them to enhance utilization rates for pool vessels by securing backhaul voyages and COAs, thus generating higher effective TCE revenues than otherwise might be obtainable in the spot market while providing a higher level of service offerings to customers. As of September 30, 2009, one of our vessels participates in the Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool. For more information on the pool, please read “Business—Our Initial Fleet—Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool Agreement.” and “—Our Customers.”

 

ITEMS YOU SHOULD CONSIDER WHEN EVALUATING OUR RESULTS

 

You should consider the following factors when evaluating our historical financial performance and assessing our future prospects:

 

   

Our voyage revenues are affected by cyclicality in the tanker markets.  The cyclical nature of the tanker industry causes significant increases or decreases in the revenue we earn from our vessels, particularly those we trade in the spot market. If we choose to pay dividends in the future, this will, from period to period, affect the cash available to pay such dividends. We intend to employ a chartering strategy to capture upside opportunities in the spot market while using fixed-rate time charters to reduce downside risks, depending on SCM’s outlook for freight rates, oil tanker market conditions and global economic conditions. Historically, the tanker industry has been cyclical, experiencing volatility in profitability due to changes in the supply of, and demand for, tanker capacity. The supply of tanker capacity is influenced by the number and size of new vessels built, vessels scrapped, converted and lost, the number of vessels that are out of service, and regulations that may effectively cause early obsolescence of tonnage. The demand for tanker capacity is influenced by, among other factors:

 

   

global and regional economic and political conditions;

 

   

increases and decreases in production of and demand for crude oil and petroleum products;

 

   

increases and decreases in OPEC oil production quotas;

 

   

the distance crude oil and petroleum products need to be transported by sea; and

 

   

developments in international trade and changes in seaborne and other transportation patterns.

 

   

Tanker rates also fluctuate based on seasonal variations in demand.  Tanker markets are typically stronger in the winter months as a result of increased oil consumption in the northern hemisphere but weaker in the summer months as a result of lower oil consumption in the northern hemisphere and refinery maintenance. In addition, unpredictable weather patterns during the winter months tend to disrupt vessel scheduling. The oil price volatility resulting from these factors has historically led to increased oil trading activities in the winter months. As a result, revenues generated by Liberty Holding Company Ltd.’s vessels have historically been weaker during the fiscal quarters ended June 30 and September 30, and stronger in the fiscal quarters ended March 31 and December 31.

 

   

Our general and administrative expenses will be affected by the commercial management, and administrative services agreements we have entered into with SCM and Liberty Holding Company Ltd., respectively, and costs we will incur from being a public company.  Historically, we incurred management fees for commercial and administrative management under management agreements with other Scorpio Group entities, which are parties related to us. Since agreements with related parties are by definition not at arms length, the expenses incurred under these agreements may have been different than the historical costs incurred if the subsidiaries had operated as unaffiliated entities during prior

 

45


Table of Contents
 

periods. Our estimates of any differences between historical expenses and the expenses that may have been incurred had the subsidiaries been stand-alone entities have been disclosed in the notes to the historical combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

Prior to the closing of this offering, we entered into a commercial management agreement with SCM. We also entered into an administrative services agreement with Liberty Holding Company Ltd., or our Administrator. Under these agreements, SCM provides us with commercial services and our Administrator provides us with administrative services. We pay market-based fees under our commercial management agreement, which we believe is customary for the tanker industry. We will reimburse our Administrator for the reasonable direct or indirect expenses it incurs in providing us with the administrative services described above. We will also pay our Administrator a fee for arranging vessel purchases and sales for us equal to 1% of the gross purchase or sale price, payable upon the consummation of any such purchase or sale. We believe this 1% fee on purchases and sales is customary in the tanker industry. Our historical general and administrative management fees are estimates of the value of the general and administrative services provided by Scorpio Group affiliates to us. These fees may not be equivalent to a market-based fee and, thus, our historical general and administrative expenses may not reflect what we will incur in the future. As a result of changes to our commercial management agreements agreed upon in December 2009, we estimate that our commercial management fees in 2010 will increase by $0.3 million. The new technical and administrative services agreements were negotiated at rates similar to the rates under the previous agreements and therefore we expect there will be no additional impact on the results of operations in future periods for technical and administrative management services. In addition, we will incur additional general and administrative expenses as a result of being a publicly traded company, including costs associated with annual reports to shareholders and SEC filings, investor relations, New York Stock Exchange fees and tax compliance expenses.

 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

Vessel revenue in our combined income statements represents time charter equivalent revenues (TCE). Revenues and TCE is the same for us because our vessels are employed on time charter contracts or in a pool. When a vessel is on time charter, the customer pays us the contract revenue, and the customer is responsible for all of the voyage expenses. When a vessel is in a pool, the pool pays us the vessel’s allocated earnings within the pool, which we record as revenue, and the pool is also responsible for the voyage expenses. The vessel’s allocated earnings in the pool are reduced to reflect the commercial management fee charged by SCM, the pool manager.

 

Shipowners base economic decisions regarding the deployment of their vessels upon actual and anticipated TCE rates, and industry analysts typically measure rates in terms of TCE rates. This is because under time charters the customer usually pays the voyage expenses, while under voyage charters, also known as spot market charters, the shipowner usually pays the voyage expenses. Accordingly, the discussion of revenue below focuses on TCE rates where applicable.

 

The following tables separately present our operating results for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008 and for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007. We only have one segment since all of our vessels are Panamax tankers and trade in the international shipping market.

 

46


Table of Contents

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2009 COMPARED TO THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2008

 

     For the Nine Months
Ended September 30,
    Change     Percentage
Change
 
     2009     2008      

Vessel revenue

   $ 21,752,091      $ 28,914,996      $ (7,162,905   (25 )% 

Charterhire

     (3,163,485     (4,104,081     940,596      23

Vessel operating costs

     (6,397,434     (6,535,389     137,955      2

Depreciation

     (5,155,675     (4,883,150     (272,525   (6 )% 

General and administrative expenses

     (304,404     (491,699     187,295      38

Impairment

     (4,511,877            (4,511,877     

Interest expense—bank loan

     (590,372     (1,353,682     763,310      56

Gain (loss) on derivative financial instruments

     87,548        (455,446     542,994      119

Interest income

     4,754        28,672        (23,818   (83 )% 

Other expense, net

     (10,925     (27,614     16,689      60
                              

Net Income

   $ 1,710,221      $ 11,092,607      $ (9,382,386   (85 )% 
                              

 

Net Income. Net Income for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 was $1.7 million, a decrease of $9.4 million, or 85%, when compared to net income of $11.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2008. The differences between the two periods are discussed below.

 

Vessel revenue . Revenue was $21.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009, a decrease of $7.2 million, or 25%, from the revenue of $28.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2008. The following table summarizes our revenue:

 

     For the Nine Months
Ended September 30,
   Change  
     2009    2008   

Owned vessels:

        

Time charter revenue

   $ 12,664,375    $ 13,694,412    $ (1,030,037

Pool revenue

     6,089,354      10,279,439      (4,190,085

Time chartered-in vessels:

        

Pool revenue

     2,998,360      4,941,145      (1,942,785
                      

TOTAL

   $ 21,752,090    $ 28,914,996    $ (7,162,906
                      

 

The reduction in the time charter revenue of $1.0 million or 7.5% was primarily the result of Noemi and Senatore both being drydocked in 2009. Noemi was drydocked in August 2009 (off-hire for 23 days), which reduced revenue by $0.6 million, and Senatore was drydocked in May 2009 (off-hire for 14 days), which was reduced revenue by $0.4 million. Noemi and Senatore were employed on time charters that began in 2007 for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008.

 

The reduction of the pool revenue for the owned vessel Venice of $4.2 million or 41% was due to a decrease in the spot market rates. The majority of the vessels in the Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool operate in the spot market.

 

The reduction of the pool revenue for a time chartered-in vessel of $1.9 million, or 39%, was due to a decrease in spot market rates, which resulted in a decrease in the pool rates, and five less operating days for the period in 2009. In May 2008, we time chartered-in a vessel until May 2009. The vessel operated in the Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool.

 

Charterhire. Charterhire expense of $3.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 decreased $0.9 million, or 23%, from $4.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2008. The decrease was due to

 

47


Table of Contents

the profit and loss arrangement included in the charterparty and five less operating days in 2009. The vessel was chartered-in by us from May 29, 2008 to May 1, 2009 at $26,750 per day plus a 50% profit and loss arrangement where we agreed to pay 50% of the vessel’s earnings in the pool above the daily charterhire rate, and we would receive 50% of the vessels earnings in the pool below $26,750 per day. For nine months ended September 30, 2009, we recorded a reduction in the charterhire expense of $17,000 because the vessel’s earnings in the pool were less than $26,750 per day. For the nine months ended September 30, 2008, we recorded an increase in the charterhire expense of $837,000 because the vessel’s earnings in the pool were more than $26,750 per day.

 

Vessel operating costs. Vessel operating costs for the owned vessels of $6.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 decreased $0.1 million, or 2%, from $6.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2008. There were no significant changes in vessel operating costs.

 

General and administrative expense. General and administrative expense, which includes the commercial management and administrative fees, of $0.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009, decreased $0.2 million or 38% from $0.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2008. This decrease in 2009 primarily resulted from the reduction in the administrative fees charged by the provider.

 

Depreciation. Depreciation and amortization expense of $5.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 increased $0.3 million, or 6%, from $4.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2008. The increase in depreciation expense was primarily due to a change in the estimated residual value due to changes in scrap rates since September 30, 2008. See discussion of this change in estimate in Note 2 to the interim unaudited condensed combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

Impairment. As of September 30, 2009, we evaluated the carrying amounts of our vessels due to reductions in vessel values and determined that two of our vessels were impaired, the Noemi and Senatore , both built in 2004. We wrote down the net book value of the vessels to their recoverable amount, being fair value less cost to sell. We determined the fair value of each vessel by adding (i) the charter free market value of the vessel to (ii) the discounted value of each vessel’s time charter, which is the difference between each vessel’s time charter contracted rate and the market rate for a similar type of vessel with a similar contracted duration. In determining the charter free market value, we took into consideration the estimated valuations provided by an independent ship broker. As a result of the test, we determined that the fair value of the vessel was below the carrying value. This resulted in an impairment loss of $4,511,877 for Noemi and Senatore .

 

Interest expense—bank loan. Interest expense-bank loan was $0.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009, a decrease of $0.8 million or 56% from $1.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2008. The decrease in interest expense was primarily due to a reduction in LIBOR and a decrease in the principal outstanding during the periods of the 2005 Credit Facility, which we intend to fully repay using the proceeds of this offering. The average interest rate including margin decreased to 1.85% for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 from 3.89% for the nine months ended September 30, 2008. The average principal for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008 was $42.1 million and $45.6 million, respectively.

 

Gain (loss) on derivative financial instruments. Gain (loss) on derivatives from our interest rate swap, which consists of realized and unrealized gains and losses, was a gain of $0.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009; there was an unrealized gain of $0.7 million offset by a realized loss of $0.6 million. For the nine months ended September 30, 2008, there was a loss on derivatives of $0.5 million, which was from an unrealized loss of $0.2 million and a realized loss of $0.3 million. The unrealized gains and losses reflect the adjustment of the market value of the swap (the contract rate versus the current market rate). The realized loss is the result of the settlement difference between contracted interest rates and the actual market interest rates (LIBOR).

 

Interest income. Interest income was $4,754 for the nine months ended September 30, a decrease of $23,918 or 83% from the $28,672 for the nine months ended September 30, 2008. The decrease was primarily due a reduction in interest rates for our cash deposits and reduction in the cash balance.

 

48


Table of Contents

Other expense, net. Other expense, net was a loss of $10,925 for the nine months ended September 30, 2009, and a net loss of $27,614 for the nine months ended September 30, 2008. This change was primarily the result of a change in foreign currency gains and losses.

 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008 COMPARED TO THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2007

 

     For the Year Ended
December 31,
    Change     Percentage
Change
 
     2008     2007      

Vessel revenue

   $ 39,274,196      $ 30,317,138      $ 8,957,058      30

Charterhire

     (6,722,334            (6,722,334     

Vessel operating costs

     (8,623,318     (7,600,508     (1,022,810   (13 )% 

Depreciation

     (6,984,444     (6,482,484     (501,960   (8 )% 

General and administrative expenses

     (600,361     (590,773     (9,588   (2 )% 

Interest expense—bank loan

     (1,710,907     (1,953,344     242,437      12

Loss on derivative financial instruments

     (2,463,648     (1,769,166     (694,482   (39 )% 

Interest income

     35,492        142,233        (106,741   (75 )% 

Other expense, net

     (18,752     (9,304     (9,448   (102 )% 
                              

Net Income

   $ 12,185,924      $ 12,053,792      $ 132,132      1
                              

 

Net Income. Net Income for the year end December 31, 2008 was $12.2 million, an increase of $0.1 million or 1% when compared to net income of $12.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The differences between the two years are discussed below.

 

Vessel revenue. Revenue was $39.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, an increase of $9.0 million from the revenue of $30.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The following table summarizes our revenue:

 

     For the Years Ended
December 31,
   Change  
     2008    2007   

Owned vessels:

        

Time charter revenue

   $ 18,293,963    $ 10,557,524    $ 7,736,439   

Pool revenue

     13,201,424      19,759,614    $ (6,558,190

Time chartered-in vessel:

        

Pool revenue

     7,778,809           7,778,809   
                      
   $ 39,274,196    $ 30,317,138    $ 8,957,058   
                      

 

The increase in time charter revenue of $7.7 million or 73% was the result of:

 

   

Noemi being on time charter for all of 2008 and only 344 days in 2007, an increase of $0.5 million.

 

   

Senatore being on time charter for all of 2008 and only 89 days in 2007, an increase of $7.2 million.

 

The reduction of pool revenue for the owned vessels of $6.6 million or 33% was due to:

 

   

Senatore operating in the pool for 276 days in 2007 and zero days in 2008, a decrease of $8.1 million.

 

   

Noemi operating in the pool for 21 days in 2007 and zero days in 2008, a decrease of $0.6 million.

 

The reduction in the number of days for the owned vessels in the pool (366 in 2008 and 662 in 2007) was partially offset by an increase of $2.2 million (20%) in 2008 from Venice’s revenue from the pool. The vessel was in the pool for both years. The 20% increase in Venice’s revenue was due to higher rates in the spot market. The majority of the vessels in the Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool operated in the spot market.

 

49


Table of Contents

The increase of the pool revenue for the time chartered in-vessel of $7.8 million was due to a vessel being time chartered-in from May 29, 2008 until May 1, 2009. The vessel operated in the Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool.

 

Charterhire. Charterhire expense for the year ended December 31, 2008 was $6.7 million. There was no charterhire expense in 2007 since we did not charter in any vessels during 2007. The vessel was chartered in from May 29, 2008 to May 1, 2009. The daily rate was at $26,750 per day plus a 50% profit and loss arrangement where (i) we agreed to pay 50% of the vessel’s earnings above the daily charterhire rate and (ii) we received 50% of the vessel’s earnings below $26,750 per day. The profit sharing expense recorded during 2008 was $1.0 million.

 

Vessel operating costs. Vessel operating costs for the owned vessels of $8.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 increased $1.0 million, or 13%, from $7.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase was primarily due to higher crew expenses, which included higher salaries and training expenses, and higher stores (e.g. lube oils).

 

General and administrative expenses. General and administrative expenses of $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 was similar to the expense for the year ended December 31, 2007.

 

Depreciation. Depreciation and amortization expense of $7.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 increased $0.5 million or 8% from $6.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase in depreciation expense was primarily due to a change in the estimated residual value due to changes in scrap rates in the period. See discussion of this change in estimate in Note 4 to the audited combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

Interest expense—bank loan. Interest expense-bank loan was $1.7 million for year ended December 31, 2008, a decrease of $0.25 million or 12% from $1.95 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The decrease in interest expense was primarily due to a reduction in LIBOR and a decrease in the outstanding principal. The average interest rate including margin decreased to 3.71% for the year ended December 31, 2008 from 6.05% for the year ended December 31, 2007. The average principal outstanding for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 was $45.2 million and $48.8 million, respectively.

 

Loss on derivative financial instruments. Loss on derivatives from our interest rate swap, which consists of realized and unrealized losses, was a loss of $2.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008; there was an unrealized loss of $2.1 million and a realized loss of $0.4 million. For the year ended December 31, 2007, there was a loss on derivatives of $1.8 million, which was from an unrealized loss of $1.3 million and a realized loss of $0.5 million. The unrealized gains and losses reflect the adjustment of the market value of the swap (the contract rate versus the current market rate). The realized loss is the result of the settlement difference between contracted interest rates and the actual market interest rates (LIBOR).

 

Interest income. Interest income was $35,492 for the year ended December 31, 2008, a decrease of $106,741 or 75% from $142,233 for the year ended December 31, 2007. The decrease was primarily due a reduction in interest rates for our cash deposits.

 

Other expense, net. Other expense net, was a loss of $18,752 and $9,304 for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The increase in the loss of $9,448 or 102% was primarily due to a change in foreign currency losses.

 

50


Table of Contents

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

 

Liquidity

 

Our primary source of funds for our short-term and long-term liquidity needs will be the cash flows generated from our vessel operations, particularly cash flows from our two vessels on time charter. Time charters provide contracted revenue that reduces the volatility (rates can fluctuate within months) and seasonality (rates are generally stronger in first and fourth quarters of the year) from vessels that operate in the spot market. Our third vessel operates in the Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool. The Pool reduces volatility because (i) it aggregates the revenues and expenses of all pool participants and distributes net earnings to the participants based on an agreed upon formula and (ii) some of the vessels in the pool are on time charter. We believe these cash flows from operations will be sufficient to meet our existing liquidity needs for the next 12 months.

 

As of September 30, 2009, our cash balance was $0.5 million, which is down from our cash balance of $3.6 million as of December 31, 2008. This reduction was due in part to a dividend of $8.7 million paid during the nine months ended September 30, 2009. We also paid a dividend of $18.8 million in 2008.

 

Our long-term liquidity needs are comprised of our debt repayment obligations for our 2005 Credit Facility, which we intend to fully repay using the proceeds of this offering, and debt repayment obligations under our new credit facility following the completion of this offering and drawdowns under the new facility and future drydock expenses. As of September 30, 2009, the outstanding balance on this loan was $40.7 million with $3.6 million due within the next 12 months. The loan was drawn down in May 2005, matures in May 2015, and is secured by the Noemi and Senatore .

 

The new credit facility will require the Company to comply with a number of covenants, including financial covenants related to liquidity, consolidated net worth, and collateral maintenance; delivery of quarterly and annual financial statements and annual projections; maintaining adequate insurances; compliance with laws (including environmental); compliance with ERISA; maintenance of flag and class of the initial vessels; restrictions on consolidations, mergers or sales of assets; prohibitions on changes in the Manager of the Company’s initial vessels; limitations on liens; limitations on additional indebtedness; prohibitions on paying dividends if a covenant breach or an event of default has occurred or would occur as a result of payment of a dividend; prohibitions on transactions with affiliates; and other customary covenants.

 

Included in our current liabilities on our Combined Balance Sheet as of September 30, 2009 is a shareholder payable of $19.3 million, and a related party payable owed to a subsidiary of Simon Financial Limited of $27.4 million. The related party payable is repayable upon demand, non-interest-bearing and unsecured. The shareholder payable is owed to Simon. Historically, we and the shareholder have transferred cash depending on the need of each entity and the excess cash available. The shareholder payable is non-interest-bearing and unsecured. These outstanding balances as of November 18, 2009 of $46.3 million were converted to equity as a capital contribution. See our pro forma balance sheet as of September 30, 2009 which is included in our unaudited condensed combined financial statements elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

Since two of our vessels were in drydock in 2009 and the third received an underwater survey in 2009, we do not anticipate any vessels in our current fleet requiring drydocking within the next 12 months.

 

We plan on using the net proceeds from this offering, after repayment of our 2005 Credit Facility, and after assessing any working capital and other general corporate expense needs, to purchase vessels that meet our strategic goals, and we may also use debt facilities to finance any purchase of vessels. Since we operate in a capital intensive industry, we will be limited in our ability to purchase vessels if we are not able to issue equity or use debt financing.

 

51


Table of Contents

Cash Flows

 

The table below summarizes our sources and uses of cash for the periods presented:

 

     For the Year Ended
December 31,
    For the Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2008     2007     2009     2008  

Condensed Cash Flows

        

Provided (Used) By:

        

Cash Provided by Operating Activities

   $ 24,837,892      $ 5,830,773      $ 8,234,113      $ 12,812,237   

Cash Used by Investing Activities

                            

Cash Used by Financing Activities

     (22,384,000     (10,693,500     (11,361,000     (12,127,000

 

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2009 Compared to the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2008

 

Cash provided by operating activities

 

Net cash provided by operating activities was $8.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009, which was a decrease of $4.6 million from the nine months ended September 30, 2008. The primary reasons for the decrease were (i) lower revenues from the vessels in the pool ($6.1 million), (ii) 37 off-hire days for two of the vessels that were in drydock during 2009 ($1.0 million); and (iii) drydock payments for two of our vessels that were performed in 2009 ($1.3 million). These reductions were partially offset by (i) a decrease in the charterhire expense ($0.9 million), and (ii) changes in other assets and liabilities ($2.1 million).

 

Cash used by investing activities

 

There was no cash used in investing activities for any of the periods shown.

 

Cash used by financing activities

 

Cash used by financing activities was $11.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009, which was $0.7 million less than the cash used for the nine months ended September 30, 2008. This decrease was due to a reduction in dividends paid of $0.7 million ($8.7 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and $9.4 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2008). During the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008, we made scheduled principal payments on our debt of $2.7 million.

 

For the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2008 Compared to the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2007

 

Cash provided by operating activities

 

Net cash provided by operating activities was $24.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, which was an increase of $19.0 million from the year ended December 31, 2007. Changes in operating cash flows before movements in working capital resulted in a net inflow of $1.4 million. The remaining changes in operating cash flows were due to changes in assets and liabilities. The primary reasons for the increase were (i) a decrease in cash payments of $8.4 million to a related party ($8.4 million was paid in 2007 and none in 2008), (ii) an increase in net cash from the shareholder of $10.8 million (a net payment of $8.2 million was made in 2007 and a net receipt of $2.6 million in 2008); (iii) a decrease in receipts of accounts receivable of $2.0 million due to collection of receivables; and (iv) an increase in changes in other assets and liabilities of $0.3 million.

 

Cash used by investing activities

 

There was no cash used in investing activities for any of the periods shown.

 

52


Table of Contents

Cash used by financing activities

 

Cash used by financing activities was $22.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, which was an increase of $11.7 million from the cash used by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2007. This change was due to an increase of $11.7 million in dividends paid ($18.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 and $7.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2007). During the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, we made scheduled principal payments on our debt of $3.6 million.

 

Long-Term Debt Obligations and Credit Arrangements

 

2005 Credit Facility

 

Two of our wholly-owned subsidiaries, Senatore Shipping Company Limited and Noemi Shipping Company Limited, are joint and several borrowers under a loan agreement dated May 17, 2005, or the 2005 Credit Facility, entered into with The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, as lender, which is secured by, among other things, a first preferred mortgage over each of Senatore and Noemi . We intend to fully repay the 2005 Credit Facility using the proceeds of this offering. The initial amount of the 2005 Credit Facility was $56,000,000 and consists of two tranches, one for each vessel-owning subsidiary. Each tranche is repayable in 40 consecutive quarterly installments of $450,000, plus a balloon payment of $10,000,000, to be made together with the 40 th installment of each tranche. The 2005 Credit Facility matures on May 18, 2015. The interest rate on the loan is 0.70% above LIBOR. As of September 30, 2009, the outstanding balance was $40.7 million, with $3.6 million due within the next 12 months. As of September 30, 2009, we were in compliance with all of our loan covenants. We believe we will continue to meet our loan covenants as we expect the value of our vessels to exceed the amounts required by such covenants.

 

New Credit Facility

 

On March 9, 2010, we entered into a commitment letter with Nordea Bank Finland plc, acting through its New York branch, DnB NOR Bank ASA, acting through its New York branch, and Fortis Bank Nederland for a senior secured term loan facility of up to $150 million. We expect to enter into the credit facility after the closing of this offering. Our entry into the credit facility will be subject to our completion of this offering with gross proceeds to us of at least $150 million and customary conditions and documentation, including payment of an upfront fee and each Lender’s satisfaction with the completion of business, legal, environmental, tax, financial, accounting and customer call due diligence.

 

Under the terms of the commitment letter, the credit facility would have a maturity date of five years after the date on which definitive documentation for the facility is executed, and borrowings under the facility would bear interest at LIBOR plus an applicable margin of 3.00% per annum when our debt to capitalization (total debt plus equity) ratio is equal to or less than 50% and 3.50% per annum when our debt to capitalization ratio is greater than 50%. A commitment fee equal to 40% of the applicable margin is payable on the unused daily portion of the credit facility, which begins accruing upon the completion of this offering. The credit facility may only be used to finance the cost of future vessel acquisitions, which vessels will be the collateral for the credit facility. The repayment schedule for each vessel financed under this facility, will depend upon the age of the vessel at acquisition. Each tranche under the new credit facility will be repaid in equal quarterly installments, and a lump sum payment at maturity, based on a full repayment of such tranche when the vessel to which it relates is fifteen years of age. Our subsidiaries, which may at any time own one or more of our initial vessels, will act as guarantors under the credit facility. The new credit facility will be available for borrowing for a period of 18 months following the date on which definitive documentation for the facility is executed.

 

The credit facility will require us to comply with a number of covenants, including financial covenants; delivery of quarterly and annual financial statements and annual projections; maintaining adequate insurances; compliance with laws (including environmental); compliance with ERISA; maintenance of flag and class of the initial vessels; restrictions on consolidations, mergers or sales of assets; prohibitions on changes in the Manager

 

53


Table of Contents

of our initial vessels; limitations on liens; limitations on additional indebtedness; prohibitions on paying dividends if a covenant breach or an event of default has occurred or would occur as a result of payment of a dividend; prohibitions on transactions with affiliates; and other customary covenants.

 

The financial covenants include:

 

   

The ratio of debt to capitalization shall be no greater than 0.60 to 1.00.

 

   

Consolidated tangible net worth shall be no less than US$ 150,000,000 plus 25% of cumulative positive net income (on a consolidated basis) for each fiscal quarter from July 1, 2010 going forward and 75% of the value of any new equity issues from July 1, 2010 going forward.

 

   

The ratio of EBITDA to actual interest expense shall be no less than 2.50 to 1.00 commencing with the fifth fiscal quarter following the closing of the credit facility. Such ratio shall be calculated quarterly on a trailing quarter basis from and including the fifth fiscal quarter however for the ninth fiscal quarter and periods thereafter the ratio shall be calculated on a trailing four quarter basis.

 

   

Unrestricted cash and cash equivalents including amounts on deposit with the lead arrangers for the first five fiscal quarters following the closing of this offering shall at all times be no less than the higher of (i) US$ 2,000,000 per vessel or (ii) US$ 10,000,000 and thereafter unrestricted cash and cash equivalents shall at all times be no less than the higher of (i) US$ 1,000,000 per vessel or (ii) US$ 10,000,000.

 

   

The aggregate fair market value of the collateral vessels shall at all times be no less than 150% of the then aggregate outstanding principal amount of loans under the credit facility.

 

Interest Rate Swaps

 

As of September 30, 2009, we had one interest rate swap. The notional value was $20.35 million, and the effective fixed interest rate was 4.79%. The swap began in May 2005. The notional balance reduces by $450,000 per quarter and expires in May 2015.

 

CAPITAL EXPENDITURES

 

Drydock

 

We do not plan to drydock any of our vessels within the next 12 months because (i)  Noemi and Senatore were drydocked in 2009 for an aggregate cost of $1.6 million and 37 off-hire days, and (ii)  Venice received an underwater survey in 2009. The vessels are not scheduled to be drydocked until 2011 and 2012.

 

As our fleet matures and expands, our drydock expenses will likely increase. Ongoing costs for compliance with environmental regulations and society classification survey costs are a component of our vessel operating costs. We are not currently aware of any regulatory changes or environmental liabilities that we anticipate will have a material impact on our current or future operations.

 

Dividends

 

We do not have immediate plans to pay dividends, but we will continue to assess our dividend policy. In the future, our board of directors may determine it is in the best interest of the Company to pay dividends.

 

54


Table of Contents

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

 

The following table sets forth our total contractual obligations for our 2005 Credit Facility, which we intend to fully repay using the proceeds of this offering, as of September 30, 2009 (3):

 

     in millions of $
     Less than
1 year
   1 to 3
years
   3 to 5
years
   More than
5 years
   Thereafter

Bank Loan

   $ 3.6    $ 7.2    $ 7.2    $ 22.7   

Bank Loan—Interest payments (1)

   $ 1.2    $ 2.1    $ 1.6    $ 0.5   

Related party payable (2)

   $ 27.4                  

Shareholder payable (2)

   $ 19.3                  

 

  (1)   The interest expense on our loan is variable and based on LIBOR. The payments in the above schedule were calculated using an interest swap rate of 2.31% plus a margin of 0.70%, which is the margin for the 2005 Credit Facility.
  (2)   These payables were converted to equity as a capital contribution in December 2009; therefore, there is no remaining obligation for these facilities. See Note 8 in combined financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2008 and Note 4 in combined financial statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2009.
  (3)   On March 9, 2010, we entered into a commitment letter for a new credit facility. We have not incurred any indebtedness under the new credit facility and are only permitted to incur indebtedness under the new credit facility after the consummation of this offering. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Liquidity and Capital Resources” for further details of our new facility.

 

RESTRICTED STOCK

 

Following the offering, we expect to issue 559,458 shares of restricted stock to executive officers. Based on $15.00 per share, which represents the mid-point of the offering price range, the value of the restricted stock is $8,391,870. The vesting schedule of the restricted stock is (i) one-third of the shares vest on the third anniversary date, (ii) one-third of the shares vest on the fourth anniversary date, and (iii) one-third of the shares vest on the fifth anniversary date. The expense for the restricted stock will be recognized over the vesting periods for each third. If the restricted stock is granted in April 2010, the estimated expense is:

 

   

for the year ending December 31, 2010, $1,643,408;

 

   

for the year ending December 31, 2011, $2,191,211;

 

   

for the year ending December 31, 2012, $2,191,211;

 

   

for the year ending December 31, 2013, $1,491,888;

 

   

for the year ending December 31, 2014, $734,288; and

 

   

for the year ending December 31, 2015, $139,865.

 

OFF-BALANCE-SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

 

As of September 30, 2009, we have no off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future material effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity or capital resources.

 

55


Table of Contents

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISKS

 

Interest Rate Risk

 

We are exposed to the impact of interest rate changes primarily through our unhedged variable-rate borrowings. Significant increases in interest rates could adversely affect our operating margins, results of operations and our ability to service our debt. From time to time, we will use interest rate swaps to reduce our exposure to market risk from changes in interest rates. The principal objective of these contracts is to minimize the risks and costs associated with our variable-rate debt and is not for speculative or trading purposes. Currently, we are not using hedge accounting for our interest rate swaps.

 

Changes in the fair value of our interest rate swaps are either offset against the fair value of assets or liabilities through income. As of September 30, 2009, our outstanding floating rate debt was $40.7 million and the notional balance of the interest rate swap was $20.35 million. As of December 31, 2008 the floating rate debt was $43.4 million, and the notional balance of the interest rate swap was $21.7 million. Based on the floating rate debt at September 30, 2009, a one-percentage point increase in the floating interest rate would increase interest expense by $0.4 million per year.

 

The fair market value of our interest rate swaps was a liability of $2.0 million as of September 30, 2009, and $2.6 million as of December 31, 2008.

 

The following table presents the due dates for the principal payments of our floating rate debt and the notional balance reductions of our interest rate swaps:

 

     As of September 30, 2009 in millions of $
     Remaining
2009
   2010    2011 to
2012
   2013 to
2014
   Thereafter

Principal payments- floating rate debt

   $ 0.9    $ 3.6    $ 7.2    $ 7.2    $ 21.8

Notional balance (1)

     0.45      1.8      3.6      3.6      10.9

 

  (1)   We are not using hedge accounting for our interest rate swaps.

 

Spot Market Rate Risk

 

The cyclical nature of the tanker industry causes significant increases or decreases in the revenue that we earn from our vessels, particularly those vessels that participate in pools that are concentrated in the spot market such as the Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool. To reduce this risk, we have vessels that are on time charter contracts.

 

Foreign Exchange Rate Risk

 

Our primary economic environment is the international shipping market. This market utilizes the U.S. Dollar as its functional currency. Consequently, virtually all of our revenues and the majority of our operating expenses are in U.S. Dollars. However, we incur some of our combined expenses in other currencies, particularly the Euro. The amount and frequency of some of these expenses (such as vessel repairs, supplies and stores) may fluctuate from period to period. Depreciation in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to other currencies will increases the U.S. dollar cost of us paying such expenses. The portion of our business conducted in other currencies could increase in the future, which could expand our exposure to losses arising from currency fluctuations.

 

There is a risk that currency fluctuations will have a negative effect on our cash flows. We have not entered into any hedging contracts to protect against currency fluctuations. However, we have some ability to shift the purchase of goods and services from one country to another and, thus, from one currency to another, on relatively short notice. We may seek to hedge this currency fluctuation risk in the future.

 

56


Table of Contents

Inflation

 

We do not expect inflation to be a significant risk to direct expenses in the current and foreseeable economic environment.

 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES

 

In the application of our accounting policies, which are prepared in conformity with IFRS as issued by the IASB, we are required to make judgments, estimates and assumptions about the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities, and revenues and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and other factors that are considered to be relevant. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

 

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period, or in the period of the revision and future periods if the revision affects both current and future periods.

 

The significant judgments and estimates are as follows:

 

Revenue recognition

 

We currently generate all of revenue from time charters and pools. Revenue recognition for time charters and pools is generally not as complex or as subjective as voyage charters. Time charters are for a specific period of time at a specific rate per day. For long-term time charters, revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the charter. Pool revenues are determined by the pool managers from the total revenues and expenses of the pool and allocated to pool participants using a mechanism set out in the pool agreement.

 

Vessel impairment

 

We evaluate the carrying amounts of our vessels to determine whether there is any indication that those vessels have suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of vessels is estimated in order to determine the extent of the impairment loss (if any).

 

Recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset for which the estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted. The projection of cash flows related to vessels is complex and requires us to make various estimates including future freight rates, earnings from the vessels and discount rates. All of these items have been historically volatile. In assessing the fair value less cost to sell of the vessel, we obtain vessel valuations from leading, independent and internationally recognized ship brokers on an annual basis or when there is an indication that an asset or assets may be impaired.

 

If an indication of impairment is identified, the need for recognizing an impairment loss is assessed by comparing the carrying amount of the vessels to the higher of the fair value less cost to sell and the value in use.

 

As of September 30, 2009, we had two vessels ( Noemi and Senatore ) that were impaired. The impairment charge was $4.5 million. We did not have an impairment in prior years.

 

Vessel lives and residual value

 

The carrying value of each of our vessel represents its original cost at the time it was delivered or purchased less depreciation. We depreciate our vessels to their residual value on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. The estimated useful life of each vessel is 20 years from date of initial delivery from the shipyard. The residual value is estimated as the lightweight tonnage of each vessel multiplied by a forecast scrap value per ton. The scrap value per ton is estimated taking into consideration the scrap market rate ruling at the period end.

 

57


Table of Contents

An increase in the estimated useful life of a vessel or in its residual value would have the effect of decreasing the annual depreciation charge and extending it into later periods. A decrease in the useful life of a vessel or estimated residual value would have the effect of increasing the annual depreciation charge. When regulations place significant limitations over the ability of a vessel to trade on a worldwide basis, the vessel’s useful life is adjusted to end at the date such regulations become effective. The estimated residual value of the vessels may not represent the fair market value at any one time since market prices of scrap values tend to fluctuate.

 

Deferred drydock cost

 

We recognize drydock costs as a separate component of the vessels’ carrying amounts and amortizes the drydock cost on a straight-line basis over the estimated period until the next drydock. We use judgment when estimating the period between drydocks performed, which can result in adjustments to the estimated amortization of drydock expense. If the vessel is disposed of before the next drydock, the remaining balance of the deferred drydock is written-off and forms part of the gain or loss recognized upon disposal. We expect that our vessels will be required to be drydocked approximately every 30 to 48 months for major repairs and maintenance that cannot be performed while the vessels are operating. Costs capitalized as part of the drydock include actual costs incurred at the drydock yard and parts and supplies used in undertaking the drydock.

 

58


Table of Contents

THE INTERNATIONAL TANKER INDUSTRY

 

The information and data in this section, which relates to the international maritime transportation industry, has been provided by Fearnley Fonds ASA (or Fearnley), a Norwegian securities firm which is part of the Astrup Fearnley group, a Norwegian privately owned group which, among other sources, provides research and statistics to the maritime industry. Fearnley is also acting as an underwriter in this offering and accordingly may have a conflict of interest. Fearnley based its analysis on information drawn from published and private industry sources. These included in-house databases, including data from its affiliate Fearnresearch; the International Energy Agency (or IEA), an autonomous energy forum for 26 industrial countries; the Central Intelligence Agency (or CIA), an independent US government agency; Eurostat, the statistical office of the European Union; and the BP Statistical Review of World Energy June 2009. Although data is taken from the most recently available published sources, these sources do revise figures and forecasts from time to time.

 

Industry overview

 

Overview

 

Tanker vessels are used to transport liquid cargoes, of which the most important cargoes (measured in terms of volume) are crude oil and refined oil products. The total seaborne volume of oil and oil products amounted to about 2.4 billion tons in 2008, based on data from Fearnresearch. Transportation of crude oil is the largest segment of the tanker market, accounting for about 75% of total transported volume on tankers, and reflects the global imbalance between oil producing regions and oil consuming regions. Tanker vessels represent a relatively low cost, and highly flexible, means of bridging these imbalances.

 

Crude oil is normally transported over long distances from the production site to large refining facilities or receiving terminals. Accordingly, to benefit from economies of scale, crude oil is typically carried on the largest vessels that fit the harbor facilities at loading and discharging ports. Smaller vessels will typically be used for regional trades, or where the cargo is going into ports that are too small for the largest tankers.

 

Refined oil products have a more complex trading pattern than crude oil, reflecting the multitude of products carried and regional imbalances between refinery capacity and product demand. Tankers used to carry refined oil products, called product carriers, are typically smaller than crude oil tankers, reflecting smaller trading lots and the need to load and discharge at smaller ports.

 

Types of tanker vessels

 

It is common in the tanker industry to distinguish vessels based on size. Sizes are normally measured in terms of cargo capacity, measured in deadweight tons (or dwt).

 

The following vessel categories are normally used in the transportation of crude oil:

 

Category term

   Typical cargo
capacity
  

Typical use

ULCC, or Ultra Large Crude Carrier

   350,000 dwt   

Middle East Gulf to the United States and Europe

VLCC, or Very Large Crude Carrier

   300,000 dwt   

Middle East Gulf to the United States, Europe, and Asia; West Africa to the United States

Suezmax

   150,000 dwt   

West Africa to the United States and Asia

Aframax

   110,000 dwt   

Caribbean to the United States; Various regional trades

 

Tanker vessels smaller than Aframaxes will normally not be used to carry crude oil. Instead, these smaller tankers will be used to carry refined oil products.

 

59


Table of Contents

The following vessel categories are normally used in the transportation of refined oil products:

 

Category term

  Typical cargo
capacity
 

Typical use

LR2, or Long Range 2 product tanker (Aframax)

  110,000 dwt   Middle East Gulf to Far East; Various regional trades

LR1, or Long Range 1 product tanker (Panamax)

  75,000 dwt   Various regional trades

MR, or Medium Range product tanker

  47,000 dwt  

Transatlantic trade

Various regional trades

Handysize product tanker

  30,000 dwt   Short haul trades

 

Product tankers are normally distinguished into the “long range” segment and the “medium range” segments, often referred to as LR and MR tankers. The difference in cargo capacity provides greater economies of scale for the LR tankers and more flexibility for MR tankers.

 

Since many refined oil products will be transported in smaller quantities, product tankers will often have segregations and advanced piping systems which allow for transportation of multiple cargoes, unlike the crude oil tankers which will only carry one single product. A typical product tanker will have the ability to carry four to six different cargoes at any given time.

 

The cargoes carried by product tankers are mainly made up of refined oil products, which are transported from refineries to factories, importing terminals, and other user areas. The cargo lots are typically between 10,000 to 80,000 tons.

 

Owing to the diversity of these products, the interior cargo holds will often require cleaning between each cargo to avoid contamination, and these smaller tankers will therefore normally have a coating (such as epoxy or zinc) to facilitate efficient cleaning procedures.

 

In addition to these “commodity” segments of the tanker market, which account for the majority of cargo volumes, there are various smaller specialty tanker segments that have different special requirements. These include chemical tankers, parcel tankers, tankers for pressurized or liquefied gases, smaller coastal tankers, and barges.

 

The charter market

 

Rate determination

 

The tanker market is generally a highly competitive and transparent market, where vessel owners compete for charters, and where cargo owners compete for vessels. The market is characterized by a high number of participants, with no single owner having a dominating market share. Although charters may be entered into on private terms, most charters are fixed through the use of shipbrokers and reported through market channels available to the industry.

 

Rates will vary over time on the basis of long- and short-term supply and demand factors, and particularly on the amount of oil available for export from the Middle East region. Historically, tanker rates have shown significant volatility.

 

Charters mainly fall into three categories: spot charters, time charters, and bareboat charters.

 

   

Spot charters are generally charters for a single voyage. Since these charters are entered into on the basis of a prevailing market balance at a specific moment, this charter type offers potential for higher rates, but also carries the risk of lower rates or idle periods.

 

60


Table of Contents
   

Time charters are generally charters for a given period, varying from months to several years. Under a time charter, the vessel owner maintains the operation of the vessel against the payment of a fixed rate from the charterer. The fixed rate is to cover the cost of operation, the cost of capital, and any profit to the owner. A time charter will give stability and predictability for the vessel owner and the charterer, with less exposure to spot market trends.

 

   

Bareboat charters are leasing arrangements where the charterer assumes the operation of the vessel, and pays a fixed rate to the vessel owner. This fixed rate is to cover the cost of capital and any profit to the owner, but not the cost of operation since this is borne directly by the charterer. These charters tend to be longer than time charters, and may be likened to financial leasing arrangements. Bareboat charters give an even higher degree of stability and predictability than time charters to the vessel owner, by transferring the risk of cost changes to the charterer.

 

Status of the tanker market

 

The spot tanker market began a period of strong rate levels from 2003/2004, as a result of increasing crude oil demand worldwide, and especially in China. In addition, the supply growth of tankers remained fairly low both as a result of low deliveries of new vessels from shipyards and high scrapping of older vessels built in the 1970s. Rates remained elevated through 2007. During the early part of 2008 rates spiked, partly as a result of tanker vessels being taken out of trading for conversion to drybulk vessels (transporting iron ore and coal). From late 2008 to late 2009, spot rates declined following reduced worldwide crude demand, and reached a trough in the second half of 2009. After reaching this trough, rates have experienced a trend of gradual improvement.

 

The charts below illustrate tanker rates over the last decade for each main segment, divided between spot rates and time charter rates for 1-year time charters. All rates have been converted into “time charter equivalent” rates, which is often done to facilitate comparison.

 

LOGO

 

Source: Fearnresearch

 

61


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Source: Fearnresearch

 

LOGO

 

Source: Fearnresearch

 

62


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Source: Fearnresearch

 

Vessel values

 

Newbuilding and second-hand markets

 

Shipowners can elect to purchase vessels in two distinct markets: either by placing newbuilding orders with a yard, or by purchasing vessels in the second-hand market. There is a significant trade of second-hand vessels among market participants. This trading is generally competitive and transparent, with trades and values being reported through industry media.

 

Newbuilding activity varies over time, as do newbuilding prices. The newbuilding order book which extends to 2014 equals approximately 29% of the existing world tanker fleet. Newbuilding prices are determined by a number of factors, including the underlying balance between shipyard output and newbuilding demand, raw material costs, freight markets and exchange rates. From 2003 to 2007, high levels of new ordering were recorded across all sectors of shipping, and as a result, newbuilding prices increased significantly. However, since the freight markets declined in late 2008, new vessel ordering has come to almost a complete stop, which has made the assessment of newbuilding prices very difficult. Nevertheless, based on the few contracts which have been reported, it is evident that prices for new ships have declined in line with the general downturn in rates.

 

The time from ordering a vessel until its delivery is normally 20 to 28 months, depending on available slots at the shipyards. Therefore, the placement of a newbuilding order will be made in the context of the shipowner’s expectations for a market into the future.

 

The purchase of vessels in the secondhand market provides an opportunity to generate revenue more immediately than through newbuildings. Due to the opportunities to capture extraordinary markets, whenever

 

63


Table of Contents

these occur, the prices in the secondhand market may differ significantly from comparatively sized newbuildings. In particular, this situation was seen in the first half of 2008 when shipowners were eager to acquire tonnage to immediately benefit from the rates at that time, and thus paid higher prices for modern secondhand tonnage than for newbuildings.

 

However, this situation changed quickly when the freight market fell and values for all types vessels declined steeply in the second half of 2008. It should be noted that there were very few recorded sales in the second half of 2008 and 2009 after the significant market drop since the peak in the first half of 2008. The trend in prices during this period can only be taken as an assessment. Fearnley estimates that from mid-2008, ship values on modern vessels are down approximately 50% on average, and back to levels from late 2003. However, the cost of ordering new ships has seen a lower decline at approximately 35%, partly as a result of overall increased costs at shipyards compared to the latest trough.

 

Value development for newbuildings and second-hand vessels

 

The following charts illustrate newbuilding and second-hand prices for selected tanker segments:

 

LOGO

 

Source: Fearnresearch

 

64


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Source: Fearnresearch

 

In the current market, asset values in the tanker industry are significantly below the last five and ten year trailing averages.

 

As per February 2010, Fearnley estimates the following values for newbuilt vessels available for prompt delivery:

 

   

MR and Handysize product tankers: About USD 27 million;

 

   

LR1, or Panamax, product tankers: About USD 40-41 million; and

 

   

Aframax tankers: About USD 53 million.

 

Global oil demand and tanker demand

 

Overview

 

Demand for oil tankers is normally described in ton-miles, reflecting that the demand is made up of a volume element and a distance element. The volume element is a function of world oil demand and supply, whereas the distance element depends on where the oil is produced and consumed.

 

65


Table of Contents

Maritime transport is a means to compensate for regional imbalances, through imports and exports. In certain regions, pipelines are used to transport oil, but in the global transportation this is generally regarded as more costly and more vulnerable than maritime transport. For crude oil, the major importers are the US, Europe, and Asia, while the largest exporting region is the Middle East Gulf. For refined oil products, the picture is more complex and is based on industrial factors as well as refinery factors and on trading opportunities. The tables below give an overview of the importers and exporters of crude oil and refined oil products.

 

Petroleum Imports, m tonnes (2008)

   Crude imports    Of world total     Product imports    Of world total  

Australasia

   24.4    1   19.2    3

Canada

   34.6    2   13.8    2

China

   178.8    9   39.0    5

East & Southern Africa

   25.4    1   9.0    1

Europe

   542.2    28   138.7    19

Former Soviet Union

      0   7.1    1

India

   127.7    6   22.0    3

Japan

   203.2    10   41.0    6

Mexico

   2.0    0   24.0    3

Middle East

   11.0    1   9.7    1

North Africa

   16.4    1   8.2    1

Other Asia Pacific

   231.0    12   114.6    16

S. & Cent. America

   30.4    2   41.4    6

Singapore

   54.5    3   76.4    10

US

   487.2    25   149.5    21

West Africa

   0.9    0   13.5    2

Unidentified*

      0   0.8    0
              

Total World

   1,969.9      727.9   
              

 

Note:       Bunkers/heavy fuel oil are not included as exports. Intra-area movements (for example, between countries in Europe) are excluded.
  *   Includes changes in the quantity of oil in transit, movements not otherwise shown, unidentified military use, etc.

Source: BP Statistical Review of World Energy, June 2009

 

Petroleum Exports, m tonnes (2008)

   Crude exports    Of world total     Product exports    Of world total  

Australasia

   13.7    1   1.8    0

Canada

   96.4    5   27.2    4

China

   3.7    0   15.0    2

East & Southern Africa

   17.0    1   0.8    0

Europe

   14.0    1   83.5    11

Former Soviet Union

   311.3    16   93.5    13

India

      0   34.4    5

Japan

      0   17.1    2

Mexico

   72.8    4   7.2    1

Middle East

   895.0    45   105.7    15

North Africa

   130.7    7   30.8    4

Other Asia Pacific

   46.5    2   70.1    10

S. & Cent. America

   123.8    6   54.5    7

Singapore

   2.0    0   74.0    10

US

   6.9    0   87.7    12

West Africa

   223.0    11   5.8    1

Unidentified*

   12.8    1   18.9    3
              

Total World

   1,969.9      727.9   
              

 

66


Table of Contents

 

Note:       Bunkers/heavy fuel oil are not included as exports. Intra-area movements (for example, between countries in Europe) are excluded.
  *   Includes changes in the quantity of oil in transit, movements not otherwise shown, unidentified military use, etc.

Source: BP Statistical Review of World Energy, June 2009

 

As an illustration of the importance of distances, a round trip for a VLCC from North Sea to North America is estimated by Fearnley to take about 23 days, while a round trip from Middle East to the same destination is estimated to take about 82 days. Hence, the tanker demand generated by the North Sea based cargo represents only 28% of the tanker demand generated by the Middle East based cargo. Changes in transportation patterns have in the past and could in the future impact tanker demand.

 

Oil demand

 

From 2000 to 2008 the world’s primary energy consumption grew by 22% from 9,263 million to 11,295 million tons of oil equivalents, corresponding to an annualized growth of 2.5%, according to the BP Statistical Review of World Energy June 2009. World’s total energy consumption grew by 1.4% in 2008, which was below the trend seen since 2000. Oil remains the dominant fuel, accounting for 34.8% of total energy consumption. The number two and three energy sources are coal at 29.3% and natural gas at 24.1% of total consumption.

 

The long-term development in global oil demand is illustrated in the chart below.

 

LOGO

 

Source: IEA, January 2010

 

67


Table of Contents

Since 2000 to 2008 the world’s oil demand has grown by 13% from 76.6 million barrels per day to 86.3 million barrels per day, corresponding to an annualized growth of 1.5%. According to IEA oil demand fell by 0.2 million barrels per day or 0.2% to 86.3 million barrels per day in 2008 from the previous year. For 2009, IEA estimates a decline in the world’s oil demand of 1.3 million barrels per day to 84.9 million barrels per day.

 

For 2010, IEA estimates that world’s oil demand will recover by 1.57 million barrels per day or 1.8%, which is above the average growth level from 2000 to 2008.

 

According to IEA, in 2008 and 2009, the decline in oil demand was driven by weaker demand in the OECD countries (countries that are members of the international Organization for Economic Co-Operation and Development), and especially in the US. For 2010 the growth is expected to come from non-OECD areas, with China being among the countries having the highest expected growth.

 

LOGO

 

Source: IEA, February 2010

 

68


Table of Contents

There are significant differences in the energy intensity per capita in the different regions of the world. As an example, the per capita consumption of oil equivalents in the South East Asia is less than 0.75 tons per year, while the similar figure for North America is more than 6 tons of oil equivalents. These differences are illustrated in the following charts, reflecting overall and per capital oil consumption in some of the largest oil consuming nations.

 

Overall oil consumption (million barrels per day)

 

LOGO

 

Source: CIA

 

Per capita oil consumption (barrels per day per capita)

 

LOGO

 

Source: CIA

 

With the highest GDP growth currently taking place in economies in South East Asia, there are likely to be industrial and demographical changes (such as sharply increasing sales of private automobiles) which will contribute to increasing energy intensity in large economies in Asia, particularly in China.

 

Oil supply

 

The majority of the oil is produced in the Middle East. Saudi Arabia, Iran, Iraq, UAE, Kuwait and Qatar accounted for about 24% of the world’s oil production in 2008, according to IEA (report as of October 2009). The majority of this oil is transported at sea to consuming areas like North America, Europe and the Far East.

 

At the end of 2008 the Middle East had approximately 60% of the world’s total proved reserves of oil.

 

According to the BP Statistical Review of World Energy, current global proved reserves compared to annual production gives a reserve-to-production (R/P) ratio of 42 years on a worldwide basis. However, there are significant regional differences, with the Middle East having an R/P of more than 75 years while North America and Asia Pacific have an R/P of around 15 years.

 

69


Table of Contents

The world’s proved oil reserves and reserves-to-production ratios by region are illustrated in the map below, with data based on the BP Statistical Review of World Energy.

 

LOGO

 

Source data: BP Statistical Review of World Energy June 2009

 

Demand for crude oil tankers

 

Historically, according to Drewry, seaborne trade volume (in tons) has grown by an average of 2.7% per annum from 2000 to 2009, ranging between -0.8% to +5.3% per annum. The total shipped volume declined by 0.8% year-on-year to 2,676 million tons in 2009.

 

Looking at demand in terms of ton-miles, the average growth has been 4.0% per annum from 2000 to 2009, ranging from -5.9% to +13.6%. Seaborne trade in ton-miles declined 1.9% year-on-year to 12,296 billion ton-miles in 2009.

 

70


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

 

Source: Drewry

 

Refined product demand

 

Compared to crude oil transportation, demand for seaborne product tankers depends on additional factors such as regional refinery product output and consumption (shortfall or surplus of certain products), pricing differences in various regions, inventory levels and relative capacity utilization and profitability of refineries in various regions. Other factors such as extreme weather conditions can also temporarily affect refinery output and thereby require higher imports of refined oil products for a period of time; for example, hurricanes in the Gulf of Mexico have from time to time caused refinery shutdowns and resulted in temporarily increased import requirements to the United States.

 

Refined oil products can broadly be classified as light distillates, middle distillates, fuel oils or other products:

 

   

“light distillates” consist of aviation and motor gasoline, and light distillate feedstock;

 

   

“middle distillates” consist of jet and heating kerosenes, and gas and diesel oils;

 

   

“fuel oils” include marine bunkers and crude oil used directly as fuel; and

 

   

“other products” include of refinery gas, LPG, solvents, petroleum coke, lubricants etc.

 

The regional differences in demand for each product segment create a transportation need and thus demand for product tankers. Contrary to trade flows of crude oil where tankers generally carry oil on the outbound segment of the voyage and return empty, or ballast, to pick another cargo, product tankers operate on more complex trade routes, such as triangulations, giving opportunities for higher vessel utilization. These trade routes may be generated by long-term factors such as product imbalances, or by short-term factors such as trading opportunities or temporary price differences.

 

According to the BP Statistical Review of World Energy June 2009, refined oil product demand in North America totalled 23.8 million barrels per day. Of this total, the demand for light distillates was 10.9 million barrels per day, corresponding to 46% of total product demand. Demand for middle distillates were 6.9 million

 

71


Table of Contents

barrels per day, or 29% of total demand. By comparison, demand for light distillates in Europe was only 21% of the total product demand (3.4 million barrels per day of total demand 16.1 million barrels per day). This is partly a reflection of a higher portion of diesel fueled cars in Europe compared to North America, and thereby less demand for motor gasoline and corresponding higher demand for diesel. This in turn creates transportation of surplus gasoline from Europe to North America and surplus diesel fuel from North America to Europe.

 

Regional consumption

  1998   1999   2000   2001   2002   2003   2004   2005   2006   2007   2008

‘000 barrels per day

                     

North America

                     

Light distillates

  9,849   9,998   10,106   10,211   10,523   10,675   10,979   11,020   11,131   11,205   10,857

Middle distillates

  6,450   6,628   6,811   6,812   6,655   6,861   7,133   7,249   7,297   7,318   6,924

Fuel oil

  1,506   1,415   1,518   1,411   1,209   1,271   1,340   1,396   1,055   1,082   946

Others

  4,869   5,245   5,112   5,137   5,278   5,243   5,446   5,359   5,420   5,425   5,026
                                           

Total North America

  22,674   23,286   23,548   23,571   23,665   24,050   24,898   25,023   24,904   25,030   23,753
                                           

Europe

                     

Light distillates

  4,315   4,314   4,194   4,086   4,025   3,923   3,875   3,764   3,615   3,491   3,365

Middle distillates

  6,630   6,690   6,734   6,991   6,934   7,137   7,347   7,595   7,853   7,763   7,937

Fuel oil

  2,195   2,093   1,967   1,986   1,995   1,952   1,888   1,855   1,773   1,667   1,633

Others

  2,950   2,948   3,050   3,056   3,117   3,158   3,221   3,298   3,273   3,137   3,179
                                           

Total Europe

  16,090   16,045   15,946   16,120   16,071   16,170   16,331   16,513   16,514   16,058   16,114
                                           

Asia-Pacific

                     

Light distillates

  5,201   5,486   5,636   5,771   6,021   6,283   6,644   6,781   6,826   7,147   7,196

Middle distillates

  7,234   7,678   7,813   7,968   8,108   8,246   8,774   9,030   9,089   9,151   9,496

Fuel oil

  3,657   3,713   3,675   3,481   3,402   3,547   3,558   3,552   3,632   3,614   3,403

Others

  3,467   3,624   3,949   4,005   4,331   4,526   4,923   4,921   5,073   5,364   5,244
                                           

Total Asia Pacific

  19,559   20,501   21,073   21,225   21,863   22,601   23,899   24,283   24,620   25,277   25,339
                                           

 

Source: BP Statistical Review of World Energy, June 2009

 

In 2008, the world’s petroleum product consumption was 84.5 million barrels per day, according to the BP Statistical Review of World Energy June 2009. From 1998 to 2003 the world’s production increased by 7.4%, while it increased by 6.8% from 2003 to 2008. North America has been the major consumer of petroleum products, and currently accounts for 28.1% of total world consumption or 23.8 million barrels per day. From 1998 to 2003, the consumption in this region grew by 6.1%, while in the following five year period from 2003 to 2008 the consumption has decreased by 1.2%. The growth in Asia-Pacific region has been very strong with a growth of 15.6% from 1998 to 2003, and increased by another 12.1% the following five year period. Currently this region accounted for 30.0% of total consumption. China has been the main driver within this region with volumes growing by 37.8% over the last five years.

 

Regional consumption of petroleum products    1998    2003    2008    2008
share
of total
    Change
1998-2003
    Change
2003-2008
 

Thousand barrels daily

               

North America

   22,674    24,050    23,753    28.1   6.1   -1.2

S. & Cent. America

   4,942    4,830    5,901    7.0   -2.3   22.2

Europe

   16,090    16,170    16,114    19.1   0.5   -0.3

Former Soviet Union

   3,741    3,745    4,045    4.8   0.1   8.0

Middle East

   4,258    5,138    6,423    7.6   20.7   25.0

Africa

   2,364    2,537    2,881    3.4   7.3   13.6

Asia Pacific

   19,559    22,601    25,339    30.0   15.6   12.1

...of which China

   4,228    5,803    7,999    9.5   37.3   37.8

World

   73,628    79,071    84,455    100.0   7.4   6.8

 

Source: BP Statistical Review of World Energy June 2009

 

72


Table of Contents

Refined product supply

 

Refinery capacity in 2008 totalled 88.6 million barrels per day, according to the BP Statistical Review of World Energy June 2009. Total refinery capacity has been growing by 6.0% from 2003 to 2008. The major refinery capacity is situated in North America and Europe and Eurasia, accounting for 52.0% of total capacity. The major growth in refinery capacity has occurred in the Asia-Pacific region, especially in China, in the last five years. China has been growing its refinery capacity by 41% from 2003 to 2008, and accounts for 8.7% of total capacity.

 

REFINERY CAPACITY    1998    2003    2008    2008
share
of total
    Change
1998-2003
    Change
2003-2008
 

Thousand barrels daily

               

North America

   19,554    20,316    21,035    23.7   3.9   3.5

S. & Cent. America

   6,114    6,377    6,588    7.4   4.3   3.3

Europe & Eurasia

   25,261    25,063    25,086    28.3   -0.8   0.1

Middle East

   6,202    6,943    7,592    8.6   11.9   9.3

Africa

   2,846    3,171    3,228    3.6   11.4   1.8

Asia Pacific

   19,722    21,766    25,098    28.3   10.4   15.3

...of which China

   4,592    5,487    7,732    8.7   19.5   40.9

World

   79,699    83,635    88,627    100.0   4.9   6.0

 

Source: BP Statistical Review of World Energy June 2009

 

Both the US and Europe are large exporters of petroleum products, despite having minimal crude oil exports. The export of petroleum products from these regions, which according to the BP Statistical Review of World Energy June 2009 amounted to approximately 24% of total world petroleum products, can be explained by a refinery surplus of certain product types. Such regional imbalances create demand for product tankers.

 

73


Table of Contents

The map below provides an illustration of the main trading routes for refined oil products. Volumes such as diesel from US to Europe, naphtha from the Far East to Europe and naphtha from the Middle East Gulf to Japan tend to be driven by pricing differences in the various markets, creating trading opportunities. Volumes such as gasoline from Europe to US, naphtha from the Middle East Gulf to the Far East or intra-Asia gasoil volumes are mainly transported due to a permanent surplus/shortage of the products in the respective markets. Other routes include a wide range of volumes being transported in the Mediterranean, naphtha from the Middle East Gulf to Europe and gasoil volumes from South Korea and Japan to the US West Coast. The arrows illustrate only the main trades, and not the relative size of the trades.

 

LOGO

 

Source: Fearnley

 

74


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Source: IEA, Oil Market Report Dec. 09, BP June 2009

 

Demand for product tankers

 

Product tanker demand has historically grown by an average of 2.6% per annum in volume terms since 1990. Volume demand, based on preliminary data, declined 1.7% in 2009.

 

Looking at demand in terms of ton-miles the average growth has been 3.6% per annum from 1990 to 2008, ranging from 1.5% to 7.0%. Based on preliminary data, seaborne trade in ton-miles declined 0.2% year-on-year to 1,988 billion ton-miles in 2009.

 

Tanker vessel supply

 

Fleet overview

 

The supply side of the tanker market is determined by the existing fleet of tanker vessels, the pace of newbuilding deliveries from shipyards and scrapping/recycling of older vessels. In addition, supply can be constrained by factors such as vessels being used for floating storage of crude oil or refined oil cargoes, congestion at loading or discharging ports and to a lesser extent extreme weather conditions.

 

75


Table of Contents

The existing fleet of tankers numbers 4,531 vessels above 10,000 dwt, with a total capacity of 419 million dwt as per end of February 2010, according to Fearnresearch. The larger size segments such as ULCCs, VLCCs, Suezmaxes and Aframaxes, transporting mainly crude oil, consists of 1,749 vessels with a total capacity of 306 million dwt, or approximately 73% of the total tanker capacity. The smaller segments Panamaxes, MRs and Handysize consist of 2,782 vessels of 113 million dwt capacity, making up the remaining 27% of tanker capacity. An overview of the fleet is set out in the table below.

 

Category

   Size in dwt    Vessels, no.    Total dwt    Average age

ULCC/VLCC

   200,000 +    529    158    8.1

Suezmax

   120 - 200,000    401    61    8.7

Aframax

   85 - 120,000    819    87    8.1

Panamax

   55 - 85,000    445    32    9.4

MR

   25 - 50,000    1,681    71    8.7

Handysize

   10 - 25,000    656    10    10.0
                 

Total

      4,531    419    8.6
                 

 

Source: Fearnresearch

 

The average age of the total tanker fleet is approximately 8.6 years, with similar average age on the various size segments. The economic useful life of tanker vessels depends on construction standards and maintenance, but can generally be estimated to around 25 years.

 

About 63% of the fleet, as measured in cargo capacity, is below 10 years. About 8% of the fleet is above 20 years, which under normal conditions is potentially subject to scrapping.

 

LOGO

 

Source: Fearnresearch

 

76


Table of Contents

The relatively young age of the current fleet reflects high ordering volumes in recent years, compared to the historical average. The chart below provides an illustration of tanker ordering since the year 2000, showing particularly high ordering volumes in 2006-2007 and again in the second half of 2008. Following the rapid rate decline in late 2008 until late 2009, ordering has been markedly lower.

 

LOGO

 

Source: Fearnresearch

 

The single hull fleet

 

Of the total existing fleet of 4,531 vessels there are 429 vessels of single-hull design (as of end February 2010), meaning only one layer of steel between the cargo and the ocean, and as such higher risk of oil spill in the event of a collision or other accident. Due to this risk, more than 150 nations have adopted regulations proposed by the International Maritime Organization (or IMO) to ban single-hull design vessels from trading by the end of 2010. Given that the single-hull vessels accounts for about 8% of the existing fleet capacity, this scheduled phase-out will mitigate and offset a large part of the new vessels to be delivered over the next few years. In recent years, charterers’ concerns about environmental and safety standards have shifted their preference toward modern tankers operated by reputable ship operators.

 

Tanker Fleet         Double-Hull     Double Side/-Bottom     Single Skin     Total  

Type

   size dwt    # vessels     dwt mill.     # vessels     dwt mill.     # vessels     dwt mill.     # vessels     dwt mill.  

VLCC/ULCC

   200’+    458      139      5      1.5      66      18.2      529      158.3   

Suezmax

   120’-200’    370      57      8      1.2      23      3.4      401      61.2   

Aframax

   85’-120’    742      79      30      3.0      47      4.5      819      86.5   

Panamax

   55’-85’    385      28      20      1.3      40      2.6      445      31.9   

MR

   25’-50’    1,442      62      93      3.8      146      5.1      1,681      70.6   

Handy

   10’-25’    520      8      29      0.4      107      1.8      656      10.0   

Total

      3,917      371.9      185      11.2      429      35.5      4,531      418.6   

% of total

      86   89   4   3   9   8   100   100

 

Source: Fearnresearch

 

77


Table of Contents

Construction of new vessels

 

According to Fearnresearch, the orderbook stands at about 121 million dwt as per end February 2010, corresponding to about 29% of the existing fleet. Based on the current orderbook over the next two years, gross deliveries are expected to be in the range 45-51 million dwt, which compares to a total of 47 million dwt delivered in 2009.

 

The following table sets forth the orderbook in the various segments of the tanker fleet, including the contracted year of delivery.

 

Tanker Orderbook   size dwt   # vessels   dwt mill.   % of fleet     2010e
dwt mill.
  2011e
dwt mill.
  2012e
dwt mill.
  2013e
dwt mill.
  2014e
dwt mill.

Type

                 

VLCC/ULCC

  200’+   184   57.2   36   19.1   23.6   12.7   1.3   0.6

Suezmax

  120’-200’   124   19.6   32   9.0   6.5   2.2   1.6   0.3

Aframax

  85’-120’   172   18.9   22   9.8   7.3   1.2   0.3   0.2

Panamax

  55’-85’   92   6.7   21   3.1   3.0   0.4   0.2   0.1

MR

  25’-50’   363   16.4   23   9.0   4.5   2.5   0.2   0.1

Handy

  10’-25’   105   1.7   17   1.2   0.3   0.1   0.0  

Total

    1,040   120.5   29   51.2   45.2   19.1   3.6   1.4

 

Source: Fearnresearch, as of end February 2010

 

An orderbook of 29% is large in a historical context, and also in relation to the normal economic useful life of tankers which can normally be estimated to approximately 25 years. The size of the orderbook therefore indicates that the fleet size could grow significantly over the next few years. However, the orderbook should be seen in context with certain factors that could impact the amount of net fleet growth. These factors include, in addition to the phasing out of the single-hull fleet through scrapping or conversions, the availability of financing to owners and ship yards, as well as slippage through delays from inexperienced ship yards, cancellations of orders, postponements of orders, etc.

 

 

 

78


Table of Contents

Several ship yards have experienced challenges with meeting contracted delivery terms. As much as approximately one-fifth of the orderbook has been placed with “greenfield” yards, or yards with limited construction experience. The ability of these yards to complete orders in a timely manner remains uncertain. Several yards have also experienced liquidity challenges from reduced order intake and a difficult financing environment, although some of this is mitigated by government aid to ship yards and owners, especially in Asia. Several small and medium sized ship yards in South Korea and Japan were closed down in late 2008 and early 2009 from lack of financing.

 

According to data from Fearnresearch, delivery delays for tankers amounted to approximately 27% from January to December of 2009, meaning that actual deliveries were more than a quarter lower than initially forecasted at the beginning of the year. Because inexperienced ship yards have contracted to build a disproportionate amount of smaller vessels, the delay has been higher, approximately 30%, in these segments. These delays, referred to as slippage, have not been material in the past. However, with the large amount of orders placed at inexperienced ship yards over the last few years, slippage has become a much more significant factor in determining the fleet growth. The slippage in tanker deliveries since 2006 is illustrated in the following chart.

 

LOGO

 

Source: Fearnresearch

 

Several owners with vessels on order have been interested in cancelling their orders, due to a decline in earnings and ship prices and limited financing availability. Ship yards are less willing to accept such cancellations, but may have to do so if delays go beyond contracted dates. Shipbuilding contracts normally allow owners to cancel the order if the vessel is not delivered within a set time frame, often 180 or 270 days, after the contracted delivery date.

 

The extent of such cancellations in the future is uncertain, as is the extent of postponement of contracts based on agreement between owners and yards.

 

79


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Our Company

We are Scorpio Tankers Inc., a company incorporated in the Republic of The Marshall Islands on July 1, 2009 by Simon Financial Limited, or Simon, which is owned by members of the Lolli-Ghetti family and manages their shipping interests. We provide seaborne transportation of crude oil and other petroleum products worldwide. On October 1, 2009, (i) Simon transferred three operating subsidiary companies to us, which own the vessels in our initial fleet; (ii) Liberty Holding Company Ltd., or Liberty, became a wholly-owned subsidiary and operating vehicle of Simon; (iii) Scorpio Owning Holding Ltd. became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Liberty; and (iv) we became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Scorpio Owning Holding Ltd. Liberty’s operations include the Scorpio Group’s drybulk carriers, logistics operations in Southeast Asia, owning an offshore floating terminal, vessel pools, chartered-in vessels, and interests in joint ventures and investments.

We believe that recent downward pressure on tanker values will present attractive opportunities for ship operators that have the necessary capital resources. Following the completion of this offering, we expect to have approximately $179.2 million of available cash from the net proceeds of this offering, based on an assumed offering price of $15 per share, which represents the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Our intention is to use these proceeds first to fully repay the debt outstanding under our 2005 Credit Facility. Our 2005 Credit Facility, as of March 18, 2010 has debt outstanding of $38.9 million, has an interest rate of 0.70% above LIBOR, was originally scheduled to mature on May 18, 2015, and the proceeds of this indebtedness were used to acquire the Senatore and Noemi .

We intend to use the remainder of our net offering proceeds, after repayment of our 2005 Credit Facility, of $134.0 million, and after assessing any working capital and other general corporate expense needs, to pursue vessel acquisitions consistent with our strategy, including the purchase of additional modern tankers ranging in size from approximately 35,000 dwt, to approximately 200,000 dwt and that generally are not more than five years old. We believe that our strong balance sheet, financing capacity and future access to capital will allow us to make opportunistic vessel acquisitions at attractive prices. We may purchase secondhand vessels that meet our specifications or newbuilding vessels, either directly from shipyards or from the current owners. The timing of these acquisitions will depend on our ability to identify suitable vessels on attractive purchase terms but we intend to acquire vessels within 12 months of this offering.

Although we cannot assure you that we will be successful in acquiring vessels at prices comparable to current market prices, we could use the proceeds of this offering available for vessel acquisitions, per the above description and based upon current market conditions, to purchase up to four new Handysize tankers, two new Panamax tankers, or one new Aframax tanker, not including any borrowings under the new credit facility, and not accounting for any drydocking expenses. These estimates are based on the newbuilding purchase price estimates as of February 2010 noted on page 65 of the “The International Tanker Industry” within this prospectus. As noted, we may also purchase secondhand vessels that meet our specifications at prices to be determined by market conditions, which are affected by the age of the vessel. No assets will be acquired from our affiliates.

We have also obtained a commitment letter for a new $150,000,000 senior secured credit facility that we expect to enter into after the closing of this offering. Any borrowings under this credit facility are intended to facilitate future vessel acquisitions.

Our founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Emanuele Lauro, is a member of the Lolli-Ghetti family, which has been involved in shipping since the early 1950s through the Italian company Navigazione Alta Italia, or NAI. The Lolli-Ghetti family owns and controls the Scorpio Group, which includes Simon, which prior to this offering was our ultimate parent company and controlling party; Scorpio Ship Management S.A.M., or SSM; and Scorpio Commercial Management S.A.M., or SCM; which provide us and third parties with technical

 

80


Table of Contents

and commercial management services, respectively; Liberty Holding Company Ltd., or Liberty, which provides us with administrative services; and other affiliated entities. Our President, Mr. Robert Bugbee, also has a senior management position at Scorpio Group, and was formerly the President and Chief Operating Officer of OMI Corporation, or OMI, which was a publicly traded shipping company.

 

Our Initial Fleet

 

We own and operate three Panamax tanker vessels, which we refer to as our initial fleet, that have an average age of 6.6 years as of the end of February 2010. Two of these tankers, Noemi and Senatore , are employed under fixed-rate long-term time charters that, as of January 1, 2010, have remaining durations of approximately 24 and nine months, respectively, and have aggregate remaining contracted revenue of approximately $25.6 million. Venice is currently participating in the Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool (see description in “Business—Management of our Fleet—Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool). We acquired the vessels in our initial fleet from entities affiliated with our founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and other members of the Lolli-Ghetti family in exchange for all of our common shares.

 

Our chartering policy is to employ our vessels on a variety of time charters and in the spot charter market. Where we plan to employ a vessel in the spot charter market, we intend to generally place such vessel in a tanker pool managed by our commercial manager that pertains to that vessel’s size class. We believe this policy allows us to obtain attractive charterhire rates for our vessels while managing our exposure to short-term fluctuations in the tanker chartering market.

 

The following table summarizes key information about Venice , Noemi and Senatore and their associated charters or pool agreement as of the date of this prospectus:

 

Vessel Name

   Vessel
Type
   Year
Built
   Charterer
Name
   Time
Charter Rate
($ per day) (1)
   Vessel
Delivery
Date
   Re-Delivery from
Charterer

Venice (2)

   Panamax    2001    Scorpio
Panamax
Tanker Pool
   Pool earnings    April 2004    N/A

Noemi (3)

   Panamax    2004    King Dustin    24,500    Jan 2007    Jan 2012

Senatore (4)

   Panamax    2004    BP Shipping    26,000    Oct 2007    Oct 2010

 

  (1)   This table shows gross charter rates and does not reflect commissions payable by us to third party and affiliated chartering brokers ranging from 2.5% to 3.75%, which includes the 1.25% payable to SCM.
  (2)   Venice participates in the Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool operated by our commercial manager, within which it is currently employed on spot charter with Marathon Oil. The vessel is allocated a pro-rata share of aggregated earnings of all the tankers in the pool, weighted by attributes such as size, fuel consumption, class notation and other capabilities. Based on 18 current vessels in the Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool, the Venice ’s specifications currently result in the vessel earning approximately 6.16% of all net pool revenues, assuming all pool participant vessels are operating for the full year. This percentage may not be reflective of future earnings in the pool. The vessel can be withdrawn from the pool upon 90 days notice or after the vessel is free from any commitment, whichever is later. Prior to December 2009, the Venice was provided as collateral to a third party under an agreement between a subsidiary of Liberty Holding Company Ltd. and a third party. Neither the Venice , nor we or any of our subsidiaries were party to this agreement, nor had they had a relationship with the third party involved. At the request of Liberty Holding Company Ltd., in December 2009, the third party agreed to release the Venice from the agreement in exchange for Liberty Holding Company Ltd. providing other collateral in place of the Venice . Scorpio Tankers Inc. and its subsidiaries have no remaining collateral obligation under the agreement. Please see “—Our Managers—Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool” below for additional information comparing the Venice with other ships in the Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool.

 

81


Table of Contents
  (3) Noemi ’s redelivery from King Dustin is in January 2012, plus or minus 30 days at the charterer’s option. King Dustin currently time charters-out Noemi to ST Shipping, a wholly owned subsidiary of Glencore S.A. of Zug, Switzerland. Please see “Related Party Transactions—King Dustin” for additional information.
  (4) Senatore ’s redelivery from BP Shipping is in October 2010, plus or minus 30 days at the charterer’s option.

Our Managers

As our commercial and technical managers, SCM and SSM provide us with commercial and technical services pursuant to their respective commercial and technical management agreements with us. We expect to enter into similar agreements with respect to each vessel we acquire going forward. Commercial management services include securing employment, on both spot market and time charters, for our vessels. Where we plan to employ a vessel on the spot charter market, we intend to generally place such vessel in a tanker pool managed by our commercial manager that pertains to that vessel’s size class. Technical management services include day-to-day vessel operation, performing general maintenance, monitoring regulatory and classification society compliance, customer vetting procedures, supervising the maintenance and general efficiency of vessels, arranging the hiring of qualified officers and crew, arranging and supervising drydocking and repairs, purchasing supplies, spare parts and new equipment for vessels, appointing supervisors and technical consultants and providing technical support. We pay our managers fees for these services and reimburse our managers for the reasonable direct or indirect expenses they incur in providing us with these services.

We believe that Scorpio Group has established a reputation in the shipping industry as a leading independent provider of seaborne petroleum transportation services to major oil companies, national oil companies and oil traders in the Aframax, Panamax and Handymax tanker markets. Scorpio Group, headquartered in Monaco, was formed in 1971 and currently provides full technical management services through SSM to its own fleet as well as third party vessels and provides commercial management services through SCM to its own fleet as well as third party vessels. Scorpio Group is wholly-owned and controlled by the Lolli-Ghetti family, which has been involved in the shipping business since the early 1950s through NAI. Emanuele A. Lauro has served in a senior management position at Scorpio Group since 2004.

Scorpio Group has experienced significant growth since 2003 when it controlled a fleet of four vessels. Today Scorpio Group, through SSM and SCM, manages a fleet of approximately 63 vessels, including the three vessels in our initial fleet, two drybulk vessels owned directly by affiliates within Scorpio Group, and approximately 58 vessels owned by third parties operated through one of three tanker pools that Scorpio Group operates. In addition to two minority investments in logistics businesses, Scorpio Group also maintains offices in London, Mumbai, New York, Singapore, and Jakarta with approximately 80 shore-based employees globally.

SSM, which was formed in New York in 1971 and has been based in Monaco since 1984, is a technical ship management company and currently manages a fleet of 13 vessels, including the three vessels in our initial fleet, two drybulk vessels owned by affiliates of SSM and eight vessels owned by third parties. SCM, also based in Monaco, was formed in 2004 as a commercial management company and currently manages a fleet of 63 vessels, including the three vessels in our initial fleet, two drybulk vessels owned by affiliates of SCM and 58 vessels owned by third parties, of which all but one operate in the Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool, the Scorpio Handymax Tanker Pool or the Scorpio Aframax Tanker Pool. Our vessel Venice participates in the Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool. The Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool employs vessels on time charters, contracts of affreightment, and in the spot market. Although the Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool has secured approximately 30% of the estimated operating days in 2010 for the vessels in the pool on time charter contracts, the remaining 70% of the estimated operating days in 2010 for the vessels in the pool will be from the spot market. Given the historical volatility of spot market returns, we cannot provide a reasonable estimate of the Venice ’s future daily charter rate for the duration of her participation in the pool.

 

82


Table of Contents

Liberty Holding Company Ltd., which we refer to as our Administrator, is a Scorpio Group affiliate which provides us with administrative services pursuant to an administrative services agreement. The administrative services provided under the agreement primarily include accounting, legal compliance, financial, information technology services, and the provision of administrative staff and office space. Our Administrator will also arrange vessel sales and purchases for us. Further, pursuant to our administrative services agreement, Liberty, on behalf of itself and other members of the Scorpio Group, has agreed that it will not directly own product or crude tankers ranging in size from 35,000 dwt to 200,000 dwt. We expect that our Administrator will sub-contract many of its responsibilities to other entities within the Scorpio Group.

 

We pay our commercial manager and technical manager management fees. In the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 certain of the expenses incurred for commercial and technical management services were under management agreements with other Scorpio Group entities, which are related parties. Since agreements with related parties are by definition not at arm’s length, the expenses incurred under these agreements may have been different than the historical costs incurred if the subsidiaries had operated as unaffiliated entities during prior periods. Our estimates of any differences between historical expenses and the expenses that may have been incurred had the subsidiaries been stand-alone entities have been disclosed in the notes to the historical combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In December 2009, we negotiated new management service agreements which we believe are customary for the tanker industry. Beginning on December 1, 2009, we pay SCM, our commercial manager, a fee of $250 per vessel per day plus a 1.25% commission per charter fixture to provide commercial management services for Noemi and Senatore . Venice is part of the Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool, whose pool participants collectively pay SCM’s agent fee of $250 per vessel per day plus 1.25% commission per charter fixture. We pay our technical manager $548 per vessel per day to provide technical management services for each of our vessels. In December 2009, we entered into separate commercial and technical management agreements for each of our vessels, and both our commercial management agreements with SCM and our technical management agreements with SSM are for a period of three years, and may be terminated upon two year’s notice.

 

As a result of changes to our commercial management agreements agreed upon in December 2009, we estimate that our commercial management fees in 2010 will increase by $0.3 million. The new technical and administrative management agreements were negotiated at rates similar to the rates under the previous agreements and therefore we expect there will be no additional impact on the results of operations in future periods for technical and administrative management services.

 

We will reimburse our Administrator for the reasonable direct or indirect expenses it incurs in providing us with the administrative services described above. We will also pay our Administrator a fee for arranging vessel purchases and sales for us equal to 1% of the gross purchase or sale price, payable upon the consummation of any such purchase or sale. We believe this 1% fee on purchases and sales is customary in the tanker industry.

 

Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool

 

To increase vessel utilization and thereby revenues, we participate in a commercial pool with other shipowners of similar modern, well-maintained vessels. By operating a large number of vessels as an integrated transportation system, commercial pools offer customers greater flexibility and a higher level of service while achieving scheduling efficiencies. Pools employ experienced commercial charterers and operators who have close working relationships with customers and brokers, while technical management is performed by each shipowner. The managers of the pools negotiate charters with customers primarily in the spot market. The size and scope of these pools enable them to enhance utilization rates for pool vessels by securing backhaul voyages and COAs, thus generating higher effective TCE revenues than otherwise might be obtainable in the spot market while providing a higher level of service offerings to customers.

 

Where we plan to employ a vessel in the spot charter market, we intend to generally place such vessel in a tanker pool managed by our commercial manager that pertains to that vessel’s size class. Our vessel Venice participates in SCM’s Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool. As of December 1, 2009, the Scorpio Panamax Tanker

 

83


Table of Contents

Pool is comprised of 18 Panamax tankers: one, the Venice, owned by us, seven chartered-in by subsidiaries of our Administrator, Liberty Holding Company Ltd., and ten from third party participants. All tankers in the Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool are double hull and trade both clean and dirty petroleum products. The earnings allocated to vessels (charterhire expense for the pool) are aggregated and divided on the basis of a weighted scale, or Pool Points, which reflect comparative voyage results on hypothetical benchmark routes. The Pool Point system generally favors those vessels with greater cargo-carrying capacity and those with better fuel consumption. Pool Points are also awarded to vessels capable of carrying clean products and to vessels capable of trading in certain ice conditions. Venice is significantly larger than the other tankers in the Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool yet has a similar fuel consumption; her earnings on benchmark voyages are therefore approximately 12.6% greater than the average for the pool. Also, Venice holds the class notation “Ice 1C” which means it can travel through icier waters than most of the other vessels in the pool. Based on the 18 current vessels in the Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool, the Venice ’s specifications currently result in the vessel earning approximately 6.16% of all net pool earnings, assuming all pool participant vessels are operating for the full year, which is a greater pro-rata share of the pool earnings than most of the other vessels in the pool. This percentage may not be reflective of future earnings in the pool. The vessel can be withdrawn from the pool upon 90 days notice or after the vessel is free from any commitment, whichever is later.

 

The Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool employs vessels on time charters, contracts of affreightment, and in the spot market. Although the Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool has secured approximately 30% of the estimated operating days in 2010 for the vessels in the pool on time charter contracts, the remaining 70% of the estimated operating days in 2010 for the vessels in the pool will be from the spot market. Given the historical volatility of spot market returns, we cannot provide a reasonable estimate of the Venice ’s future daily charter rate for the duration of her participation in the pool.

 

SCM is responsible for the commercial management of the participating vessels, including the marketing, chartering, operating and bunker (fuel oil) purchases of the vessels. The pool is administered by Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool Ltd., or SPTP, a Cayman Islands corporation. Our founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer is a member of the Lolli-Ghetti family which owns 100% of all issued and outstanding stock of SPTP. Taking into account the recommendations of a pool committee and a technical committee, each of which is comprised of representatives of each pool participant, SPTP sets the pool’s policies and issues directives to the pool participants and SCM. The pool participants remain responsible for all other costs including the financing, insurance, manning and technical management of their vessels. The earnings of all of the vessels are aggregated and divided according to the relative performance capabilities of the vessel and the actual earning days each vessel is available.

 

There are five other participants in this pool. If a participant wants to sell or withdraw its vessel, it must give notice to SPTP, SCM and the other participants, and may not withdraw its vessel from the pool for 90 days following the date of such notice.

 

The following table outlines the TCE rates earned by vessels in the Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool:

 

For the Year Ended

December 31, 2008

   December 31, 2007    December 31, 2006

Charterhire

Expense

($000’s)

   Operating
Days (1)
   CE Per
Operating
Day (2)

$
   Charterhire
Expense
($000’s)
   Operating
Days (1)
   CE Per
Operating
Day (2)

$
   Charterhire
Expense
($000’s)
   Operating
Days (1)
   CE Per
Operating
Day (2)

$

$186,436

   5,726    $ 32,559    $ 133,802    4,928    $ 27,151    $ 123,001    3,860    $ 31,865

 

For the Nine Months Ended

September 30, 2009

   September 30, 2008

Charterhire

Expense

($000’s)

   Operating
Days (1)
   CE Per
Operating
Day (2)

$
   Charterhire
Expense

($000’s)
   Operating
Days (1)
   CE Per
Operating
Day (2)

$

$94,772

   4,756    $ 19,927    $ 141,778    4,245    $ 33,399

 

84


Table of Contents

 

  (1)   For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 we had 582, 662 and 1,078 operating days in the pool, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008, we had 394 and 398 operating days, respectively.
  (2)   Charterhire expense, or CE, is earnings distributed to the pool participants (TCE revenue for the pool participants) based on each vessel’s operating days and pool points. The CE rate per operating day achieved is expressed in U.S. dollars/day and is calculated by dividing the total charterhire expense by the total operating days in the period. The CE Per Operating Day disclosed above is an average for all tankers in the pool. This differs from the amount included in our Summary Financial Data and Selected Financial and Other Data tables, where the amount disclosed as “TCE per revenue day—pool revenue” represents our actual earnings distribution relating to our vessels that operated in the SPTP.

 

Our Competitive Strengths

 

We believe that we possess a number of competitive strengths in our industry, including:

 

   

Experienced management team with an established track record in the public market. Since 2003, under the leadership of Mr. Emanuele Lauro, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Scorpio Group has grown from an owner of three vessels in 2003 to an owner of five vessels, and an operator or manager of approximately 60 vessels in 2008. Over the course of the last six years, Mr. Lauro has founded and developed the Scorpio Aframax Tanker Pool, Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool and the Scorpio Handymax Tanker Pool which employ 10, 20 and 27 vessels, respectively, from Scorpio Group and third party participants. Our President, Mr. Robert Bugbee, who also holds a senior management position within the Scorpio Group, has more than 25 years of experience in the shipping industry and was formerly the President and Chief Operating Officer of OMI Corporation, or OMI, a NYSE-listed tanker company that was sold in 2007. As a key member of management, Mr. Bugbee assisted in growing OMI from 26 vessels in 1998 with an average age of approximately 15.1 years to 45 vessels with an average age of approximately 4.3 years when it was sold in 2007. Mr. Bugbee is supported by Brian Lee, our Chief Financial Officer, and Cameron Mackey, our Chief Operating Officer, both of whom also served as members of the management team responsible for the growth of OMI. Our General Counsel, Luca Forgione, has experience in the shipping and commodity trade industry, where he acquired knowledge of the relevant regulatory and compliance regimes. Our Vice President of Vessel Operations, Sergio Gianfranchi, serves as the Pool Fleet Manager of SCM and has assisted in the launch and operation of the Scorpio Group’s Panamax, Handymax and Aframax pools. Messrs. Lee, Mackey, Forgione and Gianfranchi serve in similar positions in Scorpio Group and have 11, 17, six and 47 years of experience, respectively, in the shipping industry, and, with Mr. Bugbee, collectively have over 106 years of combined shipping experience and have developed tanker industry relationships with charterers, lenders, shipbuilders, insurers and other industry participants.

 

   

Significant available liquidity to pursue acquisition and expansion opportunities. Immediately following this offering and the repayment of our 2005 Credit Facility, we will have $134.0 million of cash, based on an assumed offering price of $15 per share, which represents the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. We have also obtained a commitment letter for a new $150,000,000 senior secured credit facility that we expect to enter into after the closing of this offering. We intend to use our available cash and borrowing capacity to pursue vessel acquisitions consistent with our business strategy. We believe that our strong balance sheet, financing capacity and future access to capital will allow us to make opportunistic acquisitions at attractive prices.

 

   

Attractive Initial Fleet. Our initial fleet of three high-quality, modern Panamax tankers has an average age of 6.6 years compared to a current global Panamax tanker industry average of 9.4 years, both as of the end of February, 2010. We believe that owning a young, well-maintained fleet reduces operating costs, improves the quality of service we deliver and provides us with a competitive advantage in

 

85


Table of Contents
 

securing favorable time and spot charters with high-quality counterparties. In addition, our initial fleet provides us with strong and visible cash flows through their existing charters.

 

Our Business Strategy

 

Our primary objectives are to profitably grow our business and emerge as a major operator of medium-sized tanker vessels. The key elements of our strategy are:

 

   

Expanding our fleet through opportunistic acquisitions of high-quality vessels at attractive prices. We intend to acquire modern, high-quality tankers through timely and selective acquisitions. We currently view Suezmax, Aframax, Panamax and Handymax vessel classes as providing attractive return characteristics, and our management team has significant experience with these classes of vessels from their tenure at OMI and at Scorpio Group. A key element to our acquisition strategy will be to purchase high-quality vessels at attractive prices. When evaluating acquisitions, we will consider and analyze our expectation of fundamental developments in the particular industry sector, the level of liquidity in the resale and charter market, the cash flow earned by the vessel in relation to its value, its condition and technical specifications, expected remaining useful life, the credit quality of the charterer and duration and terms of charter contracts for vessels acquired with charters attached, as well as the overall diversification of our fleet and customers. In the current market, asset values in the tanker industry are significantly below the last five and 10 year trailing averages, and as a result of a weak spot market we believe these values may continue to deteriorate over the near term. We believe that these circumstances combined with our management’s knowledge of the shipping industry present an opportunity for us to grow our fleet at favorable prices.

 

   

Optimizing vessel revenues through a mix of time charter contracts and spot market exposure. We intend to employ a chartering strategy to capture upside opportunities in the spot market while using fixed-rate time charters to reduce downside risks. As it relates to spot market exposure, through our participation in tanker pools managed by the Scorpio Group, we believe that the revenues of our vessels will exceed the rate we would otherwise achieve by operating these vessels outside of the pools.

 

   

Focusing on tankers based on our experience and expertise in the segment. We believe that energy companies seek transportation partners that are financially stable and have a reputation for reliability, safety, and high environmental and quality standards. We intend to leverage the operational expertise and customer base of Scorpio Group and of the former members of OMI’s management team in order to further expand these relationships with consistent delivery of superior customer service.

 

   

Minimizing operating and corporate expenses. Under the management agreements with SSM and SCM that we have entered into for Venice , Noemi and Senatore , and that we plan to enter into for any vessels that we acquire in the future, these two managers will coordinate and oversee the technical and commercial management, respectively, of our fleet. We believe that SSM and SCM will be able to do so at a cost to us that would be lower than what could be achieved by performing the functions in-house.

 

Officers and Crewing

 

We currently have no employees other than our executive and non-executive officers, and our support staff is provided by our Administrator pursuant to our administrative services agreement. Our technical manager will be responsible for identifying, screening and recruiting, directly or through a crewing agent, the officers and all other crew members for our vessels that are employed by our vessel-owning subsidiaries. Our subsidiaries that own the vessels in our initial fleet, indirectly through our technical manager pursuant to the respective technical management agreements, currently employ approximately 72 officers and crew members.

 

Our Customers

 

Our customers include national, regional, and international companies, such as King Dustin and BP Shipping, or their affiliates, as well as the Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool. We believe that developing strong

 

86


Table of Contents

relationships with the end users of our services allow us to better satisfy their needs with appropriate and capable vessels. A prospective charterer’s financial condition, creditworthiness, and reliability track record are important factors in negotiating our vessels’ employment.

 

Below is a brief description of our relationships with King Dustin, BP Shipping and the Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool which, as of September 30, 2009, were chartering three of our vessels through period time charters or pool agreements.

 

King DustinTankschiffahrts GmbH&Co.KG , or King Dustin, is a special purpose entity that is owned equally by affiliates of Koenig & cie and Scorpio Group. King Dustin time charters-in Noemi from us at $24,500 per day pursuant to a time charter that expires in January 2012. The time charter began in January 2007. King Dustin time charters-out Noemi to ST Shipping, a wholly owned subsidiary of Glencore S.A. of Zug, Switzerland.

 

BP Shipping is an affiliate of BP, the energy conglomerate. BP Shipping time charters Senatore at $26,000 per day pursuant to a time charter that expires in September 2010.

 

Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool , or SPTP, is a member of the Scorpio Group. SPTP consists of 18 Panamax tankers that operate in the international shipping market with a majority of the vessels currently being employed in the spot market. Venice participates in SPTP under the same terms and conditions as the third party vessels in the pool. The pool aggregates the revenues and expenses of all of the pool participants and distributes the net earnings based on (i) the Pool Points (vessel attributes such as cargo carrying capacity, fuel consumption, and construction characteristics) and (ii) the number of days the vessel operates in the period. SPTP is operated by our commercial manager, SCM, which charges SPTP $250 a day for each vessel and 1.25% commission per charter fixture within the pool. SCM negotiates voyage charters, short duration time charters, and contracts of affreightment; manages procurement of bunkers, port charges and administrative services; and distributes the cash earnings.

 

Competition

 

We operate in markets that are highly competitive and based primarily on supply and demand. We compete for charters on the basis of price, vessel location, size, age and condition of the vessel, as well as on our reputation and that of our commercial manager. We compete primarily with other independent tanker vessel-owners and with major oil companies that own and operate their own vessels. Our competitors may have more resources than us and may operate vessels that are newer, and therefore more attractive to charterers, than our vessels. Ownership of tanker vessels is highly fragmented and is divided among publicly listed companies, state-controlled owners and private shipowners.

 

Our Credit Facilities

 

Two of our wholly-owned subsidiaries, Senatore Shipping Company Limited and Noemi Shipping Company Limited, are joint and several borrowers under a loan agreement dated May 17, 2005, or the 2005 Credit Facility, entered into with The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, as Lender, which is secured by, among other things, a first preferred mortgage over each of Senatore and Noemi . We intend to fully repay the 2005 Credit Facility using the proceeds of this offering. The initial amount of the 2005 Credit Facility was $56.0 and consists of two tranches, one for each vessel-owning subsidiary. Each tranche is repayable in 40 consecutive quarterly installments of $450,000, plus a balloon payment of $10.0 million, to be made together with the 40 th installment of each tranche. The 2005 Credit Facility matures on May 18, 2015 and the interest rate on the loan is 0.70% above LIBOR. As of September 30, 2009, the outstanding balance was $40.7 million, with $3.6 million due within the next 12 months.

 

On March 9, 2010, we entered into a commitment letter with Nordea Bank Finland plc, acting through its New York branch, DnB NOR Bank ASA, acting through its New York branch, and Fortis Bank Nederland for a senior secured term loan facility of up to $150 million. The commitment letter has customary conditions

 

87


Table of Contents

including each Lender’s satisfaction with the completion of business, legal, environmental, tax, financial, accounting and customer call due diligence. Under the terms of the commitment letter, the credit facility would have a maturity date of five years after the date on which definitive documentation for the facility is executed, and borrowings under the facility would bear interest at LIBOR plus an applicable margin of 3.00% per annum when our debt to capitalization (total debt plus equity) ratio is equal to or less than 50% and 3.50% per annum when our debt to capitalization ratio is greater than 50%. The credit facility may only be used to finance the cost of future vessel acquisitions, which vessels will be the collateral for the credit facility. For further details of the credit facility as set forth in the commitment letter, please read “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

 

Properties

 

We have no properties other than our vessels.

 

Environmental and Other Regulations

 

Government laws and regulations significantly affect the ownership and operation of our tankers. We are subject to international conventions, national, state and local laws and regulations in force in the countries in which our vessels may operate or are registered. Compliance with such laws, regulations and other requirements entails significant expense, including vessel modifications and implementation of certain operating procedures.

 

A variety of government, quasi-governmental and private organizations subject our tankers to both scheduled and unscheduled inspections. These organizations include the local port authorities, national authorities, harbor masters or equivalent, classification societies, flag state administrations (countries of registry), labor organizations (including but not limited to the International Transport Workers’ Federation), charterers, terminal operators and oil companies. Some of these entities require us to obtain permits, licenses, certificates and approvals for the operation of our tankers. Our failure to maintain necessary permits, licenses, certificates or approvals could require us to incur substantial costs or temporarily suspend operation of one or more of the vessels in our fleet, or lead to the invalidation or reduction of our insurance coverage.

 

We believe that the heightened levels of environmental and quality concerns among insurance underwriters, regulators and charterers have led to greater inspection and safety requirements on all vessels and may accelerate the scrapping of older vessels throughout the tanker industry. Increasing environmental concerns have created a demand for tankers that conform to stricter environmental standards. We are required to maintain operating standards for all of our vessels that emphasize operational safety, quality maintenance, continuous training of our officers and crews and compliance with applicable local, national and international environmental laws and regulations. Such laws and regulations frequently change and may impose increasingly strict requirements. We cannot predict the ultimate cost of complying with these requirements, or the impact of these requirements on the resale value or useful lives of our tankers. In addition, a future serious marine incident that results in significant oil pollution or otherwise causes significant adverse environmental impact could result in additional legislation or regulation that could negatively affect our profitability.

 

International maritime organization

 

The IMO, the United Nations agency for maritime safety and the prevention of pollution, has adopted the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships, or MARPOL, which has been updated through various amendments. MARPOL establishes environmental standards relating to oil leakage or spilling, garbage management, sewage, air emissions, handling and disposal of noxious liquids and the handling of harmful substances in packaged forms.

 

Air Emissions

 

In September 1997, the IMO adopted Annex VI to MARPOL to address air pollution from ships. Effective May 2005, Annex VI sets limits on sulfur oxide and nitrogen oxide emissions from all commercial vessel

 

88


Table of Contents

exhausts and prohibits deliberate emissions of ozone depleting substances (such as halons and chlorofluorocarbons), emissions of volatile organic compounds from cargo tanks, and the shipboard incineration of specific substances. Annex VI also includes a global cap on the sulfur content of fuel oil and allows for special areas to be established with more stringent controls on sulfur emissions. Additional or new conventions, laws and regulations may be adopted that could require the installation of expensive emission control systems and adversely affect our business, cash flows, results of operations and financial condition. In October 2008, the IMO adopted amendments to Annex VI regarding emissions of sulfur oxide, nitrogen oxide, particulate matter and ozone-depleting substances, which amendments enter into force on July 1, 2010. The amended Annex VI will reduce air pollution from vessels by, among other things, (i) implementing a progressive reduction of sulfur oxide emissions from ships by reducing the global sulfur fuel cap initially to 3.50% (from the current cap of 4.50%), effective from January 1, 2012, then progressively to 0.50%, effective from January 1, 2020, subject to a feasibility review to be completed no later than 2018; and (ii) establishing new tiers of stringent nitrogen oxide emissions standards for new marine engines, depending on their date of installation. The United States ratified the Annex VI amendments in October 2008, and the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, or EPA, promulgated equivalent emissions standards in late 2009.

 

The United States and Canada have requested IMO to designate the area extending 200 nautical miles from the Atlantic/Gulf and Pacific coasts of the U.S. and Canada and the Hawaiian Islands as Emission Control Areas under the MARPOL Annex VI amendments, which would subject ocean-going vessels in these areas to stringent emissions controls and cause us to incur additional costs. In July 2009, the IMO accepted the proposal in principle, and all member states party to MARPOL Annex VI will vote on the proposal in March 2010. Even if the proposal is not adopted, we cannot assure you that the United States or Canada will not adopt more stringent emissions standards independent of the IMO.

 

Safety Management System Requirements

 

The IMO also adopted the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, or SOLAS, and the International Convention on Load Lines, or LL, which impose a variety of standards that regulate the design and operational features of ships. The IMO periodically revises the SOLAS and LL standards.

 

Our operations are also subject to environmental standards and requirements contained in the International Safety Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention, or ISM Code, promulgated by the IMO under SOLAS. The ISM Code requires the party with operational control of a vessel to develop an extensive safety management system that includes, among other things, the adoption of a safety and environmental protection policy setting forth instructions and procedures for operating its vessels safely and describing procedures for responding to emergencies. We rely upon the safety management system that has been developed for our vessels for compliance with the ISM Code.

 

The ISM Code requires that vessel operators also obtain a safety management certificate for each vessel they operate. This certificate evidences compliance by a vessel’s management with code requirements for a safety management system. No vessel can obtain a certificate unless its manager has been awarded a document of compliance, issued by each flag state, under the ISM Code. SSM has obtained documents of compliance for its offices and safety management certificates for all of our vessels for which the certificates are required by the ISM Code. These documents of compliance and safety management certificates are renewed as required.

 

Noncompliance with the ISM Code and other IMO regulations may subject the shipowner or bareboat charterer to increased liability, may lead to decreases in, or invalidation of, available insurance coverage for affected vessels and may result in the denial of access to, or detention in, some ports. The U.S. Coast Guard and European Union authorities have indicated that vessels not in compliance with the ISM Code by the applicable deadlines will be prohibited from trading in U.S. and European Union ports, as the case may be.

 

89


Table of Contents

Pollution Control and Liability Requirements

 

IMO has negotiated international conventions that impose liability for pollution in international waters and the territorial waters of the signatory nations to such conventions. For example, many countries have ratified and follow the liability plan adopted by the IMO and set out in the International Convention on Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage, or the CLC, although the United States is not a party. Under this convention and depending on whether the country in which the damage results is a party to the 1992 Protocol to the CLC, a vessel’s registered owner is strictly liable, subject to certain affirmative defenses, for pollution damage caused in the territorial waters of a contracting state by discharge of persistent oil. The limits on liability outlined in the 1992 Protocol use the International Monetary Fund currency unit of Special Drawing Rights, or SDR. The right to limit liability is forfeited under the CLC where the spill is caused by the shipowner’s actual fault and under the 1992 Protocol where the spill is caused by the shipowner’s intentional or reckless conduct. Vessels trading with states that are parties to these conventions must provide evidence of insurance covering the liability of the owner. In jurisdictions where the CLC has not been adopted, various legislative schemes or common law govern, and liability is imposed either on the basis of fault or in a manner similar to that of the CLC. We believe that our protection and indemnity insurance will cover the liability under the plan adopted by the IMO.

 

The IMO adopted the International Convention on Civil Liability for Bunker Oil Pollution Damage, or the Bunker Convention, to impose strict liability on ship owners for pollution damage in jurisdictional waters of ratifying states caused by discharges of bunker fuel. The Bunker Convention, which became effective on November 21, 2008, requires registered owners of ships over 1,000 gross tons to maintain insurance or other financial security for pollution damage in an amount equal to the limits of liability under the applicable national or international limitation regime (but not exceeding the amount calculated in accordance with the Convention on Limitation of Liability for Maritime Claims of 1976, as amended). With respect to non-ratifying states, liability for spills or releases of oil carried as fuel in ship’s bunkers typically is determined by the national or other domestic laws in the jurisdiction where the events or damages occur.

 

In addition, IMO adopted an International Convention for the Control and Management of Ships’ Ballast Water and Sediments, or BWM, in February 2004. BWM’s implementing regulations call for a phased introduction of mandatory ballast water exchange requirements, to be replaced in time with mandatory concentration limits. BWM will not become effective until 12 months after it has been adopted by 30 states, the combined merchant fleets of which represent not less than 35% of the gross tonnage of the world’s merchant shipping. To date, there has not been sufficient adoption of this standard for it to take force.

 

The IMO continues to review and introduce new regulations. It is impossible to predict what additional regulations, if any, may be passed by the IMO and what effect, if any, such regulations might have on our operations.

 

U.S. Regulations

 

The U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990, or OPA, established an extensive regulatory and liability regime for the protection and cleanup of the environment from oil spills. OPA affects all owners and operators whose vessels trade in the United States, its territories and possessions or whose vessels operate in U.S. waters, which includes the U.S. territorial sea and its 200 nautical mile exclusive economic zone. The United States has also enacted the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, or CERCLA, which applies to the discharge of hazardous substances other than oil, whether on land or at sea. Both OPA and CERCLA impact our operations.

 

Under OPA, vessel owners, operators and bareboat charterers are “responsible parties” and are jointly, severally and strictly liable (unless the spill results solely from the act or omission of a third party, an act of God or an act of war) for all containment and clean-up costs and other damages arising from discharges or threatened discharges of oil from their vessels. OPA defines these other damages broadly to include:

 

   

natural resources damage and related assessment costs;

 

   

real and personal property damage;

 

90


Table of Contents
   

net loss of taxes, royalties, rents, fees and other lost revenues;

 

   

lost profits or impairment of earning capacity due to property or natural resources damage; and

 

   

net cost of public services necessitated by a spill response, such as protection from fire, safety or health hazards, and loss of subsistence use of natural resources.

 

Effective July 31, 2009, the U.S. Coast Guard adjusted the limits of OPA liability to the greater of $2,000 per gross ton or $17.088 million for any double-hull tanker that is over 3,000 gross tons (subject to possible adjustment for inflation), and our fleet is entirely composed of vessels of this size class. CERCLA, which applies to owners and operators of vessels, contains a similar liability regime and provides for cleanup, removal and natural resource damages. Liability under CERCLA is limited to the greater of $300 per gross ton or $5 million for vessels carrying a hazardous substance as cargo and the greater of $300 per gross ton or $0.5 million for any other vessel. These OPA and CERCLA limits of liability do not apply if an incident was directly caused by violation of applicable U.S. federal safety, construction or operating regulations or by a responsible party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, or if the responsible party fails or refuses to report the incident or to cooperate and assist in connection with oil removal activities.

 

OPA and the U.S. Coast Guard also require owners and operators of vessels to establish and maintain with the U.S. Coast Guard evidence of financial responsibility sufficient to meet the limit of their potential liability under OPA and CERCLA. Vessel owners and operators may satisfy their financial responsibility obligations by providing a proof of insurance, a surety bond, self-insurance or a guaranty. We plan to comply with the U.S. Coast Guard’s financial responsibility regulations by providing a certificate of responsibility evidencing sufficient self-insurance.

 

We expect to maintain pollution liability coverage insurance in the amount of $1 billion per incident for each of our vessels. If the damages from a catastrophic spill were to exceed our insurance coverage, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

The U.S. Clean Water Act, or CWA, prohibits the discharge of oil or hazardous substances in U.S. navigable waters unless authorized by a duly-issued permit or exemption, and imposes strict liability in the form of penalties for any unauthorized discharges. The CWA also imposes substantial liability for the costs of removal and remediation and damages and complements the remedies available under OPA and CERCLA.

 

The EPA regulates the discharge of ballast water and other substances in U.S. waters under the CWA. Effective February 6, 2009, EPA regulations require vessels 79 feet in length or longer (other than commercial fishing and recreational vessels) to comply with a Vessel General Permit authorizing ballast water discharges and other discharges incidental to the operation of vessels. The Vessel General Permit imposes technology and water-quality based effluent limits for certain types of discharges and establishes specific inspection, monitoring, recordkeeping and reporting requirements to ensure the effluent limits are met. U.S. Coast Guard regulations adopted under the U.S. National Invasive Species Act, or NISA, also impose mandatory ballast water management practices for all vessels equipped with ballast water tanks entering or operating in U.S. waters, and in 2009 the Coast Guard proposed new ballast water management standards and practices, including limits regarding ballast water releases. Compliance with the EPA and the U.S. Coast Guard regulations could require the installation of equipment on our vessels to treat ballast water before it is discharged or the implementation of other port facility disposal arrangements or procedures at potentially substantial cost, and/or otherwise restrict our vessels from entering U.S. waters.

 

European Union Regulations

 

In October 2009, the European Union amended a directive to impose criminal sanctions for illicit ship-source discharges of polluting substances, including minor discharges, if committed with intent, recklessly or with serious negligence and the discharges individually or in the aggregate result in deterioration of the quality of water. Criminal liability for pollution may result in substantial penalties or fines and increased civil liability claims.

 

91


Table of Contents

Greenhouse Gas Regulation

 

In February 2005, the Kyoto Protocol to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, or UNFCCC, which we refer to as the Kyoto Protocol, entered into force. Pursuant to the Kyoto Protocol, adopting countries are required to implement national programs to reduce emissions of certain gases, generally referred to as greenhouse gases, which are suspected of contributing to global warming. Currently, the emissions of greenhouse gases from international shipping are not subject to the Kyoto Protocol. However, international negotiations are continuing with respect to a successor to the Kyoto Protocol, which sets emission reduction targets through 2012, and restrictions on shipping emissions may be included in any new treaty. In December 2009, more than 27 nations, including the United States and China, signed the Copenhagen Accord, which includes a non-binding commitment to reduce greenhouse gas emissions. The European Union has indicated that it intends to propose an expansion of the existing European Union emissions trading scheme to include emissions of greenhouse gases from vessels, if such emissions are not regulated through the IMO or the UNFCCC by December 31, 2010. In the United States, the EPA has issued a final finding that greenhouse gases threaten public health and safety, and has proposed regulations governing the emission of greenhouse gases from motor vehicles and stationary sources. The EPA may decide in the future to regulate greenhouse gas emissions from ships and has already been petitioned by the California Attorney General to regulate greenhouse gas emissions from ocean-going vessels. Other federal and state regulations relating to the control of greenhouse gas emissions may follow, including the climate change initiatives that are being considered in the U.S. Congress. In addition, the IMO is evaluating various mandatory measures to reduce greenhouse gas emissions from international shipping, including market-based instruments. Any passage of climate control legislation or other regulatory initiatives by the EU, U.S., IMO or other countries where we operate that restrict emissions of greenhouse gases could require us to make significant financial expenditures that we cannot predict with certainty at this time.

 

Vessel Security Regulations

 

Since the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001, there have been a variety of initiatives intended to enhance vessel security. On November 25, 2002, the U.S. Maritime Transportation Security Act of 2002, or the MTSA, came into effect. To implement certain portions of the MTSA, in July 2003, the U.S. Coast Guard issued regulations requiring the implementation of certain security requirements aboard vessels operating in waters subject to the jurisdiction of the United States. Similarly, in December 2002, amendments to SOLAS created a new chapter of the convention dealing specifically with maritime security. The new chapter became effective in July 2004 and imposes various detailed security obligations on vessels and port authorities, most of which are contained in the International Ship and Port Facilities Security Code, or the ISPS Code. The ISPS Code is designed to protect ports and international shipping against terrorism. After July 1, 2004, to trade internationally, a vessel must attain an International Ship Security Certificate from a recognized security organization approved by the vessel’s flag state. Among the various requirements are:

 

   

on-board installation of automatic identification systems to provide a means for the automatic transmission of safety-related information from among similarly equipped ships and shore stations, including information on a ship’s identity, position, course, speed and navigational status;

 

   

on-board installation of ship security alert systems, which do not sound on the vessel but only alert the authorities on shore;

 

   

the development of vessel security plans;

 

   

ship identification number to be permanently marked on a vessel’s hull;

 

   

a continuous synopsis record kept onboard showing a vessel’s history including, the name of the ship and of the state whose flag the ship is entitled to fly, the date on which the ship was registered with that state, the ship’s identification number, the port at which the ship is registered and the name of the registered owner(s) and their registered address; and

 

   

compliance with flag state security certification requirements.

 

92


Table of Contents

The U.S. Coast Guard regulations, intended to align with international maritime security standards, exempt from MTSA vessel security measures non-U.S. vessels that have on board, as of July 1, 2004, a valid International Ship Security Certificate attesting to the vessel’s compliance with SOLAS security requirements and the ISPS Code. We have implemented the various security measures addressed by the MTSA, SOLAS and the ISPS Code, and our fleet is in compliance with applicable security requirements.

 

Inspection by classification societies

 

Every oceangoing vessel must be “classed” by a classification society. The classification society certifies that the vessel is “in-class,” signifying that the vessel has been built and maintained in accordance with the rules of the classification society and complies with applicable rules and regulations of the vessel’s country of registry and the international conventions of which that country is a member. In addition, where surveys are required by international conventions and corresponding laws and ordinances of a flag state, the classification society will undertake them on application or by official order, acting on behalf of the authorities concerned.

 

The classification society also undertakes on request other surveys and checks that are required by regulations and requirements of the flag state. These surveys are subject to agreements made in each individual case and/or to the regulations of the country concerned.

 

For maintenance of the class, regular and extraordinary surveys of hull, machinery, including the electrical plant, and any special equipment classed are required to be performed as follows:

 

   

Annual Surveys.  For seagoing ships, annual surveys are conducted for the hull and the machinery, including the electrical plant and where applicable for special equipment classed, at intervals of 12 months from the date of commencement of the class period indicated in the certificate.

 

   

Intermediate Surveys.  Extended annual surveys are referred to as intermediate surveys and typically are conducted two and one-half years after commissioning and each class renewal. Intermediate surveys may be carried out on the occasion of the second or third annual survey.

 

   

Class Renewal Surveys.  Class renewal surveys, also known as special surveys, are carried out for the ship’s hull, machinery, including the electrical plant and for any special equipment classed, at the intervals indicated by the character of classification for the hull. At the special survey the vessel is thoroughly examined, including audio-gauging to determine the thickness of the steel structures. Should the thickness be found to be less than class requirements, the classification society would prescribe steel renewals. The classification society may grant a one year grace period for completion of the special survey. Substantial amounts of money may have to be spent for steel renewals to pass a special survey if the vessel experiences excessive wear and tear. In lieu of the special survey every four or five years, depending on whether a grace period was granted, a ship owner has the option of arranging with the classification society for the vessel’s hull or machinery to be on a continuous survey cycle, in which every part of the vessel would be surveyed within a five year cycle. At an owner’s application, the surveys required for class renewal may be split according to an agreed schedule to extend over the entire period of class. This process is referred to as continuous class renewal.

 

All areas subject to survey as defined by the classification society are required to be surveyed at least once per class period, unless shorter intervals between surveys are prescribed elsewhere. The period between two subsequent surveys of each area must not exceed five years.

 

Vessels have their underwater parts inspected every 30 to 36 months. Depending on the vessel’s age and other factors, this inspection can often be done afloat with minimal disruption to the vessel’s commercial deployment. However, vessels are required to be drydocked, meaning physically removed from the water, for inspection and related repairs at least once every five years from delivery. If any defects are found, the classification surveyor will issue a recommendation which must be rectified by the ship owner within prescribed time limits.

 

93


Table of Contents

Most insurance underwriters make it a condition for insurance coverage that a vessel be certified as “in-class” by a classification society which is a member of the International Association of Classification Societies. All our vessels are certified as being “in-class” by American Bureau of Shipping. All new and secondhand vessels that we purchase must be certified prior to their delivery under our standard purchase contracts and memoranda of agreement. If the vessel is not certified on the scheduled date of closing, we have no obligation to take delivery of the vessel.

 

In addition to the classification inspections, many of our customers regularly inspect our vessels as a precondition to chartering them for voyages. We believe that our well-maintained, high-quality vessels provide us with a competitive advantage in the current environment of increasing regulation and customer emphasis on quality.

 

Risk of Loss and Liability Insurance

 

General

 

The operation of any cargo vessel includes risks such as mechanical failure, collision, property loss, cargo loss or damage and business interruption due to political circumstances in foreign countries, hostilities and labor strikes. In addition, there is always an inherent possibility of marine disaster, including oil spills and other environmental mishaps, and the liabilities arising from owning and operating vessels in international trade. OPA, which in certain circumstances imposes virtually unlimited liability upon owners, operators and demise charterers of any vessel trading in the United States exclusive economic zone for certain oil pollution accidents in the United States, has made liability insurance more expensive for vessel-owners and operators trading in the United States market. While we believe that our present insurance coverage is adequate, not all risks can be insured against, and there can be no guarantee that any specific claim will be paid, or that we will always be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage at reasonable rates.

 

Marine and War Risks Insurance

 

We have in force marine and war risks insurance for all of our vessels. Our marine hull and machinery insurance covers risks of particular average and actual or constructive total loss from collision, fire, grounding, engine breakdown and other insured named perils up to an agreed amount per vessel. Our war risks insurance covers the risks of particular average and actual or constructive total loss from confiscation, seizure, capture, vandalism, sabotage, and other war-related named perils. We have also arranged coverage for increased value for each vessel. Under this increased value coverage, in the event of total loss of a vessel, we will be able to recover amounts in excess of those recoverable under the hull and machinery policy in order to compensate for additional costs associated with replacement of the loss of the vessel. Each vessel is covered up to at least its fair market value at the time of the insurance attachment and subject to a fixed deductible per each single accident or occurrence, but excluding actual or constructive total loss.

 

Protection and Indemnity Insurance

 

Protection and indemnity insurance is provided by mutual protection and indemnity associations, or P&I Associations, and covers our third party liabilities in connection with our shipping activities. This includes third-party liability and other related expenses resulting from injury or death of crew, passengers and other third parties, loss or damage to cargo, claims arising from collisions with other vessels, damage to other third-party property, pollution arising from oil or other substances, and salvage, towing and other related costs, including wreck removal. Protection and indemnity insurance is a form of mutual indemnity insurance, extended by mutual protection and indemnity associations, or “clubs.” Subject to the “capping” discussed below, our coverage, except for pollution, is unlimited.

 

Our current protection and indemnity insurance coverage for pollution is $1 billion per vessel per incident. We are a member of a P&I Club that is a member of the International Group of P&I Clubs, or the International

 

94


Table of Contents

Group. The P&I Clubs that comprise the International Group insure approximately 90% of the world’s commercial tonnage and have entered into a pooling agreement to reinsure each association’s liabilities. Although the P&I Clubs compete with each other for business, they have found it beneficial to pool their larger risks under the auspices of the International Group. This pooling is regulated by a contractual agreement which defines the risks that are to be pooled and exactly how these risks are to be shared by the participating P&I Clubs. The pool provides a mechanism for sharing all claims in excess of $7 million up to approximately $5.4 billion as of October 23, 2009. We are subject to calls payable to the associations based on its claim records as well as the claim records of all other members of the individual associations and members of the pool of P&I Clubs comprising the International Group.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

To our knowledge, we are not currently a party to any lawsuit that, if adversely determined, would have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or liquidity. As such, we do not believe that pending legal proceedings, taken as a whole, should have any significant impact on our financial statements. From time to time in the future we may be subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of business, principally personal injury and property casualty claims. While we expect that these claims would be covered by our existing insurance policies, those claims, even if lacking merit, could result in the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources. We have not been involved in any legal proceedings which may have, or have had, a significant effect on our financial position, results of operations or liquidity, nor are we aware of any proceedings that are pending or threatened which may have a significant effect on our financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

 

Exchange Controls

 

Under Marshall Islands law, there are currently no restrictions on the export or import of capital, including foreign exchange controls or restrictions that affect the remittance of dividends, interest or other payments to non-resident holders of our common shares.

 

95


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

 

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

 

Set forth below are the names, ages and positions of our directors and executive officers. Our board of directors is elected annually, and each director elected holds office for a three-year term or until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, except in the event of his death, resignation, removal or the earlier termination of his term of office. The initial term of office of each director is as follows: Two will serve for a term expiring at the 2011 annual meeting of shareholders, two will serve for a term expiring at the 2012 annual meeting of shareholders, and one will serve for a term expiring at the 2013 annual meeting of the shareholders. Officers are elected from time to time by vote of our board of directors and hold office until a successor is elected. The business address for each director and executive officer is the address of our principal executive office which is Scorpio Tankers Inc., 9, Boulevard Charles III, Monaco 98000.

 

Messrs. Lauro and Mr. Bugbee, our Chief Executive Officer and President, respectively, will be involved in other business activities with members of the Scorpio Group, which may result in their spending less time than is appropriate or necessary to manage our business successfully. Based solely on the anticipated relative sizes of our initial fleet and the fleet owned by members of the Scorpio Group over the next twelve months, we estimate that Messrs. Lauro and Bugbee will spend approximately 70-85% of their monthly business time on our business activities and their remaining time on the business of members of the Scorpio Group. However, the actual allocation of time could vary significantly from time to time depending on various circumstances and needs of the businesses, such as the relative levels of strategic activities of the businesses. While there will be no formal requirements or guidelines for the allocation of Messrs. Lauro’s and Bugbee’s time between our business and the business of members of the Scorpio Group, Messr. Lauro’s and Bugbee’s performance of their duties will be subject to the ongoing oversight of our board of directors.

 

Name

   Age   

Position

Emanuele A. Lauro

   31    Chairman, Class I Director, and Chief Executive Officer

Robert Bugbee

   49    President and Class II Director

Brian Lee

   43    Chief Financial Officer

Cameron Mackey

   41    Chief Operating Officer

Luca Forgione

   33    General Counsel

Sergio Gianfranchi

   65    Vice President, Vessel Operations

Alexandre Albertini

   33    Class III Director

Ademaro Lanzara

   67    Class I Director

Donald C. Trauscht

   76    Class II Director

 

Biographical information with respect to each of our directors and executive officers is set forth below.

 

Emanuele A. Lauro, Chairman & Chief Executive Officer

 

Emanuele A. Lauro, our founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, joined Scorpio Group in 2003 and has continued to serve there in a senior management position since 2004. Under Mr. Lauro’s leadership, Scorpio Group has grown from an owner of three vessels in 2003 to an owner of five vessels, an operator or manager of approximately 60 vessels in 2008. Over the course of the last six years, Mr. Lauro has founded and developed the Scorpio Aframax Tanker Pool, Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool and the Scorpio Handymax Tanker Pool which employ 10, 20 and 27 vessels, respectively, from Scorpio Group and third party participants. He also founded Scorpio Logistics in May 2007 , a company within the Scorpio Group which owns and operates specialized assets engaged in coal transhipment in Indonesia and which engages in strategic investments in coastal shipping and port development in India. Furthermore, Mr. Lauro formed a joint venture with Koenig & cie., Scorship Navigation, in August 2005 which engages in the identification, placement, and management of certain international shipping investments on behalf of German investors. In addition, Mr. Lauro developed a joint venture company, Crewtech Philippines, in May 2007 which screens, trains, and manages vessel staff for various third party owners of drybulk and tanker vessels. Mr. Lauro has a degree in international business from the European Business School, London, and he has served as the Vice President of the Chamber of Shipping of Monaco since 2006.

 

96


Table of Contents

Robert Bugbee, President and Director

 

Robert Bugbee, our President, has more than 25 years of experience in the shipping industry. He joined Scorpio Group in February 2009 and has continued to serve there in senior management. Prior to joining Scorpio Group, Mr. Bugbee was a partner at Ospraie Management LLP between 2007 and 2008, a company which advises and invests in commodities and basic industry. From 1995 to 2007, Mr Bugbee was employed at OMI Corporation, or OMI, a NYSE-listed tanker company sold in 2007. While at OMI, Mr. Bugbee most recently served as President from January 2002 until the sale of the company, and he previously served as Executive Vice President since January 2001, Chief Operating Officer since March 2000 and Senior Vice President of OMI from August 1995 to June 1998. Mr. Bugbee joined OMI in February 1993. Prior to this, he was employed by Gotaas-Larsen Shipping Corporation since 1984. During this time he took a two year sabbatical from 1987 for the M.I.B. Programme at the Norwegian School for Economics and Business administration in Bergen. He has a Fellowship from the International Shipbrokers Association and a B.A. (Honors) in from London University.

 

Brian Lee, Chief Financial Officer

 

Brian Lee, our Chief Financial Officer, joined Scorpio Group in April 2009. In June 2009, he became the Scorpio Group’s Controller. He has been employed in the shipping industry since 1998. Prior to joining Scorpio Group, he was the Controller of OMI Corporation from 2001 until the sale of the company in 2007. Mr. Lee has a M.B.A. from the University of Connecticut and has B.S. in Business Administration from the University at Buffalo, State University of New York.

 

Cameron Mackey, Chief Operating Officer

 

Cameron Mackey, our Chief Operating Officer, joined Scorpio Group in March 2009, where he has served as Chief Operating Officer. Prior to joining Scorpio Group, he was an equity and commodity analyst at Ospraie Management LLC from 2007-2008. Prior to that, he was Senior Vice President of OMI Marine Services LLC from 2004-2007 and in Business Development at OMI Corporation from 2002-2004. He has been employed in the shipping industry since 1994 and, earlier in his career, was employed in unlicensed and licensed positions in the merchant navy, primarily on tankers in the international fleet of Mobil Oil Corporation, where he held the qualification of Master Mariner. He has an M.B.A. from the Sloan School of Management at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, a B.S. from the Massachusetts Maritime Academy and a B.A. from Princeton University.

 

Luca Forgione, General Counsel

 

Luca Forgione, our General Counsel, joined Scorpio Group in August 2009 as General Counsel. He is licensed as a lawyer in his native Italy and as a Solicitor of the Supreme Court of England & Wales. Mr. Forgione has six years of shipping industry experience and has worked in the fields of shipping, offshore logistics, commodity trading and energy since the beginning of his in-house career, most recently with Constellation Energy Commodities Group Ltd. in London, which is part of Constellation Energy Group Inc. listed on the NYSE under “CEG,” from 2007 to 2009., and previously with Coeclerici S.p.a. in Milan from 2004 to 2007. He has experience with all aspects of the supply chain of drybulk and energy commodities (upstream and downstream), and has developed considerable understanding of the regulatory and compliance regimes surrounding the trading of physical and financial commodities as well as the owning, managing and chartering of vessels. Mr. Forgione was a Tutor in International Trade Law and Admiralty Law at University College London (U.K.) and more recently a Visiting Lecturer in International Trade Law at King’s College (U.K.). He has a Masters Degree in Maritime Law from the University of Southampton (U.K.) and a Law Degree from the University of Genoa (Italy).

 

Messers. Lauro, Bugbee, Lee, Mackey, and Forgione collectively have over 65 years of combined shipping experience and have developed strong tanker industry relationships with leading charterers, lenders, shipbuilders, insurers and other key industry participants.

 

97


Table of Contents

Sergio Gianfranchi, Vice President, Vessel Operations

 

Sergio Gianfranchi, our Vice President of Vessel Operations, served as Operations Manager of our technical manager, SSM, at its headquarters in Monaco from 2002 to 2004. He has been instrumental in launching and operating the Scorpio Group’s Panamax, Handymax and Aframax pools during the last five years, and was employed as the Fleet Manager of SCM, the Scorpio Group affiliate that manages the commercial operations of approximately 50 vessels grouped in the three Scorpio Group pools, from 2007 to 2009. Mr. Gianfranchi is currently employed as the Pool Fleet Manager of SCM. From 1999 to 2001, Mr. Gianfranchi served as the on-site owner’s representative of the Scorpio Group affiliates named Doria Shipping, Tristan Shipping, Milan Shipping and Roma Shipping, to survey the construction of their Panamax and Post-Panamax newbuilding tankers being built at the 3Maj Shipyard in Rijeka, Croatia. When Mr. Gianfranchi joined SSM in 1989, he began as vessel master of its OBOs (multipurpose vessels that carry ore, heavy drybulk and oil). Upon obtaining his Master Mariner License in 1972, he served until 1989 as a vessel master with prominent Italian shipping companies, including NAI, which is the largest private Italian shipping company and owned by the Lolli-Ghetti family, and Almare, initially a subsidiary of NAI but later controlled by Finmare, the Italian state shipping financial holding company. In this position he served mostly on OBOs, tankers and drybulk carriers. He graduated from La Spezia Nautical Institute in Italy in 1963.

 

Alexandre Albertini, Director

 

Alexandre Albertini has agreed to serve as a director effective as of the closing of this offering. Mr. Albertini has more than 10 years of experience in the shipping industry. He has been employed by Marfin Management SAM, a drybulk ship management company, since 1997 and has served as Managing Director there since 2009, working in fields related to crew and human resources, insurance, legal, financial, technical, commercial, and information technology. He is a director of eight drybulk shipowning companies and serves as President of Ant. Topic srl, a vessel and crewing agent based in Italy. The aggregate valuation of the drybulk shipping companies for which Mr. Albertini serves as a Secretary or director is approximately $300 million. In 2008, Mr. Albertini was elected as a member of the Executive Committee of InterManager. He is a founding member of the Chamber of Shipping of Monaco and has served as its Secretary General since 2006. Mr. Albertini also holds various board positions in several other local business and associations.

 

Ademaro Lanzara, Director

 

Ademaro Lanzara has agreed to serve as a director effective as of the closing of this offering. Mr. Lanzara has served as the Chairman of BPV Finance (International) Plc Dublin, a subsidiary of Banca Popolare di Vicenza, Italy, since 2008. He is also a director of Istituto dell’Enciclopedia Italiana fondata da Giovanni Treccani Spa, Rome. From 1963 to 2006, Mr. Lanzara held a number of positions with BNL spa Rome, a leading Italian banking group, including acting as the Chairman of the Credit Committee, Chairman of the Finance Committee and Deputy CEO. He also served as Chairman and/or director of a number of BNL controlled banks or financial companies in Europe, the United States and South America. He formerly served as a director of each of the Institute of International Finance Inc. in Washington DC, Compagnie Financiere Edmond de Rothschild Banque, in Paris, France, ABI—Italian Banking Association in Rome, Italy, FITD—Interbank deposit Protection Fund, in Rome, Italy, ICC International Chamber of Commerce Italian section, Rome, Italy Co-Chairman Round Table of Bankers and Small and Medium Enterprises, European Commission, in Brussels, Belgium. Mr. Lanzara has a economics degree (graduated magna cum laude ) from the University of Naples, a law degree from the University of Naples and a PMD from Harvard Business School.

 

Donald C. Trauscht, Director

 

Donald C. Trauscht has agreed to serve as a director effective as of the closing of this offering. He has served as the Chairman of BW Capital Corporation, a private investment company, since 1996. From 1967 to 1995, Mr. Trauscht held a number of positions at Borg-Warner Corporation, including Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. While at Borg Warner, Mr. Trauscht supervised an annual capital budget of $250 million and

 

98


Table of Contents

was responsible for risk assessment decisions involving the company’s investments. He has participated in acquisitions, divestments, financings, public offerings and other transactions whose combined value is over $30 billion. Mr. Trauscht is a director of Esco Technologies Inc., Hydac International Corporation, Bourns Inc., and EyesForLearning LLC. He formerly served as a director of Baker Hughes Inc., Cordant Technologies Inc., Blue Bird Corporation, Imo Industries Inc., Mannesmann Capital Corporation, Wynn International Inc., Recon Optical Inc., Global Motorsport Group Inc., OMI Corporation, IES Corporation, and NSK-Warner Ltd. He has served as the Chairman, Lead Director, and Audit Committee, Compensation Committee, and Governance Committee Chairman at numerous public and private companies.

 

Board of Directors and Committees

 

Our board of directors currently consists of five directors, three of whom have been determined by our board of directors to be independent under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange and the rules and regulations of the SEC. Prior to the listing of our common shares on the New York Stock Exchange, we will establish an Audit Committee, a Nominating Committee and a Compensation Committee, each of which will be comprised of our three independent directors, who are Messrs. Alexandre Albertini, Ademaro Lanzara and Donald Trauscht. The Audit Committee will, among other things, review our external financial reporting, engage our external auditors and oversee our internal audit activities, procedures and the adequacy of our internal accounting controls. In addition, provided that no member of the Audit Committee has a material interest in such transaction, the Audit Committee will be responsible for reviewing transactions that we may enter into in the future with other members of the Scorpio Group that our board believes may present potential conflicts of interests between us and the Scorpio Group. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will be responsible for recommending to the board of directors nominees for director and directors for appointment to board committees and advising the board with regard to corporate governance practices. We will also form a Compensation Committee that will oversee our equity incentive plan and recommend director and senior employee compensation. Our shareholders may also nominate directors in accordance with procedures set forth in our bylaws.

 

Compensation of Directors and Senior Management

 

We did not pay any compensation to members of our senior executive officers in 2009. We expect to pay aggregate compensation to our senior executive officers in 2010 of approximately $4.0 million. Each of our non-employee directors will receive annual cash compensation in the aggregate amount of $45,000 annually, plus an additional fee of $5,000 for each committee on which a director serves plus an additional fee of $15,000 for each committee for which a director serves as Chairman, per year, plus reimbursements for actual expenses incurred while acting in their capacity as a director. Our officers and directors are eligible to receive awards under our equity incentive plan which is described below under “—Equity Incentive Plan.” We do not have a retirement plan for our officers or directors.

 

We believe that it is important to align the interests of our directors and management with that of our shareholders. In this regard, we have determined that it will generally be beneficial to us and to our shareholders for our directors and management to have a stake in our long-term performance. We expect to have a meaningful component of our compensation package for our directors and management consist of equity interests in the Company in order to provide them on an on-going basis with a meaningful percentage of ownership in the Company.

 

Equity Incentive Plan

 

We have adopted an equity incentive plan, which we refer to as the plan, under which directors, officers, employees, consultants and service providers of us and our subsidiaries and affiliates are eligible to receive incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units and unrestricted common stock. We have reserved a total of 1,148,916 common shares for issuance under the plan, subject to adjustment for changes in capitalization as provided in the plan and it is not expected

 

99


Table of Contents

that any additional common shares will be reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plan prior to the third anniversary of the closing of this offering. The plan is administered by our compensation committee. We expect to issue a total of 559,458 restricted shares under the plan to our executive officers following the completion of this offering which will vest in three equal installments on the third, fourth and fifth anniversaries, respectively, of the grant date. We also expect to issue 9,000 restricted shares to our independent directors.

 

Under the terms of the plan, stock options and stock appreciation rights granted under the plan will have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of a common share on the date of grant, unless otherwise determined by the plan administrator, but in no event will the exercise price be less than the fair market value of a common share on the date of grant. Options and stock appreciation rights will be exercisable at times and under conditions as determined by the plan administrator, but in no event will they be exercisable later than ten years from the date of grant.

 

The plan administrator may grant shares of restricted stock and awards of restricted stock units subject to vesting, forfeiture and other terms and conditions as determined by the plan administrator. Following the vesting of a restricted stock unit, the award recipient will be paid an amount equal to the number of vested restricted stock units multiplied by the fair market value of a common share on the date of vesting, which payment may be paid in the form of cash or common shares or a combination of both, as determined by the plan administrator. The plan administrator may grant dividend equivalents with respect to grants of restricted stock units.

 

Adjustments may be made to outstanding awards in the event of a corporate transaction or change in capitalization or other extraordinary event. In the event of a “change in control” (as defined in the plan), unless otherwise provided by the plan administrator in an award agreement, awards then outstanding will become fully vested and exercisable in full.

 

Our board of directors may amend or terminate the plan and may amend outstanding awards, provided that no such amendment or termination may be made that would materially impair any rights, or materially increase any obligations, of a grantee under an outstanding award. Shareholder approval of plan amendments will be required under certain circumstances. Unless terminated earlier by our board of directors, the plan will expire ten years from the date the plan is adopted.

 

Employment Agreements

 

Prior to the completion of this offering, we expect to enter into employment agreements with each of our executives, and a form of such employment agreement is attached to this registration statement. We expect that these employment agreements will be in effect for a period of up to two years, and will automatically renew for the same successive employment periods unless terminated in accordance with the terms of such agreements. Pursuant to the terms of their respective employment agreements, our executives will be prohibited from disclosing or unlawfully using any of our material confidential information.

 

Upon a change in control of the Company, the annual bonus provided under the employment agreement becomes a fixed bonus of up to 150% of the executive’s base salary. If an executive’s employment is terminated within two years of a change in control due to either disability or a reason other than “for cause,” he will be entitled to receive upon termination an assurance bonus equal to such fixed bonus and an immediate lump-sum payment in an amount equal to three times the sum of the Executive’s then current Base Salary and the assurance bonus, and he will continue to receive all salary, compensation payment and benefits, including additional bonus payments, otherwise due to him, to the extent permitted by applicable law, for the remaining balance of his then-existing employment period. If an executive’s employment is terminated for cause or voluntarily by the employee, he shall not be entitled to any salary, benefits or reimbursements beyond those accrued through the date of his termination, unless he voluntarily terminated his employment in connection with certain conditions. Those conditions include a change in control combined with a significant geographic relocation of his office, a material diminution of his duties and responsibilities, and other conditions identified in the employment agreement, substantially in the form of an exhibit attached to this registration statement.

 

100


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

 

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial owners of more than five percent of our common shares, and the beneficial ownership of each of our directors and executive officers and of all of our directors and executive officers as a group as of the date of this prospectus. All of our shareholders, including the shareholders listed in this table, are entitled to one vote for each common share held.

 

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the SEC’s rules. In computing percentage ownership of each person, common shares subject to options held by that person that are currently exercisable or convertible, or exercisable or convertible within 60 days of the date of this prospectus, are deemed to be beneficially owned by that person. These shares, however, are not deemed outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

 

The percentage of beneficial ownership upon consummation of this offering is based on 18,089,147 common shares outstanding immediately after this offering, or 19,964,147 assuming the underwriters’ over-allotment is exercised in full, which number is calculated after giving effect to the issuance and sale of 12,500,000 common shares in this offering, or 14,375,000 shares if the underwriter’s over-allotment opinion is exercised in full.

 

     Shares Beneficially
Owned Prior to Offering
    Shares Beneficially
Owned After Offering (2)

Assuming No Exercise of
Over-Allotment Option
    Shares Beneficially
Owned After Offering
Assuming Exercise in
Full of Over-Allotment
Option
 

Identity of person or group

   Number    Percentage     Number    Percentage     Number    Percentage  

Simon Financial Limited (1)

   5,589,147    100   5,589,147    30.9   5,589,147    28.0

Emanuele A. Lauro (3)

      —               

Robert Bugbee (3)

      —               

All directors and executive officers, as a group (3)(4)

      —           —           —     

 

  (1)   Simon Financial Limited owns 100% of the issued and outstanding shares of Liberty Holding Company Ltd., which in turn holds 100% of the issued and outstanding shares of Scorpio Owning Holding Ltd., the registered holder of 100% of our issued and outstanding shares prior to the completion of this offering. Simon Financial Limited is beneficially owned by Annalisa Lolli-Ghetti, Giovanna Lolli-Ghetti and Maria Amelia Lolli-Ghetti.
  (2)   Does not include 559,458 shares of restricted common stock, representing approximately 3% of our issued and outstanding shares following the completion of this offering assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, that we expect to issue to our executive officers following the completion of this offering pursuant to the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, and 9,000 shares of restricted stock in the aggregate that we intend to issue to our independent directors upon the completion of this offering.
  (3)   Following the completion of this offering, Emanuele A. Lauro and Robert Bugbee will own 2% and 1.75%, respectively, of Liberty Holding Company Ltd.
  (4)   All of our directors and executive officers as a group will beneficially own less than 1% of our total outstanding shares.

 

101


Table of Contents

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

Commercial and Technical Management Agreements

 

As our commercial and technical managers, SCM and SSM provide us with commercial and technical services pursuant to their respective commercial and technical management agreements with us. We expect to enter into similar agreements with respect to each vessel we acquire going forward. Commercial management services include securing employment, on both spot market and time charters, for our vessels. Where we plan to employ a vessel on the spot charter market, we intend to generally place such vessel in a tanker pool managed by our commercial manager that pertains to that vessel’s size class. Technical management services include day-to-day vessel operation, performing general maintenance, monitoring regulatory and classification society compliance, customer vetting procedures, supervising the maintenance and general efficiency of vessels, arranging the hiring of qualified officers and crew, arranging and supervising drydocking and repairs, purchasing supplies, spare parts and new equipment for vessels, appointing supervisors and technical consultants and providing technical support. We pay our managers fees for these services and reimburse our managers for the reasonable direct or indirect expenses they incur in providing us with these services.

 

We pay our commercial manager and technical manager management fees. For the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, certain of the expenses incurred for commercial, technical and administrative management services were under management agreements with other Scorpio Group entities, which are related parties. Since agreements with related parties are by definition not at arms length, the expenses incurred under these agreements may have been different than the historical costs incurred if the subsidiaries had operated as unaffiliated entities during prior periods. Our estimates of any differences between historical expenses and the expenses that may have been incurred had the subsidiaries been stand-alone entities have been disclosed in the notes to the historical combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

Beginning on December 1, 2009, we pay SCM, our commercial manager, a fee of $250 per vessel per day plus a 1.25% commission per charter fixture to provide commercial management services for Noemi and Senatore . Venice is part of the Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool, whose pool participants collectively pay SCM’s agent fee of $250 per vessel per day plus 1.25% commission per charter fixture. We pay our technical manager $548 per vessel per day to provide technical management services for each of our vessels. We have entered into separate commercial and technical management agreements for each of our vessels, and both our commercial management agreements with SCM and our technical management agreements with SSM are for a period of three years, and may be terminated upon two year’s notice.

 

Administrative Services Agreement

 

Liberty Holding Company Ltd., which we refer to as our Administrator, provides us with administrative services pursuant to an administrative services agreement. The administrative services provided under the agreement primarily include accounting, legal compliance, financial, information technology services, and the provision of administrative staff and office space. Our Administrator will also arrange vessel sales and purchases for us. Further, pursuant to our administrative services agreement, Liberty, on behalf of itself and other members of the Scorpio Group, has agreed that it will not directly own product or crude tankers ranging in size from 35,000 dwt to 200,000 dwt. We expect that our Administrator will sub-contract many of its responsibilities to other entities within the Scorpio Group.

 

We will reimburse our Administrator for the reasonable direct or indirect expenses it incurs in providing us with the administrative services described above. We will also pay our Administrator a fee for arranging vessel purchases and sales for us equal to 1% of the gross purchase or sale price, payable upon the consummation of any such purchase or sale. We believe this 1% fee on purchases and sales is customary in the tanker industry.

 

102


Table of Contents

Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool

 

To increase vessel utilization and thereby revenues, we participate in a commercial pool with other shipowners of similar modern, well-maintained vessels. By operating a large number of vessels as an integrated transportation system, commercial pools offer customers greater flexibility and a higher level of service while achieving scheduling efficiencies. Pools employ experienced commercial charterers and operators who have close working relationships with customers and brokers, while technical management is performed by each shipowner. The managers of the pools negotiate charters with customers primarily in the spot market. The size and scope of these pools enable them to enhance utilization rates for pool vessels by securing backhaul voyages and COAs, thus generating higher effective TCE revenues than otherwise might be obtainable in the spot market while providing a higher level of service offerings to customers.

 

Where we plan to employ a vessel in the spot charter market, we intend to generally place such vessel in a tanker pool managed by our commercial manager that pertains to that vessel’s size class. Our vessel Venice participates in SCM’s Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool. As of December 1, 2009, the Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool is comprised of 18 Panamax tankers: one, the Venice, owned by us, seven chartered-in by subsidiaries of our Administrator, Liberty Holding Company Ltd., and ten from third party participants. All tankers in the Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool are double hull and trade both clean and dirty petroleum products. The earnings allocated to vessels (charterhire expense for the pool) are aggregated and divided on the basis of a weighted scale, or Pool Points, which reflect comparative voyage results on hypothetical benchmark routes. The Pool Point system generally favors those vessels with greater cargo-carrying capacity and those with better fuel consumption. Pool Points are also awarded to vessels capable of carrying clean products and to vessels capable of trading in certain ice conditions. Venice is significantly larger than the other tankers in the Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool yet has a similar fuel consumption; her earnings on benchmark voyages are therefore approximately 12.6% greater than the average for the pool. Also, Venice holds the class notation “Ice 1C” which means it can travel through icier waters than most of the other vessels in the pool. Based on the 18 current vessels in the Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool, the Venice ’s specifications currently result in the vessel earning approximately 6.16% of all net pool earnings, assuming all pool participant vessels are operating for the full year, which is a greater pro-rata share of the pool earnings than most of the other vessels in the pool. This percentage may not be reflective of future earnings in the pool. The vessel can be withdrawn from the pool upon 90 days notice or after the vessel is free from any commitment, whichever is later.

 

SCM is responsible for the commercial management of the participating vessels, including the marketing, chartering, operating and bunker (fuel oil) purchases of the vessels. The pool is administered by Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool Ltd., or SPTP, a Cayman Islands corporation. Our founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer is a member of the Lolli-Ghetti family which owns 100% of all issued and outstanding stock of SPTP. Taking into account the recommendations of a pool committee and a technical committee, each of which is comprised of representatives of each pool participant, SPTP sets the pool’s policies and issues directives to the pool participants and SCM. The pool participants remain responsible for all other costs including the financing, insurance, manning and technical management of their vessels. The earnings of all of the vessels are aggregated and divided according to the relative performance capabilities of the vessel and the actual earning days each vessel is available.

 

There are five other participants in this pool. If a participant wants to sell or withdraw its vessel, it must give notice to SPTP, SCM and the other participants, and may not withdraw its vessel from the pool for 90 days following the date of such notice.

 

Please see the section of this prospectus entitled “Business—Our Managers” and “—Our Initial Fleet.”

 

Our Relationship with Scorpio Group and its Affiliates

 

We were incorporated in the Republic of The Marshall Islands on July 1, 2009 by Simon Financial Limited, or Simon, which is owned by members of the Lolli-Ghetti family and manages their shipping interests. On October 1, 2009, (i) Simon transferred three operating subsidiary companies to us, which own the vessels in

 

103


Table of Contents

our initial fleet; (ii) Liberty Holding Company Ltd., or Liberty, became a wholly-owned subsidiary and operating vehicle of Simon; (iii) Scorpio Owning Holding Ltd. became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Liberty; and (iv) we became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Scorpio Owning Holding Ltd. Liberty’s operations include the Scorpio Group’s drybulk carriers, logistics operations in Southeast Asia, owning an offshore floating terminal, vessel pools, chartered-in vessels, and interests in joint ventures and investments. Prior to the completion of this offering, Scorpio Group and its affiliates, which contributed the three Panamax tankers in our initial fleet, currently hold 100% of the voting and economic interests in our common stock. Upon completion of this offering, Scorpio Group and its affiliates are expected to beneficially own 30.9% of our outstanding shares of our common stock, which will represent 30.9% of the voting and economic interest in our common stock (28.0% and 28.0%, respectively, if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full). After contributing the three Panamax tankers, Scorpio Group does not have an ownership interest in any tanker vessels other than our three tanker vessels, and will preclude itself from directly owning product or crude tankers ranging in size from 35,000 dwt to 200,000 dwt.

 

Our board of directors will consist of five individuals, three of whom will be independent directors. The three independent directors will form the board’s Audit Committee and, pursuant to the Audit Committee charter, will be required to review all potential conflicts of interest between us and Scorpio Group. The two non-independent directors, Emanuele Lauro and Robert Bugbee, serve in senior management positions within the Scorpio Group and have an ownership stake in Liberty, which is our Administrator, and which is also an affiliate of the Scorpio Group.

 

The Scorpio Group is owned and controlled by members of the Lolli-Ghetti family, of which Mr. Lauro is a member. Mr. Lauro is considered to be the acting Chief Executive Officer of Scorpio Group, and Mr. Bugbee is considered to be the acting President of Scorpio Group. Mr. Lauro is employed by Scorpio Ship Management and Mr. Bugbee is employed by Scorpio USA, and both entities are affiliates within the Scorpio Group. Prior to the completion of this offering, we estimate the ownership interest for Mr. Lauro and Mr. Bugbee in Liberty, an affiliate of the Scorpio Group, will be a restricted stock ownership interest of 2% and 1.75%, respectively, but they will have no other ownership interests in the Scorpio Group. This restricted stock ownership interest cannot be sold or otherwise disposed, can be forfeited under certain conditions such as termination of employment prior to vesting, and has no voting rights. We are not affiliated with any other entities in the shipping industry other than those that are members of the Scorpio Group.

 

Prior to the completion of this offering, Liberty, in turn, has a 100% ownership interest in us through its subsidiary, but this ownership interest will be significantly reduced at the completion of this offering.

 

SCM and SSM, which as noted previously are affiliates of Scorpio Group, provide commercial and technical management services to us pursuant to our commercial and technical management agreements. Under the commercial management agreement, we pay SCM a fee of $250 per vessel per day plus a 1.25% commission per charter fixture. For vessels operating in a Scorpio Group pool, we pay SCM’s agent fee of $250 per vessel per day plus 1.25% commission per charter fixture. We pay SSM $548 per vessel per day to provide technical management services for each of our vessels. We have entered into separate commercial and technical management agreements in December 2009 for each of our vessels and expect to enter into similar agreements with respect to each vessel that we acquire going forward. The commercial and technical management agreements with SCM and SSM are each for a period of three years, and may be terminated upon two year’s notice.

 

We will reimburse Liberty, which as noted previously is our Administrator and also an affiliate of the Scorpio Group, for the reasonable direct or indirect expenses it incurs in providing us with the administrative services described above. We will also pay our Administrator a fee for arranging vessel purchases and sales for us equal to 1% of the gross purchase or sale price, payable upon the consummation of any such purchase or sale. We believe this 1% fee on purchases and sales is customary in the tanker industry.

 

104


Table of Contents

Pursuant to our administrative services agreement, Liberty, on behalf of itself and other members of the Scorpio Group, has agreed that it will not directly own product or crude tankers ranging in size from 35,000 dwt to 200,000 dwt. We have no other agreements with SCM, SSM, our Administrator, or any other party providing for a resolution of potential conflicts in our favor.

 

Related Party Payable and Shareholder Payable

 

Included in our current liabilities on our Combined Balance Sheet as of September 30, 2009 is a shareholder payable of $19.3 million, and a related party payable owed to a subsidiary of Simon Financial Limited of $27.4 million. The related party payable is repayable upon demand, non-interest-bearing and unsecured. The shareholder payable is owed to Simon. Historically, our company and the shareholder have transferred cash depending on the need of each entity and the excess cash available. The shareholder payable is non-interest-bearing and unsecured.

 

These outstanding balances as of November 18, 2009 of $46.3 million were converted to equity as a capital contribution, in the amount of $18,865,930 for the shareholder payable to Simon, and in the amount of $27,406,408 for the related party payable to Iceberg Shipping Limited, a subsidiary of Liberty. These payables were converted to equity as a capital contribution and no shares were exchanged in this transaction. See our pro forma balance sheet as of September 30, 2009 which is included in our unaudited condensed combined financial statements elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

King Dustin

 

King Dustin Tankschiffahrts GmbH&Co.KG , or King Dustin, is a special purpose entity that is owned equally by affiliates of Koenig & cie and Scorpio Group. King Dustin time charters-in Noemi from us at $24,500 per day pursuant to a time charter that expires in January 2012. The time charter began in January 2007. King Dustin time charters-out Noemi to ST Shipping, a wholly owned subsidiary of Glencore S.A. of Zug, Switzerland.

 

105


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

 

Upon completion of this offering, we will have 18,089,147 common shares outstanding, or 19,964,147 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full. Of these shares, only the 12,500,000 shares sold in this offering, or 14,375,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, will be freely transferable in the United States without restriction under the Securities Act, except for any shares acquired by one of our “affiliates” as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Immediately after the closing of this offering, the existing shareholder, directors and executive officers of our company will continue to own 30.9% of our common shares, or 28.0% of our common shares if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, which were acquired in private transactions not involving a public offering, and these shares will therefore be treated as “restricted securities” for purposes of Rule 144. The restricted securities held by our existing shareholder, directors, and executive officers will be subject to the underwriters’ lock-up agreement, as described below. Restricted securities may not be resold except in compliance with the registration requirements of the Securities Act or under an exemption from those registration requirements, such as the exemptions provided by Rule 144, Regulation S and other exemptions under the Securities Act.

 

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person or persons who is an affiliate, or whose shares are aggregated and who owns shares that were acquired from the issuer or an affiliate at least six months ago, would be entitled to sell, within any three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of (i) 1% of our then outstanding common shares, which would be approximately 186,490 common shares immediately after this offering (205,240 assuming the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), or (ii) an amount equal to the average weekly reported volume of trading in our common shares on all national securities exchanges and/or reported through the automated quotation system of registered securities associations during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of the sale is filed with the SEC. Sales in reliance on Rule 144 are also subject to other requirements regarding the manner of sale, notice and availability of current public information about us.

 

A person or persons whose shares are aggregated, and who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at any time during the 90 days immediately preceding the sale, may sell restricted securities in reliance on Rule 144(b)(1) without regard to the limitations described above, subject to our compliance with Exchange Act reporting obligations for at least three months before the sale, and provided that six months have expired since the date on which the same restricted securities were acquired from us or one of our affiliates, and provided further that such sales comply with the public information provision of Rule 144 (until the securities have been held for one year). As defined in Rule 144, an “affiliate” of an issuer is a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, that same issuer.

 

We and our executive officers, directors and existing shareholders have entered into agreements with the underwriters of this offering which, subject to certain exceptions, generally restrict us and our executive officers, directors and shareholders from directly or indirectly offering, selling, pledging, hedging or otherwise disposing of our equity securities, restricted securities or any security that is convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our equity securities and from engaging in certain other transactions relating to such securities for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, or Morgan Stanley. However, if (a) during the period that begins on the date that is 15 calendar days plus 3 business days before the last day of the foregoing 180-day period and ends on the last day of the foregoing 180-day period, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (b) prior to the expiration of the foregoing 180-day period referred, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period, these “lock-up” restrictions imposed will continue to apply until the expiration of the date that is 15 calendar days plus 3 business days after the date on which the issuance of the earnings release or the material news or material event occurs. Morgan Stanley may, in its sole discretion and at any time or from time to time before the expiration of the lock-up period, without notice, release all or any portion of the securities subject to these agreements. There are no existing agreements with Morgan Stanley providing consent to the sale of shares prior to the expiration of the “lock-up” period.

 

106


Table of Contents

As a result of these lock-up agreements and rules of the Securities Act, the restricted shares will be available for sale in the public market, subject to certain volume and other restrictions, as mentioned above, as follows:

 

Date

   Number of Shares
Eligible for Sale (1)
  

Comment

Date of prospectus

   None    Shares not locked up and eligible for sale freely or under Rule 144

180 days from date of prospectus (2)

   5,589,147    Lock-up released; shares eligible for sale under Rule 144

 

  (1)   Excludes an aggregate of 559,458 restricted common shares that we expect to issue to our executive officers and 9,000 restricted common shares that we expect to issue to our independent directors pursuant to the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan following the closing of this offering.
  (2)   Assumes that the lock-up period will not be extended or waived in accordance with the terms of the lock-up agreement and that the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option.

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common shares, and no prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, that future sales or the availability of common shares for sale will have on the market price of our common shares prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of our common shares in the public market, including common shares issued upon the exercise of options that may be granted under any employee stock option or employee stock award plan of ours, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect prevailing market prices for our common shares.

 

107


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF OUR CAPITAL STOCK

 

The following is a description of the material terms of our amended and restated articles of incorporation and bylaws that will be in effect immediately prior to the consummation of this offering. Please see our amended and restated articles of incorporation and bylaws, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

 

PURPOSE

 

Our purpose, as stated in our amended and restated articles of incorporation, is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may now or hereafter be organized under the Business Corporations Act of the Marshall Islands, or the BCA. Our amended and restated articles of incorporation and bylaws do not impose any limitations on the ownership rights of our shareholders.

 

AUTHORIZED CAPITAL STOCK

 

Under our amended and restated articles of incorporation our authorized capital stock consists of 250 million common shares, par value $0.01 per share, of which 5,589,147 shares are issued and outstanding, and 25 million preferred shares, par value $0.01 per share, of which no shares are issued and outstanding.

 

Common shares

 

Each outstanding common share entitles the holder to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding shares of preferred stock, holders of common shares are entitled to receive ratably all dividends, if any, declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available for dividends. Upon our dissolution or liquidation or the sale of all or substantially all of our assets, after payment in full of all amounts required to be paid to creditors and to the holders of preferred stock having liquidation preferences, if any, the holders of our common shares are entitled to receive pro rata our remaining assets available for distribution. Holders of common shares do not have conversion, redemption or pre-emptive rights to subscribe to any of our securities. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of common shares are subject to the rights of the holders of any shares of preferred stock, which we may issue in the future.

 

Preferred shares

 

Our amended and restated articles of incorporation authorize our board of directors to establish one or more series of preferred stock and to determine, with respect to any series of preferred stock, the terms and rights of that series, including:

 

   

the designation of the series;

 

   

the number of shares of the series;

 

   

the preferences and relative, participating, option or other special rights, if any, and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such series; and

 

   

the voting rights, if any, of the holders of the series.

 

REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT

 

The registrar and transfer agent for our common shares is Computershare, Inc.

 

LISTING

 

We have applied to have our common shares approved for quotation on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “STNG.”

 

108


Table of Contents

DIRECTORS

 

Our directors are elected by a plurality of the votes cast by shareholders entitled to vote. There is no provision for cumulative voting.

 

Our amended and restated bylaws require our board of directors to consist of at least one member. Upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will consist of five members. Our amended and restated bylaws may be amended by the vote of a majority of our entire board of directors.

 

Directors are elected annually on a staggered basis, and each shall serve for a three year term and until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, except in the event of his death, resignation, removal, or the earlier termination of his term of office. Our board of directors has the authority to fix the amounts which shall be payable to the members of the board of directors for attendance at any meeting or for services rendered to us.

 

SHAREHOLDER MEETINGS

 

Under our amended and restated bylaws, annual meetings of shareholders will be held at a time and place selected by our board of directors. The meetings may be held in or outside of the Republic of The Marshall Islands. Special meetings may be called at any time by a majority of our board of directors, the chairman of our board of directors or the president. Our board of directors may set a record date between 15 and 60 days before the date of any meeting to determine the shareholders that will be eligible to receive notice and vote at the meeting. One or more shareholders representing at least one-third of the total voting rights of our total issued and outstanding shares present in person or by proxy at a shareholder meeting shall constitute a quorum for the purposes of the meeting.

 

DISSENTERS’ RIGHTS OF APPRAISAL AND PAYMENT

 

Under the BCA, our shareholders have the right to dissent from various corporate actions, including any merger or consolidation and the sale of all or substantially all of our assets not made in the usual course of our business, and receive payment of the fair value of their shares. In the event of any further amendment of our articles of incorporation, a shareholder also has the right to dissent and receive payment for his or her shares if the amendment alters certain rights in respect of those shares. The dissenting shareholder must follow the procedures set forth in the BCA to receive payment. In the event that we and any dissenting shareholder fail to agree on a price for the shares, the BCA procedures involve, among other things, the institution of proceedings in the high court of the Republic of The Marshall Islands or in any appropriate court in any jurisdiction in which our shares are primarily traded on a local or national securities exchange.

 

SHAREHOLDERS’ DERIVATIVE ACTIONS

 

Under the BCA, any of our shareholders may bring an action in our name to procure a judgment in our favor, also known as a derivative action, provided that the shareholder bringing the action is a holder of common shares both at the time the derivative action is commenced and at the time of the transaction to which the action relates.

 

LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

 

The BCA authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors and officers to corporations and their shareholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors’ fiduciary duties. Our amended and restated articles of incorporation and bylaws include a provision that eliminates the personal liability of directors for monetary damages for actions taken as a director to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

Our bylaws provide that we must indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by law. We are also expressly authorized to advance certain expenses (including attorney’s fees and disbursements

 

109


Table of Contents

and court costs) to our directors and officers and carry directors’ and officers’ insurance providing indemnification for our directors, officers and certain employees for some liabilities. We believe that these indemnification provisions and this insurance are useful to attract and retain qualified directors and executive officers.

 

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our articles of incorporation and bylaws may discourage shareholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions may also have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our shareholders. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

 

There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought.

 

ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECT OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF OUR AMENDED AND RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS

 

Several provisions of our articles of incorporation and bylaws, which are summarized below, may have anti-takeover effects. These provisions are intended to avoid costly takeover battles, lessen our vulnerability to a hostile change of control and enhance the ability of our board of directors to maximize shareholder value in connection with any unsolicited offer to acquire us. However, these anti-takeover provisions, which are summarized below, could also discourage, delay or prevent (1) the merger or acquisition of us by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or otherwise that a shareholder may consider in its best interest and (2) the removal of incumbent officers and directors.

 

Blank check preferred stock

 

Under the terms of our amended and restated articles of incorporation, our board of directors has authority, without any further vote or action by our shareholders, to issue up to 25 million shares of blank check preferred stock. Our board of directors may issue shares of preferred stock on terms calculated to discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of us or the removal of our management.

 

Election and removal of directors

 

Our amended and restated articles of incorporation prohibit cumulative voting in the election of directors. Our bylaws require parties other than the board of directors to give advance written notice of nominations for the election of directors. Our articles of incorporation also provide that our directors may be removed for cause upon the affirmative vote of not less than two-thirds of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote for those directors. These provisions may discourage, delay or prevent the removal of incumbent officers and directors.

 

Limited Actions by Stockholders

 

Our amended and restated articles of incorporation and our bylaws provide that any action required or permitted to be taken by our shareholders must be effected at an annual or special meeting of shareholders or by the unanimous written consent of our shareholders. Our amended and restated articles of incorporation and our bylaws provide that, subject to certain exceptions, our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, or Secretary at the direction of the board of directors or holders of not less than one-fifth of all outstanding shares may call special meetings of our shareholders and the business transacted at the special meeting is limited to the purposes stated in the notice. Accordingly, a shareholder may be prevented from calling a special meeting for shareholder consideration of a proposal over the opposition of our board of directors and shareholder consideration of a proposal may be delayed until the next annual meeting.

 

110


Table of Contents

Advance notice requirements for shareholder proposals and director nominations

 

Our bylaws provide that shareholders seeking to nominate candidates for election as directors or to bring business before an annual meeting of shareholders must provide timely notice of their proposal in writing to the corporate secretary. Generally, to be timely, a shareholder’s notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 150 days nor more than 180 days prior to the one year anniversary of the mailing date of the proxy materials for the immediately preceding annual meeting of shareholders. Our bylaws also specify requirements as to the form and content of a shareholder’s notice. These provisions may impede shareholders’ ability to bring matters before an annual meeting of shareholders or make nominations for directors at an annual meeting of shareholders.

 

Classified board of directors

 

As described above, our amended and restated articles of incorporation provide for the division of our board of directors into three classes of directors, with each class as nearly equal in number as possible, serving staggered three year terms. Accordingly, approximately one-third of our board of directors will be elected each year. This classified board provision could discourage a third party from making a tender offer for our shares or attempting to obtain control of us. It could also delay shareholders who do not agree with the policies of our board of directors from removing a majority of our board of directors for two years.

 

Business combinations

 

Although the BCA does not contain specific provisions regarding “business combinations” between companies organized under the laws of the Marshall Islands and “interested shareholders,” we have included these provisions in our articles of incorporation. Specifically, our articles of incorporation prohibit us from engaging in a “business combination” with certain persons for three years following the date the person becomes an interested shareholder. Interested shareholders generally include:

 

   

any person who is the beneficial owner of 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock; or

 

   

any person who is our affiliate or associate and who held 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock at any time within three years before the date on which the person’s status as an interested shareholder is determined, and the affiliates and associates of such person.

 

Subject to certain exceptions, a business combination includes, among other things:

 

   

certain mergers or consolidations of us or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of ours;

 

   

any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition of our assets or of any subsidiary of ours having an aggregate market value equal to 10% or more of either the aggregate market value of all of our assets, determined on a combined basis, or the aggregate value of all of our outstanding stock;

 

   

certain transactions that result in the issuance or transfer by us of any stock of ours to the interested shareholder;

 

   

any transaction involving us or any of our subsidiaries that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of any class or series of stock, or securities convertible into any class or series of stock, of ours or any such subsidiary that is owned directly or indirectly by the interested shareholder or any affiliate or associate of the interested shareholder; and

 

   

any receipt by the interested shareholder of the benefit directly or indirectly (except proportionately as a shareholder) of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through us.

 

111


Table of Contents

These provisions of our articles of incorporation do not apply to a business combination if:

 

   

before a person became an interested shareholder, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction in which the shareholder became an interested shareholder;

 

   

upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the shareholder becoming an interested shareholder, the interested shareholder owned at least 85% of our voting stock outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, other than certain excluded shares;

 

   

at or following the transaction in which the person became an interested shareholder, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of shareholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of our outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interest shareholder;

 

   

the shareholder was or became an interested shareholder prior to the closing of our initial public offering in 2010;

 

   

a shareholder became an interested shareholder inadvertently and (i) as soon as practicable divested itself of ownership of sufficient shares so that the shareholder ceased to be an interested shareholder; and (ii) would not, at any time within the three-year period immediately prior to a business combination between us and such shareholder, have been an interested shareholder but for the inadvertent acquisition of ownership; or

 

   

the business combination is proposed prior to the consummation or abandonment of and subsequent to the earlier of the public announcement or the notice required under our articles of incorporation which (i) constitutes one of the transactions described in the following sentence; (ii) is with or by a person who either was not an interested shareholder during the previous three years or who became an interested shareholder with the approval of the board; and (iii) is approved or not opposed by a majority of the members of the board of directors then in office (but not less than one) who were directors prior to any person becoming an interested shareholder during the previous three years or were recommended for election or elected to succeed such directors by a majority of such directors. The proposed transactions referred to in the preceding sentence are limited to:

 

  (i)   a merger or consolidation of us (except for a merger in respect of which, pursuant to the BCA, no vote of our shareholders is required);

 

  (ii)   a sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions), whether as part of a dissolution or otherwise, of assets of us or of any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of ours (other than to any direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary or to us) having an aggregate market value equal to 50% or more of either the aggregate market value of all of our assets determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate market value of all the outstanding shares; or

 

  (iii)   a proposed tender or exchange offer for 50% or more of our outstanding voting stock.

 

112


Table of Contents

MARSHALL ISLANDS COMPANY CONSIDERATIONS

 

Our corporate affairs are governed by our articles of incorporation and bylaws and by the BCA. The provisions of the BCA resemble provisions of the corporation laws of a number of states in the United States. While the BCA also provides that it is to be interpreted according to the laws of the State of Delaware and other states with substantially similar legislative provisions, there have been few, if any, court cases interpreting the BCA in the Republic of The Marshall Islands and we can not predict whether Marshall Islands courts would reach the same conclusions as courts in the United States. Thus, you may have more difficulty in protecting your interests in the face of actions by the management, directors or controlling shareholders than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a United States jurisdiction which has developed a substantial body of case law. The following table provides a comparison between the statutory provisions of the BCA and the Delaware General Corporation Law relating to shareholders’ rights.

 

Marshall Islands

  

Delaware

Shareholder Meetings

Held at a time and place as designated in the bylaws.    May be held at such time or place as designated in the certificate of incorporation or the bylaws, or if not so designated, as determined by the board of directors.
Special meetings of the shareholders may be called by the board of directors or by such person or persons as may be authorized by the articles of incorporation or by the bylaws.    Special meetings of the shareholders may be called by the board of directors or by such person or persons as may be authorized by the certificate of incorporation or by the bylaws.
May be held within or without the Marshall Islands.    May be held within or without Delaware.
Notice:    Notice:

Whenever shareholders are required to take any action at a meeting, written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting and, unless it is an annual meeting, indicate that it is being issued by or at the direction of the person calling the meeting.

  

Whenever shareholders are required to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, and the means of remote communication, if any.

A copy of the notice of any meeting shall be given personally or sent by mail not less than 15 nor more than 60 days before the meeting.

  

Written notice shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the meeting.

Shareholders’ Voting Rights

Any action required to be taken by a meeting of shareholders may be taken without meeting if consent is in writing and is signed by all the shareholders entitled to vote.    Any action required to be taken at a meeting of shareholders may be taken without a meeting if a consent for such action is in writing and is signed by shareholders having not fewer than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.
Any person authorized to vote may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy.    Any person authorized to vote may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy.
Unless otherwise provided in the articles of incorporation, a majority of shares entitled to vote constitutes a quorum. In no event shall a quorum consist of fewer than one-third of the shares entitled to vote at a meeting.    For stock corporations, the certificate of incorporation or bylaws may specify the number of shares required to constitute a quorum but in no event shall a quorum consist of less than one-third of shares entitled to vote at a meeting. In the absence of such specifications, a majority of shares entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum.

 

113


Table of Contents
When a quorum is once present to organize a meeting, it is not broken by the subsequent withdrawal of any shareholders.    When a quorum is once present to organize a meeting, it is not broken by the subsequent withdrawal of any shareholders.
The articles of incorporation may provide for cumulative voting in the election of directors.    The certificate of incorporation may provide for cumulative voting in the election of directors.
Any two or more domestic corporations may merge into a single corporation if approved by the board and if authorized by a majority vote of the holders of outstanding shares at a shareholder meeting.    Any two or more corporations existing under the laws of the state may merge into a single corporation pursuant to a board resolution and upon the majority vote by shareholders of each constituent corporation at an annual or special meeting.
Any sale, lease, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all the assets of a corporation, if not made in the corporation’s usual or regular course of business, once approved by the board, shall be authorized by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the shares of those entitled to vote at a shareholder meeting.    Every corporation may at any meeting of the board sell, lease or exchange all or substantially all of its property and assets as its board deems expedient and for the best interests of the corporation when so authorized by a resolution adopted by the holders of a majority of the outstanding stock of the corporation entitled to vote.
Any domestic corporation owning at least 90% of the outstanding shares of each class of another domestic corporation may merge such other corporation into itself without the authorization of the shareholders of any corporation.    Any corporation owning at least 90% of the outstanding shares of each class of another corporation may merge the other corporation into itself and assume all of its obligations without the vote or consent of shareholders; however, in case the parent corporation is not the surviving corporation, the proposed merger shall be approved by a majority of the outstanding stock of the parent corporation entitled to vote at a duly called shareholder meeting.
Any mortgage, pledge of or creation of a security interest in all or any part of the corporate property may be authorized without the vote or consent of the shareholders, unless otherwise provided for in the articles of incorporation.    Any mortgage or pledge of a corporation’s property and assets may be authorized without the vote or consent of shareholders, except to the extent that the certificate of incorporation otherwise provides.

Directors

The board of directors must consist of at least one member.    The board of directors must consist of at least one member.
The number of board members may be changed by an amendment to the bylaws, by the shareholders, or by action of the board under the specific provisions of a bylaw.    The number of board members shall be fixed by, or in a manner provided by, the bylaws, unless the certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors, in which case a change in the number shall be made only by an amendment to the certificate of incorporation.
If the board is authorized to change the number of directors, it can only do so by a majority of the entire board and so long as no decrease in the number shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.    If the number of directors is fixed by the certificate of incorporation, a change in the number shall be made only by an amendment of the certificate.
Removal:    Removal:

Any or all of the directors may be removed for cause by vote of the shareholders.

  

Any or all of the directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote unless the certificate of incorporation otherwise provides.

If the articles of incorporation or the bylaws so provide, any or all of the directors may be removed without cause by vote of the shareholders.

  

In the case of a classified board, shareholders may effect removal of any or all directors only for cause.

 

114


Table of Contents

Dissenters’ Rights of Appraisal

    
Shareholders have a right to dissent from any plan of merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all assets not made in the usual course of business, and receive payment of the fair value of their shares.    Appraisal rights shall be available for the shares of any class or series of stock of a corporation in a merger or consolidation, subject to limited exceptions, such as a merger or consolidation of corporations listed on a national securities exchange in which listed stock is the offered consideration.
A holder of any adversely affected shares who does not vote on or consent in writing to an amendment to the articles of incorporation has the right to dissent and to receive payment for such shares if the amendment:   

Alters or abolishes any preferential right of any outstanding shares having preference; or

  

Creates, alters, or abolishes any provision or right in respect to the redemption of any outstanding shares; or

  

Alters or abolishes any preemptive right of such holder to acquire shares or other securities; or

  

Excludes or limits the right of such holder to vote on any matter, except as such right may be limited by the voting rights given to new shares then being authorized of any existing or new class.

  

Shareholder’s Derivative Actions

An action may be brought in the right of a corporation to procure a judgment in its favor, by a holder of shares or of voting trust certificates or of a beneficial interest in such shares or certificates. It shall be made to appear that the plaintiff is such a holder at the time of bringing the action and that he was such a holder at the time of the transaction of which he complains, or that his shares or his interest therein devolved upon him by operation of law.    In any derivative suit instituted by a shareholder of a corporation, it shall be averred in the complaint that the plaintiff was a shareholder of the corporation at the time of the transaction of which he complains or that such shareholder’s stock thereafter devolved upon such shareholder by operation of law.
A complaint shall set forth with particularity the efforts of the plaintiff to secure the initiation of such action by the board or the reasons for not making such effort.    Other requirements regarding derivative suits have been created by judicial decision, including that a shareholder may not bring a derivative suit unless he or she first demands that the corporation sue on its own behalf and that demand is refused (unless it is shown that such demand would have been futile).
Such action shall not be discontinued, compromised or settled, without the approval of the High Court of the Republic of The Marshall Islands.   
Reasonable expenses including attorney’s fees may be awarded if the action is successful.   
A corporation may require a plaintiff bringing a derivative suit to give security for reasonable expenses if the plaintiff owns less than 5% of any class of stock and the shares have a value of less than $50,000.   

 

115


Table of Contents

TAX CONSIDERATIONS

 

The following is a discussion of the material Marshall Islands and United States federal income tax considerations relevant to an investment decision by a United States Holder and a Non-United States Holder, each as defined below, with respect to the common shares. This discussion does not purport to deal with the tax consequences of owning common shares to all categories of investors, some of which, such as dealers in securities, tax-exempt organizations, investors whose functional currency is not the United States dollar and investors that own, actually or under applicable constructive ownership rules, 10% or more of our common shares, may be subject to special rules. This discussion deals only with holders who purchase common shares in connection with this offering and hold the common shares as a capital asset. You are encouraged to consult your own tax advisors concerning the overall tax consequences arising in your own particular situation under United States federal, state, local or non-U.S. law of the ownership of common shares.

 

Marshall Islands Tax Considerations

 

In the opinion of Seward & Kissel LLP, the following are the material Marshall Islands tax consequences of our activities to us and holders of our common shares. We are incorporated in the Marshall Islands. Under current Marshall Islands law, we are not subject to tax on income or capital gains, and no Marshall Islands withholding tax will be imposed upon payments of dividends by us to our shareholders.

 

United States Federal Income Tax Considerations

 

In the opinion of Seward & Kissel LLP, our United States counsel, the following are the material United States federal income tax consequences to us of our activities and to United States Holders and Non-United States Holders, each as defined below, of the common shares. The following discussion of United States federal income tax matters is based on the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or the Code, judicial decisions, administrative pronouncements, and existing and proposed regulations issued by the United States Department of the Treasury, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. The discussion below is based, in part, on the description of our business as described in this prospectus and assumes that we conduct our business as described herein. References in the following discussion to the “Company,” “we,” “our” and “us” are to Scorpio Tankers Inc. and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

 

United States Federal Income Taxation of Operating Income: In General

 

We anticipate that we will earn substantially all our income from the hiring or leasing of vessels for use on a time charter basis, from participation in a pool or from the performance of services directly related to those uses, all of which we refer to as “shipping income.”

 

Unless exempt from United States federal income taxation under the rules of Section 883 of the Code, or Section 883, as discussed below, a foreign corporation such as the Company will be subject to United States federal income taxation on its “shipping income” that is treated as derived from sources within the United States, to which we refer as “United States source shipping income.” For tax purposes, “United States source shipping income” includes 50% of shipping income that is attributable to transportation that begins or ends, but that does not both begin and end, in the United States.

 

Shipping income attributable to transportation exclusively between non-United States ports will be considered to be 100% derived from sources entirely outside the United States. Shipping income derived from sources outside the United States will not be subject to any United States federal income tax.

 

Shipping income attributable to transportation exclusively between United States ports is considered to be 100% derived from United States sources. However, we are not permitted by United States law to engage in the transportation of cargoes that produces 100% United States source shipping income.

 

116


Table of Contents

Unless exempt from tax under Section 883, our gross United States source shipping income would be subject to a 4% tax imposed without allowance for deductions as described below.

 

Exemption of Operating Income from United States Federal Income Taxation

 

Under Section 883 and the regulations thereunder, a foreign corporation will be exempt from United States federal income taxation on its United States source shipping income if:

 

  (1)   it is organized in a qualified foreign country, which is one that grants an “equivalent exemption” from tax to corporations organized in the United States in respect of each category of shipping income for which exemption is being claimed under Section 883; and

 

  (2)   one of the following tests is met:

 

  (A) more than 50% of the value of its shares is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by qualified shareholders, which as defined includes individuals who are “residents” of a qualified foreign country, which we refer to as the “50% Ownership Test”; or

 

  (B) its shares are “primarily and regularly traded on an established securities market” in a qualified foreign country or in the United States, to which we refer as the “Publicly-Traded Test”.

 

The Republic of The Marshall Islands, the jurisdiction where we and our ship-owning subsidiaries are incorporated, has been officially recognized by the IRS as a qualified foreign country that grants the requisite “equivalent exemption” from tax in respect of each category of shipping income we earn and currently expect to earn in the future. Therefore, we will be exempt from United States federal income taxation with respect to our United States source shipping income if we satisfy either the 50% Ownership Test or the Publicly-Traded Test.

 

After this offering, it is highly likely that we will satisfy the Publicly-Traded Test but, as discussed below, this is a factual determination made on an annual basis. We do not currently anticipate a circumstance under which we would be able to satisfy the 50% Ownership Test after this offering.

 

Publicly-Traded Test

 

The regulations under Section 883 provide, in pertinent part, that shares of a foreign corporation will be considered to be “primarily traded” on an established securities market in a country if the number of shares of each class of shares that are traded during any taxable year on all established securities markets in that country exceeds the number of shares in each such class that are traded during that year on established securities markets in any other single country. The Company’s common shares, which constitute its sole class of issued and outstanding shares will, after this offering, be “primarily traded” on the New York Stock Exchange.

 

Under the regulations, our common shares will be considered to be “regularly traded” on an established securities market if one or more classes of our shares representing more than 50% of our outstanding shares, by both total combined voting power of all classes of shares entitled to vote and total value, are listed on such market, to which we refer as the “listing threshold.” Since, after this offering, all our common shares will be listed on the New York Stock Exchange, we expect to satisfy the listing threshold.

 

It is further required that with respect to each class of shares relied upon to meet the listing threshold, (i) such class of shares is traded on the market, other than in minimal quantities, on at least 60 days during the taxable year or one-sixth of the days in a short taxable year; and (ii) the aggregate number of shares of such class of shares traded on such market during the taxable year is at least 10% of the average number of shares of such class of shares outstanding during such year or as appropriately adjusted in the case of a short taxable year. The Company anticipates that it will satisfy the trading frequency and trading volume tests. Even if this were not the case, the regulations provide that the trading frequency and trading volume tests will be deemed satisfied if, as is expected to be the case with our common shares, such class of shares is traded on an established market in the United States and such shares are regularly quoted by dealers making a market in such shares.

 

117


Table of Contents

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the regulations provide, in pertinent part, that a class of shares will not be considered to be “regularly traded” on an established securities market for any taxable year in which 50% or more of the vote and value of the outstanding shares of such class are owned, actually or constructively under specified share attribution rules, on more than half the days during the taxable year by persons who each own 5% or more of the vote and value of such class of outstanding shares, to which we refer as the “5 Percent Override Rule.”

 

For purposes of being able to determine the persons who actually or constructively own 5% or more of the vote and value of our common shares, or “5% Shareholders,” the regulations permit us to rely on those persons that are identified on Schedule 13G and Schedule 13D filings with the SEC, as owning 5% or more of our common shares. The regulations further provide that an investment company which is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, will not be treated as a 5% Shareholder for such purposes.

 

In the event the 5 Percent Override Rule is triggered, the regulations provide that the 5 Percent Override Rule will nevertheless not apply if we can establish that within the group of 5% Shareholders, there are sufficient qualified shareholders for purposes of Section 883 to preclude non-qualified shareholders in such group from owning 50% or more of our common stock for more than half the number of days during the taxable year.

 

We anticipate that after the offering is completed, we will be able to satisfy the Publicly-Traded Test and will not be subject to the 5 Percent Override Rule. However, there are factual circumstances beyond our control that could cause us to lose the benefit of the Section 883 exemption. For example, after the offering, Emanuele Lauro is expected to own as much as     % of our outstanding common shares. There is therefore a risk that we could no longer qualify for exemption under Code section 883 for a particular taxable year if other shareholders with a five percent or greater interest in the common shares were, in combination with Emanuele Lauro, to own 50% or more of our outstanding common shares on more than half the days during the taxable year.

 

Under the regulations, if we do not satisfy the Publicly-Traded Test and therefore are subject to the 5 Percent Override Rule, we would have to satisfy certain substantiation requirements regarding the identity of our shareholders in order to qualify for the Code Section 883 exemption. These requirements are onerous and there is no assurance that we would be able to satisfy them.

 

Taxation In Absence of Section 883 Exemption

 

If the benefits of Section 883 are unavailable, our United States source shipping income would be subject to a 4% tax imposed by Section 887 of the Code on a gross basis, without the benefit of deductions, to the extent that such income is not considered to be “effectively connected” with the conduct of a United States trade or business, as described below. Since under the sourcing rules described above, no more than 50% of our shipping income would be treated as being United States source shipping income, the maximum effective rate of United States federal income tax on our shipping income would never exceed 2% under the 4% gross basis tax regime.

 

To the extent our United States source shipping income is considered to be “effectively connected” with the conduct of a United States trade or business, as described below, any such “effectively connected” United States source shipping income, net of applicable deductions, would be subject to United States federal income tax, currently imposed at rates of up to 35%. In addition, we would generally be subject to the 30% “branch profits” tax on earnings effectively connected with the conduct of such trade or business, as determined after allowance for certain adjustments, and on certain interest paid or deemed paid attributable to the conduct of our United States trade or business.

 

Our United States source shipping income would be considered “effectively connected” with the conduct of a United States trade or business only if:

 

   

we have, or are considered to have, a fixed place of business in the United States involved in the earning of United States source shipping income; and

 

118


Table of Contents
   

substantially all of our United States source shipping income is attributable to regularly scheduled transportation, such as the operation of a vessel that follows a published schedule with repeated sailings at regular intervals between the same points for voyages that begin or end in the United States.

 

We do not intend to have, or permit circumstances that would result in having, any vessel sailing to or from the United States on a regularly scheduled basis. Based on the foregoing and on the expected mode of our shipping operations and other activities, it is anticipated that none of our United States source shipping income will be “effectively connected” with the conduct of a United States trade or business.

 

United States Taxation of Gain on Sale of Vessels

 

If we qualify for exemption from tax under Section 883 in respect of the shipping income derived from the international operation of its vessels, then gain from the sale of any such vessel is highly likely to likewise be exempt from tax under Section 883, although there is no legal authority directly on point. If, however, our shipping income from such vessels does not for whatever reason qualify for exemption under Section 883, then any gain on the sale of a vessel will be subject to United States federal income tax if such sale occurs in the United States. To the extent possible, we intend to structure the sales of our vessels so that the gain therefrom is not subject to United States federal income tax. However, there is no assurance we will be able to do so.

 

United States Federal Income Taxation of United States Holders

 

As used herein, the term “United States Holder” means a beneficial owner of common shares that is an individual United States citizen or resident, a United States corporation or other United States entity taxable as a corporation, an estate the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source, or a trust if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary jurisdiction over the administration of the trust and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust.

 

If a partnership holds the common shares, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner in a partnership holding the common shares, you are encouraged to consult your tax advisor.

 

Distributions

 

Subject to the discussion of passive foreign investment companies below, any distributions made by us with respect to our common shares to a United States Holder will generally constitute dividends to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under United States federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess of such earnings and profits will be treated first as a nontaxable return of capital to the extent of the United States Holder’s tax basis in his common shares on a dollar-for-dollar basis and thereafter as capital gain. Because we are not a United States corporation, United States Holders that are corporations will not be entitled to claim a dividends received deduction with respect to any distributions they receive from us. Dividends paid with respect to our common shares will generally be treated as “passive category income” for purposes of computing allowable foreign tax credits for United States foreign tax credit purposes.

 

Dividends paid on our common shares to a United States Holder who is an individual, trust or estate (a “United States Non-Corporate Holder”) will generally be treated as “qualified dividend income” that is taxable to such United States Non-Corporate Holder at preferential tax rates (through 2010) provided that (1) the common shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States (such as the New York Stock Exchange, on which our common stock will be traded); (2) we are not a passive foreign investment company for the taxable year during which the dividend is paid or the immediately preceding taxable year (which, as discussed below, we have not been, are not and do not anticipate being in the future); (3) the United States Non-Corporate Holder has owned the common shares for more than 60 days in the 121-day period beginning 60

 

119


Table of Contents

days before the date on which the common shares become ex-dividend; and (4) the United States Non-Corporate Holder is not under an obligation to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property.

 

There is no assurance that any dividends paid on our common stock will be eligible for these preferential rates in the hands of a United States Non-Corporate Holder, although, as described above, they are highly likely to be so eligible. Legislation has been previously introduced in the United States Congress which, if enacted in its present form, would preclude our dividends from qualifying for such preferential rates prospectively from the date of enactment. Any dividends out of earnings and profits we pay which are not eligible for these preferential rates will be taxed as ordinary income to a United States Non-Corporate Holder.

 

Special rules may apply to any “extraordinary dividend”—generally, a dividend in an amount which is equal to or in excess of 10% of a shareholder’s adjusted basis in a common share—paid by us. If we pay an “extraordinary dividend” on our common shares that is treated as “qualified dividend income,” then any loss derived by a United States Non-Corporate Holder from the sale or exchange of such common shares will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of such dividend.

 

Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Common Shares

 

Assuming we do not constitute a passive foreign investment company for any taxable year, a United States Holder generally will recognize taxable gain or loss upon a sale, exchange or other disposition of our common shares in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized by the United States Holder from such sale, exchange or other disposition and the United States Holder’s tax basis in such shares. Such gain or loss will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the United States Holder’s holding period is greater than one year at the time of the sale, exchange or other disposition. Such capital gain or loss will generally be treated as United States source income or loss, as applicable, for United States foreign tax credit purposes. Long-term capital gains of United States Non-Corporate Holders are currently eligible for reduced rates of taxation. A United States Holder’s ability to deduct capital losses is subject to certain limitations.

 

Passive Foreign Investment Company Status and Significant Tax Consequences

 

Special United States federal income tax rules apply to a United States Holder that holds shares in a foreign corporation classified as a “passive foreign investment company”, a PFIC, for United States federal income tax purposes. In general, we will be treated as a PFIC with respect to a United States Holder if, for any taxable year in which such holder holds our common shares, either

 

   

at least 75% of our gross income for such taxable year consists of passive income (e.g., dividends, interest, capital gains and rents derived other than in the active conduct of a rental business); or

 

   

at least 50% of the average value of our assets during such taxable year produce, or are held for the production of, passive income.

 

For purposes of determining whether we are a PFIC, we will be treated as earning and owning its proportionate share of the income and assets, respectively, of any of our subsidiary corporations in which we own at least 25% of the value of the subsidiary’s stock. Income earned, or deemed earned, by us in connection with the performance of services would not constitute passive income. By contrast, rental income would generally constitute “passive income” unless we were treated under specific rules as deriving our rental income in the active conduct of a trade or business.

 

In the opinion of Seward & Kissel LLP, it is highly unlikely that our income from time charters is treated as passive income for purposes of determining whether we are a PFIC, although there is no legal authority directly on point. This position is based principally on the view that the gross income we derive from our time chartering activities should constitute services income, rather than rental income. Accordingly, such income should not

 

120


Table of Contents

constitute passive income, and the assets that we own and operate in connection with the production of such income, in particular, the vessels, should not constitute passive assets for purposes of determining whether we are a PFIC. There is substantial legal authority supporting this position consisting of case law and IRS pronouncements concerning the characterization of income derived from time charters as services income for other tax purposes. However, there is also authority which characterizes time charter income as rental income rather than services income for other tax purposes. It should be noted that in the absence of any legal authority specifically relating to the statutory provisions governing PFICs, the IRS or a court could disagree with this position. Therefore, based on our current operations and future projections, we should not be treated as a passive foreign investment company with respect to any taxable year after the offering. Accordingly, although we intend to conduct our affairs in a manner to avoid being classified as a PFIC with respect to any taxable year, we cannot assure you that the nature of our operations will not change in the future.

 

As discussed more fully below, if we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, a United States Holder would be subject to different taxation rules depending on whether the United States Holder makes an election to treat us as a “Qualified Electing Fund,” which election we refer to as a “QEF election.” As an alternative to making a QEF election, a United States Holder should be able to make a “mark-to-market” election with respect to our common stock, as discussed below.

 

Taxation of United States Holders Making a Timely QEF Election

 

If a United States Holder makes a timely QEF election, which United States Holder we refer to as an “Electing Holder,” the Electing Holder must report for United States federal income tax purposes its pro rata share of our ordinary earnings and net capital gain, if any, for each taxable year of ours for which we are a PFIC that ends with or within the taxable year of the Electing Holder, regardless of whether distributions were received from us by the Electing Holder. No portion of any such inclusions of ordinary earnings will be treated as “qualified dividend income.” Net capital gain inclusions of United States Non-Corporate Holders would be eligible for preferential capital gains tax rates. The Electing Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common shares will be increased to reflect taxed but undistributed earnings and profits. Distributions of earnings and profits that had been previously taxed will result in a corresponding reduction in the adjusted tax basis in the common shares and will not be taxed again once distributed. An Electing Holder would not, however, be entitled to a deduction for its pro rata share of any losses that we incur with respect to any year. An Electing Holder would generally recognize capital gain or loss on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock. A United States Holder would make a timely QEF election for our shares by filing one copy of IRS Form 8621 with his United States federal income tax return for the first year in which he held such shares when we were a PFIC. If we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, we would provide each United States Holder with all necessary information in order to make the QEF election described above.

 

Taxation of United States Holders Making a “Mark-to-Market” Election

 

Alternatively, if we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year and, as we anticipate will be the case, our shares are treated as “marketable stock,” a United States Holder would be allowed to make a “mark-to-market” election with respect to our common shares, provided the United States Holder completes and files IRS Form 8621 in accordance with the relevant instructions and related Treasury regulations. If that election is made, the United States Holder generally would include as ordinary income in each taxable year the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the common shares at the end of the taxable year over such holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common shares. The United States Holder would also be permitted an ordinary loss in respect of the excess, if any, of the United States Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common shares over its fair market value at the end of the taxable year, but only to the extent of the net amount previously included in income as a result of the mark-to-market election. A United States Holder’s tax basis in his common shares would be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amount. Gain realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common shares would be treated as ordinary income, and any loss realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of the common shares would be treated as ordinary loss to the extent that such loss does not exceed the net mark-to-market gains previously included by the United States Holder.

 

121


Table of Contents

Taxation of United States Holders Not Making a Timely QEF or Mark-to-Market Election

 

Finally, if we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, a United States Holder who does not make either a QEF election or a “mark-to-market” election for that year, whom we refer to as a “Non-Electing Holder,” would be subject to special rules with respect to (1) any excess distribution (i.e., the portion of any distributions received by the Non-Electing Holder on the common shares in a taxable year in excess of 125% of the average annual distributions received by the Non-Electing Holder in the three preceding taxable years, or, if shorter, the Non-Electing Holder’s holding period for the common shares), and (2) any gain realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common shares. Under these special rules:

 

   

the excess distribution or gain would be allocated ratably over the Non-Electing Holder’s aggregate holding period for the common shares;

 

   

the amount allocated to the current taxable year, and any taxable year prior to the first taxable year in which we were a PFIC, would be taxed as ordinary income and would not be “qualified dividend income”; and

 

   

the amount allocated to each of the other taxable years would be subject to tax at the highest rate of tax in effect for the applicable class of taxpayer for that year, and an interest charge for the deemed deferral benefit would be imposed with respect to the resulting tax attributable to each such other taxable year.

 

United States Federal Income Taxation of “Non-United States Holders”

 

A beneficial owner of common shares (other than a partnership) that is not a United States Holder is referred to herein as a “Non-United States Holder.”

 

If a partnership holds common shares, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner in a partnership holding common shares, you are encouraged to consult your tax advisor.

 

Dividends on Common Stock

 

Non-United States Holders generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax or withholding tax on dividends received from us with respect to its common shares, unless that income is effectively connected with the Non-United States Holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States. If the Non-United States Holder is entitled to the benefits of a United States income tax treaty with respect to those dividends, that income is taxable only if it is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the Non-United States Holder in the United States.

 

Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Common Shares

 

Non-United States Holders generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax or withholding tax on any gain realized upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common shares, unless:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with the Non-United States Holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if the Non-United States Holder is entitled to the benefits of an income tax treaty with respect to that gain, that gain is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the Non-United States Holder in the United States); or

 

   

the Non-United States Holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of disposition and other conditions are met.

 

If the Non-United States Holder is engaged in a United States trade or business for United States federal income tax purposes, dividends on the common shares and gain from the sale, exchange or other disposition of the shares, that is effectively connected with the conduct of that trade or business will generally be subject to

 

122


Table of Contents

regular United States federal income tax in the same manner as discussed in the previous section relating to the taxation of United States Holders. In addition, if you are a corporate Non-United States Holder, your earnings and profits that are attributable to the effectively connected income, which are subject to certain adjustments, may be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a rate of 30%, or at a lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

 

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

 

In general, dividend payments, or other taxable distributions, made within the United States to you will be subject to information reporting requirements if you are a non-corporate United States Holder. Such payments or distributions may also be subject to backup withholding tax if you are a non-corporate United States Holder and you:

 

   

fail to provide an accurate taxpayer identification number;

 

   

are notified by the IRS that you have failed to report all interest or dividends required to be shown on your federal income tax returns; or

 

   

in certain circumstances, fail to comply with applicable certification requirements.

 

Non-United States Holders may be required to establish their exemption from information reporting and backup withholding by certifying their status on IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8ECI or W-8IMY, as applicable.

 

If you are a Non-United States Holder and you sell your common shares to or through a United States office of a broker, the payment of the proceeds is subject to both United States backup withholding and information reporting unless you certify that you are a non-United States person, under penalties of perjury, or you otherwise establish an exemption. If you sell your common shares through a non-United States office of a non-United States broker and the sales proceeds are paid to you outside the United States, then information reporting and backup withholding generally will not apply to that payment. However, United States information reporting requirements, but not backup withholding, will apply to a payment of sales proceeds, even if that payment is made to you outside the United States, if you sell your common shares through a non-United States office of a broker that is a United States person or has some other contacts with the United States. Such information reporting requirements will not apply, however, if the broker has documentary evidence in its records that you are a non-United States person and certain other conditions are met, or you otherwise establish an exemption.

 

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, you generally may obtain a refund of any amounts withheld under backup withholding rules that exceed your income tax liability by filing a refund claim with the IRS.

 

123


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

 

Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated is acting as representative, have severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of shares indicated below:

Name

   Number of
Shares

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated

  

Dahlman Rose & Company

  

Fearnley Fonds ASA

  

Nordea Bank Norge ASA

  

DnB NOR Markets, Inc.

  

Fortis Bank (Nederland) N.V.

  

Subtotal

  
    

Total

  
    

 

The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment option described below.

 

The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of common stock directly to the public at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $             a share under the public offering price. Any underwriter may allow, and such dealers may also allow, a concession not in excess of $             a share to other underwriters or to certain dealers. After the initial offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representative.

 

Each of Fearnley Fonds ASA, Nordea Bank Norge ASA and Fortis Bank (Nederland) N.V. is not a U.S.-registered broker-dealer. To the extent that any of Fearnley Fonds ASA, Nordea Bank Norge ASA and Fortis Bank (Nederland) N.V. intend to effect sales of shares in the United States, it will do so through one or more U.S.-registered broker-dealers in accordance with the applicable U.S. securities laws and regulations. Each of Fearnley Fonds ASA, Nordea Bank Norge ASA and Fortis Bank (Nederland) N.V. has agreed that in making any sales it will conform to the provisions of certain NASD conduct rules administered by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, to the same extent as though it were a member of FINRA.

 

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of 1,875,000 additional shares of common stock at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional shares of common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table. If the underwriters’ option is exercised in full, the total price to the public would be $215,625,000, the total underwriters’ discounts and commissions would be $15,093,750 and the total proceeds to us would be $200,531,250.

 

124


Table of Contents

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares of common stock offered by them.

 

Application has been made to have the common stock approved for quotation on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “STNG”.

 

We, our directors, executive officers and certain other of our stockholders have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus:

 

   

offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock;

 

   

file any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock; or

 

   

enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock;

 

whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. The restrictions described in this paragraph do not apply to:

 

   

the sale of shares to the underwriters;

 

   

the issuance by us of shares of common stock upon the exercise of an option or a warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date of this prospectus of which the underwriters have been advised in writing;

 

   

the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Exchange Act, for the transfer of shares of common stock; provided that such plan does not provide for the transfer of common stock during the restricted period and no public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act regarding the establishment of such plan shall be required or shall be voluntarily made;

 

   

awards under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan;

 

   

transactions by any person other than us relating to shares of common stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions after completion of this offering; provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with such transactions; or

 

   

transfers or distributions of shares of common stock or any security convertible into common stock (i) as a bona fide gift or gifts or (ii) to limited partners or stockholders of the transferee or distributee; provided that each donee, distributee or transferee agrees to be bound in writing by the terms of the lock-up agreement prior to such transfer and no filing by any party (donor, donee, transferor or transferee) under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of common stock, shall be required or shall be voluntary during the restricted period.

 

In order to facilitate the offering of the common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the over allotment option. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the over allotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares

 

125


Table of Contents

compared to the price available under the over allotment option. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the over allotment option, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. As an additional means of facilitating the offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of common stock in the open market to stabilize the price of the common stock. The underwriting syndicate may also reclaim selling concessions allowed to an underwriter or a dealer for distributing the common stock in the offering, if the syndicate repurchases previously distributed common stock to cover syndicate short positions or to stabilize the price of the common stock. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities, and may end any of these activities at any time.

 

The underwriters and their affiliates have in the past provided, and may in the future provide, investment banking, commercial banking, derivative transactions and financial advisory services to us and our affiliates in the ordinary course of business, for which they have received customary fees and expenses.

 

We and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

 

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to 750,000 shares offered in this prospectus for officers, directors and affiliates of the Company. The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent such person purchases such reserved shares. Any reserved shares which are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered in this prospectus. Except for our directors and officers and who have entered into 180-day lock-up agreements as described elsewhere in this prospectus, each person buying shares through the directed share program has agreed that, for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, he or she will not, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated on behalf of the underwriters, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock, file any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock, or enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock, subject to certain exceptions. If any of our directors, officers or affiliates purchase shares through the directed share program, the 180-day lock-up period described elsewhere in this prospectus shall govern with respect to their purchases, including with respect to any extensions thereto. We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities and expenses, including liabilities under the Securities Act, in connection with the sales of the directed shares.

 

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the internet sites or through other on-line services maintained by one or more of the underwriters and/or selling group members participating in this offering, or by their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms on-line and, depending upon the particular underwriter or selling group member, prospective investors may be allowed to place orders on-line. The underwriters may agree with us to allocate a specific number of shares for sale to on-line brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for on-line distributions will be made by the representative on the same basis as other allocations.

 

Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on any underwriter’s or selling group member’s web site and any information contained in any other web site maintained by an underwriter or selling group member is not part of the prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or any underwriter or selling group member in its capacity as underwriter or selling group member and should not be relied upon by investors.

 

126


Table of Contents

If you purchase shares of common stock offered in this prospectus, you may be required to pay stamp taxes and other charges under the laws and practices of the country of purchase, in addition to the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus.

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the shares of common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representative of the underwriters. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price will be our future prospects and that of our industry in general, our earnings and certain other financial operating information in recent periods, and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to those in which we engage. The estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this preliminary prospectus is subject to change as a result of market conditions and other factors.

 

Relationships

 

The underwriters and their affiliates have in the past provided, and may in the future provide, investment banking, commercial banking, derivative transactions and financial advisory services to us and our affiliates in the ordinary course of business, for which they have received customary fees and expenses. In addition, we expect that one or more of the underwriters or their affiliates will be lenders under our future senior secured term loan facility. In particular, we have entered into a commitment letter with Nordea Bank Finland plc, acting through its New York branch, DnB NOR Bank ASA, acting through its New York branch, and Fortis Bank Nederland for a senior secured term loan facility of up to $150 million.

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

 

In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area that has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a relevant member state), with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that relevant member state (the relevant implementation date), an offer of shares described in this prospectus may not be made to the public in that relevant member state prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares that has been approved by the competent authority in that relevant member state or, where appropriate, approved in another relevant member state and notified to the competent authority in that relevant member state, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that, with effect from and including the relevant implementation date, an offer of securities may be offered to the public in that relevant member state at any time:

 

   

to any legal entity that is authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

 

   

to any legal entity that has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;

 

   

to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined below) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

   

in any other circumstances that do not require the publication of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

 

Each purchaser of shares described in this prospectus located within a relevant member state will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of Article 2 (l)(e) of the Prospectus Directive.

 

For purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in any relevant member state means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the securities, as the

 

127


Table of Contents

expression may be varied in that member state by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that member state, and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each relevant member state.

 

The sellers of the shares have not authorized and do not authorize the making of any offer of shares through any financial intermediary on their behalf, other than offers made by the underwriters with a view to the final placement of the shares as contemplated in this prospectus. Accordingly, no purchaser of the shares, other than the underwriters, is authorized to make any further offer of the shares on behalf of the sellers or the underwriters.

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

 

This prospectus is only being distributed to, and is only directed at, persons in the United Kingdom that are qualified investors within the meaning of Article 2(1) (e) of the Prospectus Directive that are also (i) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the “Order”) or (ii) high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling within Article 49(2) (a) to (d) of the Order (each such person being referred to as a “relevant person”). This prospectus and its contents are confidential and should not be distributed, published or reproduced (in whole or in part) or disclosed by recipients to any other persons in the United Kingdom. Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in France

 

Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the shares described in this prospectus has been submitted to the clearance procedures of the Autorité des Marchés Financiers or of the competent authority of another member state of the European Economic Area and notified to the Autorité des Marchés Financiers. The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in France. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the shares has been or will be:

 

   

released, issued, distributed or caused to be released, issued or distributed to the public in France: or

 

   

used in connection with any offer for subscription or sale of the shares to the public in France.

 

Such offers, sales and distributions will be made in France only:

 

   

to qualified investors ( investisseurs qualifiés ) and/or to a restricted circle of investors ( cercle restreint d’investisseurs ), in each case investing for their own account, all as defined in, and in accordance with articles L.411-2, D.411-1, D.411-2, D.734-1, D.744-1, D.754-1 and D.764-1 of the French Code monétaire et financier ;

 

   

to investment services providers authorized to engage in portfolio management on behalf of third parties; or

 

   

in a transaction that, in accordance with article L.411-2-II-l º -or- 3º of the French Code monétaire et financier and article 211-2 of the General Regulations ( Réglement Général ) of the Autorité des Marchés Financiers , does not constitute a public offer ( appel public à l’épargne ).

 

The shares may be resold directly or indirectly, only in compliance with articles L.411-1, L.411-2, L.412-1 and L.621-8 through L.621-8-3 of the French Code monétaire et financier .

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

 

Neither this prospectus nor any other material relating to the common stock which is the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus constitute an issue prospectus pursuant to Article 652a of the Swiss Code of Obligations. The common stock will not be listed on the SWX Swiss Exchange and, therefore, the

 

128


Table of Contents

documents relating to the common stock, including, but not limited to, this document, do not claim to comply with the disclosure standards of the listing rules of SWX Swiss Exchange and corresponding prospectus schemes annexed to the listing rules of the SWX Swiss Exchange. The common stock is being offered in Switzerland by way of a private placement, i.e. to a small number of selected investors only, without any public offer and only to investors who do not purchase the shares with the intention to distribute them to the public. The investors will be individually approached by us from time to time. This prospectus or any other material relating to the common stock are personal and confidential and do not constitute an offer to any other person. This prospectus or any other material relating to the common stock may only be used by those investors to whom it has been handed out in connection with the offering described herein and may neither directly nor indirectly be distributed or made available to other persons without our express consent. Such materials may not be used in connection with any other offer and shall in particular not be copied and/or distributed to the public in (or from) Switzerland.

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

 

The shares may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong) and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

 

The shares offered in this prospectus have not been registered under the Securities and Exchange Law of Japan. The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the account of any resident of Japan, except (i) pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities and Exchange Law and (ii) in compliance with any other applicable requirements of Japanese law.

 

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

 

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(lA), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to compliance with conditions set forth in the SFA.

 

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

 

   

a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

 

   

a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,

 

129


Table of Contents

shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

 

   

to an institutional investor (for corporations, under Section 274 of the SFA) or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person pursuant to an offer that is made on terms that such shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or such rights and interest in that trust are acquired at a consideration of not less than S$200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction, whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets, and further for corporations, in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA;

 

   

where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer; or

 

   

where the transfer is by operation of law.

 

130


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

 

The validity of the common shares and certain other matters relating to United States Federal income and Marshall Islands tax considerations and to Marshall Islands corporations law will be passed upon for us by Seward & Kissel LLP, New York, New York. The underwriters have been represented in connection with this offering by Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP.

 

EXPERTS

 

The combined financial statements as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2008, included in this Prospectus have been audited by Deloitte LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein and elsewhere in the Registration Statement. Such financial statements have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

The sections in this prospectus titled “Prospectus Summary” and “The International Tanker Industry” have been reviewed by Fearnley, which has confirmed to us that such sections accurately describe the international tanker market, subject to the availability and reliability of the data supporting the statistical information presented in this prospectus. Fearnley is also acting as an underwriter in this offering and accordingly may have a conflict of interest.

 

The chart entitled “Oil Tanker Demand: 2000-2009” (the “Chart”) within the section in this prospectus titled “The International Tanker Industry—Demand for crude oil tankers” has been reviewed by Drewry Shipping Consultants Ltd. (“Drewry”), which has confirmed to us that the elements of the international tanker industry expressed in the Chart are accurately described, subject to the availability and reliability of the data supporting the statistical and graphical information presented therein.

 

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form F-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the common shares offered hereby. For the purposes of this section, the term registration statement means the original registration statement and any and all amendments including the schedules and exhibits to the original registration statement or any amendment. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement we filed. Each statement made in this prospectus concerning a document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement is qualified by reference to that exhibit for a complete statement of its provisions. The registration statement, including its exhibits and schedules, may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference room by calling 1 (800) SEC-0330, and you may obtain copies at prescribed rates from the Public Reference Section of the SEC at its principal office in Washington, D.C. 20549. The SEC maintains a website (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC.

 

Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. We will furnish holders of common shares with annual reports containing audited financial statements and a report by our independent registered public accounting firm and intend to make available quarterly financial information containing selected unaudited financial data for the first three quarters of each fiscal year, which quarterly financial data will be reviewed by our independent auditors pursuant to the Statement of Auditing Standards 100. The audited financial statements will be prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the IASB and those reports will include a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section for the relevant periods. As a “foreign

 

131


Table of Contents

private issuer,” we will be exempt from the rules under the Exchange Act prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy statements to shareholders, but will be required to furnish those proxy statements to shareholders under New York Stock Exchange rules. Those proxy statements are not expected to conform to Schedule 14A of the proxy rules promulgated under the Exchange Act. In addition, as a “foreign private issuer,” our officers and directors and holders of more than 10% of our issued and outstanding common shares, which we refer to collectively as insiders, will be exempt from the rules under the Exchange Act requiring insiders to report purchases and sales of our common share as well as from Section 16 short swing profit reporting and liability.

 

TANKER INDUSTRY DATA

 

The discussions contained under the heading “The International Tanker Industry” have been reviewed by Fearnley, which has confirmed to us that they accurately describe the international tanker market as of the date of this prospectus.

 

The statistical and graphical information we use in this prospectus has been compiled by Fearnley from its database. Fearnley compiles and publishes data for the benefit of its clients. Its methodologies for collecting data, and therefore the data collected, may differ from those of other sources, and its data does not reflect all or even necessarily a comprehensive set of the actual transactions occurring in the market.

 

Fearnley is also acting as an underwriter in this offering and accordingly may have a conflict of interest.

 

OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

 

We estimate the expenses in connection with the distribution of our common shares in this offering, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, will be as set forth in the table below. We will be responsible for paying the following expenses associated with this offering.

 

SEC Registration Fee

   $ 16,399

Printing and Engraving Expenses

   $ 250,000

Legal Fees and Expenses

   $ 550,000

Accountants’ Fees and Expenses

   $ 300,000

NYSE Listing Fee

   $ 69,000

FINRA Fee

   $ 55,000

Blue Sky Fees and Expenses

   $ 20,000

Transfer Agent’s Fees and Expenses

   $ 20,000

Miscellaneous Costs

   $ 219,601
      

Total

   $ 1,500,000
      

 

ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

 

We are a Marshall Islands company, and our executive office is located outside of the United States in Monaco, although we also have an office in New York. Some of our directors, officers and the experts named in this registration statement reside outside the United States. In addition, a substantial portion of our assets and the assets of certain of our directors, officers and experts are located outside of the United States. As a result, you may have difficulty serving legal process within the United States upon us or any of these persons. You may also have difficulty enforcing, both in and outside the United States, judgments you may obtain in United States courts against us or these persons.

 

132


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY OF SHIPPING TERMS

 

The following are definitions of certain terms that are commonly used in the shipping industry.

 

Aframax tanker . A tanker ranging in size from 85,000 dwt to 120,000 dwt.

 

Annual survey. The inspection of a vessel pursuant to international conventions, by a classification society surveyor, on behalf of the flag state, that takes place every year.

 

Ballast. A voyage during which the vessel is not laden with cargo.

 

Bareboat charter. A charter of a vessel under which the vessel-owner is usually paid a fixed daily or monthly rate for a certain period of time during which the charterer is responsible for the ship operating expenses and voyage expenses of the vessel and for the management of the vessel. In this case, all voyage related costs, including vessel fuel, or bunker, and port dues as well as all vessel operating costs, such as day-to-day operations, maintenance, crewing and insurance are paid by the charterer. A bareboat charter is also known as a “demise charter” or a “time charter by demise” and involves the use of a vessel usually over longer periods of time ranging over several years The owner of the vessel receives monthly charterhire payments on a per day basis and is responsible only for the payment of capital costs related to the vessel.

 

Bunkers. Fuel oil used to operate a vessel’s engines, generators and boilers.

 

CERCLA. Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act.

 

Charter. The hiring of a vessel, or use of its carrying capacity, for either (1) a specified period of time or (2) to carry a cargo for a fixed fee from a loading port to a discharging port. The contract for a charter is called a charterparty.

 

Charterer. The party that hires a vessel pursuant to a charter.

 

Charterhire. Money paid to the vessel-owner by a charterer for the use of a vessel under a time charter or bareboat charter. Such payments are usually made during the course of the charter every 15 or 30 days in advance or in arrears by multiplying the daily charter rate times the number of days and, under a time charter only, subtracting any time the vessel was deemed to be off-hire. Under a bareboat charter such payments are usually made monthly and are calculated on a 360 or 365 day calendar year basis.

 

Charter rate. The amount of money agreed between the charterer and the vessel-owner accrued on a daily or monthly basis that is used to calculate the vessel’s charterhire.

 

Classification society. An independent society that certifies that a vessel has been built and maintained according to the society’s rules for that type of vessel and complies with the applicable rules and regulations of the country in which the vessel is registered, as well as the international conventions which that country has ratified. A vessel that receives its certification is referred to as being “in class” as of the date of issuance.

 

Clean petroleum products. Liquid products refined from crude oil, whose color is less than or equal to 2.5 on the National Petroleum Association scale. Clean products include naphtha, jet fuel, gasoline and diesel/gasoil.

 

Contract of Affreightment. A contract of affreightment, or COA, relates to the carriage of specific quantities of cargo with multiple voyages over the same route and over a specific period of time which usually spans a number of years. A COA does not designate the specific vessels or voyage schedules that will transport the cargo, thereby providing both the charterer and ship owner greater operating flexibility than with voyage charters alone. The charterer has the flexibility to determine the individual voyage scheduling at a future date while the ship owner

 

133


Table of Contents

may use different ships to perform these individual voyages. As a result, COAs are mostly entered into by large fleet operators such as pools or ship owners with large fleets of the same vessel type. All of the ship’s operating, voyage and capital costs are borne by the ship owner while the freight rate normally is agreed on a per cargo ton basis.

 

Deadweight ton or “dwt.” A unit of a vessel’s capacity for cargo, fuel oil, stores and crew, measured in metric tons of 1,000 kilograms. A vessel’s dwt or total deadweight is the total weight necessary to submerge the vessel to its maximum permitted draft.

 

Dirty petroleum products. Liquid products refined from crude oil, whose color is greater than 2.5 on the National Petroleum Association scale. Dirty products usually require heating during a voyage, because their viscosity or waxiness makes discharge difficult at ambient temperatures.

 

Double-hull. Hull construction design in which a vessel has an inner and outer side and bottom separated by void space, usually 2 meters in width.

 

Draft. Vertical distance between the waterline and the bottom of the vessel’s keel.

 

Drydocking. The removal of a vessel from the water for inspection and/or repair of those parts of a vessel which are below the water line. During drydockings, which are required to be carried out periodically, certain mandatory classification society inspections are carried out and relevant certifications issued. Drydockings are generally required once every 30 to 60 months.

 

Gross ton. A unit of weight equal to 2,240 pounds.

 

Handymax (also known as MR or Medium Range) tanker. A tanker ranging in size from 25,000 dwt to 50,000 dwt.

 

Handysize tanker: A tanker ranging in size from 10,000 dwt to 25,000 dwt.

 

Hull. Shell or body of a vessel.

 

IMO. International Maritime Organization, a United Nations agency that issues international regulations and standards for seaborne transportation.

 

ISM Code. International Safety Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention, which, among other things, requires vessel-owners to obtain a safety management certification for each vessel they manage.

 

ISPS Code. International Security Code for Ports and Ships, which enacts measures to detect and prevent security threats to vessels and ports.

 

Intermediate survey. The inspection of a vessel by a classification society surveyor which takes place between two and three years before and after each special survey for such vessel pursuant to the rules of international conventions and classification societies.

 

Metric ton. A unit of weight equal to 1,000 kilograms.

 

Newbuilding. A new vessel under construction or just completed.

 

Off-hire. The period a vessel is unable to perform the services for which it is required under a time charter. Off-hire periods typically include days spent undergoing repairs and drydocking, whether or not scheduled.

 

134


Table of Contents

OPA. Oil Pollution Act of 1990 of the United States (as amended).

 

Panamax tanker. A tanker ranging in size from 55,000 dwt to 85,000 dwt. The term is derived from the maximum length, breadth and draft capable of passing fully loaded through the Panama Canal.

 

Period charter. A period charter is an industry term referring to both time and bareboat charters. These charters are referred to as period charters or period market charters due to use of the vessel by the charterer over a specific period of time.

 

Product tanker. A tanker designed for the carriage of refined petroleum products whose cargo tanks are usually coated with epoxy-based paint to facilitate the cleaning of the tanker between the carriage of different cargoes and to prevent product contamination and hull corrosion. A product tanker typically has multiple cargo tanks capable of handling different cargoes simultaneously. The vessel may have equipment designed for the loading and unloading of cargoes with a high viscosity.

 

Protection and indemnity (or P&I) insurance. Insurance obtained through mutual associations (called “Clubs”) formed by vessel-owners to provide liability insurance protection against a large financial loss by one member by contribution towards that loss by all members. To a great extent, the risks are reinsured.

 

Refined petroleum products. Refined crude oil products, such as fuel oils, gasoline and jet fuel.

 

Scrapping. The disposal of old or damaged vessel tonnage by way of sale as scrap metal.

 

Single-hull. A hull construction design in which a vessel has only one hull.

 

Sister ship. Vessels of the same type and specification.

 

SOLAS. The International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea 1974, as amended, adopted under the auspices of the IMO.

 

Special survey. An extensive inspection of a vessel by classification society surveyors that must be completed within five years. Special surveys require a vessel to be drydocked.

 

Spot charter. A spot charter is an industry term referring to both voyage and trip time charters. These charters are referred to as spot charters or spot market charters due to their short term duration, consisting mostly of a single voyage between one load port and one discharge port.

 

Spot market. The market for the immediate chartering of a vessel, usually for single voyages.

 

Strict liability. Liability that is imposed without regard to fault.

 

Suezmax tanker. Tanker ranging in size from 120,000 dwt to 200,000 dwt. The term is derived from the maximum length, breadth and draft capable of passing fully loaded through the Suez Canal.

 

Tanker. Vessel designed for the carriage of liquid cargoes in bulk with cargo space consisting of many tanks. Tankers carry a variety of products including crude oil, refined petroleum products, liquid chemicals and liquid gas.

 

Time charter. A time charter is a contract under which a charterer pays a fixed daily hire rate on a semi-monthly or monthly basis for a fixed period of time for use of the vessel. Subject to any restrictions in the charter, the charterer decides the type and quantity of cargo to be carried and the ports of loading and unloading. The charterer pays the voyage related expenses such as fuel, canal tolls, and port charges. The vessel-owner pays all

 

135


Table of Contents

vessel operating costs such as the management expenses and crew costs as well as for the capital costs of the vessel. Any delays at port or during the voyages are the responsibility of the charterer, except for certain specific exceptions such as loss of time arising from vessel breakdown and routine maintenance.

 

Time charter equivalent (TCE) rates.  Time charter equivalent, or TCE, rates, are a standard industry measure of the average daily revenue performance of a vessel. The TCE rate achieved on a given voyage is expressed in U.S. dollars/day and is generally calculated by subtracting voyage expenses, including bunkers and port charges, from voyage revenue and dividing the net amount (time charter equivalent revenues) by the number of days in the period.

 

Trip time charter. A trip time charter is a short term time charter where the vessel performs a single voyage between load port(s) and discharge port(s) and the charterer pays a fixed daily hire rate on a semi-monthly basis for use of the vessel. The difference between a trip time charter and a voyage charter is only in the form of payment for use of the vessel and the respective financial responsibilities of the charterer and vessel-owner as described under time charter and voyage charter.

 

Ton. See “Metric ton.”

 

Ultra Large Crude Carrier (ULCC). A tanker whose size is above 200,000 dwt and has a typical cargo capacity of about 350,000 dwt.

 

Very Large Crude Carrier (VLCC). A tanker whose size is above 200,000 dwt and has a typical cargo capacity of about 300,000 dwt.

 

Vessel operating costs. The costs of operating a vessel that is incurred during a charter, primarily consisting of crew wages and associated costs, insurance premiums, lubricants and spare parts, and repair and maintenance costs. Vessel operating costs exclude fuel and port charges, which are known as “voyage expenses.” For a time charter, the vessel-owner pays vessel operating costs. For a bareboat charter, the charterer pays vessel operating costs.

 

Voyage charter. A voyage charter involves the carriage of a specific amount and type of cargo from specific load port(s) to specific discharge port(s), subject to various cargo handling terms. Most of these charters are of a single voyage nature between two specific ports, as trading patterns do not encourage round voyage trading. The owner of the vessel receives one payment derived by multiplying the tons of cargo loaded on board by the cost per cargo ton, as agreed to transport that cargo between the specific ports. The owner is responsible for the payment of all expenses including voyage, operating and capital costs of the vessel. The charterer is typically responsible for any delay at the loading or discharging ports.

 

Voyage expenses. Expenses incurred due to a vessel’s traveling from a loading port to a discharging port, such as fuel (bunker) cost, port expenses, agent’s fees, canal dues and extra war risk insurance, as well as commissions.

 

136


Table of Contents

INDEX TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-2

Audited Combined Financial Statements

  

Combined Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2008 and 2007

   F-3

Combined Income Statements for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

   F-4

Combined Statements of Changes in Shareholder’s Equity for the years ended December  31, 2008 and 2007

   F-5

Combined Cash Flow Statements for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

   F-6

Notes to the Combined Financial Statements

   F-7

Unaudited Condensed Combined Financial Statements

  

Unaudited Condensed Combined Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2009 and December  31, 2008 and Unaudited Condensed Combined Pro Forma Balance Sheet as of September 30, 2009

   F-28

Unaudited Condensed Combined Income Statements for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2009 and 2008

   F-29

Unaudited Condensed Combined Statements of Changes in Shareholder’s Equity for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2009 and 2008

   F-30

Unaudited Condensed Combined Cash Flow Statements for the Nine Months Ended September  30, 2009 and 2008

   F-31

Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Combined Financial Statements

   F-32

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Scorpio Tankers Inc.

Majuro, Marshall Island

 

We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheets of Scorpio Tankers Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related combined income statements, combined statements of changes in shareholder’s equity, and combined cash flow statements for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2008. These combined financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the combined financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, such combined financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Scorpio Tankers Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2008, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

 

/s/ Deloitte LLP

 

DELOITTE LLP

 

London, United Kingdom

 

December 16, 2009 except for Note 15, as to which the date is March 10, 2010 and except for Note 13, as to which the date is March 17, 2010

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Scorpio Tankers Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Combined balance sheets

December 31, 2008 and 2007

 

          As of December 31,
          2008    2007
     Notes    $    $    $    $

Assets

              

Current assets

              

Cash and cash equivalents

      3,607,635       1,153,743   

Accounts receivable

   2    3,701,980       4,704,933   

Prepaid expenses

      39,596       62,064   

Inventories

   3    502,514       389,736   
                  

Total current assets

         7,851,725       6,310,476

Non current assets

              

Vessels and drydock

   4       109,260,102       116,244,546
                  

Total assets

         117,111,827       122,555,022
                  

Current liabilities

              

Bank loan

   6    3,600,000       3,600,000   

Accounts payable

   5    841,070       488,816   

Accrued expenses

      495,430       745,987   

Shareholder payable

   8    22,028,323       19,433,097   

Related party payable

   8    27,406,408       27,406,408   

Derivative financial instruments

   7    706,078       129,648   
                  

Total current liabilities

         55,077,309       51,803,956

Non current liabilities

              

Bank loan

   6    39,800,000       43,400,000   

Derivative financial instruments

   7    1,935,352       453,824   
                  

Total non current liabilities

         41,735,352       43,853,824
                  

Total liabilities

         96,812,661       95,657,780

Shareholder’s equity

              

Share capital

   13    55,891       55,891   

Merger reserve

      20,243,275       26,841,351   
                  

Total Shareholder’s equity

         20,299,166       26,897,242
                  

Total liabilities and shareholder’s equity

         117,111,827       122,555,022
                  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Scorpio Tankers Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Combined income statements

For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

 

          For the year ended December 31  
          2008     2007  
     Notes    $     $     $     $  

Revenue:

           

Vessel revenue

   9        39,274,196          30,317,138   

Operating expenses:

           

Charter hire

   10    (6,722,334         

Vessel operating costs

   11    (8,623,318     (7,600,509  

Depreciation

      (6,984,444     (6,482,484  

General and administrative expenses

      (600,361     (590,772  
                   

Total operating expenses

          (22,930,457       (14,673,765
                       

Operating income

          16,343,739          15,643,373   

Other income and (expense)

           

Interest expense—bank loan

      (1,710,907     (1,953,344  

Realized loss on derivative financial instruments

      (405,691     (523,694  

Unrealized loss on derivative financial instruments

      (2,057,957     (1,245,472  

Interest income

      35,492        142,233     

Other expenses, net

      (18,752     (9,304  
                   

Total other expense, net

          (4,157,815       (3,589,581
                       

Net income

          12,185,924          12,053,792   
                       

Attributable to:

           

Equity holders of the parent

          12,185,924          12,053,792   

Net earnings per share

   13         

Basic

        $ 2.18        $ 2.16   

Diluted

        $ 2.18        $ 2.16   

 

There were no sources of comprehensive income in either period other than those shown above. All operations were continuing in both years shown.

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Scorpio Tankers Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Combined statement of changes in shareholder’s equity

For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

 

     Common Stock    Merger
reserve
    Total  
     Shares    Share
capital
    
     Number    $    $     $  

Balance at January 1, 2007

   5,589,147    55,891    21,881,059      21,936,950   

Net income for the year

         12,053,792      12,053,792   

Dividends paid ($1.27 per share)

         (7,093,500   (7,093,500
                      

Balance at December 31, 2007

   5,589,147    55,891    26,841,351      26,897,242   

Net income for the year

         12,185,924      12,185,924   

Dividends paid ($3.36 per share)

         (18,784,000   (18,784,000
                      

Balance at December 31, 2008

   5,589,147    55,891    20,243,275      20,299,166   
                      

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Scorpio Tankers Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Combined cash flow statements

For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

 

     For the year ended December 31  
     2008     2007  
     $     $     $     $  

Operating activities

        

Net income

   12,185,924        12,053,792     

Depreciation

   6,984,444        6,482,484     

Unrealized loss on derivatives

   2,057,957        1,245,472     
                
     21,228,325        19,781,748   

Changes in assets and liabilities:

        

(Increase)/decrease in inventories

   (112,778     18,029     

Decrease in accounts receivable

   1,002,953        2,953,719     

Decrease in prepaid expenses

   22,469        83,250     

Increase/(decrease) in accounts payable

   352,254        (354,448  

Decrease in related party payable

          (8,417,500  

Increase/(decrease) in shareholder payable

   2,595,226        (8,186,213  

Decrease in accrued expenses

   (250,557     (47,812  
                
     3,609,567        (13,950,975
                

Net cash inflow from operating activities

     24,837,892        5,830,773   

Financing activities

        

Dividends paid

   (18,784,000     (7,093,500  

Bank loan repayment

   (3,600,000     (3,600,000  
                

Net cash outflow from financing activities

     (22,384,000     (10,693,500
                

Increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     2,453,892        (4,862,727

Cash and cash equivalents at January 1

     1,153,743        6,016,470   
                

Cash and cash equivalents at December 31

     3,607,635        1,153,743   
                

Supplemental information:

        

Interest paid

     1,821,439        1,969,014   

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Scorpio Tankers Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to the Combined Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

 

1.    General information and significant accounting policies

 

Company

 

Scorpio Tankers Inc. was incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands on July 1, 2009 by Simon Financial Limited (Simon). On October 1, 2009, Simon transferred to Scorpio Tankers Inc. three operating subsidiary companies, as described further below. Scorpio Tankers Inc. and its subsidiaries (together the Company) are engaged in seaborne transportation of crude oil and refined petroleum products in the international shipping markets. Simon is incorporated in Liberia and is the ultimate parent company and controlling party of the Company. Simon is owned by members of the Lolli-Ghetti family. Emanuele Lauro, our founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer is a member of the Lolli-Ghetti family. At December 31, 2008, the Lolli-Ghetti family owns 100% of the Company’s outstanding common shares and therefore maintains a controlling interest in the Company. See Note 15 for a discussion of the Company’s planned initial public offering of its common shares and the expected changes in ownership.

 

Business

 

The Company’s fleet consists of three wholly owned Panamax tankers engaged in seaborne transportation of crude oil and refined petroleum products in the international shipping markets.

 

The Company’s vessels, as described in Note 8, are commercially managed by Scorpio Commercial Management S.A.M. (SCM) which is a subsidiary of Simon. SCM’s services include securing employment, in the spot market and on time charters, for the Company’s vessels.

 

The Company’s vessels, as described in Note 8, are technically managed by Scorpio Ship Management S.A.M. (SSM), which is also owned by members of the Lolli-Ghetti family. SSM facilitates vessel support such as crew, provisions, deck and engine stores, insurance, maintenance and repairs, and other services as necessary to operate the Company’s vessels such as drydocks and vetting/inspection under a technical management agreement.

 

SSM also provides the Company with administrative services pursuant to an administrative services agreement. The administrative services provided under the agreement primarily include accounting, legal compliance, financial, information technology services, and the provision of administrative staff and office space.

 

The Company pays their managers fees for these services and reimburses them for direct or indirect expenses that they incur in providing these services to the Company.

 

Basis of accounting

 

The combined financial statements have been presented in United States dollars (USD or $), which is the functional currency of Scorpio Tankers Inc. and all its subsidiaries. The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board and on a historical cost basis, except for the revaluation of certain financial instruments.

 

Since the Company has not previously prepared standalone or combined financial statements, the Company is a first time adopter of IFRS. The combined financial statements do not include any IFRS 1 first time adoption reconciliations as there are no prior period financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Scorpio Tankers Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to the Combined Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

 

1.    General information and significant accounting policies (continued)

 

Simon transferred three subsidiaries to the Company (see below) on October 1, 2009 for a nominal consideration. For accounting purposes, this transfer represents a combination of entities under common control, with Simon being the ultimate parent company of all entities in the Company throughout all periods shown. As such, this business combination is outside the scope of IFRS 3, “Business Combinations”, and the 2008 and 2007 results have therefore been prepared using the principles of merger accounting. Under this method:

 

   

the carrying values of the assets and liabilities of the parties to the combination are recorded at the historical carrying amount of those assets and liabilities and are not adjusted to fair value on consolidation;

 

   

the results and cash flows of all the combining entities are brought into the combined financial statements of the combined entity from the beginning of the financial year in which the combination occurred. Prior year comparatives are also presented on the basis that the combination was in place throughout the prior year; and

 

   

the difference between the historical carrying amount of net assets transferred and the consideration provided on transfer has been recognized in equity through share capital and the merger reserve. The share capital presented represents the share capital of Scorpio Tankers Inc. as if Scorpio Tankers Inc. has been incorporated throughout the periods presented. The remaining difference between historical carrying amount of net assets transferred and consideration paid is recognized in a merger reserve.

 

Any profits recognized after the reorganization will be recognized in equity within retained earnings in subsequent financial periods.

 

Subsidiaries transferred to Scorpio Tankers Inc. on October 1, 2009 were:

 

Company

   Vessel    Percent
owned
   

Incorporated in

Noemi Shipping Company Limited

   Noemi    100   The Republic of the Marshall Islands

Senatore Shipping Company Limited

   Senatore    100   The Republic of the Marshall Islands

Venice Shipping Company Limited (A)

   Venice    100   The Republic of the Marshall Islands

 

All inter-company transactions, balances, income and expenses are eliminated on combination. There have been no cost allocations from Simon, as all costs of doing business have been included in the operations of the subsidiaries.

 

Going concern

 

The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the going concern basis of accounting for the reasons outlined in the “Liquidity Risk” section of Note 14.

 

Significant Accounting Policies

 

Common control transactions

 

The assets and liabilities transferred from entities under common control are recorded at the transferor’s carrying values. Any difference between the carrying value of the net assets acquired, and the consideration paid by the Company is accounted for as an adjustment to shareholder’s equity. The net assets transferred and their results are recognized from the date on which control was obtained by the ultimate controlling party.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Scorpio Tankers Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to the Combined Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

 

1.    General information and significant accounting policies (continued)

 

Revenue recognition

 

Vessel revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable and represents amounts receivable for services provided in the normal course of business, net of discounts, and other sales-related or value added taxes.

 

Vessel revenue is comprised of time charter revenue and pool revenue. Time charter revenue is recognized as services are performed based on the daily rates specified in the time charter contract. Pool revenue for each vessel is determined in accordance with the profit sharing terms specified within each pool agreement. In particular, the pool manager aggregates the revenues and expenses of all of the pool participants and distributes the net earnings to participants based on:

 

  (i)   the Pool Points (vessel attributes such as cargo carrying capacity, fuel consumption, and construction characteristics are taken into consideration); and

 

  (ii)   the number of days the vessel participated in the pool in the period.

 

The Company recognizes pool revenue on a monthly basis, when the vessel has participated in a pool during the period and the amount of pool revenue for the month can be estimated reliably. The Company receives estimated vessel earnings based on the known number of days the vessel has participated in the pool, the contract terms, and the estimated monthly pool revenue. On a quarterly basis, the Company receives a report from the pool which identifies the number of days the vessel participated in the pool, the total Pool Points for the period, the total pool revenue for the period, and the calculated share of pool revenue for the vessel. The Company reviews the quarterly report for consistency with each vessel’s pool agreement and vessel management records. The estimated pool revenue is reconciled quarterly, coinciding with the Company’s external reporting periods, to the actual pool revenue earned, per the pool report. Consequently, in the Company’s financial statements, reported revenues represent actual pooled revenues. While differences do arise in the performance of these quarterly reconciliations, such differences are not material to total reported revenues.

 

Interest receivable is accrued on a time basis and includes interest earned on cash deposits.

 

Vessel operating costs

 

Vessel operating costs, which include crewing, repairs and maintenance, insurance, stores, lube oils, communication expenses, and technical management fees, are expensed as incurred.

 

Earnings per share

 

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the net income attributable to equity holders of the parent by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding assuming that the reorganization described under “Basis of Accounting” was effective during the period. In addition, the stock split described in Note 13 has been given retroactive effect for all periods presented herein. Diluted earnings per share are calculated by adjusting the net income attributable to equity holders of the parent and the weighted average number of common shares used for calculating basic earnings per share for the effects of all potentially dilutive shares. Such potentially dilutive common shares are excluded when the effect would be to increase earnings per share or reduce a loss per share. For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company has no potentially dilutive common shares.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Scorpio Tankers Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to the Combined Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

 

1.    General information and significant accounting policies (continued)

 

Operating leases

 

Costs in respect of operating leases are charged to the combined income statement on a straight line basis over the lease term.

 

Foreign currencies

 

The individual financial statements of Scorpio Tankers Inc. and each of its subsidiaries are presented in the currency of the primary economic environment in which the company operates (its functional currency), which in all cases is US dollars. For the purpose of the combined financial statements, the results and financial position of the Company are also expressed in US dollars.

 

In preparing the financial statements of Scorpio Tankers Inc. and each of its subsidiaries, transactions in currencies other than the US dollar are recorded at the rate of exchange prevailing on the dates of the transactions. At the end of each reporting period, monetary assets and liabilities denominated in other currencies are retranslated into the functional currency at rates ruling at that date. All resultant exchange differences have been recognized in the combined income statement. The amount charged to the combined income statement during 2008 was a gain of $43,937, and a loss of $17,433 in 2007.

 

Segment reporting

 

A business segment is a distinguishable component of an entity that is engaged in providing an individual product or service or a group of related products or services and that is subject to risks and returns that are different from those of other business segments. A geographical segment is a distinguishable component of an entity that is engaged in providing products or services within a particular economic environment and that is subject to risks and returns that are different from those of components operating in other economic environments.

 

The Company has one business segment and one geographical segment since (i) all of the vessels are Panamax vessels and operate in the oil and refined petroleum products transportation market and (ii) all of the vessels can trade in the international shipping market and are not limited to specific parts of the world.

 

Vessels and drydock

 

The fleet is measured at cost, which includes directly attributable financing costs and the cost of work undertaken to enhance the capabilities of the vessels, less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses.

 

Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis to the estimated residual value over the anticipated useful life of the vessel from date of delivery. The estimated useful life of each vessel is 20 years. The residual value is estimated as the lightweight tonnage of each vessel multiplied by scrap value per ton. The scrap value per ton is estimated taking into consideration the scrap market rate ruling at the balance sheet date with changes accounted for prospectively. (See Note 4 for discussion of changes in the residual values during the period).

 

The vessels are required to undergo planned drydocks for replacement of certain components, major repairs and maintenance of other components, which cannot be carried out while the vessels are operating, approximately every 30 months or 48 months depending on the nature of work and external requirements. These drydock costs are capitalized and depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated period until the next drydock.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Scorpio Tankers Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to the Combined Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

 

1.    General information and significant accounting policies (continued)

 

For an acquired or newly built vessel, a portion of the vessels cost is allocated to the components expected to be replaced or re-furbished at the next drydock. This notional drydock cost is estimated by the Company, based on the expected costs related to the first-coming drydock, which is based on experience and past history of similar vessels, and carried separately from the cost of the vessel. Subsequent drydocks are recorded at actual cost incurred. The drydock asset is amortized on a straight-line basis to the next estimated drydock. The estimated amortization period for a drydock is based on the estimated period between drydocks. The Company estimates the period between drydocks to be 30 months except for the drydock portion of a newly built vessel, which is amortized over 48 months. When drydock expenditure is incurred prior to the expiry of this period, the remaining balance is expensed.

 

Impairment of vessels and drydock

 

At each balance sheet date, the Company reviews the carrying amount of its vessels and drydock to determine whether there is any indication that those assets have suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the vessels and drydock is estimated in order to determine the extent of the impairment loss (if any). The Company treats each vessel and the related drydock as a cash generating unit.

 

Recoverable amount is the higher of the fair value less cost to sell and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset for which the estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted.

 

If the recoverable amount of the cash generating unit is estimated to be less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount of the cash-generating unit is reduced to its recoverable amount. An impairment loss is recognized as an expense immediately.

 

Where an impairment loss subsequently reverses, the carrying amount of the cash generating unit is increased to the revised estimate of its recoverable amount, but so that the increased carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined had no impairment loss been recognized for the cash generating unit in the prior years. A reversal of impairment is recognized as income immediately.

 

Inventories

 

Inventories consist of lubricating oils and other items including stock provisions, and are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost is determined by an average of the three last purchases, which is considered to be materially equivalent to a weighted average basis. Stores and spares are charged to vessel operating costs when purchased.

 

Financial instruments

 

Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognized in the Company’s balance sheet when the Company becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Scorpio Tankers Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to the Combined Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

 

1.    General information and significant accounting policies (continued)

 

Financial assets

 

All financial assets are recognized and derecognized on a trade date where the purchase or sale of a financial asset is under a contract whose terms require delivery within the timeframe established by the market concerned, and are initially measured at fair value, plus transaction costs, except for those financial assets classified as at fair value through profit or loss, which are initially measured at fair value.

 

Financial assets are classified into the following specified categories: financial assets ‘at fair value through profit or loss’ (FVTPL), and ‘loans and receivables’. The classification depends on the nature and purpose of the financial assets and is determined at the time of initial recognition.

 

Income is recognized on an effective interest basis for debt instruments other than those financial assets classified as at FVTPL.

 

Financial assets at FVTPL

 

Financial assets are classified as at FVTPL where the financial asset is held for trading.

 

A financial asset is classified as held for trading if:

 

   

it has been acquired principally for the purpose of selling in the near future; or

 

   

it is a part of an identified portfolio of financial instruments that the Company manages together and has a recent actual pattern of short-term profit-taking; or

 

   

it is a derivative that is not designated and effective as a hedging instrument.

 

Financial assets at FVTPL are stated at fair value, with any resultant gain or loss recognized in profit or loss. The net gain or loss recognized in profit or loss incorporates any dividend or interest earned on the financial asset. Fair value is determined in the manner described in Note 14.

 

Receivables

 

Amounts due from the pool and other receivables that have fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market are classified as accounts receivable. Accounts receivable are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method, less any impairment. Interest income is recognized by applying the effective interest rate, except for short-term receivables when the recognition of interest would be immaterial.

 

Impairment of financial assets

 

Financial assets, other than those at FVTPL, are assessed for indicators of impairment at each balance sheet date. Financial assets are impaired where there is objective evidence that, as a result of one or more events that occurred after the initial recognition of the financial asset, the estimated future cash flows of the investment have been impacted.

 

Financial assets objective evidence of impairment could include:

 

   

significant financial difficulty of the issuer or counterparty; or

 

   

default or delinquency in interest or principal payments; or

 

   

it becomes probable that the borrower will enter bankruptcy or financial reorganization.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Scorpio Tankers Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to the Combined Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

 

1.    General information and significant accounting policies (continued)

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand and demand deposits, and other short-term highly-liquid investments with maturities of three months or less from the date of acquisition, and that are readily convertible to a known amount of cash and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value. The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents approximates fair value due to the short-term nature of these instruments.

 

Financial liabilities

 

Financial liabilities are classified as either financial liabilities ‘at FVTPL’ or ‘other financial liabilities’.

 

Financial liabilities at FVTPL

 

Financial liabilities are classified as at FVTPL where the financial liability is held for trading, using the criteria set out above for financial assets.

 

Financial liabilities at FVTPL are stated at fair value, with any resultant gain or loss recognized in profit or loss as the Company chooses not to disclose the effective interest rate for debt instruments that are classified as at fair value through profit or loss. The net gain or loss recognized in profit or loss incorporates any interest paid on the financial liability. Fair value is determined in the manner described in Note 14.

 

Other financial liabilities

 

Other financial liabilities, including borrowings, are initially measured at fair value, net of transaction costs. Other financial liabilities are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method.

 

Effective interest method

 

The effective interest method is a method of calculating the amortized cost of a financial asset and a financial liability. It allocates interest income and interest expense over the relevant period. The effective interest rate is the rate that discounts estimated future cash flows (including all fees on points paid or received that form an integral part of the effective interest rate, transaction costs and other premiums or discounts) over the expected life of the financial asset and financial liability, or, where appropriate, a shorter period.

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

The Company enters into derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to interest rates. Further details of derivative financial instruments are disclosed in Notes 7 and 14 to the combined financial statements.

 

Derivatives are initially recognized at fair value at the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured to their fair value at each balance sheet date. A derivative with a positive fair value is recognized as a financial asset whereas a derivative with a negative fair value is recognized as a financial liability. The resulting gain or loss is recognized in profit or loss immediately.

 

A derivative is presented as a non-current asset or a non-current liability if the remaining maturity of the instrument is more than 12 months and it is not expected to be realized or settled within 12 months.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Scorpio Tankers Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to the Combined Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

 

1.    General information and significant accounting policies (continued)

 

Equity instruments

 

An equity instrument is any contract that evidences a residual interest in the assets of the Company after deducting all of its liabilities. Equity instruments issued by the Company are recorded at the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs.

 

The Company has 1,500 registered shares authorized and issued with a par value of $1.00 per share. These shares provide the holders with rights to dividends and voting rights.

 

Provisions

 

Provisions are recognized when the Company has a present obligation as a result of a past event, and it is probable that the Company will be required to settle that obligation. Provisions are measured at the Company’s best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the obligation at the balance sheet date, and are discounted to present value where the effect is material.

 

Dividends

 

A provision for dividends payable is recognized when the dividend has been declared in accordance with the terms of the shareholder agreement.

 

Dividend per share presented in these combined financial statements is calculated by dividing the aggregate dividends declared by all of Scorpio Tankers Inc’s subsidiaries by the number of Scorpio Tankers Inc shares assuming these shares have been outstanding throughout the periods presented.

 

Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty

 

In the application of the accounting policies, we are required to make judgements, estimates and assumptions about the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and other factors that are considered to be relevant. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

 

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period, or in the period of the revision and future periods if the revision affects both current and future periods.

 

The significant judgements and estimates are as follows:

 

Revenue recognition

 

We currently generate all of revenue from time charters and pools. Revenue recognition for time charters and pools is generally not as complex or as subjective as voyage charters. Time charters are for a specific period of time at a specific rate per day. For long-term time charters, revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the charter. Pool revenues are determined by the pool managers from the total revenues and expenses of the pool and allocated to pool participants using a mechanism set out in the pool agreement.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Scorpio Tankers Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to the Combined Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

 

1.    General information and significant accounting policies (continued)

 

Vessel impairment

 

The Company evaluates the carrying amounts of its vessels to determine whether there is any indication that those vessels have suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of vessels is estimated in order to determine the extent of the impairment loss (if any).

 

Recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset for which the estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted. The projection of cash flows related to vessels is complex and requires the Company to make various estimates including future freight rates, earnings from the vessels and discount rates. All of these items have been historically volatile. In assessing the fair value less cost to sell of the vessel, the Company obtains vessel valuations from leading, independent and internationally recognized ship brokers on an annual basis or when there is an indication that an asset or assets may be impaired. The current economic climate has meant that the Company’s valuers have referred to uncertainties in their assessment of the fair value of the Company’s vessels as of December 31, 2008 and the very limited information on comparable transactions and market demand.

 

If an indication of impairment is identified, the need for recognising an impairment loss is assessed by comparing the carrying amount of the vessels to the higher of the fair value less cost to sell and the value in use. We are satisfied that, in the years ended 31 December 2008 and 2007, the recoverable amount of each of the vessels is higher than the carrying value and consequently no impairments are required.

 

Vessel lives and residual value

 

The carrying value of each of our vessel represents its original cost at the time it was delivered or purchased less depreciation. We depreciate our vessels to their residual value on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. The estimated useful life of each vessel is 20 years from date of initial delivery from the shipyard. The residual value is estimated as the lightweight tonnage of each vessel multiplied by a forecast scrap value per ton. The scrap value per ton is estimated taking into consideration the scrap market rate ruling at the year end.

 

An increase in the estimated useful life of a vessel or in its residual value would have the effect of decreasing the annual depreciation charge and extending it into later periods. A decrease in the useful life of a vessel or estimated residual value would have the effect of increasing the annual depreciation charge.

 

When regulations place significant limitations over the ability of a vessel to trade on a worldwide basis, the vessel’s useful life is adjusted to end at the date such regulations become effective. The estimated residual value of the vessels may not represent the fair market value at any one time since market prices of scrap values tend to fluctuate.

 

Deferred drydock cost

 

The Company recognizes drydock costs as a separate component of the vessels’ carrying amounts and amortizes the drydock cost on a straight-line basis over the estimated period until the next drydock. We use judgment when estimating the period between drydocks performed, which can result in adjustments to the estimated amortization of drydock expense. If the vessel is disposed of before the next drydock, the remaining

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Scorpio Tankers Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to the Combined Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

 

1.    General information and significant accounting policies (continued)

 

balance of the deferred drydock is written-off and forms part of the gain or loss recognized upon disposal. We expect that our vessels will be required to be drydocked approximately every 30 to 48 months for major repairs and maintenance that cannot be performed while the vessels are operating. Costs capitalized as part of the drydock include actual costs incurred at the drydock yard and parts and supplies used in undertaking the drydock.

 

Standards and interpretations in issue not yet adopted

 

At the date of authorisation of these combined financial statements, the following new and revised standards and interpretations were in issue but not yet effective for the Company:

 

IFRS 1 (amended)/IAS 27 (amended)

   Cost of an Investment in a Subsidiary, Jointly Controlled Entity or Associate

IFRS 3 (revised 2008)

   Business Combinations

IFRS 8

   Operating Segments

IFRS 9

   Financial Instruments

IAS 27 (revised 2008)

   Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements

IFRIC 12

   Service Concession Arrangements

IFRIC 15

   Agreements for the Construction of Real Estate

 

In addition, certain other revisions to IFRS 5, IFRS 7, IAS7, IAS 16, IAS 17, IAS 28, IAS 36, IAS 38 and IAS 39 were in issue but not yet effective for the Company.

 

The Company anticipates that the adoption of these standards and interpretations in future periods will have no material impact on the combined financial statements of the Company.

 

2.    Accounts receivable

 

     As of December 31,
     2008    2007
     $    $

Amounts due from Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool Limited

   3,581,581    4,546,371

Other receivables

   120,399    158,562
         
   3,701,980    4,704,933
         

 

Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool Limited is a related party, as described in Note 8.

 

The Company considers that the carrying amount of accounts receivable approximates their fair value due to the short maturity thereof. Accounts receivable are non-interest bearing.

 

At December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, no material debtor balances were past due or impaired.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Scorpio Tankers Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to the Combined Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

 

3.    Inventories

 

     As of December 31,
     2008    2007
     $    $

Lubricating oils

   465,643    344,238

Other

   36,871    45,498
         
   502,514    389,736
         

 

4.    Vessels and drydock

 

     Vessels     Drydock     Total  
     $     $     $  

Cost

      

As of January 1, and December 31, 2008

   138,713,588      2,105,847      140,819,435   

Accumulated depreciation

      

As of January 1, 2008

   (23,267,993   (1,306,896   (24,574,889

Charge for the year

   (6,450,651   (533,793   (6,984,444
                  

As of December 31, 2008

   (29,718,644   (1,840,689   (31,559,333
                  

Net book value

      

As of December 31, 2008

   108,994,944      265,158      109,260,102   
                  
     Vessels     Drydock     Total  
     $     $     $  

Cost

      

As of January 1, and December 31, 2007

   138,713,588      2,105,847      140,819,435   
                  

Accumulated depreciation

      

As of January 1, 2007

   (17,432,847   (659,558   (18,092,405

Charge for the year

   (5,835,146   (647,338   (6,482,484
                  

As of December 31, 2007

   (23,267,993   (1,306,896   (24,574,889
                  

Net book value

      

As of December 31, 2007

   115,445,595      798,951      116,244,546   
                  

 

Two of the Company’s vessels with a net book value as of December 31, 2008 of $85,328,080 have been provided as collateral for a long term loan agreement (see Note 6). The Company’s remaining vessel has been provided as collateral under a third party commercial agreement, although this arrangement was cancelled in December 2009 (see note 15).

 

As described in Note 1, General information and significant accounting policies, Vessels and drydock, depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis to the estimated residual value over the anticipated useful life of vessels from date of delivery. The residual value of vessels is estimated as the lightweight tonnage of each vessel multiplied by scrap value per ton. The scrap value per ton is estimated taking into consideration the scrap market rate ruling at the balance sheet date. Where there is a significant change in the estimated residual value, the resulting effect on depreciation expense is accounted for in the period of change and in future periods.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Scorpio Tankers Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to the Combined Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

 

4.    Vessels and drydock (continued)

 

In accordance with this accounting policy, the Company evaluated the estimated residual value of each vessel at December 31, 2007 taking into consideration the scrap market rate ruling at this date. As a result of a significant increase in the scrap market rate, the Company increased its estimated residual values of its vessels. The change in the estimated residual value at December 31, 2007 resulted in a decrease in depreciation expense of $717,082 in the year ended December 31, 2007 as compared to the depreciation which would have been recorded using the estimated residual values prevailing at December 31, 2006.

 

Additionally, the Company evaluated the estimated residual value of each vessel at December 31, 2008 taking into consideration the scrap market rate ruling at this date. As a result of a significant decrease in the scrap market rate, the Company decreased its estimated residual values of its vessels. The change in the estimated residual value at December 31, 2008 resulted in an increase in depreciation expense of $615,506 in the year ended December 31, 2008, as compared to the depreciation which would have been recorded using the estimated residual values prevailing at December 31, 2007. See Note 15, Subsequent Events, for a discussion of changes in the estimated residual values subsequent to December 31, 2008.

 

5.    Accounts payable

 

     As of December 31,
     2008    2007
     $    $

Amounts due to suppliers

     711,226      273,740

Amounts due to Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool Limited

     129,844      215,076
             
   $ 841,070    $ 488,816
             

 

Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool Limited is a related party, as described in Note 8.

 

The majority of accounts payable are settled with a cash payment within 90 days. No interest is charged on accounts payable. The Company considers that the carrying amount of accounts payable approximate to their fair value.

 

6.    Bank loan

 

Two of Scorpio Tankers Inc.’s wholly-owned subsidiaries, Senatore Shipping Company Limited and Noemi Shipping Company Limited, are joint and several borrowers under a loan agreement dated May 17, 2005 (the 2005 Credit Facility), entered into with The Royal Bank of Scotland plc. The initial amount of the 2005 Credit Facility was $56,000,000, consisting of two tranches, one for each vessel-owning subsidiary. Each tranche is repayable in 40 consecutive quarterly installments of $450,000, plus a balloon payment of $10,000,000, to be made together with the 40 th installment of each tranche (due on May 18, 2015).

 

Interest on the 2005 Credit Facility is currently payable at US$ LIBOR plus 0.70%. The facility includes a variety of restrictive operating covenants including a loan to value financial covenant and a change of control covenant. The Company was in compliance with all of its covenants as of December 31, 2008.

 

As security for the loan the lender has:

 

  a)   a first preferred mortgage on Senatore and Noemi ; and

 

  b)   an assignment of the earnings and any insurance proceeds on Senatore and Noemi .

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Scorpio Tankers Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to the Combined Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

 

6.    Bank loan (continued)

 

     As of December 31,
     2008    2007
     $    $

Current portion

   3,600,000    3,600,000

Non-current portion

   39,800,000    43,400,000
         
   43,400,000    47,000,000
         

 

7.    Derivative financial instruments

 

The Company is exposed to interest rate risk on the 2005 Credit Facility due to changes in market interest rates. In order to fix the interest rate of the 2005 Credit Facility, Senatore Shipping Company Limited and Noemi Shipping Company Limited each signed an amortising interest rate swap with The Royal Bank of Scotland plc on April 15, 2005 for an initial notional amount of $56,000,000.

 

On February 15, 2007 these swap contracts were amended by reducing the then notional amount by 50%. As a result of the amendment, the Company received $366,000, which was recognized in the 2007 combined income statement within the realized loss on derivative financial instruments.

 

The notional interest rate swap amount was $21,700,000 as of December 31, 2008 and $23,500,000 as of December 31, 2007. The Company has not elected to apply hedge accounting for these swaps.

 

The carrying value (liability) of the Company’s interest rate swaps is as follows:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2008     2007  
     $     $  

Current portion

   (706,078   (129,648

Non-current portion

   (1,935,352   (453,824
            
   (2,641,430   (583,472
            

 

These instruments are carried at fair value through profit and loss. See Note 14 for further details.

 

8.    Related party transactions

 

Transactions with subsidiaries of Simon (herein referred to as Simon subsidiaries) and transactions with entities outside of Simon but controlled by members of the Lolli-Ghetti family (herein referred to as related party affiliates) in the combined income statements are as follows:

 

     For the year ended
December 31,
 
     2008     2007  
     $     $  

Vessel revenue (A)

   20,980,233      19,759,614   

Vessel operating costs (B)

   (765,422   (739,994

General and administrative expenses (C)

   (619,421   (536,910

 

  (A)   These transactions related to revenue earned in the Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool (the Pool) a Simon subsidiary (See Note 9).

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Scorpio Tankers Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to the Combined Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

 

8.    Related party transactions (continued)

 

In January 2007, the Noemi was time chartered to King Dustin, which is 50% jointly controlled by a Simon subsidiary. The revenue recognized by the Company from King Dustin for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 was $8,878,913 and $8,273,324, respectively.

 

  (B)   These transactions represent technical management fees charged by SSM, a related party affiliate, and included in the vessel operating costs in the combined income statement. The Company’s fees under technical management arrangements with SSM were not at market rates. The Company estimates that its technical management fees for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 would have been $601,704 and $600,060, respectively, and would have increased net income for the periods by $163,718 and $139,934, respectively, had the Company operated as an unaffiliated entity. The Company’s estimate is based upon the rates charged to third party participants by the related party affiliate in 2008 and 2009. The Company signed new technical management agreements for its vessels in December 2009 (See Note 15).
  (C)   These transactions represent commercial management fees charged by SCM (a Simon subsidiary) and administrative fees charged by SSM and are both included in general and administrative expenses in the combined income statement

 

   

The Company incurred commercial management fees of $37,996 and $56,287 for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The Company’s commercial management fees for vessels not in the Pool were not at market rates in 2008 and 2007. The Company estimates that its commercial management fees for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 would have been $411,675 and $240,219, respectively, and would have decreased net income for the periods by $373,679 and $183,932, respectively, had the Company operated as an unaffiliated entity. The Company’s estimate is based upon the rates charged to third party participants in the Pool for 2008 and 2007. The Company signed new commercial management agreements for its vessels in December 2009 (See Note 15).

 

   

The Company incurred administrative management fees of $581,425 and $1,042,203 for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The administrative fee included services for accounting, administrative, information technology and management of the Company. The Company’s fees under administrative management arrangements may not have been at market rates. The Company cannot estimate what the cost would have been if we operated as an unaffiliated party, but believes the costs for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 were reasonable and appropriate for the services provided. The Company agreed upon the terms of a new administrative services agreement in December 2009 (See Note 15).

 

The Company had the following assets and liabilities with related parties which have been included in the combined balance sheets:

 

     As of December 31,
     2008    2007
     $    $

Assets:

     

Accounts receivable (Note 2)

   3,581,581    4,546,371

Liabilities:

     

Accounts payable (Note 5)

   129,844    215,076

Related party payable (D)

   27,406,408    27,406,408

Shareholder payable (E)

   22,028,323    19,433,097

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Scorpio Tankers Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to the Combined Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

 

8.    Related party transactions (continued)

 

  (D)   The related party payable at December 31, 2008 and 2007 was $27,406,408 and is owed to a subsidiary of Simon. The payable is repayable upon demand is non interest bearing and unsecured. The outstanding balance as of November 2009 was converted to equity as a capital contribution (See Note 15).
  (E)   The shareholder payable is owed to Simon. Historically, our company and the shareholder have transferred cash depending on the need of each entity and the excess cash available. The payable is non-interest bearing and unsecured. In November 2009, the outstanding balance was converted to equity as a capital contribution (See Note 15).

 

Key management remuneration

 

Executive management of the Company was provided by a related party affiliate and included in the management fees described in (C) above. The Company did not have any employees throughout the periods presented. If the Company was not part of Simon, and had the same ownership structure and a contract for administrative services, the Company estimates its general and administrative costs would have been comparable with the general and administrative costs presented on the combined income statement for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007.

 

9.    Vessel revenue

 

During 2008 and 2007, the Company had two vessels that were time chartered out. The remaining revenue was from vessels operating in the Pool.

 

Revenue sources

 

     For the year ended
December 31
     2008    2007
     $    $

Time charter revenue

   18,293,963    10,557,524

Pool revenue

   20,980,233    19,759,614
         
   39,274,196    30,317,138
         

 

Time charter out contracts:

 

     Time Charter Out     

Vessel

   From    To (i)    Daily rate

Noemi

   Jan. 2007    Jan 2012    $ 24,500

Senatore

   Sept 2007    Sept 2010    $ 26,000

 

  (i)   The time charter contracts terminate plus or minus 30 days from the anniversary date.
  (ii)   For the vessels and periods not covered above, the vessels participated in the Pool.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Scorpio Tankers Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to the Combined Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

 

9.    Vessel revenue (continued)

 

The estimated minimum future time charter revenue to be received is as follows:

 

     As of December 31
     2008    2007
     $    $

Within 1 year

   18,432,500    18,483,000

Between 1 and 5 years

   25,601,500    44,034,000
         
   44,034,000    62,517,000
         

 

10.    Charter hire expense

 

On May 29, 2008, one of the vessels owned by the Company that was chartered out was chartered in for one year at a rate of $26,750 per day and treated as an operating lease. The vessel operated in the Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool until the time charter ended on May 1, 2009. The time charter contract also included a profit and loss sharing arrangement where (i) the Company agreed to pay 50% of the vessel’s earnings from the pool in excess of $26,750 per day (an increase in charter hire expense) to the charterer, and (ii) the charterer agreed to pay 50% of the vessel’s earnings from the pool below $26,750 per day (a decrease in charter hire expense). During 2008, the profit sharing arrangement resulted in an additional expense of $1,007,000.

 

The minimum lease payments (excluding any adjustment for the profit and loss arrangement) as of December 31, 2008 for 2009 were $4,012,500. There were no payments due after May 2009. There were no minimum lease payments due as of December 31, 2007.

 

Prior to the charter in arrangement described above, the Company has not historically entered into any other charter in agreements. Since the completion of the charter-in arrangement in May 2009, the Company has not entered into any similar arrangements and does not expect to enter into any future charter-in arrangements.

 

11.    Vessel operating costs

 

Vessel operating costs primarily represents crew related costs, stores, routine maintenance and repairs, insurance, technical management fees, and other related costs. The procurement of these services is managed on the Company’s behalf by its technical manager, SSM (see Note 8).

 

12.    Tax

 

Scorpio Tankers Inc. and its subsidiaries are incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands, and in accordance with the income tax laws of the Marshall Islands, are not subject to Marshall Islands’ income tax. The Company is also exempt from income tax in other jurisdictions including the United States of America due to tax treaties; therefore, the Company did not have any tax charges, benefits, or balances at December 31, 2008 and 2007.

 

13.    Earnings per share

 

On March 17, 2010, the board of directors amended and restated the Articles of Incorporation to (i) authorize 275,000,000 registered shares of which 250,000,000 were designated as common shares with a par value of $0.01 and 25,000,000 were designated as preferred shares with a par value of $0.01, and (ii) authorize a

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Scorpio Tankers Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to the Combined Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

 

13.    Earnings per share (continued)

 

stock split of 3,726.098 to 1 for the issued and outstanding common shares, which increased the number of shares from 1,500 common shares issued and outstanding to 5,589,147 common shares issued and outstanding. All common share amounts in the combined financial statements have been retroactively adjusted for all periods presented, to give effect to the stock split. The calculation for both basic and diluted earnings per share is based on net income attributable to equity holders of the parent of $12,185,924 (2007: $12,053,792) and a weighted average number of ordinary shares of 5,589,147 in 2008 and 2007. There were no dilutive instruments in either period.

 

14.    Financial instruments

 

Funding and capital risk management

 

The Company manages its funding and capital resources to ensure the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern while maximizing the return to the shareholder through optimization of the debt and equity balance.

 

The Company does not currently have any gearing targets and is not subject to externally imposed capital requirements.

 

Categories of financial instruments

 

     Carrying value
As of December 31
     2008    2007
     $    $

Financial assets

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   3,607,635    1,153,743

Loans and receivable

   3,701,980    4,704,933

Financial liabilities

     

Fair value through profit and loss—Derivative financial instruments

   2,641,430    583,472

Other liabilities

   94,171,261    95,074,308

 

Derivative financial instruments, comprised solely of interest rate swaps, are measured at the present value of future cash flows estimated and discounted based on the applicable yield curves derived from quoted interest rates to determine the fair value.

 

The fair value of other financial assets and liabilities are approximately equal to their carrying values.

 

Financial risk management objectives

 

The Company identifies and evaluates significant risks on an ongoing basis with the objective of managing the sensitivity of the Company’s results and financial position to those risks. These risks include market risk, credit risk and liquidity risk.

 

The use of financial derivatives is governed by the Company’s policies approved by the board of directors.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Scorpio Tankers Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to the Combined Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

 

14.    Financial instruments (continued)

 

Market risk

 

The Company’s activities expose it to the financial risks of changes in interest rates. See Note 6 for a description of the interest rate risk.

 

The Company enters into interest rate swaps to mitigate the risk of rising interest rates.

 

The combined income statement includes the following material items in respect of such instruments:

 

     For the year ended
December 31
     2008    2007
     $    $

Realized loss on interest rate swaps

   405,691    523,694

Unrealized loss on interest rate swaps

   2,057,957    1,245,472
         
   2,463,648    1,769,166
         

 

Sensitivity analysis—Interest rate swap

 

The sensitivity analyses below have been determined based on the exposure to interest rates for both derivatives and non-derivative instruments at the balance sheet date. For floating rate liabilities, the analysis is prepared assuming the amount of liability outstanding at balance sheet date was outstanding for the whole year.

 

If interest rates had been 1% higher/lower and all other variables were held constant, the Company’s net income for the year ended December 31, 2008 would have decreased/increased by $1 million (2007: decreased/increased by $1.1 million). This is mainly attributable to the Company’s exposure to interest rate movements for the portion of the 2005 Credit Facility that is not hedged by the interest rate swap (see Note 6 and Note 7).

 

Credit risk

 

Credit risk is the potential exposure of the Company to loss in the event of non-performance by customers and derivative instrument counterparties.

 

Accounts receivable are generally not collateralized; however, the Company believes that the credit risk is partially offset by the creditworthiness of the Company’s counterparties including the commercial and technical managers. The Company did not experience material credit losses on its accounts receivables portfolio in the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007.

 

The carrying amount of financial assets recorded in the combined financial statements represents the Company’s maximum exposure to credit risk without taking account of the value of any collateral obtained. The Company did not experience any impairment losses on financial assets in the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007.

 

The Company monitors exposure to credit risk and they believe that there is no substantial credit risk arising from counterparties.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Scorpio Tankers Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to the Combined Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

 

14.    Financial instruments (continued)

 

Liquidity risk

 

Liquidity risk is the risk that an entity will encounter difficulty in raising funds to meet commitments associated with financial instruments.

 

The Company manages liquidity risk by maintaining adequate reserves and borrowing facilities and by continuously monitoring forecast and actual cash flows.

 

Current economic conditions make forecasting difficult and there is the possibility that the Company’s actual trading performance during the coming year may be materially different from the Company’s expectations.

 

Based on internal forecasts and projections that take into account reasonably possible changes in the Company’s trading performance, the Company believes that the Company has adequate financial resources to continue in operation for a period of at least twelve months from the date of approval of these combined financial statements. Accordingly, the Company continues to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the Company’s financial statements.

 

Remaining contractual maturity on secured bank loan (Note 6)

 

The following tables detail the Company’s remaining contractual maturity for its secured bank loan. The amounts have been drawn up based on the undiscounted cash flows of the financial liability based on the earliest date on which the Company can be required to pay. The table includes both interest and principal cash flows.

 

As the interest cash flows are not fixed, the interest amount included has been determined by reference to the projected interest rates as illustrated by the yield curves existing at the reporting date.

 

To be repaid as follows:

 

     2008    2007
     $    $

Less than 1 month

     

1-3 months

   238,320    584,791

3 months to 1 year

   3,977,818    4,982,404

1-5 years

   20,986,779    24,011,639

5+ years

   22,813,613    25,326,773
         
   48,016,530    54,905,607
         

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Scorpio Tankers Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to the Combined Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

 

15.    Subsequent events (continued)

 

Liquidity analysis on interest rate swap

 

The following table details the Company’s liquidity analysis for its interest rate swap. The table has been drawn up based on the undiscounted net cash inflows/(outflows) on the derivative instrument that settles on a net basis. As the amount payable or receivable is not fixed, the amount disclosed has been determined by reference to the projected interest rates as illustrated by the yield curves existing at the reporting date.

 

     2008     2007  
     $     $  

Less than 1 month

   (146,472   4,729   

1-3 months

   (563,627   (138,506

3 months to 1 year

   (1,716,177   (550,589

1-5 years

   (334,697   70,558   

5+ years

    
            
   (2,760,973   (613,808
            

 

15.    Subsequent events

 

Related party payable and shareholder payable

 

In November 2009, the shareholder payable and related party payable, included in current liabilities at December 31, 2008, were converted to equity as a capital contribution from Simon. As a result, the Company has no outstanding liabilities related to these related party arrangements.

 

Management service agreements

 

In December 2009, the Company amended its management agreements for commercial, technical and administrative management as follows:

 

   

Technical management—In December 2009, the Company signed the technical management agreement for each ship with SSM. Each ship will pay $548 per day for technical management. This fee is the same charged to third parties by SSM, and therefore the Company believes it represents a market rate for such services.

 

   

Commercial management—In December 2009, the Company signed the commercial management agreement with SCM. Each of the vessels will pay $250 per day and 1.25% of their revenue when the vessels are not in the Pool. When the Company’s vessels are in the Pool, SCM, the pool manager, charges all vessels in the Pool (including third party participants) $250 per day and 1.25% of their revenue. The Company therefore believes that the commercial management agreement represents a market rate for such services.

 

   

Administrative management—In December 2009, the Company agreed to the terms of an administrative services agreement for each vessel with an affiliated entity, which is owned by Simon. The Company will pay the administrator a fixed monthly fee calculated at cost with no profit for providing the Company with administrative services, and will reimburse it for the reasonable direct or indirect expenses it incurs in providing the Company with such services. The Company will also pay the administrator a fee for arranging vessel purchases and sales, on behalf of the Company, equal to 1% of the gross purchase or sale price, payable upon the consummation of any such purchase or sale.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Scorpio Tankers Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to the Combined Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

 

15.    Subsequent events (continued)

 

Release from collateral agreement

 

Prior to December 2009, the Venice was provided as collateral to a third party under an agreement between a subsidiary of Liberty Holding Company Ltd. and a third party. Neither the Venice , Scorpio Tankers Inc. nor any of its subsidiaries were party to this agreement, nor had they had a relationship with the third party involved. At the request of Liberty Holding Company Ltd., in December 2009, the third party agreed to release the Venice from the agreement in exchange for Liberty Holding Company Ltd. providing other collateral in place of the Venice . Scorpio Tankers Inc. and its subsidiaries have no remaining collateral obligation under the agreement.

 

Impairment

 

The Company’s unaudited interim condensed combined financial statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 include an impairment charge of $4,511,877 in relation to two vessels, primarily due to significant reductions in international charter rates subsequent to December 31, 2008.

 

Change in estimated residual values

 

As disclosed in Note 4, the Company changed the estimated residual values of its vessels during the period ended December 31, 2008. Due to further volatility in the scrap market rate, the Company’s unaudited interim condensed combined financial statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 include a further change in the estimated residual value of the vessels due to an increase in the scrap market rate. The change in the estimated residual value at September 30, 2009 resulted in a decrease in depreciation expense of $62,683 in the nine months ended September 30, 2009, and is expected to result in decreases in future periods of $85,398 per annum, as compared with the depreciation that would have been recorded using estimated residual values prevailing at December 31, 2008. Scrap market rates are historically volatile and therefore it is impracticable for the Company to estimate the effect of further changes in the scrap market rate and the residual values of the vessels on the Company’s depreciation expense in periods subsequent to September 30, 2009.

 

Initial Registration Statement

 

On February 17, 2010, the Company filed a Form F-1 registration statement with the United States Securities & Exchange Commission (“SEC”) for the registration of shares to be offered in an initial public offering. The Company currently expects to issue more than 50% of its existing shares at the time of the offering and therefore the Company does not expect that the Lolli-Ghetti Family, of which Mr. Lauro, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, is a member, will maintain a controlling interest in Scorpio Tankers Inc. after the consummation of the offering.

 

New Credit Facility

 

On March 9, 2010, the Company entered into a commitment letter with Nordea Bank Finland plc, acting through its New York branch, DnB NOR Bank ASA, acting through its New York branch, and Fortis Bank Nederland for a senior secured term loan facility of up to $150 million. The Company’s entry into the credit facility is subject to the completion of the offering with gross proceeds to the Company of at least $150 million and customary conditions and documentation, including payment of an upfront fee and each Lender’s satisfaction with the completion of due diligence. The credit facility may only be used to finance the cost of future vessel acquisitions, which vessels will be the collateral for the credit facility.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

Scorpio Tankers Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Unaudited Condensed Combined Financial Statements

For The Nine Months Ended September 30, 2009 and 2008

 

Unaudited Condensed Combined

Balance Sheets

 

          As of
September 30,
   As of
December 31,

2008
     Note    2009   2009   
          Pro forma         

ASSETS

      (Note 1)     

Current Assets

          

Cash and cash equivalents

      480,748   480,748    3,607,635

Accounts receivable

      1,797,574   1,797,574    3,701,980

Prepaid expenses

      69,426   69,426    39,596

Inventories

      460,325   460,325    502,514
                

Total Current Assets

      2,808,073   2,808,073    7,851,725

Non-Current Assets

          

Vessels and drydock

   2    101,212,117   101,212,117    109,260,102

Total Assets

      104,020,190   104,020,190    117,111,827

Current Liabilities

          

Bank loan

      3,600,000   3,600,000    3,600,000

Accounts payable

      705,664   705,664    841,070

Accrued expenses

      618,617   618,617    495,430

Shareholder payable

   4    401,406   19,267,336    22,028,323

Related party payable

   4      27,406,408    27,406,408

Derivative financial instruments

      846,149   846,149    706,078
                

Total Current Liabilities

      6,171,836   52,444,174    55,077,309

Non-Current Liabilities

          

Bank loan

      37,100,000   37,100,000    39,800,000

Derivative financial instruments

      1,127,629   1,127,629    1,935,352
                

Total Non-Current Liabilities

      38,227,629   38,227,629    41,735,352

Total Liabilities

      44,399,465   90,671,803    96,812,661

Shareholder’s Equity

          

Share capital

   6    55,891   55,891    55,891

Additional paid-in capital

      46,272,338     

Merger reserve

      13,292,496   13,292,496    20,243,275

Total Shareholder’s Equity

      59,620,725   13,348,387    20,299,166

Total Liabilities and Shareholder’s Equity

      104,020,190   104,020,190    117,111,827

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed combined financial statements.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Scorpio Tankers Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Unaudited Condensed Combined Financial Statements

For The Nine Months Ended September 30, 2009 and 2008

 

Unaudited Condensed Combined

Income Statements

 

          For the Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     Note    2009     2008  
          $     $     $     $  

Revenue:

           

Vessel revenue

   5        21,752,091          28,914,996   

Operating Expenses:

           

Charter hire

      (3,163,485     (4,104,081  

Vessel operating costs

      (6,397,434     (6,535,389  

Impairment

   3    (4,511,877         

Depreciation

   2    (5,155,675     (4,883,150  

General and administrative expenses

      (304,404     (491,699  
                         

Total operating expenses

          (19,532,875       (16,014,319

Operating Income

          2,219,216          12,900,677   

Other Income and Expense:

           

Interest expense—bank loan

      (590,372     (1,353,682  

Realized loss on derivative financial instruments

      (580,104     (276,626  

Unrealized gain /(loss) on derivative financial instruments

      667,652        (178,820  

Interest income

      4,754        28,672     

Other expense, net

      (10,925     (27,614  
                   

Total Other Income and Expense

          (508,995       (1,808,070
                       

Net Income

          1,710,221          11,092,607   
                       

Attributable to:

           

Equity holders of the parent

          1,710,221          11,092,607   

Net earnings per share

   6         

Basic

        $ 0.31        $ 1.98   

Diluted

        $ 0.31        $ 1.98   

 

There were no sources of comprehensive income in either period other than those shown above. All operations were continuing in both periods.

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Scorpio Tankers Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Unaudited Condensed Combined Financial Statements

For The Nine Months Ended September 30, 2009 and 2008

 

Unaudited Condensed Combined Statements of Changes in Shareholder’s Equity

 

     Common Stock    Merger
reserve
    Total  
     Shares
Number.
   Share
capital
    
          $    $     $  

Balance as of January 1, 2009

   5,589,147    $ 55,891    $ 20,243,275      $ 20,299,166   

Net income for the period

             1,710,221        1,710,221   

Dividends paid ($1.55 per share)

             (8,661,000     (8,661,000
                            

Balance as of September 30, 2009

   5,589,147    $ 55,891    $ 13,292,496      $ 13,348,387   
                            

Balance as of January 1, 2008

   5,589,147    $ 55,891    $ 26,841,351      $ 26,897,242   

Net income for the period

             11,092,607        11,092,607   

Dividends paid ($1.69 per share)

             (9,427,000     (9,427,000
                            

Balance as of September 30, 2008

   5,589,147    $ 55,891    $ 28,506,958      $ 28,562,849   
                            

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Scorpio Tankers Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

Unaudited Condensed Combined Financial Statements

For The Nine Months Ended September 30, 2009 and 2008

Unaudited Condensed Combined Cash Flow Statements

(in US$)

 

     For the Nine Months Ended September 30  
     2009     2008  
   $        $        $        $     

Operating activities

        

Net income

     1,710,221          11,092,607     

Depreciation

     5,155,675          4,883,150     

Vessel impairment

     4,511,877              

Unrealized (gain)/loss on derivatives

     (667,652       178,820     
                    
       10,710,121          16,154,577   

Changes in assets and liabilities:

        

Drydock payments

     (1,253,841           

Decrease/(increase) in inventories

     42,189          (224,846  

Decrease in accounts receivable

     1,904,406          67,745     

(Increase)/decrease in prepaid expenses

     (29,830       7,487     

Increase/(decrease) in accounts payable

     (135,406       232,695     

Decrease in shareholder’s payable

     (2,760,987       (3,720,774  

(Decrease)/increase in accrued expenses

     (242,539       295,353     
                    
       (2,476,008       (3,342,340
                    

Net Cash Inflow from Operating Activities

       8,234,113          12,812,237   

Financing activities

        

Dividends paid

     (8,661,000       (9,427,000  

Bank loan repayment

     (2,700,000       (2,700,000  
                    

Net Cash Outflow from Financing Activities

       (11,361,000       (12,127,000
                    

(Decrease)/Increase in cash and cash equivalents

       (3,126,887       685,237   

Cash and cash equivalents at January 1,

       3,607,635          1,153,743   
                    

Cash and cash equivalents at September 30,

       480,748          1,838,980   
                    

Supplemental information:

        

Interest paid

       650,478          1,432,870   

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Combined Financial Statements

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2009 and 2008

 

1.    General information and significant accounting policies

 

Company

 

Scorpio Tankers Inc. was incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands on July 1, 2009 by Simon Financial Limited (Simon). On October 1, 2009, Simon transferred to Scorpio Tankers Inc. three operating subsidiary companies, as described further below. Scorpio Tankers Inc. and its subsidiaries (together the Company) are engaged in seaborne transportation of crude oil and refined petroleum products in the international shipping markets. Simon is incorporated in Liberia and is the ultimate parent company and controlling party of the Company. Simon is owned by members of the Lolli-Ghetti family. Emanuele Lauro, our founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer is a member of the Lolli-Ghetti family. At September 30, 2009, the Lolli-Ghetti family owns 100% of the Company’s outstanding common shares and therefore maintains a controlling interest in the Company. See Note 7 for a discussion of the Company’s planned initial public offering of its common shares and the expected changes in ownership.

 

Business

 

The Company’s fleet consists of three wholly owned Panamax tankers engaged in seaborne transportation of crude oil and refined petroleum products in the international shipping markets. The Company’s vessels, as described in note 4 are commercially managed by Scorpio Commercial Management S.A.M. (SCM) which is a subsidiary of Simon. SCM’s services include securing employment, in pools, in the spot market and on time charters, for the Company’s vessels.

 

The Company’s vessels, as described in note 4, are technically managed by Scorpio Ship Management S.A.M. (SSM), which is also owned by members of the Lolli-Ghetti family. SSM facilitates vessel support such as crew, provisions, deck and engine stores, insurance, maintenance and repairs, and other services as necessary to operate the Company’s vessels such as drydocks and vetting/inspection under a technical management agreement.

 

SSM also provides the Company with administrative services pursuant to an administrative services agreement. The administrative services provided under the agreement primarily include accounting, legal compliance, financial, information technology services, and the provision of administrative staff and office space.

 

The Company pays their managers fees for these services and reimburses them for direct or indirect expenses that they incur in providing these services to the Company.

 

Basis of accounting

 

The combined financial statements have been presented in United States dollars (USD or $), which is the functional currency of the Scorpio Tankers Inc. and all its subsidiaries. The interim financial information for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008 has been prepared in accordance with International Accounting Standards (IAS) 34 as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. The interim report was prepared using the same accounting policies as adopted in the preparation of the combined financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2008.

 

Scorpio Tankers Inc. was transferred its subsidiaries (see below) on October 1, 2009 via a combination of entities under common control, with Simon Financial Limited being the ultimate parent company of all entities in the Company throughout all periods shown. As such, this business combination is outside the scope of IFRS 3

 

F-32


Table of Contents

Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Combined Financial Statements

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2009 and 2008

 

1.    General information and significant accounting policies (continued)

 

“Business Combinations” and the 2009 and 2008 interim results have therefore been prepared using the principles of merger accounting. Using these principles, the assets and liabilities transferred from entities under common control are recorded at the transferor’s carrying values. Any difference between the carrying value of the net assets transferred and the consideration paid by the Company is accounted for as an adjustment to shareholder’s equity through share capital and the merger reserve whilst any profit recognized after the reorganization will be recognized in equity within retained earnings. The net assets transferred and their results have been recognized from the date on which control of the subsidiaries was obtained by the ultimate controlling party.

 

The subsidiaries transferred to Scorpio Tankers Inc. on October 1, 2009 were:

 

Company

   Vessel    Percent
Owned
   

Incorporated in

Noemi Shipping Company Limited

   Noemi    100   The Republic of the Marshall Islands

Senatore Shipping Company Limited

   Senatore    100   The Republic of the Marshall Islands

Venice Shipping Company Limited (A)

   Venice    100   The Republic of the Marshall Islands

 

Unaudited pro forma information

 

The unaudited pro forma balance sheet information as of September 30, 2009 assumes the conversion of the related party payable and shareholder payable balances as of November 18, 2009 to equity as a capital contribution (as described in Note 7) as if such conversion took place as of September 30, 2009. No new shares were issued in conjunction with the conversion of the related party payable and shareholder payable to equity and therefore this transaction would have had no effect on the earnings per share for the nine months ended September 30, 2009. The remaining balance of the shareholder payable in the pro forma balance sheet as of September 30, 2009 relates to payments made against the shareholder payable subsequent to September 30, 2009 and before the conversion of the shareholder payable to equity on November 18, 2009. Therefore, as of the date of conversion, there was no outstanding balance for either the related party payable or the shareholder payable.

 

Going concern

 

Based on internal forecasts and projections that take into account reasonably possible changes in the Company’s trading performance, the Company believes that it has adequate financial resources to continue in operation for at least twelve months from the date of approval of these interim financial statements. Accordingly, the Company continues to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the Company’s interim financial statements.

 

Segment reporting

 

The Company adopted IFRS 8 “Operating Segments” on January 1, 2009. However, adoption of this standard has not resulted in any change to the Company’s reportable segments. Historically, the chief operating decision makers of Simon did not evaluate the operating results of the Company on a discrete basis including on an individual subsidiary or individual vessel basis or by distinct geographical locations. Rather, operating results for the Company have been assessed on an aggregated owned vessel basis. The chief operating decision makers of the Company expect to continue to evaluate the operating results of the Company on an aggregated consolidated basis. Thus, the Company has determined that it operates under one reportable segment.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Combined Financial Statements

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2009 and 2008

 

1.    General information and significant accounting policies (continued)

 

Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty

 

In the application of the our accounting policies, we are required to make judgements, estimates and assumptions about the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and other factors that are considered to be relevant. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

 

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period, or in the period of the revision and future periods if the revision affects both current and future periods.

 

The significant judgements and estimates are as follows:

 

Revenue recognition

 

We currently generate all of our revenue from time charters and pools. Revenue recognition for time charters and pools is generally not as complex or as subjective as voyage charters. Time charters are for a specific period of time at a specific rate per day. For long-term time charters, revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the charter. Pool revenues are determined by the pool managers from the total revenues and expenses of the pool and allocated to pool participants using a mechanism set out in the pool agreement.

 

Vessel impairment

 

The Company evaluates the carrying amounts of its vessels to determine whether there is any indication that those vessels have suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of vessels is estimated in order to determine the extent of the impairment loss (if any).

 

Recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset for which the estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted. The projection of cash flows related to vessels is complex and requires the Company to make various estimates including future freight rates, earnings from the vessels and discount rates. All of these items have been historically volatile. In assessing the fair value less cost to sell of the vessel, the Company obtains vessel valuations from leading, independent and internationally recognized ship brokers on an annual basis or when there is an indication that an asset or assets may be impaired.

 

If an indication of impairment is identified, the need for recognising an impairment loss is assessed by comparing the carrying amount of the vessels to the higher of the fair value less cost to sell and the value in use.

 

Vessel lives and residual value

 

The carrying value of each of our vessels represents its original cost at the time it was delivered or purchased less depreciation. We depreciate our vessels to their residual value on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. The estimated useful life of each vessel is 20 years from date of initial delivery from the shipyard. The residual value is estimated as the lightweight tonnage of each vessel multiplied by a forecast scrap value per ton. The scrap value per ton is estimated taking into consideration the scrap market rate ruling at the period end.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Combined Financial Statements

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2009 and 2008

 

1.    General information and significant accounting policies (continued)

 

An increase in the useful life of a vessel or in its scrap value would have the effect of decreasing the depreciation charge for the period and extending it into later periods. A decrease in the useful life of a vessel or scrap value would have the effect of increasing the depreciation charge for the period. However, when regulations place significant limitations over the ability of a vessel to trade on a worldwide basis, the vessel’s useful life is adjusted to end at the date such regulations become effective. The estimated salvage value of the vessels may not represent the fair market value at any one time since market prices of scrap values tend to fluctuate.

 

Deferred drydock cost

 

The Company recognizes drydock costs as a separate component of the vessels’ carrying amounts and amortizes the drydock cost on a straight-line basis over the estimated period until the next drydock. We use judgment when estimating the period between drydocks performed, which can result in adjustments to the estimated amortization of drydock expense. If the vessel is disposed of before the next drydock, the remaining balance of the deferred drydock is written-off and forms part of the gain or loss recognized upon disposal of vessels in the period when contracted. We expect that our vessels will be required to be drydocked approximately every 30 to 48 months for major repairs and maintenance that cannot be performed while the vessels are operating. Costs capitalized as part of the drydock include actual costs incurred at the drydock yard and parts and supplies used in making such repairs.

 

2.    Property, plant and equipment—vessels in operation

 

         Vessels     Drydock     Total  
     $     $     $  
Cost       
 

As of January 1, 2009

   $ 138,713,588      $ 2,105,847      $ 140,819,435   
 

Additions

            1,619,567        1,619,567   
 

Drydock write off*

            (2,105,847     (2,105,847
                          
 

As of September 30, 2009

     138,713,588        1,619,567        140,333,155   
                          

Accumulated Depreciation

      
 

As of January 1, 2009

     (29,718,644     (1,840,689     (31,559,333
 

Charge for the period

     (4,762,058     (393,617     (5,155,675
 

Impairment (See Note 3)

     (4,511,877            (4,511,877
 

Drydock write off*

            2,105,847        2,105,847   
                          
 

As of September 30, 2009

     (38,992,579     (128,459     (39,121,038
                          

Net Book Value

      
                          
 

As of September 30, 2009

   $ 99,721,009      $ 1,491,108      $ 101,212,117   
                          

 

Two of the vessels with an aggregated net book value of $79,231,815 as of September 30, 2009 and $85,328,080 as of December 31, 2008 have been provided as collateral for our long term bank loan. The Company’s remaining vessel has been provided as collateral under a third party commercial agreement, although this arrangement was cancelled in December 2009 (see Note 7).

 

  *   Drydock write off represents the write off of drydock costs that were fully depreciated during the period. The Noemi and Senatore were drydocked as scheduled in 2009 for a total cost of $1,619,567 of which $1,253,841 had been paid by September 30, 2009.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Combined Financial Statements

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2009 and 2008

 

2.    Property, plant and equipment—vessels in operation (continued)

 

Vessel depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis to the estimated residual value over the anticipated useful life of vessels from date of delivery. The residual value of vessels is estimated as the lightweight tonnage of each vessel multiplied by scrap value per ton. The scrap value per ton is estimated taking into consideration the scrap market rate ruling at the balance sheet date. Where there is a significant change in the estimated residual value, the resulting effect on depreciation expense is accounted for in the period of change and in future periods.

 

In accordance with this accounting policy, the Company evaluated the estimated residual value of each vessel at September 30, 2009 taking into consideration the scrap market rate ruling at this date. As a result of a significant increase in the scrap market rate, the Company increased its estimated residual values of its vessels. The change in the estimated residual value at September 30, 2009 resulted in a decrease in depreciation expense of $62,683 in the nine months ended September 30, 2009, and is expected to result in decreases in future periods of $85,398 per annum, as compared to the depreciation which would have been recorded using the estimated residual values prevailing at December 31, 2008.

 

Scrap market rates are historically volatile and therefore it is impracticable for the Company to estimate the effect of further changes in the scrap market rate and the residual values of the vessels on the Company’s depreciation expense in periods subsequent to September 30, 2009.

 

3.    Impairment of vessels

 

At the end of each reporting period, the Company evaluates the carrying amounts of vessels and related drydock costs to determine if there is any indication that those vessels and related drydock costs have suffered an impairment loss. If such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the vessels and related drydock costs is estimated in order to determine the extent of the impairment loss (if any).The Company reviews certain indicators of potential impairment, such as discounted projected operating cash flows, business plans and overall market conditions.

 

The current economic and market conditions, including the significant disruptions in the global credit markets, are having broad effects on participants in a wide variety of industries. In the nine months ended September 30, 2009, the charter rates in the oil and petroleum products charter market declined significantly and Panamax vessel values also declined, both as a result of a slowdown in the availability of global credit and the significant deterioration in charter rates. These are both conditions that the Company considers indicators of a potential impairment and therefore the Company performed an impairment test as of September 30, 2009 for each vessel to determine if any impairment loss had occurred.

 

To test for impairment, the Company estimated the recoverable amount by determining the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value in use for each vessel at September 30, 2009. The fair value less costs to sell was estimated by adding (i) the charter free market value of the vessel to (ii) the discounted value of each vessel’s time charter, which is the difference between each vessel’s time charter contracted rate and the market rate for a similar type of vessel with a similar contracted duration. In determining the charter free market value, the Company took into consideration the estimated valuations provided by an independent ship broker. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows of each vessel were discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate reflecting current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the vessel for which the estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted.

 

As a result of the test, the Company determined the recoverable amount of each vessel to be the fair value less costs to sell. The recoverable amounts of Noemi and Senatore were below the carrying values. This resulted in an impairment loss of $4,511,877 for Noemi and Senatore which was recognized as a loss in the combined income statement for the period ended September 30, 2009 and a reduction in the carrying value of the vessels.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Combined Financial Statements

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2009 and 2008

 

4.    Related party transactions

 

Transactions with subsidiaries of Simon (herein referred to as Simon subsidiaries) and transactions with entities outside of Simon but controlled by the Lolli-Ghetti family (herein referred to as related party affiliates) in the combined income statements are as follows:

 

     For the nine months
ended September 30,
 
     2009     2008  
     $     $  

Vessel revenue (A)

   9,087,714      15,220,584   

Vessel operating costs (B)

   (450,000   (574,701

General and administrative expenses (C)

   (252,174   (489,309

 

  (A)   These transactions related to revenue earned in the Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool (the Pool), a Simon subsidiary (See Note 5). In January 2007, the Noemi was time chartered to King Dustin, which is 50% jointly controlled by a Simon subsidiary. The revenue recognized by the Company from King Dustin for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008 was $6,049,254 and $6,647,088, respectively.
  (B)   These transactions represent technical management fees charged by SSM, a related party affiliate. During the period ended September 30, 2008, the Company’s fees under technical management arrangements with SSM were not at market rates. The Company estimates that its technical management fees for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 would have been $450,456, and would have increased net income for the periods by $124,245, had the Company operated as an unaffiliated entity. The Company’s estimate is based upon the rates charged to third party participants by the related party affiliate in 2008. The Company believes that the technical management fees charged by SSM for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 approximates the amounts that would have been charged at market rates. The Company signed new technical management agreements for its vessels in December 2009 (See Note 7).
  (C)   These transactions represent commercial management fees charged by SCM (a Simon subsidiary) and administrative fees charged by SSM.
         The Company incurred commercial management fees of $46,866 and $37,758 for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The Company’s commercial management fees for vessels not in the Pool were not at market rates for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008. The Company estimates that its commercial management fees for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008 would have been $294,805 and $308,180 respectively, and would have decreased net income for the periods by $247,939 and $270,423, respectively, had the Company operated as an unaffiliated entity. The Company’s estimate is based upon the rates charged to third party participants in the Pool for 2009 and 2008. The Company signed new commercial management agreements for its vessels in December 2009 (See Note 7).
         The Company incurred administrative management fees of $205,308 and $451,551 for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The administrative fee included services for accounting, administrative, information technology and management of the Company. The Company’s fees under administrative management arrangements may not have been at market rates. The Company cannot estimate what the cost would have been if operated as an unaffiliated party as the Company does not have relevant third party market data, but believes the costs for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008 were reasonable and appropriate for the services provided. The Company agreed upon the terms of a new administrative services agreement in December 2009 (See Note 7).

 

F-37


Table of Contents

Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Combined Financial Statements

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2009 and 2008

 

4.    Related party transactions (continued)

 

The Company had the following receivables and payables with related parties which have been included in the combined balance sheets:

 

     As of,
     September 30,
2009
   December 31,
2008
     $    $

Assets:

     

Accounts receivable (due from the Pool)

   1,414,947    3,581,581

Liabilities:

     

Accounts payable (owed to the Pool)

      129,844

Related party payable (D)

   27,406,408    27,406,408

Shareholder payable (E)

   19,267,336    22,028,323
  (D)   The related party payable is owed to a subsidiary of Simon. The payable is repayable upon demand and is non interest bearing and unsecured. The outstanding balance as of November 2009 was converted to equity as a capital contribution (See Note 7).
  (E)   The shareholder payable is owed to Simon. Historically, our company and the shareholder have transferred cash depending on the need of each entity and the excess cash available. The payable is non-interest bearing and unsecured. In November 2009, the outstanding balance was converted to equity as a capital contribution (See Note 7).

 

Key management remuneration

 

Executive management of the Company was provided by a related party affiliate and included in the management fees described in (C) above. The Company did not have any employees throughout the periods presented. If the Company was not part of Simon, and had the same ownership structure and a contract for administrative services, the Company estimates its general and administrative costs would have been comparable with the general and administrative costs presented in the combined income statement for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008.

 

5.    Revenue

 

During the first nine months of 2009 and 2008, we had two vessels that were time chartered out. The remaining revenue was from a vessel operating in the Pool.

 

Revenue Sources

 

     For the Nine Months
Ended September 30,
     2009    2008

Time charter revenue

   $ 12,664,377    $ 13,694,412

Pool revenue

     9,087,714      15,220,584
             
   $ 21,752,091    $ 28,914,996
             

 

F-38


Table of Contents

Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Combined Financial Statements

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2009 and 2008

 

5.    Revenue (continued)

 

Time charter out contracts:

 

     Time Charter Out    Daily rate

Vessel

   From    To (i)   

Noemi

   Jan. 2007    Jan 2012    $ 24,500

Senatore

   Sept 2007    Sept 2010    $ 26,000

 

  (i)   The time charter contracts terminate plus or minus 30 days from the anniversary date.

 

Seasonality

 

The tanker market is typically stronger in the winter months as a result of increased oil consumption in the northern hemisphere but weaker in the summer months as a result of lower oil consumption in the northern hemisphere and refinery maintenance. In addition, unpredictable weather patterns during the winter months tend to disrupt vessel scheduling. The oil price volatility resulting from these factors has historically led to increased oil trading activities in the winter months. As a result revenue generated by the Company’s vessels have historically been weaker during April – September and stronger during October – March.

 

6.    Earnings per share

 

On March 17, 2010, the board of directors amended and restated the Articles of Incorporation to (i) authorize 275,000,000 registered shares of which 250,000,000 were designated as common shares with a par value of $0.01 and 25,000,000 were designated as preferred shares with a par value of $0.01, and (ii) authorize a stock split of 3,726.098 to 1 for the issued and outstanding common shares, which increased the number of shares from 1,500 common shares issued and outstanding to 5,589,147 common shares issued and outstanding. All common share amounts in the combined financial statements have been retroactively adjusted for all periods presented, to give effect to the stock split. The calculation of both basic and diluted earnings per share is based on net income of $1,710,221 (nine months ended September 30, 2008: $11,092,607) and a weighted average number of ordinary shares of 5,589,147 for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008, which assumes that the reorganization described in Note 1 was effective during the period. There were no dilutive instruments in either period.

 

7.    Subsequent events

 

Related party payable and shareholder payable

 

In November 2009, the shareholder payable and related party payable, included in current liabilities at September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, were converted to equity as a capital contribution from Simon. As a result, the Company has no outstanding liabilities related to these related party arrangements.

 

Management service agreements

 

In December 2009, the Company amended its management agreements for commercial, technical and administrative management as follows:

 

   

Technical management—In December 2009, the Company signed the technical management agreement for each ship with SSM. Each ship will pay $548 per day for technical management. This

 

F-39


Table of Contents

Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Combined Financial Statements

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2009 and 2008

 

7.    Subsequent events (continued)

 

 

fee is the same charged to third parties by SSM, and therefore the Company believes it represents a market rate for such services.

 

   

Commercial management—In December 2009, the Company signed the commercial management agreement with SCM. Each of the vessels will pay $250 per day and 1.25% of their revenue when the vessels are not in the Pool. When the Company’s vessels are in the Pool, SCM, the pool manager, charges all vessels in the Pool (including third party participants) $250 per day and 1.25% of their revenue. The Company therefore believes that the commercial management agreement represents a market rate for such services.

 

   

Administrative management—In December 2009, the Company agreed upon the terms of an administrative services agreement for each vessel with an affiliated entity . The Company will pay the administrator a fixed monthly fee calculated at cost with no profit for providing the Company with administrative services, and will reimburse it for the reasonable direct or indirect expenses it incurs in providing the Company with such services. The Company will also pay the administrator a fee for arranging vessel purchases and sales, on behalf of the Company, equal to 1% of the gross purchase or sale price, payable upon the consummation of any such purchase or sale.

 

Other

 

Prior to December 2009, the Venice was provided as collateral to a third party under an agreement between a subsidiary of Liberty Holding Company Ltd. and a third party. Neither the Venice , Scorpio Tankers Inc. nor any of its subsidiaries were party to this agreement, nor had they had a relationship with the third party involved. At the request of Liberty Holding Company Ltd., in December 2009, the third party agreed to release the Venice from the agreement in exchange for Liberty Holding Company Ltd. providing other collateral in place of the Venice . Scorpio Tankers Inc. and its subsidiaries have no remaining collateral obligation under the agreement.

 

Initial Registration Statement

 

On February 17, 2010, the Company filed a Form F-1 registration statement with the United States Securities & Exchange Commission (“SEC”) for the registration of shares to be offered in an initial public offering. The Company currently expects to issue more than 50% of its existing shares at the time of the offering and therefore the Company does not expect that the Lolli-Ghetti Family, of which Mr. Lauro, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, is a member, will maintain a controlling interest in Scorpio Tankers Inc. after the consummation of the offering.

 

New Credit Facility

 

On March 9, 2010, the Company entered into a commitment letter with Nordea Bank Finland plc, acting through its New York branch, DnB NOR Bank ASA, acting through its New York branch, and Fortis Bank Nederland for a senior secured term loan facility of up to $150 million. The Company’s entry into the credit facility is subject to the completion of the offering with gross proceeds to the Company of at least $150 million and customary conditions and documentation, including payment of an upfront fee and each Lender’s satisfaction with the completion of due diligence. The credit facility may only be used to finance the cost of future vessel acquisitions, which vessels will be the collateral for the credit facility.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

 

SCORPIO TANKERS INC.

 

LOGO

 

Through and including                      , (the 25th date after the date of this prospectus) federal securities law may require all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, to deliver a prospectus. This requirement is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


Table of Contents

PART II: INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

 

Item 6. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

The bylaws of the Registrant provide that every director and officer of the Registrant shall be indemnified out of the funds of the Registrant against:

 

  (1)   all civil liabilities, loss, damage or expense (including but not limited to liabilities under contract, tort and statute or any applicable foreign law or regulation and all reasonable legal and other costs and expenses properly payable) incurred or suffered by him as such director or officer acting in the reasonable belief that he has been so appointed or elected notwithstanding any defect in such appointment or election, provided always that such indemnity shall not extend to any matter which would render it void pursuant to any Marshall Islands statute from time to time in force concerning companies insofar as the same applies to the Registrant; and

 

  (2)   all liabilities incurred by him as such director or officer in defending any proceedings, whether civil or criminal, in which judgment is given in his favor, or in which he is acquitted, or in connection with any application under any Marshall Islands statute from time to time in force concerning companies in which relief from liability is granted to him by the court.

 

The BCA authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors and officers to corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors’ fiduciary duties. Our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and bylaws include a provision that eliminates the personal liability of directors for monetary damages for actions taken as a director to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

Our bylaws provide that we must indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by law. We are also expressly authorized to advance certain expenses (including attorney’s fees and disbursements and court costs) to our directors and offices and carry directors’ and officers’ insurance providing indemnification for our directors, officers and certain employees for some liabilities. We believe that these indemnification provisions and insurance are useful to attract and retain qualified directors and executive officers.

 

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions may also have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

 

There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought.

 

Section 60 of the BCA provides as follows:

 

Indemnification of directors and officers:

 

  (1)  

Actions not by or in right of the corporation . A corporation shall have power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably

 

II-1


Table of Contents
 

believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of no contest, or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceedings, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

 

  (2)   Actions by or in right of the corporation . A corporation shall have the power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not, opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claims, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his duty to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the court shall deem proper.

 

  (3)   When director or officer successful . To the extent that a director or officer of a corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in subsections (1) or (2) of this section, or in the defense of a claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith.

 

  (4)   Payment of expenses in advance . Expenses incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding as authorized by the board of directors in the specific case upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in this section.

 

  (5)   Indemnification pursuant to other rights. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, the other subsections of this section shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

 

  (6)   Continuation of indemnification. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this section shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

  (7)   Insurance . A corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in such capacity whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this section.

 

II-2


Table of Contents
Item 7. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

 

On October 1, 2009, we issued 1,500 shares of common stock to Scorpio Owning Holding Ltd., a subsidiary of Liberty, which is an affiliate within the Scorpio Group, for aggregate consideration of $1,500.

 

On November 18, 2009, the outstanding balances of our shareholder payable and related party payable as of November 18, 2009 of $46.3 million were converted to equity as a capital contribution, in the amount of $18,865,930 for the shareholder payable to Simon, and in the amount of $27,406,408 for the related party payable to Iceberg Shipping Limited, a subsidiary of Liberty. These payables were converted to equity as a capital contribution and did not include the issuance of any unregistered securities.

 

The following table sets forth all private sales of our shares of our common stock since inception:

 

Securities Sold

   Date Sold    Consideration
Per Share
   Total
Consideration
   Registration
Exemption
   Purchasers
1,500 Shares of common stock    October 1, 2009    $1 per share    $1,500    Section 4(2)
of the
Securities Act
   Scorpio Owning
Holding Ltd.

 

Item 8. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

*1   

Form of Underwriting Agreement

3.1   

Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company

**3.2   

Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company

**4.1   

Form of Stock Certificate

**5.1    Form of Opinion of Seward & Kissel LLP, Marshall Islands counsel to the Company, as to the validity of the common stock
8.1   

Form of Tax opinion of Seward & Kissel LLP

10.1    Administrative Services Agreement between the Company and Liberty Holding Company Ltd.
10.2   

Time Charter Agreement of Noemi Shipping Company Limited

10.3   

Time Charter Agreement of Senatore Shipping Company Limited

**10.4   

Form of Memorandum of Agreement

10.5   

Commercial Management Agreement between Noemi Shipping Company Limited and SCM

10.6   

Commercial Management Agreement between Senatore Shipping Company Limited and SCM

10.7    Commercial Management Agreement between Venice Shipping Company Limited and SCM
10.8    Technical Management Agreement between Noemi Shipping Company Limited and SSM
10.9    Technical Management Agreement between Senatore Shipping Company Limited and SSM
10.10    Technical Management Agreement between Venice Shipping Company Limited and SSM
**10.11   

Commitment Letter for New 2010 Credit Facility

**10.12   

Loan Agreement for 2005 Credit Facility

**10.13   

Form of Equity Incentive Plan

**21   

Subsidiaries of the Company

23.1   

Consent of Seward & Kissel LLP (included within Exhibit 5.1)

23.2   

Consent of Deloitte LLP, independent registered public accounting firm

23.3   

Consent of Fearnley Fonds ASA

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

**23.4   

Consent of Alexandre Albertini

**23.5   

Consent of Ademaro Lanzara

**23.6   

Consent of Donald C. Trauscht

    23.7   

Consent of Drewry Shipping Consultants Ltd.

    24.1   

Powers of Attorney (included on the signature page hereto).

 

  *   To be filed by subsequent amendment.
  **   Previously filed.

 

Item 9. Undertakings

 

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1)   For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b) (1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2)   For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City and Country of Monaco, on the 18th day of March, 2010.

 

SCORPIO TANKERS INC.
By:  

/s/    E MANUELE A. L AURO        

Name:     Emanuele A. Lauro
Title:     Chairman & Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Lawrence Rutkowski and Edward Horton, or either of them, with full power to act alone, his or her true lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full powers of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments or supplements to this registration statement, whether pre-effective or post-effective, including any subsequent registration statement for the same offering which may be filed under Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing necessary to be done, as fully for all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or his substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

In accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons on March 18, 2010 in the capacities indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

/s/    E MANUELE A. L AURO        

Emanuele A. Lauro

  

Chairman & Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/    R OBERT B UGBEE        

Robert Bugbee

   Director & President

/s/    B RIAN L EE        

Brian Lee

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer,

Principal Accounting Officer)

 

   Director

 

   Director

 

   Director


Table of Contents

SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE REGISTRANT

Pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned, a duly authorized representative of Scorpio Tankers Inc. in the U.S., has signed this Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 in the City of New York, State of New York on the 18th day of March, 2010.

 

STING LLC

By:   Scorpio Tankers Inc., its Sole Member
By:  

/s/    R OBERT B UGBEE        

Name:   Robert Bugbee
Title:   President

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

SCORPIO TANKERS INC.

UNDER SECTION 93 OF THE

THE MARSHALL ISLANDS BUSINESS CORPORATIONS ACT

The undersigned, Emanuele Lauro, as the Chief Executive Officer of Scorpio Tankers Inc., a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands on July 1, 2009 (the “Corporation”), for the purpose of amending and restating the Articles of Incorporation of said Corporation pursuant to section 93 of the Business Corporations Act, as amended, hereby certifies that:

 

  1. The name of the Corporation is: Scorpio Tankers Inc.

 

  2. The Articles of Incorporation were filed with the Registrar of Corporations on the 1st day of July, 2009.

 

  3. The Corporation’s total capital stock issued and outstanding was 1,500 common shares, par value $1.00.

 

  4. The Articles of Incorporation were amended on December 9, 2009 to change the name of the Corporation to: Scorpio Tankers Inc.

 

  5. The Articles of Incorporation are amended and restated in their entirety and are replaced by the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation attached hereto, pursuant to which the Corporation’s total capital stock issued and outstanding shall be 1,500 common shares, par value $0.01.

 

  6. These Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation were authorized by actions of the Board of Directors and Shareholders of the Corporation.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation this 17 th day of March, 2010.

 

/s/ Emanuele Lauro

Authorized Person
Name:   Emanuele Lauro
Title:   Chief Executive Officer


AMENDED AND RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

SCORPIO TANKERS INC.

PURSUANT TO THE MARSHALL ISLANDS BUSINESS CORPORATION ACT

 

A. The name of the Corporation shall be:

SCORPIO TANKERS INC.

 

B. The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may now or hereafter be organized under the Marshall Islands Business Corporations Act (the “BCA”) and without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing, the corporation shall have the power:

(1) To purchase or otherwise acquire, own, use, operate, pledge, hypothecate, mortgage, lease, charter, sub-charter, sell, build, and repair steamships, motorships, tankers, whaling vessels, sailing vessels, tugs, lighters, barges, and all other vessels and craft of any and all motive power whatsoever, including landcraft, and any and all means of conveyance and transportation by land or water, together with engines, boilers, machinery equipment and appurtenances of all kinds, including masts, sails, boats, anchors, cables, tackle, furniture and all other necessities thereunto appertaining and belonging, together with all materials, articles, tools, equipment and appliances necessary, suitable or convenient for the construction, equipment, use and operation thereof; and to equip, furnish, and outfit such vessels and ships.

(2) To engage in ocean, coastwise and inland commerce, and generally in the carriage of freight, goods, cargo in bulk, passengers, mail and personal effects by water between the various ports of the world and to engage generally in waterborne commerce.

(3) To purchase or otherwise acquire, own, use, operate, lease, build, repair, sell or in any manner dispose of docks, piers, quays, wharves, dry docks, warehouses and storage facilities of all kinds, and any property, real, personal and mixed, in connection therewith.

(4) To act as charterers, or chartering brokers, or shipbuilding/shiprepairing brokers or ship’s sale and purchase brokers, ship’s husband, customhouse brokers, ship’s agents, manager of shipping property, freight contractors, forwarding agents, warehousemen, wharfingers, ship chandlers, and general traders.

 

C. The registered address of the Corporation in the Marshall Islands is Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960. The name of the Corporation’s registered agent at such address is The Trust Company of the Marshall Islands, Inc.

 

D. The aggregate number of shares of stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is Two Hundred Seventy-Five Million (275,000,000) registered shares, of which Two Hundred Fifty Million (250,000,000) shall be designated common shares with a par value of one United States cent (US $0.01) per share, and Twenty Five Million (25,000,000) shall be designated preferred shares with a par value of one United States cent (US $0.01) per share. The Board of Directors shall have the authority to authorize the issuance from time to time of one or more classes of preferred shares with one or more series within any class thereof, with such voting powers, full or limited, or without voting powers and with such designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or special rights and qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereon as shall be set forth in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors providing for the issuance of such preferred shares.

 

E. The Corporation shall have every power which a corporation now or hereafter organized under the BCA may have.


F. The name and address of the incorporator is:

 

Name    Post Office Address
Majuro Nominees Ltd.    P.O. Box 1405
   Majuro
   Marshall Islands

 

G. No holder of shares of the Corporation of any class, now or hereafter authorized, shall have any preferential or preemptive rights to subscribe for, purchase or receive any shares of the Corporation of any class, now or hereafter authorized or any options or warrants for such shares, or any rights to subscribe to or purchase such shares, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for such shares, which may at any time be issued, sold or offered for sale by the Corporation.

 

H. Corporate existence commenced on July 1, 2009 and shall continue upon filing these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation with the Registrar of Corporations as of the filing date stated herein.

 

I. (a) The number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors shall be not less than one, as fixed from time to time by the vote of not less than two-thirds of the entire Board of Directors; provided, however, that the number of directors shall not be reduced so as to shorten the term of any director at the time in office. The phrase “two-thirds of the entire Board of Directors” as used in these Articles of Incorporation shall be deemed to refer to two-thirds of the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors as provided in or pursuant to this Section (a) of this Article I, without regard to any vacancies then existing.

(b) The Board of Directors shall be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as the then total number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors permits, with the term of office of one or another of the three classes expiring each year. As soon as practicable after the filing of these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation with the Registrar of Corporations responsible for non-resident corporations, the shareholders of the Corporation shall divide the Board of Directors into three classes, with the term of office of the first class to expire at the 2011 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, the term of office of the second class to expire at the 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and the term of office of the third class to expire at the 2013 Annual Meeting of Shareholders. Commencing with the 2011 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, the directors elected at an annual meeting of shareholders to succeed those whose terms then expire shall be identified as being directors of the same class as the directors whom they succeed, and each of them shall hold office until the third succeeding annual meeting of shareholders and until such director’s successor is elected and has qualified. Any vacancies in the Board of Directors for any reason, and any created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors, may be filled by the vote of not less than a majority of the members of the Board of Directors then in office, although less than a quorum, and any directors so chosen shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such directors shall have been chosen and until their successors shall be elected and qualified. No decrease in the number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and except as otherwise required by law, whenever the holders of any one or more series of preferred stock shall have the right, voting separately as a class, to elect one or more directors of the Corporation, the then authorized number of directors shall be increased by the number of directors so to be elected, and the terms of the director or directors elected by such holders shall expire at the next succeeding annual meeting of shareholders.

(c) Notwithstanding any other provisions of these Articles of Incorporation or the bylaws of the Corporation (and notwithstanding the fact that some lesser percentage may be specified by law, these Articles of Incorporation or the bylaws of the Corporation), any director or the entire Board of


Directors of the Corporation may be removed at any time, but only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds or more of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (considered for this purpose as one class) cast at a meeting of the shareholders called for that purpose. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and except as otherwise required by law, whenever the holders of any one or more series of preferred stock shall have the right, voting separately as a class, to elect one or more directors of the Corporation, the provisions of this Section (c) of this Article I shall not apply with respect to the director or directors elected by such holders of preferred stock.

(d) Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast at a meeting of shareholders by the holders of shares entitled to vote in the election. Cumulative voting, as defined in Division 7, Section 71(2) of the BCA, shall not be used to elect directors.

(e) Notwithstanding any other provisions of these Articles of Incorporation or the bylaws of the Corporation (and notwithstanding the fact that some lesser percentage may be specified by law, these Articles of Incorporation or the bylaws of the Corporation), the affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds or more of the outstanding shares of common stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (considered for this purpose as one class) shall be required to amend, alter, change or repeal this Article I.

 

J. Making, altering or repealing the bylaws of the Corporation shall be governed by the provisions of the Corporation’s bylaws as in effect at such time. Notwithstanding any other provisions of these Articles of Incorporation or the Corporation’s bylaws (and notwithstanding the fact that some lesser percentage may be specified by law, the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation or these bylaws), the affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds or more of the outstanding shares of common stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (considered for this purpose as one class) shall be required to amend, alter, change or repeal this Article J.

 

K. (a) The Corporation may not engage in any Business Combination with any Interested Shareholder for a period of three years following the time of the transaction in which the person became an Interested Shareholder, unless:

(1) prior to such time, the Board of Directors of the Corporation approved either the Business Combination or the transaction which resulted in the shareholder becoming an Interested Shareholder;

(2) upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the shareholder becoming an Interested Shareholder, the Interested Shareholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the Corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the number of shares outstanding those shares owned (i) by persons who are directors and also officers and (ii) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

(3) at or subsequent to such time, the Business Combination is approved by the Board of Directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of shareholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested shareholder; or

(4) the shareholder became an Interested Shareholder prior to the consummation of the initial public offering of the Corporation’s common stock under the United States Securities Act of 1933.

(b) The restrictions contained in this section shall not apply if:

(1) A shareholder becomes an Interested Shareholder inadvertently and (i) as soon as practicable divests itself of ownership of sufficient shares so that the shareholder ceases to be an Interested Shareholder; and (ii) would not, at any time within the three-year period immediately prior to a Business Combination between the Corporation and such shareholder, have been an Interested Shareholder but for the inadvertent acquisition of ownership; or


(2) The Business Combination is proposed prior to the consummation or abandonment of and subsequent to the earlier of the public announcement or the notice required hereunder of a proposed transaction which (i) constitutes one of the transactions described in the following sentence; (ii) is with or by a person who either was not an Interested Shareholder during the previous three years or who became an Interested Shareholder with the approval of the Board; and (iii) is approved or not opposed by a majority of the members of the Board then in office (but not less than one) who were Directors prior to any person becoming an Interested Shareholder during the previous three years or were recommended for election or elected to succeed such Directors by a majority of such Directors. The proposed transactions referred to in the preceding sentence are limited to:

(i) a merger or consolidation of the Corporation (except for a merger in respect of which, pursuant to the BCA, no vote of the shareholders of the Corporation is required);

(ii) a sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions), whether as part of a dissolution or otherwise, of assets of the Corporation or of any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation (other than to any direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary or to the Corporation) having an aggregate market value equal to 50% or more of either that aggregate market value of all of the assets of the Corporation determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate market value of all the outstanding shares; or

(iii) a proposed tender or exchange offer for 50% or more of the outstanding voting shares of the Corporation.

The Corporation shall give not less than 20 days notice to all Interested Shareholders prior to the consummation of any of the transactions described in clause (i) or (ii) of the second sentence of this paragraph.

(c) For the purpose of this Article K only, the term:

(1) “Affiliate” means a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, another person.

(2) “Associate,” when used to indicate a relationship with any person, means: (i) Any corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity of which such person is a director, officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the owner of 15% or more of any class of voting shares; (ii) any trust or other estate in which such person has at least a 15% beneficial interest or as to which such person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and (iii) any relative or spouse of such person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same residence as such person.

(3) “Business Combination,” when used in reference to the Corporation and any Interested Shareholder of the Corporation, means:

(i) Any merger or consolidation of the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation with (A) the Interested Shareholder or any of its affiliates, or (B) with any other corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity if the merger or consolidation is caused by the Interested Shareholder.

(ii) Any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions), except proportionately as a shareholder of the Corporation, to or with the Interested Shareholder, whether as part of a dissolution or otherwise, of assets of the Corporation or of any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation which assets have an aggregate market value equal to 10% or more of either the aggregate market value of all the assets of the Corporation determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate market value of all the outstanding shares;


(iii) Any transaction which results in the issuance or transfer by the Corporation or by any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation of any shares, or any share of such subsidiary, to the Interested Shareholder, except: (A) pursuant to the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into shares, or shares of any such subsidiary, which securities were outstanding prior to the time that the Interested Shareholder became such; (B) pursuant to a merger with a direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Corporation solely for purposes of forming a holding company; (C) pursuant to a dividend or distribution paid or made, or the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into shares, or shares of any such subsidiary, which security is distributed, pro rata to all holders of a class or series of shares subsequent to the time the Interested Shareholder became such; (D) pursuant to an exchange offer by the Corporation to purchase shares made on the same terms to all holders of said shares; or (E) any issuance or transfer of shares by the Corporation; provided however, that in no case under items (C)-(E) of this subparagraph shall there be an increase in the Interested Shareholder’s proportionate share of the any class or series of shares;

(iv) Any transaction involving the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation which has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the proportionate share of any class or series of shares, or securities convertible into any class or series of shares, or shares of any such subsidiary, or securities convertible into such shares, which is owned by the Interested Shareholder, except as a result of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments or as a result of any purchase or redemption of any shares not caused, directly or indirectly, by the Interested Shareholder; or

(v) Any receipt by the Interested Shareholder of the benefit, directly or indirectly (except proportionately as a shareholder of the Corporation), of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits (other than those expressly permitted in subparagraphs (i)-(iv) of this paragraph) provided by or through the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary.

(4) “Control,” including the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with,” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting shares, by contract or otherwise. A person who is the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting shares of any corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity shall be presumed to have control of such entity, in the absence of proof by a preponderance of the evidence to the contrary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a presumption of control shall not apply where such person holds voting shares, in good faith and not for the purpose of circumventing this provision, as an agent, bank, broker, nominee, custodian or trustee for one or more owners who do not individually or as a group have control of such entity.

(5) “Interested Shareholder” means any person (other than the Corporation and any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation) that (i) is the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting shares of the Corporation, or (ii) is an affiliate or associate of the Corporation and was the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting shares of the Corporation at any time within the three-year period immediately prior to the date on which it is sought to be determined whether such person is an Interested Shareholder; and the affiliates and associates of such person; provided, however, that the term “Interested Shareholder” shall not include any person whose ownership of shares in excess of the 15% limitation set forth herein is the result of action taken solely by the Corporation; provided that such person shall be an Interested Shareholder if thereafter such person acquires additional shares of voting shares of the Corporation, except as a result of further Corporation action not caused, directly or indirectly, by such person. For the purpose of determining whether a person is an Interested Shareholder, the voting shares of the Corporation deemed to be outstanding shall include voting shares deemed to be owned by the person through application of paragraph (8) below, but shall not include any other unissued shares which may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.

(6) “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity.


(7) “Voting stock” means, with respect to any corporation, shares of any class or series entitled to vote generally in the election of directors and, with respect to any entity that is not a corporation, any equity interest entitled to vote generally in the election of the governing body of such entity.

(8) “Owner,” including the terms “own” and “owned,” when used with respect to any shares, means a person that individually or with or through any of its affiliates or associates:

(i) Beneficially owns such shares, directly or indirectly; or

(ii) Has (A) the right to acquire such shares (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise; provided, however, that a person shall not be deemed the owner of shares tendered pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made by such person or any of such person’s affiliates or associates until such tendered shares is accepted for purchase or exchange; or (B) the right to vote such shares pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; provided, however, that a person shall not be deemed the owner of any shares because of such person’s right to vote such shares if the agreement, arrangement or understanding to vote such shares arises solely from a revocable proxy or consent given in response to a proxy or consent solicitation made to 10 or more persons; or

(iii) Has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except voting pursuant to a revocable proxy or consent as described in item (B) of subparagraph (ii) of this paragraph), or disposing of such shares with any other person that beneficially owns, or whose affiliates or associates beneficially own, directly or indirectly, such shares.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provisions of these Articles of Incorporation or the bylaws of the Corporation (and notwithstanding the fact that some lesser percentage may be specified by law, these Articles of Incorporation or the bylaws of the Corporation), the affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds or more of the outstanding shares of common stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (considered for this purpose as one class) shall be required to amend, alter, change or repeal this Article K.

 

L. At all meetings of shareholders of the Corporation, except as otherwise expressly provided by law, there must be present either in person or by proxy shareholders of record holding at least one-third of the shares issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at such meetings in order to constitute a quorum, but if less than a quorum is present, a majority of those shares present either in person or by proxy shall have power to adjourn any meeting until a quorum shall be present.

 

M. The 1,500 common shares, par value one United States dollar (U.S. $1.00) per share of the Corporation issued and outstanding shall be converted into one thousand five hundred (1,500) common shares, par value one United States cent ($0.01) per share, on a share-for-share basis.

 

N. The stated capital of the Corporation is reduced from one thousand five hundred United States dollars (U.S. $1,500.00) to fifteen United States dollars (U.S. $15.00) and the amount of one thousand four hundred and eighty five United States dollars ($1,485.00) is transferred to surplus capital.

EXHIBIT 8.1

 

[Seward & Kissel LLP Letterhead]

 

FORM OF OPINION

 

Scorpio Tankers Inc.

  March    , 2010

9, Boulevard Charles III

Monaco 98000

 

 

Re: Scorpio Tankers Inc.

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as counsel to Scorpio Tankers Inc. (the “Company”) in connection with the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-164940) (the “Registration Statement”) as filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on March 18, 2010, as thereafter amended or supplemented, with respect to the public offering (the “Offering”) of up to 14,375,000 of the Company’s Common Shares, par value $0.01 per share (the “Common Shares”).

 

In formulating our opinion as to these matters, we have examined such documents as we have deemed appropriate, including the Registration Statement and the prospectus of the Company (the “Prospectus”) included in the Registration Statement. We also have obtained such additional information as we have deemed relevant and necessary from representatives of the Company.

 

Capitalized terms not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Registration Statement.

 

Based on the facts as set forth in the Registration Statement and, in particular, on the representations, covenants, assumptions, conditions and qualifications described under the captions “Risk Factors” and “Tax Considerations” therein, we hereby confirm that the opinions of Seward & Kissel LLP with respect to United States federal income tax matters and Marshall Islands tax matters are those opinions attributed to Seward & Kissel LLP expressed in the Registration Statement under the captions “Tax Considerations” and “Risk Factors—We may have to pay tax on United States source shipping income, which would reduce our earnings”, “Risk Factors – “Any dividends paid by us may not qualify for preferential rates of United States federal income taxation in the hands of United States non-corporate holders”, and “Risk Factors – United States tax authorities could treat us as a ‘passive foreign investment company,’ which could have adverse United States federal income tax consequences to United States holders” in the Registration Statement accurately state our opinion as to the tax matters discussed therein.


Our opinions and the tax discussion as set forth in the Registration Statement are based on the current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, published pronouncements of the Internal Revenue Service which may be cited or used as precedents, and case law, any of which may be changed at any time with retroactive effect. No opinion is expressed on any matters other than those specifically referred to above by reference to the Registration Statement.

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.

 

Very truly yours,

DRAFT

Exhibit 10.1

ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES AGREEMENT

THIS ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES AGREEMENT (as the same may be amended or modified from time to time, this “ Agreement ”) is dated as of             , 2010 and is by and between Scorpio Tankers Inc., a Marshall Islands corporation (the “ Company ”), and Liberty Holding Company Ltd., a Marshall Islands corporation (“ Liberty ” or the “ Administrator ”).

RECITALS

A. The Company was recently formed in anticipation of the Company’s initial public offering (the “ Public Offering ”) of shares of its Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“ Common Shares ”).

B. In order to provide administrative services to the Company with respect to Vessels it may acquire and its business, the Company desires to engage the Administrator to provide, directly or indirectly, such services to the Company as are set out herein, and the Administrator desires to provide such services to the Company, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and premises of the Parties herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:

1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

1.1 Certain Definitions. In this Agreement, including the recitals hereto, unless the context requires otherwise, the following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth below:

Accounting Referee ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 6.3.

Administrator Breach ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 8.3(a).

Administrator Indemnified Persons ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 7.3.

Administrator Misconduct ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section7.1(a).

Administrator’s Personnel ” means all individuals who are employed by or have entered into consulting arrangements with the Administrator or any subcontractor under Section 2.3.

Affiliates ” means, with respect to any Person as at any particular date, any other Persons that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, are Controlled by, Control or are under common Control with the Person in question, and “ Affiliate ” means any one of them.

Applicable Laws ” means, in respect of any Person, property, transaction or event, all laws, statutes, ordinances, regulations, municipal by-laws, treaties, judgments and decrees applicable to that Person, property, transaction or event, all applicable official directives, rules, consents, approvals, authorizations, guidelines, orders, codes of practice and policies of any Governmental Authority having authority over that Person, property, transaction or event and having the force of law, and all general principles of common law and equity.

Board of Directors ” means the board of directors of the Company, as the same may be constituted from time to time.

Books and Records ” means all books of accounts and records, including tax records, sales and purchase records, Vessel records, computer software, formulae, business reports, plans and projections and all other documents, files, correspondence and other information of the Company with respect to the Vessels or the Business (whether or not in written, printed, electronic or computer printout form).


Business ” means the Company’s business of owning, operating and/or chartering or re-chartering Vessels to other Persons and any other lawful act or activity customarily conducted in conjunction therewith.

Business Day ” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or statutory holiday on which the banks in New York, New York and Monaco are required to close.

Change of Control ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 8.4.

Chief Financial Officer ” means the chief financial officer of the Company.

Common Shares ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the recitals to this Agreement.

Company ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the preamble, and to the extent applicable, references to the Company shall include the Company’s wholly owned Subsidiaries.

Company Breach ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 8.4(b).

Company Indemnified Persons ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 7.3.

Confidential Information ” means all nonpublic or proprietary information or data (including all oral and visual information or data recorded in writing or in any other medium or by any other method) relating to a Disclosing Party that is obtained from the Disclosing Party or any third party on the Disclosing Party’s behalf, at any time before, simultaneously with, or after the execution of this Agreement; and, without prejudice to the general nature of the foregoing definition, the term Confidential Information shall include, but not by way of limitation, (i) information regarding the Disclosing Party’s existing or proposed operations, business plans, market opportunities, and business affairs and (ii) any information ascertainable by inspection of Confidential Information disclosed to the Receiving Party or by the analysis of any materials supplied to the Receiving. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information shall not include any information which (x) is public knowledge at the time of disclosure or which subsequently becomes public knowledge other than as a result of a breach of this Agreement; (y) the Receiving Party can show was made available to it by some other Person who had a right to do so and who was not subject to any obligation of confidentiality or restricted use regarding such information; or (z) was developed by the Receiving Party independently without use of any confidential information provided hereunder or by a third party in breach of its confidentiality obligations.

Control ” or “ Controlled ” means, with respect to any Person, the right to elect or appoint, directly or indirectly, a majority of the directors of such Person or a majority of the Persons who have the right, including any contractual right, to manage and direct the business, affairs and operations of such Person, or the possession of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of Voting Securities, by contract, or otherwise.

Costs and Expenses ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 6.1.

Credit Facility ” means any credit facility agreement to which any Company may be a party from time to time.

Designated Representative ” and “ Designated Representatives ” each have the meaning ascribed to such terms in Section 9.1.

Disclosing Party ” means a Party who has disclosed Confidential Information hereunder to the other Party or on whose behalf Confidential Information has been disclosed to the other Party.

Dispute ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 9.1.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

2


Existing Ownership Group ” means Liberty and all Affiliates thereof.

Fiscal Quarter ” means a fiscal quarter for the Company or, in the case of the fiscal quarter ending [March 31, 2010], the portion of such fiscal quarter between the date of this Agreement and the commencement of the next fiscal quarter.

Fiscal Year ” means the fiscal year of the Company, being the twelve-month period ending December 31.

Governmental Authority ” means any domestic or foreign government, including any federal, provincial, state, territorial or municipal government, any multinational or supranational organization, any government agency (including the SEC), any tribunal, labor relations board, commission or stock exchange (including the New York Stock Exchange), and any other authority or organization exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of, or pertaining to, government.

IFRS ” means the international financial reporting standards.

Initial Term ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 8.1.

Legal Action ” means any action, claim, complaint, demand, suit, judgment, investigation or proceeding, pending or threatened, by any Person or before any Governmental Authority.

Losses ” means losses, expenses, costs, liabilities and damages, excluding lost profits and consequential damages, but including interest charges, penalties, fines and monetary sanctions.

Mediator’s Report ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 9.2(c).

Parties ” means the Company and the Administrator.

Person ” means an individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or trustee, unincorporated organization, association, Governmental Authority or other entity.

President ” means the president of the Company.

Public Offering ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the recitals to this Agreement.

Questioned Items ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3.4(b).

Receiving Party ” means a Party to whom Confidential Information of a Disclosing Party has been disclosed hereunder.

Renewal Term ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 8.2.

Sale and Purchase Fee ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 6.1.

SEC ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Services” has the meaning set out in Section 3.1.

Subsidiary(ies) ” means, with respect to any Person, (a) a corporation of which more than 50% of the voting power of shares entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors or other governing body of such corporation is owned, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, by such Person, by one or more Persons Controlled by such Person or a combination thereof, (b) a partnership (whether general or limited) in which such Person or a Person Controlled by such Person is, at the date of determination, a general or limited partner of such partnership, but only if more than 50% of the partnership interests of such partnership (considering all of the partnership interests of the partnership as a single class) is owned, directly

 

3


or indirectly, at the date of determination, by such Person, one or more Persons Controlled by such Person, or a combination thereof, or (c) any other Person (other than a corporation or a partnership) in which such Person, one or more Persons Controlled by such Person, or a combination thereof, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, has (i) at least a majority ownership interest or (ii) the power to elect or direct the election of a majority of the directors or other governing body of such Person.

Term ” means the Initial Term and any Renewal Term, in each case subject to any early termination of this Agreement as permitted herein.

Vessels ” means the vessels owned by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

Voting Securities ” means securities of all classes of a Person entitling the holders thereof to vote on a regular basis in the election of members of the board of directors or other governing body of such Person.

1.2 Construction. In this Agreement, unless the context requires otherwise:

(a) references to laws and regulations refer to such laws and regulations as they may be amended from time to time, and references to particular provisions of a law or regulation include any corresponding provisions of any succeeding law or regulation;

(b) references to money refer to legal currency of the United States;

(c) “including” means “including, without limitation,” whether or not so expressed;

(d) words importing the singular include the plural and vice versa, and words importing gender include all genders; and

(e) a reference to an “approval,” “authorization,” “consent,” “notice” or “agreement” means an approval, authorization, consent, notice or agreement, as the case may be, in writing.

1.3 Headings. All article or section headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to control or affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof.

2. ENGAGEMENT OF ADMINISTRATOR

2.1 Engagement. The Company hereby engages the Administrator to provide, upon the Company’s request, the Services specified herein, and the Administrator hereby accepts such engagement, all in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. The Company and the Administrator each acknowledge that to the extent set out in this Agreement, the Administrator is acting solely on behalf of, as agent of and for the account of, the Company. The Administrator shall advise Persons with whom it deals on behalf of the Company that it is conducting such business for and on behalf of the Company.

2.2 Powers and Duties of the Administrator. The Administrator shall take such actions on its own behalf or on behalf of the Company as it from time to time considers necessary or appropriate to enable it to perform its obligations under this Agreement, subject to customary oversight and supervision of the Company, its Board of Directors and its executive officers. The Administrator shall use its reasonable best efforts to provide the Services hereunder in a commercially reasonable manner and with the care, diligence and skill that a prudent manager would possess and exercise, except that the Administrator may allocate available supplies, manpower and services in such manner as in the prevailing circumstances the Administrator, acting reasonably, considers to be fair and reasonable.

2.3 Ability to Subcontract. The Administrator may subcontract any of its duties and obligations hereunder to provide the Services to any of its Affiliates without the consent of the Company and may subcontract its duties and obligations hereunder to provide the Services to Persons that are not Affiliates with the prior written consent of the Company. In the event of any subcontract by the Administrator, the Administrator shall promptly notify the Company thereof and shall remain fully liable for the due performance of its obligations under this Agreement. To

 

4


the extent the Administrator subcontracts any of the Services hereunder, the Company shall directly pay the relevant subcontractor all reasonable direct and indirect fees, costs, reimbursements, and other expenses payable to such subcontractor as the Administrator may direct.

2.4 Outside Activities; Competition. The Company acknowledges that the Administrator and its Affiliates may have business interests and engage in business activities in addition to those relating to the Company and its Affiliates, for their own respective accounts and for the accounts of other Persons. The Administrator and its Affiliates may undertake activities that compete with the activities of the Company. The Administrator agrees that it will provide the same level of service to the Company or any subsidiary thereof as it would to any other Affiliate.

2.5 Limitation on Administrator’s Acquisition of Certain Vessels. Recognizing the Company’s intentions to acquire Vessels meeting certain specific characteristics, the Administrator, on its own behalf and for that of its Subsidiaries, hereby agrees that, for the duration of this Agreement, neither it nor its Subsidiaries shall acquire any product or crude tanker which is between 35,000 – 200,000 deadweight tons.

2.6 Authority of the Parties. Each Party represents to the other that it is duly authorized with full power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement. The Company represents that the engagement of the Administrator has been duly authorized by the Company and is in accordance with all governing documents of the Company.

2.7 Inspection of Books and Records. At all reasonable times and on reasonable notice, any Person authorized by the Company may inspect, examine, copy and audit the Books and Records of the Company kept by the Administrator pursuant to this Agreement.

3. ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES

The Administrator shall provide to the Company the services described in this Section 3 (collectively, the “ Services ”).

3.1 Accounting and Records. The Administrator shall, on behalf of the Company, establish an accounting system, including the development, implementation, maintenance and monitoring of internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures, and maintain Books and Records, with such modifications as may be necessary to comply with Applicable Laws. The Books and Records shall contain particulars of receipts and disbursements relating to the Company’s assets and liabilities and shall be kept pursuant to normal commercial practices that will permit financial statements to be prepared for the Company in accordance with IFRS. The Books and Records shall be the property of the Company but shall be kept at the Administrator’s primary office or such other place as the Company and the Administrator may mutually agree. Upon expiration or termination of this Agreement, all of the Books and Records shall be provided to the Company or as the Company shall direct.

3.2 Reporting Requirements. The Administrator shall prepare and deliver to the President and the Chief Financial Officer the following reports, which the Administrator shall use its reasonable best efforts to prepare and deliver within the time periods specified below or, if not so specified, within the time period requested by the relevant party:

(a) a quarterly report to be delivered within 45 days of the end of each Fiscal Quarter setting out the interim financial results of the Company for such quarter and for the applicable Fiscal Year through the end of such Fiscal Quarter;

(b) as and when requested by the Board of Directors, the President or the Chief Financial Officer, draft reports regarding financial and other information required in connection with Applicable Laws (including annual and other reports that may be required to be filed under the Exchange Act and all other Applicable Laws); and

(c) as and when reasonably requested by the Company from time to time, such other reports with respect to financial and other information of the Company.

 

5


3.3 Financial Statements and Tax Returns. At the instruction of the Chief Financial Officer, the Administrator shall prepare and deliver for review by the Chief Financial Officer and the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors the following, which the Administrator shall use its reasonable best efforts to prepare and deliver within the time periods specified below or, if not so specified, within the time period requested by the relevant party:

(a) within 30 days of the end of each Fiscal Quarter, unaudited financial statements of the Company for such Fiscal Quarter, to be reviewed by the external auditors of the Company, prepared in accordance with IFRS and the rules and regulations of the SEC, on a consolidated basis with all Subsidiaries of the Company;

(b) within 40 days of the end of each Fiscal Year, financial statements of the Company for such Fiscal Year, to be audited by the external auditors of the Company, prepared in accordance with IFRS and the rules and regulations of the SEC, on a consolidated basis with all Subsidiaries of the Company; and

(c) tax returns for the Company and all of its Subsidiaries required to be filed by Applicable Laws.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Company’s reporting obligations are accelerated under the Exchange Act beyond what such obligations are at the time of the Public Offering, the Administrator shall use its reasonable best efforts to provide to the Company the financial statements referred to in clauses (a) and (b) above within such periods as shall be required for the Company to comply with any reporting requirements under the Exchange Act or other similar applicable laws and regulations.

In addition, the Administrator shall attend to the time calculation and payment of all taxes payable by the Company. At the instruction of the Chief Financial Officer, the Administrator shall cause the Company’s external accountants to review the Company’s unaudited financial statements, audit the Company’s annual financial statements and finalize tax returns. The Administrator shall make available to the Company’s accountants the relevant Books and Records for the Company and shall assist the accountants in their duties.

3.4 Legal and Securities Compliance Services.

(a) Responsibilities of the Administrator.

The Administrator shall assist the Company with the following items, whether or not related to any of the Vessels:

(i) compliance with all Applicable Laws, including all relevant securities laws and the rules and regulations of the SEC, the New York Stock Exchange or any other securities exchange upon which the Company’s securities are listed;

(ii) arranging for the provision of advisory services to the Company with respect to the Company’s obligations under applicable securities laws in the United States and disclosure and reporting obligations under applicable securities laws, including the preparation for review, approval and filing by the Company of reports and other documents with the SEC and all other applicable regulatory authorities;

(iii) maintaining the Company’s corporate existence and good standing in all necessary jurisdictions and assisting in all other corporate and regulatory compliance matters;

(iv) conducting investor relations functions on behalf of the Company; and

(v) adjusting and negotiating settlements, with or on behalf of claimants or underwriters, of any claim, damages for which are recoverable under insurance policies (subject to any applicable deductible).

(b) Administration and Settlement of Legal Actions.

If any Legal Action is commenced against or is required to be commenced in favor of the Company or any of the Vessels, the Administrator shall arrange for the commencement or defense of such Legal Action, as the case

 

6


may be, in the name of, on behalf of and at the expense of the Company, including retaining and instructing legal counsel, investigating the substance of the Legal Action and entering pleadings with respect to the Legal Action. The Administrator shall assist the Company in administering and supervising any such Legal Actions and shall keep the Company advised of the status thereof. The Administrator may settle any Legal Action on behalf of a Company where the amount of settlement is less than $500,000 with the approval of the President or the Chief Financial Officer and, in excess of such amount, with the approval of the Board of Directors.

(c) Interaction with Regulatory Authorities.

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 3 or otherwise, the Administrator shall not act for or on behalf of the Company in its relationships with any regulatory authorities except to the extent specifically authorized by the Company from time to time.

3.5 Bank Accounts.

The Administrator shall oversee banking services for the Company and shall establish in the name of the Company an operating account, a retention account and such other accounts with such financial institutions as the Company may request. The Administrator shall administer and manage all of the Company’s cash and accounts, including making any deposits and withdrawals reasonably necessary for the management of its business and day-to-day operations. The Administrator shall promptly deposit all moneys payable to the Company and received by the Administrator into a bank account held in the name of the Company.

3.6 Other Services.

The Administrator shall assist the Company to:

(a) identify, negotiate and secure opportunities for the Company to acquire Vessels or companies which own Vessels, or to construct Vessels, and to negotiate and carry out the purchase or sale of existing Vessels, newbuilding Vessels or companies which are the registered owners of Vessels.

(b) obtain, on behalf of the Company, general insurance, director and officer liability insurance and other insurance of the Company not related to the Vessels that would normally be obtained for a company in a similar business to that of the Company;

(c) administer payroll services, benefits and directors fees, for the Chief Executive Officer, the General Counsel and any other non-United States resident employee, officer or director of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(d) provide the Company with information technology support;

(e) provide office space and office equipment for personnel of the Company at the location of the Administrator or any subsidiary thereof or as otherwise reasonably designated by the Company, and clerical, secretarial, accounting and administrative assistance as may be reasonably necessary;

(f) at the request and under the direction of the Company, handle all administrative and clerical matters in respect of (i) the call and arrangement of all annual and special meetings of shareholders, (ii) the preparation of all materials (including notices of meetings and proxy or similar materials) in respect thereof and (iii) the submission of all such materials to the Company in sufficient time prior to the dates upon which they must be mailed, filed or otherwise relied upon so that the Company has full opportunity to review, approve, execute and return them to the Administrator for filing or mailing or other disposition as the Company may require or direct;

(g) provide, at the request and under the direction of the Company, such communications to the transfer agent for the Company as may be necessary or desirable;

(h) make recommendations to the Company for the appointment of auditors, accountants, legal counsel and other accounting, financial or legal advisers, and technical, commercial, marketing or other independent experts; provided, however, that nothing herein shall permit the Administrator to engage any such adviser or expert for the Company without the Company’s specific approval; and

 

7


(i) attend to all other administrative matters necessary to ensure the professional management of the Company’s business or as reasonably requested by the Company from time to time.

4. EMPLOYEES AND ADMINISTRATOR’S PERSONNEL

4.1 Administrator’s Personnel . The Administrator shall provide the Services hereunder through the Administrator’s Personnel. The Administrator shall be responsible for all aspects of the employment or other relationship of the Administrator’s Personnel as required in order for the Administrator to perform its obligations hereunder, including recruitment, training, staffing levels, compensation and benefits, supervision, discipline and discharge, and other terms and conditions of employment or contract. However, the Administrator shall remain directly responsible and liable to the Company to carry out all of its obligations under this Agreement, whether performed directly or subcontracted to another Person.

5. COVENANTS OF THE ADMINISTRATOR

The Administrator hereby agrees and covenants with the Company that, during the Term, the Administrator shall:

(a) obtain and maintain for its benefit professional indemnity insurance and other insurance as is reasonable having regard to the nature and extent of the Administrator’s obligations under this Agreement;

(b) exercise all due care, skill and diligence in carrying out its duties under this Agreement as required by Applicable Laws;

(c) provide the chairman, President, the Chief Financial Officer, and the Board of Directors with all information in relation to the performance of the Administrator’s obligations under this Agreement as the President, the Chief Financial Officer, or the Board of Directors may reasonably request;

(d) use its reasonable best efforts to have all material property of the Company clearly identified as such, held separately from property of the Administrator and, where applicable, in safe custody;

(e) use its reasonable best efforts to have all property of the Company (other than money to be deposited to any bank account of the Company) transferred to or otherwise held in the name of the Company or any nominee or custodian appointed by the Company;

(f) use its reasonable best efforts to retain at all times a qualified staff so as to maintain a level of expertise sufficient to provide the Services; and

(g) use its reasonable best efforts to keep full and proper books, records and accounts showing clearly all transactions relating to its provision of the Services in accordance with established general commercial practices and in accordance with IFRS, and allow the Company and its representatives to audit and examine such books, records and accounts at any time during customary business hours.

6. ADMINISTRATOR’S COMPENSATION AND REIMBURSEMENT

6.1 Fees for the Services; Reimbursement. In consideration for the provision of the Services by the Administrator to the Company, the Company shall pay the Administrator the amounts set forth on Schedule A hereto in accordance with Section 6.2 ( “Sale and Purchase Fee” ). In addition, the Company shall reimburse the Administrator for (a) all of the reasonable direct and indirect costs and expenses incurred by the Administrator and its Affiliates in providing the Services and (b) the pro rata portion of the salary and other costs incurred by the Administrator in employing and compensating an internal auditor who will be made available to the Company on a part time basis (the “ Costs and Expenses ”).

 

8


6.2 Invoicing. The Administrator shall, in good faith, determine the expenses related to the Services that are allocable to the Company and its Affiliates in any reasonable manner determined by the Administrator and shall provide to the Company on a quarterly basis an invoice for the Costs and Expenses to be paid under Section 6.1, which invoice shall contain a description in reasonable detail of the Costs and Expenses that comprise the aggregate amount of the payment being invoiced. The Administrator shall maintain the records of all Costs and Expenses incurred, including any invoices, receipts and supplementary materials as are necessary or proper for the settlement of accounts between the Parties. The Company shall pay such invoices within thirty (30) days of receipt, unless the invoice is being disputed in accordance with this Agreement.

6.3 Dispute of Invoice. If the Company, in good faith, disputes the amount of an invoice, the Company shall give written notice of such dispute (including the particulars of such dispute) to the Administrator on or before the due date with respect to all or any portion of such invoice. Upon receipt of such notice, the Administrator shall furnish the Company with additional supporting documentation to reasonably substantiate the amount of the invoice or the Sale and Purchase Fee calculation, as applicable. Upon delivery of such additional documentation, the Company and the Administrator shall cooperate in good faith and use commercially reasonable efforts to resolve such dispute. If they are unable to resolve the dispute within (i) ten (10) Business Days of the delivery of such additional supporting information (in the case of an invoice) or (ii) five (5) days of such delivery (in the case of the Sale and Purchase Fee calculation), the dispute shall be referred for resolution to a firm of independent accountants of nationally recognized standing in the United States reasonably satisfactory to each of the Administrator and the Company (the “ Accounting Referee ”), which shall determine the disputed amounts within thirty (30) days of the referral of such invoice dispute to such Accounting Referee, or within ten (10) days of the referral of such Sale and Purchase Fee calculation dispute. The determination of the Accounting Referee shall not require the Company to pay more than the amount in dispute nor require the Administrator to return any amount previously paid by the Company. The fees and expenses of the Accounting Referee shall be borne equally by the Company and the Administrator. If any invoice dispute is resolved in favor of the Administrator, the Company shall make payment to the Administrator within ten (10) days of resolution of the dispute. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Company be entitled to withhold any amounts other than those portions of the applicable payment that are in dispute.

6.4 Direction to Pay. By written notice to the Company, the Administrator may direct the Company to pay any amounts owing under this Agreement directly to an Affiliate of the Administrator pursuant to a subcontracting arrangement relating to this Agreement.

7. LIABILITY OF THE ADMINISTRATOR; INDEMNIFICATION

7.1 Liability of the Administrator. The Administrator shall not be liable to the Company for any Losses arising from the Services unless and to the extent that such Loss resulted from:

(a) the fraud, gross negligence, recklessness or willful misconduct of the Administrator or any of its Affiliates or any of their respective employees, agents or subcontractors (“ Administrator Misconduct ”); or

(b) any breach of this Agreement by the Administrator of any of its Affiliates.

7.2 Administrator Indemnification. The Company shall indemnify and save harmless the Administrator and its directors, officers, employees, subcontractors and Affiliates (the “ Administrator Indemnified Persons ”) from and against any and all Losses incurred or suffered by the Administrator Indemnified Persons by reason of or arising from or in connection with their performance of this Agreement or any third-party Legal Action brought or threatened against such Administrator Indemnified Persons in connection with their performance of this Agreement, other than for any Losses to the extent related to or that resulted from:

(a) any liabilities or obligations that the Administrator has agreed to pay or for which the Administrator is otherwise expressly responsible under this Agreement;

(b) Administrator Misconduct; or

 

9


(c) any breach of this Agreement by the Administrator or any of its Affiliates (other than the Company or its Affiliates).

7.3 Company Indemnification . The Administrator shall indemnify and save harmless each Company and such Company’s directors, officers, employees, subcontractors and Affiliates (the “ Company Indemnified Persons ”) from and against any and all Losses incurred or suffered by the Company Indemnified Persons, to the extent related to or that resulted from:

(a) any liabilities or obligations that the Administrator has agreed to pay or for which the Administrator is otherwise expressly responsible under this Agreement;

(b) Administrator Misconduct; or

(c) any breach of this Agreement by the Administrator or any of its Affiliates (other than the Company or its Affiliates).

8. TERM AND TERMINATION

8.1 Initial Term. The initial term of this Agreement shall commence on              2010 and end on December 31, 2012, unless terminated earlier pursuant to this Agreement (the “ Initial Term ”).

8.2 Renewal Term. This Agreement will, without any further act or formality on the part of either Party, on the expiration of the Initial Term or any Renewal Term, be automatically renewed for a further term of two (2) years (each a “ Renewal Term ”) unless notice of termination is given by the Company to the Administrator.

8.3 Termination by the Company. This Agreement may be terminated by the Company:

(a) if, at any time, the Administrator materially breaches this Agreement and the matter is unresolved after ninety (90) days pursuant to the dispute resolution procedures set forth in Section 9 (“ Administrator Breach ”);

(b) if, at any time;

(i) the Administrator has been convicted of, has entered a plea of guilty or nolo contendere with respect to, or has entered into a plea bargain or settlement admitting guilt for, a crime, which conviction, plea bargain or settlement is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company; and

(ii) the holders of a majority of the outstanding Common Shares elect to terminate this Agreement;

(c) if the Administrator commits fraud or is grossly negligent in the performance of its obligations hereunder, or commits an act of willful misconduct, and the Company is materially injured thereby in any such case;

(d) if, at any time, the Administrator becomes insolvent, admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due, is adjudged bankrupt or declares bankruptcy or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, a proposal or similar action under the bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws of any applicable jurisdiction, or commences or consents to proceedings relating to it under any reorganization, arrangement, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation law or statute of any jurisdiction; or

(e) if any Person or group of Persons acquires Control or economic control of the Administrator in contravention of Section 10.2.

8.4 Termination by the Administrator. This Agreement may be terminated by the Administrator:

(a) after the third anniversary of the Public Offering, with twelve (12) months’ prior notice by the Administrator to the Company;

 

10


(b) if, at any time, the Company materially breaches the Agreement and the matter is unresolved after ninety (90) days pursuant to the dispute resolution procedures set forth in Section 9 (“ Company Breach ”); or

(c) at any time upon the earlier of (i) the occurrence of a Change of Control of the Company or (ii) the Administrator’s receipt of written notice from the Company that such a Change of Control will occur until sixty (60) days after the later of (x) the occurrence of such a Change of Control or (y) the Administrator’s receipt of the written notice in the preceding clause (ii). If the Company has knowledge that a Change of Control of the Company will occur, the Company shall give prompt written notice thereof to the Administrator. A “ Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following:

(A) the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, except such a disposition to the Existing Ownership Group;

(B) an order made for, or the adoption by the Board of Directors of a plan of, liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

(C) the consummation of any transaction (including any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any “person” (as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than a majority of the Company’s Voting Securities (unless such “person” is a member of the Existing Ownership Group), measured by voting power rather than number of shares;

(D) if, at any time, the Company becomes insolvent, admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due, is adjudged bankrupt or declares bankruptcy or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or makes a proposal or similar action under the bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws of any applicable jurisdiction or commences or consents to proceedings relating to it under any reorganization, arrangement, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation law or statute of any jurisdiction;

(E) the consolidation of the Company with, or the merger of the Company with or into, any “person” (other than a member of the Existing Ownership Group), or the consolidation of any “person” (other than a member of the Existing Ownership Group) with, or the merger of any “person” (other than a member of the Existing Ownership Group) with or into, the Company, in any such event pursuant to a transaction in which any of the Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such transaction are converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property or receive a payment of cash, securities or other property, other than any such transaction where the Company’s Voting Securities outstanding immediately prior to such transaction are converted into or exchanged for Voting Securities of the surviving or transferee “person” constituting a majority (measured by voting power rather than number of shares) of the outstanding Voting Securities of such surviving or transferee “person” immediately after giving effect to such issuance; or

(F) a change in directors after which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors are not directors who were either nominated by, appointed by or otherwise elected with the approval of current board members at the time of such election.

9. DISPUTE RESOLUTION

9.1 Notice of Dispute. If (a) a dispute or disagreement arises between the Parties with respect to any provision of this Agreement (other than Section 6.3), including its interpretation or the performance of a Party under this Agreement or (b) (i) the Company in good faith believes that an Administrator Breach has occurred or is reasonably likely to occur or (ii) the Administrator in good faith believes that a Company Breach has occurred or is reasonably likely to occur (each of the foregoing being a “ Dispute ”), either Party may, or the Party alleging such breach or potential breach shall, deliver written notice to the other Party. Such notice shall contain in detail the specific facts and circumstances relating to the Dispute. With respect to any Dispute described in clause (a) or (b) above, each Party shall designate an individual to negotiate and resolve the Dispute (each a “ Designated Representative ” and, together, the “ Designated Representatives ”). The Designated Representatives shall in good faith attempt to resolve the matter within a thirty (30) day period from the date of delivery of the notice referred to

 

11


above. If either Designated Representative intends to be accompanied by counsel at any meeting, such Designated Representative shall give the other Designated Representative at least three (3) Business Days’ notice. All discussions and negotiations pursuant to this Section 9 shall be confidential and without prejudice to settlement negotiations.

9.2 Mediation. If a Dispute described in clause (a) or (b) of Section 9.1 is not resolved by the Designated Representatives during after the thirty (30) days provided in Section 9.1, either of the Parties may refer the matter to mediation. With respect to the mediation of any Dispute, the mediator shall be mutually agreed upon by the Parties, and such mediator will be instructed to:

(a) review the terms of the Dispute and the position of the Parties;

(b) consider the terms of and context of this Agreement; and

(c) render a non-binding report within sixty (60) days of the appointment of the mediator (the “ Mediator’s Report ”) or such later date as to which the Parties may agree.

The Parties shall consider the Mediator’s Report and may mutually decide to make it a binding report. If the mediator is not able to facilitate a binding agreement between the Parties, the Dispute is not resolved to the satisfaction of the Parties as a result of the Mediator’s Report or a mediator cannot be chosen mutually by the Parties, the Dispute shall be submitted to binding arbitration pursuant to Section 9.3.

9.3 Arbitration. Any Dispute not resolved by the Parties pursuant to Section 9.1 or 9.2 shall be fully and finally resolved by binding arbitration pursuant to this Section 9.3. Either Party may refer the Dispute to arbitration, which shall take place in London, England in accordance with the London Maritime Arbitrators Association rules before a single arbitrator. The prevailing Party in any such arbitration shall be entitled to costs, expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

10. GENERAL

10.1 Assignment; Binding Effect. The Parties may not assign any of their respective rights under this Agreement in whole or in part without the prior written consent of the other Party, which consent may be withheld in the sole discretion of such other Party. This Agreement is binding upon and inures to the benefit of the Parties and their successors and permitted assigns.

10.2 Change of Control of the Administrator. If any Person or group of Persons acting in concert (other than Affiliates of Liberty) proposes to acquire Control of the Administrator, directly or indirectly, the Administrator shall provide at least thirty (30) days’ written notice of the change of Control to the Company, which notice shall identify the Person that will acquire, directly or indirectly, Control of the Administrator.

10.4 Confidentiality. (a) Each Receiving Party agrees:

(i) to use any Confidential Information solely to carry out its obligations or exercise its rights under this Agreement (the “ Purpose ”) and for no other purpose;

(ii) to copy and make other works based on Confidential Information only as strictly necessary for the Purpose;

(iii) to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information using at least the same degree of care that the Receiving Party uses for its own confidential or proprietary information of a similar nature, but no less than reasonable care;

(iv) to reveal any Confidential Information to any third party without the prior written consent of the Disclosing Party, except that if the Receiving Party is required by law, court or administrative order or regulation to

 

12


reveal any Confidential Information, the Receiving Party is permitted to do so provided that the Receiving Party gives the Disclosing Party reasonable prior written notice (if permitted) of the required disclosure and cooperate with the Disclosing Party at its expense in seeking a protective order or other relief;

(v) to limit disclosure of the Confidential Information to such of your officers and employees as is necessary for the Purpose;

(vi) to inform each officer and employee who receives any Confidential Information of the restrictions as to use and disclosure of Confidential Information contained herein and to be responsible for any breach of such restrictions by any such persons;

(vii) Forthwith upon the Disclosing Party’s request, to procure the return of all Confidential Information together with any copies, abstracts, or other works which contain or are based on any of the Confidential Information; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Receiving Party shall be permitted to retain Confidential Information to the extent it is required to retain such Confidential Information pursuant to law, court or administrative order or regulation;

(b) Each Receiving Party further acknowledges that any breach of the provisions of this Agreement would result in serious damage being sustained by the Disclosing Party, and as a result hereby unconditionally agrees:

(i) To be responsible for losses, damages or expenses (including without limitation attorneys’ fees and expenses) that have been determined to have been caused by any such breach; and

(ii) That the Disclosing Party shall be entitled to equitable relief (including without limitation injunctive relief) in relation to any threatened or actual breach of the provisions of this Agreement without any requirement of posting a bond and without limiting any other remedy that may be available to the Disclosing Party.

10.5 Notices. Each notice, consent or request required to be given to a Party pursuant to this Agreement must be given in writing. A notice may be given by delivery to an individual or by fax, and shall be validly given if delivered on a Business Day to an individual at the following address, or, if transmitted on a Business Day, by fax or email addressed to the following Party:

 

(a)    if to the Company:   (b)   if to the Administrator:
   Address:     Address:
   Attention:     Attention:
   Fax No.:     Fax No.:

or to any other address or fax number that the Party so designates by notice given in accordance with this Section. Any notice

(a) if validly delivered on a Business Day, shall be deemed to have been given when delivered; and

(b) if validly transmitted by fax on a Business Day, shall be deemed to have been given on that Business Day.

10.6 Third Party Rights. The provisions of this Agreement are enforceable solely by the Parties to this Agreement, and no shareholder, employee, agent of any Party or any other Person shall have the right to enforce any provision of this Agreement or to compel any Party to this Agreement to comply with the terms of this Agreement.

10.7 No Partnership. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to create or shall be construed as creating a partnership or joint venture between the Parties, and this Agreement shall not be deemed for any purpose to constitute any Party a partner of any other Party to this Agreement in the conduct of any business or otherwise or as a member of a joint venture or joint enterprise with any other Party to this Agreement.

 

13


10.8 Severability. Each provision of this Agreement is several. If any provision of this Agreement is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the illegality, invalidity or unenforceability of that provision will not affect:

(a) the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement; or

(b) the legality, validity or enforceability of that provision in any other jurisdiction;

except that if:

(x) on the reasonable construction of this Agreement as a whole, the applicability of the other provision presumes the validity and enforceability of the particular provision, the other provision will be deemed also to be invalid or unenforceable; and

(y) as a result of the determination by a court of competent jurisdiction that any part of this Agreement is unenforceable or invalid and, as a result of this Section 10.8, the basic intentions of the Parties in this Agreement are entirely frustrated, the Parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts to amend, supplement or otherwise vary this Agreement to confirm their mutual intention in entering into this Agreement.

10.9 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Venue. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of England.

10.10 Amendments. No amendment, supplement, modification or restatement of any provision of this Agreement shall be binding unless it is in writing and signed by each Person that is a Party to this Agreement at the time of the amendment, supplement, modification or restatement.

10.11 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the Parties pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

10.12 Waiver. No failure by any Party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof shall constitute a waiver of any such breach or of any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition. Any waiver must be specifically stated as such in writing.

10.13 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one agreement binding on the Parties.

[Remainder of This Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

14


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Administrative Services Agreement has been duly executed by the Parties as of the date first written above.

 

SCORPIO TANKERS INC.    LIBERTY HOLDING COMPANY LTD.
By:  

 

   By:  

 

Name:      Name:  
Title:      Title:  

 

15


SCHEDULE A

SALE AND PURCHASE FEE

For the provision of Services directly involving the sale and purchase of Vessels or companies which own Vessels as specified in Section 3.6(a), the Company shall pay the Administrator a fee equal to 1% of the gross purchase or sale price of a Vessel, or a company which owns Vessels, upon consummation of such sale or purchase. In addition, in the event of a sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, except such a disposition to the Existing Ownership Group, the Company shall pay the Administrator a fee equal to 1% of the gross sale price upon consummation thereof.

 

16

Exhibit 10.2

ORIGINAL

Code word for this Charter Party

“SHELLTIME 4”

Issued December 1984

Time Charter Party

LONDON, 31.10.2006

 

   IT IS THIS DAY AGREED between Noemi Shipping Company Limited, Of Marshall Islands ( hereinafter referred to as “Owners”), being owners of the good motor tanker vessel called MT Noemi (hereinafter referred to as “the vessel”) described as per Additional Clauses Number 1, hereof and King Dustin Tankschiffahrts GmbH&Co. KG of Hamburg, Germany (hereinafter referred to as “Charterers”):

Description and

Condition of

Vessel

   1. At the date of delivery of the vessel under this charter
  

 

(a) she shall be classed: (See additional clause 1)

  

 

(b) she shall be in every way fit to carry crude petroleum and/or its clean and dirty products; always in accordance with vessel’s class certificates, coating manufacturers resistance list and the vessel’s trim, stability and stress requirements, maximum 3 grades (within the vessel’s natural segregations), but always excluding asphalt, bitumens, casinghead – LWSR permitted only if compatible with coating manufacturers resistance list. Charterers not to re-deliver the vessel with last cargo orimulsion, CBFS or LWSR.

  

 

(c) she shall be tight, staunch, strong, in good order and condition, and in every way fit for the service with her machinery, boilers, hull and other equipment (including but not limited the hull stress calculator and radar) in a good and efficient state:

  

(d) her tanks, valves and pipelines should be oil-tight;

  

(e) she shall be in every way fitted for burning at sea fuel oil with a maximum viscosity of Centistokes at 50 degrees Centigrade/any commercial grade of fuel oil (“ACGFO ”) for main propulsion , marine diesel oil/ACGFO for auxiliaries

  

In port marine diesel oil/ACGFO for auxiliaries :

  

IFO and MGO as per clause 29 hereof

  

(f) she shall comply with the regulations in force so as to enable her to pass through the Suez and Panama Canals by day and night without delay:

  

(g) she shall have on board all certificates, documents and equipment required from time to time by any applicable law to enable her to perform the charter service without delay:

  

(h) she shall comply with the description in Intertanko Questionnaire 88 and OCIMF questionnaire Form B appended hereto, provided however that if there is any conflict between the provision of Form B Intertanko Questionnaire 88 and OCIMF questionnaire and any other provision, including this Clause 1, of this charter such other provision shall govern. See vessel’s description rider Clause 1.

Shipboard

Personnel

And their Duties

   2. (a) At the date of delivery of the vessel under this charter and throughout the entire period of this Charter Party
  

 

(i) she shall have a full and efficient complement of master, officers and crew for vessel of her tonnage, who shall in any event be not less than the number required by the laws of the flag state and who shall be trained to operate the vessel and her equipment competently and safely;

  

 

(ii) all shipboard personnel shall hold valid certificates of competence in accordance with the requirements of the law of the flag state;

  

(iii) all shipboard personnel shall be trained in accordance with the relevant provisions of the International Convention on Standards of Training, Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers, 1978; as amended from time to time.

  

(iv) there shall be on board sufficient personnel with a good working knowledge of the English language to enable cargo operations at loading and discharging places to be carried out efficiently and safely and to enable communications between the vessel and those loading the vessel or accepting discharge therefrom to be carried out quickly and efficiently.

  

(v) all ship board personnel will comply with the OCIMF Guidelines for the control of drugs and alcohol on board ship.

  

(vi) Owners guarantee that the Owners or management company as the case may be shall always be in compliance with ISM Code or any future equivalent.

  

(b) Owners guarantee that throughout the charter service the master shall with the vessel’s officers and crew, unless otherwise ordered by Charterers,

  

(i) prosecute all voyages with the utmost dispatch;

  

(ii) render all customary assistance. And

  

(iii) load and discharge cargo as rapidly as possible when required by Charterers or their agents to do so, by night and day, but always in accordance with the laws of the place of loading or discharging (as the case may be) and in each case in accordance with any applicable laws of the flag state.


Duty to Maintain    3. (i) Throughout the charter service Owners shall, whenever the passage of time, wear and tear or any event (whether or not coming within Clause 27 hereof) requires steps to be taken to maintain or restore the conditions stipulated in Clause 1 and 2 (a), exercise due diligence so to maintain or restore the vessel.
   (ii) if at any time whilst the vessel is on hire under this charter the vessel fails to comply with the requirements of clauses 1,2 (a) or 10 then hire shall be reduced to the extent necessary to indemnify Charterers for such failure. If and to the extent that such failure affects the time taken by the vessel to perform any services under this charter, hire shall be reduced by an amount equal to the value, calculated at the rate of hire, of the time so lost. Any reduction of hire under this sub-Clause (ii) shall be without prejudice to any other remedy available to Charterers, but such reduction of hire is in respect of the time lost, such time shall be excluded from any calculation under Clause 24.
   (iii) If owners are in breach of their obligation under Clause 3(i) Charterers may also so notify Owners in writing; an if, after the expiry of 30 days following the receipt by Owners of any such notice, Owners have failed to demonstrate to Charterers’ reasonable satisfaction the exercise of due diligence as required in Clause 3 (i), the vessel shall be off-hire, and no further hire payments shall be due, until Owners have so demonstrated that they are exercising such due diligence.
   Furthermore, at any time while the vessel is off-hire under this Clause 3 Charterers have the option to terminate this charter by giving notice in writing with effect from the date on which such notice of termination is received by owners or from any later date stated in such notice. This sub-Clause (iii) is without prejudice to any rights of Charterers or obligations of Owners under this charter of otherwise (including without limitation Charterers’ rights under Clause 21 hereof.

Period Training

Limits

   4. Owners agree to let and Charters agree to hire the vessel for a period of See Additional Clause 23 (Period clause which will reflect agreement in main terms) commencing from the time and date of delivery of the vessel, for the purpose of carrying all lawful merchandise (subject always to Clause 28) including in particular. See Additional Clause 3 (Trading Limits)
   In any part of the world as Charterers shall direct, subject to the limits of the current British Institute Warranties and any subsequent amendments thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, but subject to Clause 35, Charterers may order the vessel to ice bound waters or to any part of the world outside such limits provided that Owners consent thereto (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) and that Charterers pay for any insurance premium required by the vessel’s underwriters as a consequence of such order. (Including but not limited to, extra premiums due under Owners loss of hire insurance cover)
  

Charterers shall use due diligence to ensure that the vessel is only employed between and at safe places (which expression when used in this charter shall include ports, berths, wharves, docks, anchorages, submarine lines, alongside vessels or lighters, and other locations including locations at sea) where she can safely lie always afloat. Notwithstanding anything contained in this or any other clause of this charter, Charterers do not warrant the safety of any place to which they order the vessel and shall be under no liability in respect thereof expect for loss or damage caused by their failure to exercise due diligence as aforesaid. Subject as above the vessel shall be loaded and discharged at any places as Charterers may direct, provided that Charterers shall exercise due diligence to ensure that any ship-to-ship transfer operations shall conform to standards not less than those set out in the latest published edition of the ICS/OCIMF Ship-to-ship Transfer Guide. Vessel not to be used as storage tanker nor as a shuttle vessel for more than 2 months per year.

  

The vessel shall be delivered by Owners in: DOP 1 SP/SA MED/BSEA/UKCONT/USAC/USG CARIBS/EAST COAST CANADA in Owner’s option. It is also Owners option to deliver the vessel at sea 5 days steaming south of Los Angeles. Should Owners exercise such option and deliver the vessel at this position then the Charterers will have the right to redeliver the vessel at sea in the Pacific Ocean in a position which is no further from Balbao than the delivery position , and redeliver to Owners at a port in dropping last outbound sea pilot One (1) safe port United States Atlantic coast, United States Gulf, Caribbean, East coast Canada, Mediterranean, United Kingdom Continent European Mediterranean At Charterers’ option.

Laydays/

Cancelling

   5. The vessel shall not be delivered to Charterers before December 2006 – January 2007 to be narrowed (See also Rider Clause 37) and Charterers shall have the option of cancelling this charter if the vessel is not ready and at their disposal on or before

Owners to

Provide

   6. Owners undertake to provide and to pay for all provisions, lubolls , wages, and shipping and discharging fees and all other expenses of the master, officers and crew: also, except as provided in Clause 4 and 34 hereof, for all insurance on the vessel, for all deck, cabin and engine-room stores, and for water: for all dry-docking, overhaul maintenance and repairs to the vessel: and for all fumigation expenses and de-rat certificates, Owners’ obligations under this Clause 6 extend to all liabilities for customs or import duties arising at any time during the performance of this charter in relation to the personal effects of the master, officers and crew, and in relation to the stores provisions and other matters aforesaid which Owners are to provide and paid for and Owners shall refund the Charterers any sums Charterers or their agents may have paid or been compelled to pay in respect of any such liability. Any amounts allowable in general average for wages and provisions and stores shall be credited to Charterers insofar as such amounts are in respect of a period when the vessel is on-hire.

Charterers to

Provide

   7. Charterers shall provide and pay for all fuel (except fuel used for domestic services), lowage and pilotage and shall pay agency fees, port charges, commissions, expenses of loading and unloading cargoes, canal dues and tax/dues on cargo/freight and all charges other than those payable by Owners in accordance with Clause 6 hereof, provided that all charges for the said items shall be for Owners’ account when such items are consumed, employed or incurred for Owners’ purposes or while the vessel is off-hire (unless such items reasonably relate to any service given or distance made good and taken into account under Clause 21 or 22 ) : and provided further that any fuel used in connection with a general average sacrifice or expenditure shall be paid for by Owners. OPA charges for Charterers account.

 


Rate of Hire    8. Subject as herein provided, Charterers shall pay for the use and hire of the vessel at the rate of USD 24,500 per day, and pro rata for any part of a day, from the time and date of her delivery UTC ( local time ) until the time and date of her redelivery (local time) to Owners.

Payment of

Hire

   9. Subject to Clause 3 (iii), payment of hire shall be in immediately available funds to: In US$ to Owners designated Bank: The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, London - UK
   Account no. : Credit a/c of: Noemi Shipping Company Limited Account identifier: NOEMI – USD1
   IBAN: GB53RBOS16630000345737
   SWIFT: RBOSGB2L
   In U.S.A. Dollars per calendar month in advance, less:
   (i) any hire paid which Charterers reasonably estimate to relate to off-hire periods, and
   (ii) any amounts disbursed on Owners’ behalf, any advances and commission thereon, and charges which are for Owners’ account pursuant to any provision hereof, and
   (iii) any amounts due or reasonably estimated to become due to Charterers under Clause 3(ii) or 24 hereof, any such adjustments to be made at the due date for the next monthly payment after the facts have been ascertained, Charterers shall not be responsible for any delay or error by Owners’ bank in crediting Owners’ account provided that Charterers have made proper and timely payment.
   In default of such proper and timely payment,
   (a) Owners shall notify Charterers of such default and Charterers shall within seven days of receipt of such notice pay to Owners the amount due including interest, failing which Owners may withdraw the vessel from the service of Charterers without prejudice to any other rights Owners may have under this charter or otherwise: and
   (b) Interest on any amount due but not paid on the due date shall accrue from the days after that date up to and including the day when payment is made, at a rate per annum which shall be 1% above the U.S. Prime Interest Rate as published by the Chase Manhattan Bank in New York at 12:00 New York time on the due date, or, if no such interest rate is published on that day, the interest rate published on the next preceding day on which such a rate was so published, computed on the basis of a 360 day year of twelve 30 day months, compounded semi-annually.

Space

Available to

Charterers

   10. The whole reach, burthen and decks of the vessel and any passenger accommodation (including Owners’ suite shall be at Charterers’ disposal, reserving only proper and sufficient space for the vessel’s master, officers, crew, tackle, apparel, furniture, provisions and stores, provided that the weight of stores on board shall not, unless specially agreed, exceed 550 tonnes at any time during the charter period.
Overtime    11. Overtime pay of the master, officers and crew in accordance with ship’s articles, even telecommunication expenses and gratuities and third parties shall be for Owners Charterers’ account, when incurred as a result of complying with the request of Charterers or their agents, for loading, discharging, heating of cargo, bunkering or tank cleaning. Charterers shall pay together with hire lumpsum USD 2000 per month covering all the above.

Instructions

And Logs

   12. Charterers shall from time to time give the master all requisite instructions and sailing directions, and he shall keep a full and correct log of the voyage or voyages, which Charterers or their agents may inspect as required. The master shall when required furnish Charterers or their agents with a true copy of such log and with properly completed loading and discharging port sheets and voyage reports for each voyage and other returns as Charterers may require. Charterers shall be entitled to take copies at Owners’ expense of any such documents which are not provided by the master. Reports to be completed in English.

Bills of

Lading

   13. (a) The master (although appointed by Owners) shall be under the orders and direction of Charterers as regards employment of the vessel, agency and other arrangements, and shall sign bills of lading as Charterers or their agents may direct (subject always to Clauses 35 (a) and 40) without prejudice to this charter. Charterers hereby indemnify Owners against all consequences or liabilities that may arise
  

(i) from signing bills of lading in accordance with the directions of Charterers or their agents, to the extent that the terms of such bills of lading fail to conform to the requirements of this charter, or (except as provided in Clause 13 (b) from the master otherwise complying with Charterers’ or their agents orders;

  

(ii) from any irregularities in papers supplied by Charterers or their agents,

  

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Owners shall not be obliged to comply with any orders from Charterers to discharge all or part of the cargo.

  

(i) at any place other than that shown on the bill of lading and/or

  

(ii) without presentation of an original bill of lading

  

unless they have received from Charterers both written confirmation of such orders and an indemnity in a form acceptable to Owners . Invoking the letter of Indemnity as per additional Clause No. 25 of the riders.

Conduct of

Vessel’s

personnel

   14. If Charterers complain of the conduct of the master or any of the officers or crew, Owners shall immediately investigate the complaint. If the complaint proves to be well founded, Owners shall, without delay, make a change in the appointments and Owners shall in any event communicate the result of their investigations to Charterers as soon as possible.


Bunkers at

Delivery and

Redelivery

   15. Charterers shall accept and pay for all bunkers on board at the time of delivery, and Owners shall on redelivery (whether it occurs at the end of the charter period or on the early termination of this charter) accept and pay for all bunkers remaining on board, at their respective purchase price which to be supported by vouchers , at the then current market prices at the port of delivery or redelivery, as the case may be, or if such prices are not available payment shall be at the then current market prices at the nearest port at which such prices are available: provided that if delivery or redelivery does not take pace in a port payment shall be at the price paid at the vessel’s last port of bunkering before delivery or redelivery, as the case – may be, Owners shall give Charterers the use and benefit of any fuel contracts that may have in force from time to time, if so required by Charterers, provided supplies agree.

Stevedores,

Pilot, Tugs

   16. Stevedores when required shall be employed and paid by Charterers, but this shall not relieve Owners from responsibility at all times for proper stowage, which must be controlled by the master who shall keep a strict account of all cargo loaded and discharged, Owners hereby indemnify Charterers, their servants and agents against all losses, claims, responsibilities and liabilities arising in any way whatsoever from the employment of pilots, tugboats or stevedores, who although employed by Charterers shall be deemed to be the servants of and in the service of Owners and under their instructions (even if such pilots, tugboat personnel or stevedores are in fact the servants of Charterers their agents or any affiliated company): provided, however, that
   (i) The foregoing indemnity shall not exceed the amount to which Owners would have been entitled to limit their liability if they had themselves employed such pilots, tugboats or stevedores, and
   (ii) Charterers shall be liable for any damage to the vessel caused by or arising out of the use of stevedores, fair wear and tear excepted, to the extent that Owners are unable by the exercise of due diligence to obtain redress therefore from stevedores.
Supernumeraries    17. Charterers may send representatives in the vessel’s available accommodation upon any voyage made under this charter, Owners finding provisions and all requisites as supplied to officers, except liquors, Charterers paying at the rate of US$ 15 per day for each representative while on board the vessel.
Sub-letting    18. Charterers may sub-let the vessel, but shall always remain responsible to Owners for due fulfillment of this charter.
Final Voyage    19. If when a payment of hire is due hereunder Charterers reasonably expect to redeliver the vessel before the next payment of hire would fall due, the hire to be paid shall be assessed on Charterers’ reasonable estimate of the time necessary to complete Charterers’ programme up to redelivery, and from which estimate Charterers may deduct amounts due or reasonably expected to become due for
   (i) Disbursements on Owners’ behalf or charges for Owners’ account pursuant to any provision hereof, and
   (ii) Bunkers on board at redelivery pursuant to Clause 15.
   Promptly after redelivery any overpayment shall be refunded by Owners or any underpayment made good by Charterers.
   If at the time this charter would otherwise terminate in accordance with Clause 4 the vessel is on a ballast voyage to a port of redelivery or is upon a laden voyage, Charterers shall continue to have the use of the vessel at the same rate and conditions as stand herein for as long as necessary to complete such ballast voyage, or to complete such laden voyage and return to a port of redelivery as provided by this charter, as the case may be.

Loss of

Vessel

   20. Should the vessel be lost, this charter shall terminate and hire shall cease at noon on the day of her loss: should the vessel be a constructive total loss, this charter shall terminate and hire shall cease at noon on the day on which the vessel’s underwriters agree that the vessel is a constructive total loss: should the vessel be missing, this charter shall terminate and hire cease at noon on the day of which she was last heard of. Any hire paid in advance and not earned shall be returned to Charterers and Owners shall reimburse Charterers for the value of the estimated quantity of bunkers on board at the time of termination, at the price paid by Charterers at the last bunkering port.
Off-hire    21. (a) On each and every occasion that there is loss of time (whether by way of interruption in the vessel’s service or, from reduction in the vessel’s performance, or in any other manner)
  

 

(i) Due to deficiency of personnel or stores; repairs; gas-freeing for repairs; time in and waiting to enter dry dock for repairs: breakdown (whether partial or total) of machinery, boilers or other parts of the vessel or her equipment (including without limitation tank coatings); overhaul, maintenance or survey; time lost by vessel for obtaining all necessary authorization or certificates for trading , collision, stranding, accident or damage to the vessel: or any other similar cause preventing the efficient working of the vessel: and such loss continues for more than three consecutive hours (if resulting from interruption in the vessel’s service) or cumulates to more than three hours (if resulting from partial loss of service); or

   (ii) Due to industrial action, refusal to sail, breach of orders or neglect of duty on the part of the master, officers or crew ; or
   (iii) For the purpose of obtaining medical advice or treatment for or landing any sick or injured person (other than a Charterers’ representative carried under clause 17 hereof) or for the purpose of landing the body of any person (other than a Charterers’ representative), and such loss continues for more than three consecutive hours; or
   (iv) Due to any delay in quarantine arising from the master, officers or crew having had communication with the shore at any infected area without the written consent or instructions of Charterers or their agents, or at any detention by customs or other authorities caused by smuggling or other infraction of local law on the part of the master, officers or crew; or

 


     (v) Due to detention of the vessel by authorities at home or abroad attributable to legal action against or
breach of regulations by the vessel, the vessel’s owners, or Owners (unless brought about by the act or
neglect of Charterers);
   (vi) Delay for failure in obtaining M.O.C vetting approvals - See additional clause No. 22.4, then without prejudice to Charterers’ rights under clause 3 or to any other rights of Charterers hereunder or otherwise the vessel shall be off-hire from the commencement of such loss of time until she is again ready and in efficient state to resume her service from a position not less favorable to Charterers than that at which such loss of time commenced; provided, however, that any service given or distance made good by the vessel whilst off- hire shall be taken into account in assessing the amount to be deducted from hire.
   (b) If the vessel fails to proceed at any guaranteed speed pursuant to Clause 24, and such failure arises wholly or partly from any of the causes set out in Clause 2l(a)above, then the period for which the vessel shall be off-hire under this Clause 21 shall be the difference between
   (i) the time the vessel would have required to perform the relevant service at such guaranteed speed, and
   (ii) the time actually taken to perform such service (including any loss of time arising from interruption in the performance of such service).
   For the avoidance of doubt, all time included under (ii) above shall be excluded from any computation under Clause 24.
   (c) Further and without prejudice to the foregoing, in the event of the vessel deviating (which expression includes without limitation putting back, or putting into any port other than that to which she is bound under the instructions of Charterers) for any cause or purpose mentioned in Clause 21(a), the vessel shall be off-hire from the commencement of such deviation until the time when she is again ready and in an efficient state to resume her service from a position not less favourable to Charterers than that at which the deviation commenced, provided, however, that any service given or distance made good by the vessel whilst so off-hire shall be taken into account in assessing the amount to be deducted from hire. If the vessel, for any cause or purpose mentioned in Clause 21 (a), puts into any port other than the port to which she is bound on the instructions of Charterers, the port charges, pilotage and other expenses at such port shall be borne by Owners. Should the vessel be driven into any port or anchorage by stress of weather hire shall continue to be due and payable during any time lost thereby.
   (d) If the vessel’s flag state becomes engaged in hostilities, and Charterers in consequences of such hostilities find it commercially impracticable to employ the vessel and have given Owners written notice thereof, then from the date of receipt by Owners of such notice until the termination of such commercial impracticability the vessel shall be off-hire and Owners shall have the right to employ the vessel on their own account.
   (e) Time during which the vessel is off hire under this charter shall count as part of the charter period.
   (e) Time during which the vessel is off hire under this Charter Party shall count as part of the Charter Period, but Charterers shall have the option, in the event off-Hire period exceeds 20 days, to add such time over the said allowance to the relevant Charter period, by notifying the Owners 30 days prior to the natural expiration of each Charter period, as the case may be.

Periodical

Drydocking

   22. (a) Owners have the right and obligation to drydock the vessel at regular intervals of as required by Classification Society and in case of emergency On each occasion Owners shall propose to Charterers a date on which they wish to drydock the vessel, not less than 90 days before such date, and Charterers shall offer a port for such periodical drydocking and shall take all reasonable steps to make the vessel available as near to such date as practicable.
   Owners shall put the vessel in drydock at their expense as soon as practicable after Charterers place the vessel at Owners’ disposal clear of cargo other than tank washings and residues. Owners shall be responsible for and pay for the disposal into reception facilities of such tank washings and residues and shall have the right to retain any monies received therefor, without prejudice to any claim for loss of cargo under any bill of lading or this charter.
   (b) if a periodical drydocking is carried out in the port offered by Charterers (which must have suitable accommodation for the purpose and reception facilities for tank washings an residues), the vessel shall be off-hire from the time she arrives at such port until drydocking is completed and she is in every way ready to resume Charterers’ service and is at the position at which she went off-hire or a position no less favourable to Charterers; whichever she first attains. However
   (i) provided that owners exercise due diligence in gas freeing, any time lost in gas freeing to the standard required for entry into drydock for cleaning or painting the hull shall not count as off-hire, whether, lost on passage to the drydocking port or after arrival there (notwithstanding Clause 21) and
   (ii) any additional time lost in further gas freeing to meet the standard required for hot work or entry to cargo tanks shall count as off-hire, whether lost on passage to the drydocking port or after arrival there
   Any time which, but for sub clause (i) above, would be off-hire, shall not be included in any calculation under Clause 24.
   Time and The expenses of gas-freeing, including without limitation the cost of bankers, shall be for Owners’ account.
   (c) If Owners require the vessel, instead of proceeding to the offered port, to carry out periodical drydocking at a special port selected by them, the vessel shall be off-hire from the time when she is released to proceed to the special port until she next presents for loading in accordance with Charterers’ instructions, provided, however, that Charterers shall credit Owners with the time which would have been taken on passage at the service speed had the vessel not proceeded to drydock. All fuel consumed shall be paid for by Owners but Charterers shall credit Owners with the value of the fuel which would have been used of such notional passage calculated at the guaranteed daily consumption for the service speed, and shall further credit Owners with any benefit they, may gain in purchasing bunkers at the special port.
   (c) Charterers shall, insofar as cleaning for periodical drydocking may have reduced the amount of tank cleaning necessary to meet Charterers’ requirements credit Owners with the value of any bunkers which Charterers calculate to have been saved thereby, whether the vessel drydocks at an offered or a special port.

 


Ship Inspection    23. Charterers shall have the right at any time during the charter period to make such
inspection of the vessel as they may consider necessary. This right may be exercised as often
and at such intervals as Charterers in their absolute discretion may determine and whether the
vessel is in port or on passage. Owners affording all necessary co-operation and
accommodation on board provided, however,
   (i) That neither the exercise nor the non-exercise, nor anything done or not done in the exercise or non-exercise, by Charterers of such right shall in any way reduce the master’s or Owners’ authority over, or responsibility to Charterers or third parties for, the vessel and every aspect of her operation, nor increase Charterers’ responsibilities to Owners or third parties for the same; and
   (ii) That Charterers shall not be liable for any act, neglect or default by themselves, their servants or agents in the exercise or non-exercise of the aforesaid right.

Detailed

Description

And

Performance

   24. (a) Owners guarantee that the speed and consumption of the vessel shall be as follows:
  

 

Average speed in knots

  

 

Maximum average bunker consumption main propulsion – auxiliaries

      Fuel oil/diesel oil    fuel oil/diesel oil
   Laden    Tonnes    tonnes
   Ballast      
   See Vessels description clause Number 1 and over performance Clause Number 26
  

The foregoing bunker consumptions are for all purposes except cargo heating and tank cleaning and shall be pro-rated between the speeds shown.

  

The service speed of the vessel is 14.0 knots laden and 14.5 knots in ballast and in the absence of Charterers’ orders to the contrary the vessel shall proceed at the service speed. However if more than one laden and one ballast speed are shown in the table above Charterers shall have the right to order the vessel to steam at any speed within the range set out in the table (the “ordered speed”).

  

If the vessel is ordered to proceed at any speed other than the highest speed shown in the table, and the average speed actually attained by the vessel during the currency of such order exceeds such ordered speed plus 0.5 knots (the “maximum recognized speed”), then for the purpose of calculating any increase or decrease of hire under this Clause 24 the maximum recognized speed shall be used in place of the average speed actually attained.

  

For the purposes of this charter the “guaranteed speed” at any time shall be the then-current ordered speed or the service speed, as the case may be

  

The average speeds and bunker consumptions shall for the purposes of this Clause 24 be calculated by reference to the observed distance from pilot station to pilot station on all sea passages during each period stipulated in Clause 24(c), but excluding any time during which the vessel is (or but for Clause 22 (b)(i) would be) off-hire and also excluding “Adverse Weather Periods”, being (i)any periods during which reduction of speed is necessary for safety in congested waters or in poor visibility (ii) any days, noon to noon, when winds exceed force 8 5 on the Beuafort Scale for more than 12 hours.

  

(b) If during any year from the date on which the vessel enters service (anniversary to anniversary) the vessel falls below or exceeds the performance guaranteed in Clause 24 (a) then if such shortfall or excess results

  

(i) From a reduction or an increase in the average speed of the vessel, compared to the speed guaranteed in Clause 24 (a), then an amount equal to the value at the hire rate of the time so lost or gained , as the case may be , shall be deducted from or added to the hire paid;

  

(ii) From an increase or decrease in the total bunkers consumed, compared to the total bunker which would have been consumed had the vessel performed as guaranteed in Clause 24 (a), an amount equivalent to the value of the additional bunkers consumed or the bunkers saved, as the case may be , based on the average price paid by Charterers for the vessel’s bunkers in such period, shall be deducted from or added to the hire paid.

  

The addition to or deduction from hire so calculated for laden and ballast mileage respectively shall be adjusted to take into account the mileage sleamed in each such condition during Adverse Weather Periods, by dividing such additon or deduction by the number of miles over which the performance has been calculated and multiplying by the same number of miles number of miles plus the miles steamed during the Adverse Weather Periods, in order to establish the total addition to or deduction from hire to be made for such period.

  

Reduction of hire under the foregoing sub-Clause (b) shall be without prejudice to any other remedy available to Charterers.

  

(c) Calculation under this Clause 24 shall be made for the yearly periods terminating on each successive anniversary of the date on which the vessel enters service, and for the period between the last such anniversary and the date of termination of this charter if less than a year. Claims in respect of reduction of hire arising under this Clause during final year or part year of the charter period shall in the first instance be settled in accordance with Charterers’ estimate made two months before the end of the charter period. Any necessary adjustment after this charter terminates shall be made by payment by Owners to Charterers or by Charterers to

  

(d) Owners as (e) the case may require. Payments in respect increase of hire arising under this Clause shall be made promptly after receipt by Charterers of all the information necessary to calculate such increase.


Salvage    25. Subject to the provisions of Clause 21 hereof, all loss of time and all expenses (excluding any damage to or loss of the vessel or tortious liabilities to third parties) incurred in saving or attempting to save life or in successful or unsuccessful attempts at salvage shall be borne equally by Owners and Charterers provided that Charterers shall not be liable to contribute towards any salvage payable by Owners arising in any way out of services rendered under this Clause 25.
  

All salvage and all proceeds from derelicts shall be divided equally between Owners and Charterers after deducting the master’s, officers’ and crew’s share.

Lien    26. Owners shall have a lien upon all cargoes and freights, sub-freights and demurrage for any amounts due under this charter; and Charterers shall have a lien on the vessel for all monies paid in advance and not earned, and for all claims for damages arising from any breach by Owners of this charter.
Exceptions    27. (a) The vessel, her master and Owners shall not, unless otherwise in this charter expressly provided, be liable for any loss or damage or delay or failure arising or resulting from any act, neglect or default of the master, pilots, mariners or other servants of Owners in the navigation or management of the vessel: fire, unless caused by the actual fault or privity of Owners: collision or stranding; dangers and accidents of the sea; explosion, bursting of boilers, breakage of shafts or any latent defect in hull, equipment or machinery: provided, however that Clauses 1,2,3 and 24 hereof shall be unaffected by the foregoing. Further, neither the vessel, her master or Owners, nor Charterers shall, unless otherwise in this charter expressly provided, be liable for any loss or damage or delay or failure in performance hereunder arising or resulting from act of God, act of war, seizure under legal process, quarantine restrictions, strikes, lock-outs, riots, restraints of labour, civil commotions or arrest or restraints of princes, rulers or people.
   (b) The vessel shall have liberty to sail with or without pilots, to tow or go to the assistance of vessels in distress and to deviate for the purpose of saving life or property.
   (c ) Clause 27(a) shall not apply to or affect any liability of Owners or the vessel or any other relevant person in respect of
   (i) loss or damage caused to any berth, jetty, dock, dolphin, buoy, mooring line pipe or crane or other works or equipment whatsoever at or near any place to which the vessel may proceed under this charter, whether or not such works or equipment belong to Charterers, or
   (ii) any claim (whether brought by Charterers or any other person) arising out of any loss of or damage to or in connection with cargo. Any All such claims shall be subject to the Hague-Visby Rules or the Hague Rules, as the case may be, which ought pursuant to Clause 38 hereof to have been incorporated in the relevant bill of lading (whether or not such Rules were so incorporated) or, if no such bill of lading is issued, to the Hague-Visby Rules.
   (d) In particular and without limitation, the foregoing subsections (a) and (b) of this Clause shall not apply to or in any way affect any provision in this charter relating to off-hire or to reduction of hire.

Injurious

Cargoes

   28. No acids, explosives or cargoes injurious to the vessel shall be shipped and without prejudice to the foregoing any damage to the vessel caused by the shipment of any such cargo and the time taken to repair such damage, shall be for Charterers’ account. No voyage shall be undertaken, nor any goods or cargoes loaded, that would expose the vessel to capture or seizure by rulers or governments.
Grade of Bunkers    29. Charterers shall supply marine diesel oil/fuel oil with a maximum viscosity of 380 Centistokes at 50 degrees Centigrade according to RMG 35 / ACGFO for main propulsion and diesel oil/ ACGFO according to DMA for the auxiliaries. If Owners require the vessel to be supplied with more expensive bunkers they shall be reliable for the extra cost thereof. (See also additional Clause 38).
  

Charterers warrant that all bunkers provided by them in accordance herewith shall be of a quality complying with the International Marine Bunker Supply Terms and conditions of Shell International Trading Company and with its specification for marine fuels as amended from time to time.

Disbursements    30. Should the master require advances for ordinary disbursements at any port, Charterers or their agents shall make such advances to him, in consideration of which Owners shall pay a commission of two and a half per cent, and all such advantages and commissions shall be deducted from hire.
Laying-up    31. Charterers shall have the option, after consultation with Owners, of requiring Owners to lay up the vessel at a safe place nominated by Charterers, in which case the hire provided for under this charter shall be adjusted to reflect any net increases in expenditure reasonably incurred or any net saving which should reasonably be made by Owners as a result of such lay up. Charterers may exercise the said option any number of times during the charter period.
Requisition    32. Should the vessel be requisitioned by any government, de facto or de jure, during the period of this charter, the vessel shall be off-hire during the period of such requisition, and any hire paid by such government in respect of such requisition period shall be or Owners’ account. Any such requisition period shall count as part of the charter period.


Outbreak of War    33. If war hostilities break out between any two or more of the following countries: USA., Russia and CIS States, PRC, UK, Netherlands, Germany, France, Italy in so far that such areas have been declared War Risk areas by the War Risk rating committee in London as recognised by the Lloyds of London both Owners and Charterers have the right to cancel this Charter. However neither party shall be entitled to terminate this Charter Party on account of minor and/or local warlike operation or economic warfare anywhere which will not interfere with the vessel’s trade. This cancellation to be declared within a period of 15 days from the date in which the Hull & Machinery Insurers officially report the outbreak of such war . If war or hostile break out between two or more of the following countries: USA, U.S.S.R., P.R.C., U.K., Netherlands, both Owners and Charterers shall have the right to cancel this charter .
Additional War Expenses    34. If the vessel is ordered to trade in areas where there is war (de facto or de jure) or threat of war, Charterers shall reimburse Owners for any additional insurance premia, (net of discounts) including Hull & Machinery and Loss of Hire , crew bonuses and other expenses which are reasonably incurred by Owners as a consequence of such orders, provided that Charterers are given notice of such expenses as soon as practicable and in any event before such expenses are incurred, and provided further that Owners obtain from their insurers a waiver of any subrogated rights against Charterers in respect of any claims by Owners under their war risk insurance arising out of compliance with such orders.
War Risks    35. See Rider Clause 32 (a) The master shall not be required or bound to sign bills of lading for any place which in his or Owners’ reasonable opinion is dangerous or impossible for the vessel to enter or reach owing to any blockade, war, hostilities, warlike operations, civil war, civil commotions or revolutions.
  

(b) If in the reasonable opinion of the master or Owners it becomes, for any of the reasons set out in Clause 35(a) or by the operation of international law, dangerous, impossible or prohibited for the vessel to reach or enter, or to lead or discharge cargo at, any place to which the vessel has been ordered pursuant to this charter (a “place of peril”), then Charterers or their agents shall be immediately notified by telex or radio messages, and Charterers shall thereupon have the right to order the cargo, or such part of it as may be affected, to be leaded or discharged, as the case may be, at any other place within the trading limits of this charter (provided such other place is not itself a place of peril). If any place of discharge is or becomes a place of peril, and no orders have been received from Charterers or their agents within 48 hours after dispatch of such messages, then Owners shall be at liberty to discharge the cargo or such part of it as may be affected at any place which they or the master may in their or his discretion select within the trading limits of this charter and such discharge shall be deemed to be due fulfilment of Owners’ obligations under this charter so far as the cargo so discharged is concerned.

  

(c) The vessel shall have liberty to comply with any directions and recommendations as to departure, arrival, routes, ports of call, stoppages, destinations, zones, waters, delivery or in any other wise whatsoever given by the government of the state under whose flag the vessel sails or any other government or local authority or by any person or body acting or purporting to act as or with the authority of any such government or local authority including any de facto government or local authority or by any person or body acting or purporting to act as or with the authority of any such government or local authority or by any committee or person having under the terms of the war risk insurance on the vessel the right to give any such directions or recommendations. If by reason of or in compliance with any such directions or recommendations anything is done or is not done, such shall not be deemed a deviation.

  

If by reason of or in compliance with any such direction or recommendation the vessel does not proceed to any place of discharge to which she has been ordered pursuant to this charter, the vessel may proceed to any place which the master or Owners in his or their discretion select and there discharge the cargo or such part of it as may be affected. Such discharge shall be deemed to be due fulfilment of Owners’ obligations under this charter so far as cargo so discharged is concerned.

  

Charterers shall procure that all bills of lading issued under this charter shall contain the Chamber of Shipping War Risks Clause 1952.

Both to blame Collision Clause    36. If the liability for any collision in which the vessel is involved while performing this charter falls to be determined in accordance with the laws of the United States of America, the following provision shall apply: “If the ship comes into collision with another ship as a result of the negligence of the other ship and any act, neglect or default of the master, mariner, pilot or the servants of the carrier in the navigation or in the management of the ship, the owners of the cargo carried hereunder will indemnify the carrier against all loss, or liability to the other or non-carrying ship or her owners in so far as such loss or liability represents loss of, or damage to, or any claim whatsoever of the owners of the said cargo, paid or payable by the other or non-carrying ship or her owners to the owners of the said cargo and set off, recouped or recovered by the other or non-carrying ship or her owners as part of their claim against the carrying ship or carrier”.
  

“The foregoing provisions shall also apply where the owners, operators or those in charge of any ship or ships or objects other than, or in addition to, the colliding ships or objects are at fault in respect of a collision or contract”.

  

Charterers shall procure that all bills of lading issued under this charter shall contain a provision in the foregoing terms to be applicable where the liability for any collision in which the vessel is involved falls to be determined in accordance with the laws of the United States of America.

New Jason

Clause

   37. General average contributions shall be payable according to the York/Antwerp Rules, 1974 , 1994, as amended from time to time and shall be adjusted in London in accordance with English law and practice but should adjustment be made in accordance with the law and practice of the United States of America, the following provision shall apply:
  

“In the event of accident, danger, damage or disaster before and after the commencement of the voyage, resulting from any cause whatsoever, whether due to negligence or not, for which, or for the consequence of which, the carrier is not responsible by statute, contract or otherwise, the cargo, shippers, consignees or owners of the cargo shall contribute with the carrier in general average to the payment of any sacrifices, losses or expenses of a general average nature that may be made or incurred and shall pay salvage and special charges incurred in respect of the cargo”


  

“If a salving ship is owned or operated by the carrier, salvage shall be paid for as fully as if the said salving ship or ships belonged to strangers, such deposit as the earner or his agents may deem sufficient to cover the estimated contribution of the cargo and any salvage and special charges thereon shall, if required, be made by the cargo, shippers, consignees or owners of the cargo to the carrier before delivery.”

  

Charterers shall procure that all bills of lading issued under this charter shall contain a provision in the foregoing terms, to be applicable where adjustment of general average is made in accordance with the laws and practice of the United States of America.

Clause Paramount    38. Charterers shall procure that all bills of lading issued pursuant to this charter shall contain the following clause:
   “(1) Subject to sub-clause (2) hereof, this bill of lading shall be governed by, and have effect subject to, the rules contained in the International Convention for the Unification of Certain Rules relating to Bills of Lading signed at Brussels on 25 th August 1924 (hereafter the “Hague Rules”) as amended by the Protocol signed at Brussels on 23 rd February 1968 (hereafter the “Hague-Visby Rules”). Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to be either a surrender by the carrier of any of his rights or immunities or any increase of any of his responsibilities or liabilities under the “Hague-Visby Rules”.
   “(2) If there is governing legislation which applies the Hague Rules compulsorily to this bill of lading to the exclusion of the Hague-Visby Rules, then this bill of lading shall have effect subject to the Hague Rules. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to be either a surrender by the carrier of any of his rights or immunities or an increase of any of his responsibilities or liabilities under the Hague Rules.”
   “(3) If any term of this bill of lading is repugnant to the Hague-Visby Rules or Hague Rules if applicable, such term shall be void to that extent but no further.”
   “(4) Nothing in this bill of lading shall be construed as in any way restricting, excluding or waiving the right of any relevant party or person to limit his liability under any available legislation and/or law.”
TOVALOP    39. Owners warrant that the vessel is:
   (i) a tanker in TOVALOP and,
   (ii) Property enter in Steamship Mutual P&I Club
   and will so remain during the currency of this charter. See ITOPF Clause 28
   When an escape of discharge of Oil occurs from the vessel and causes or threatens to cause Pollution Damage, or when there is the Threat of an escape or discharge of Oil (i.e. a grave and imminent danger of the escape or discharge of Oil which, if it occurred, would create a serious danger of Pollution Damage, whether or not an escape or discharge in fact subsequently occurs), then Charterers may, at their option, upon notice to Owners or master, undertake such measures as are reasonably necessary to prevent or minimise such Pollution Damage or to remove the Threat, unless Owners promptly undertake the same. Charterers shall keep Owners advised of the nature and result of any such measures taken by them and, if time permits, the nature of the measures intended to be taken by them. Any of the aforementioned measures taken by Charterers shall be deemed taken on Owners’ authority as Owners’ agent, and shall be at Owners’ expense except to the extent that:
   (1) any such escape or discharge or Threat was caused or contributed to by Charterers, or
   (2) by reason of the exceptions set out in Article III, paragraph 2, of the 1969 International Convention on Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage. Owners are or, had the said Convention applied to such escape or discharge or to the Threat, would have been exempt from liability for the same, or
   (3) the cost of such measures together with all other liabilities, costs and expenses of Owners arising out of or in connection with such escape or discharge or Threat exceeds one hundred and sixty United States Dollars (US $160) per ton of the vessel’s Tonnage or sixteen million eight hundred thousand United States Dollars (US $16,800,000), whichever is the lesser, save and insofar as Owners shall be entitled to recover such excess under either the 1971 International Convention on the Establishment of an International Fund for Compensation for Oil Pollution Damage or under CRISTAL;
   PROVIDED ALWAYS that if Owners in their absolute discretion consider said measures should be discontinued, Owners shall so notify Charterers and thereafter Charterers shall have no right to continue said measures under the provisions of this Clause 39 and all further liability to Charterers under this Clause 39 shall thereupon cease.
   The above provisions are not in derogation of such other rights as Charterers or Owners may have under this charter or may otherwise have no acquire by law or any International Convention or TOVALOP.
   The term “TOVALOP” means the Tanker Owners’ Voluntary Agreement Concerning Liability for Oil Pollution dated 7 th January 1969, as amended from time to time, and the term “CRISTAL” means the Contract Regarding an Interim Supplement to Tanker Liability for Oil Pollution dated 14 th January 1971, as amended from time to time. The term “Oil”, “Pollution Damage”, and “Tonnage” shall for the purposes of this Clause 39 have the meanings ascribe to them in TOVALOP.
Export Restriction    40. The master shall not be required or bound to sign bills of lading for the carriage of cargo to any place to which export of such cargo is prohibited under the laws, rules or regulations of the country in which the cargo was produced and/or shipped.
   Charterers shall procure that all bills of lading issued under this charter shall contain the following clause:
   “If any laws rules or regulations applied by the government of the country in which the cargo was produced and/or shipped, or any relevant agency thereof, impose a prohibition on export of the cargo to the place of discharge designated in or ordered under this bill of lading, carriers shall be entitle to require cargo owners forthwith to nominate an alternative discharge place for the discharge of the cargo, or such part of it as may be affected, which alternative place shall not be subject to the prohibition, and carriers shall be entitled to accept orders from cargo owners to proceed to and discharge at such alternative place. If cargo owners fail to nominate an alternative place within 72 hours after they or their agents have received from carriers notice of such prohibition, carriers shall be at liberty to discharge the cargo or such part of it as may be affected by the prohibition at any safe


   place on which they or the master may in their absolute discretion decide and which is not subject to the prohibition, and such discharge shall constitute due performance of the contract contained in this bill of lading so far as the cargo so discharged is concerned”.
   The foregoing provision shall apply mutatis mutandis to the charter, the reference to a bill of lading being deemed to be references to this chapter.
Law and Litigation    41. (a) This charter shall be construed and the relations between the parties determined in accordance with the laws of England.
  

(b)     Any dispute arising under this charter shall be decided by as per LMAA Arbitration Clause (see clause 27 of the rider) the English Courts to whose jurisdiction the parties hereby agree .

  

(c)      For smaller disputes upto US$ 100,000 the small claim procedure laid by the London Maritime Arbitrators Association and any subsequent amendment thereto shall apply.

   (d) Notwithstanding for foregoing, but without prejudice to any party’s right to arrest or maintain the arrest of any maritime property, either party may, by giving written notice of election to the other party, elect to have any such dispute referred to the arbitration of a single arbitrator in London in accordance with the provisions of the Arbitration Act 1950, or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force.
  

(i) A party shall lose its right to make such an election only if:

  

(a) It receives from the other party a written notice of dispute which

  

(1) States expressly that a dispute has arisen out of this charter;

  

(2) Specifies the nature of the dispute; and

  

(3) Refers expressly to this clause 41 (c)

  

and

  

(b) It fails to give notice of election to have the dispute referred to arbitration not later than 30 days from the date of receipt of such notice of dispute.

  

(ii) The parties hereby agree that either party may

  

(a) appeal to High Court on any question of law arising out of an award;

  

(b) apply to the High Court for an order that the arbitrator state the reasons of his award;

  

(c) give notice to the arbitrator for that a reasoned award is required; and

  

(d) apply to the High Court to determine any question of law arising in the course of the reference.

  

(d) It shall be a condition precedent to the right of any party to a stay of any legal proceedings in which maritime property has been, or may be, arrested in connection with a dispute under this charter, that that party furnishes to the other party security to which that other party would have been entitled in such legal proceedings in the absence of a stay .

Construction    42. The side headings have been included in this charter for convenience of reference and shall in no way affect the construction hereof.
  

“Charterers” Additional Clauses from No. 1 to No. 40 attached hereto are to be incorporated into this Charter Party.

 

The Owners:  

LOGO

The Charterers:  

LOGO

 


ADDITIONAL CLAUSES

“NOEMI”

TIME CHARTER PARTY DATED

1. VESSEL’S DESCRIPTION CLAUSE

Owners guarantee the following speed/consumption in moderate weather up to and including Beaufort Scale Force 5 excluding voyages of less than 24 hours and areas such as restricted channels and where slow speed is required by authorities of the port. Calculation to be made from full away on leaving last pilot to end of seapassage.

Class: ABS +A1(E), Crude and Oil Product Carrier, +AMS, +ACCU, SH, SHCM, ReS, VEC(-L)

Deadweight: 72,515 mt

 

Gross Tonnage:    41,526 mt
Net Tonnage:    20,970 mt

 

Main dimensions:
LOA:   227.8 Metres
LBP:   219 Metres
Beam:   32.24 Metres
Depth:   20.6 Metres

Cargo cubic capacity (including slop tanks)(98%): 83,058.20 m 3

Main engine/power: MAN B&W6S60MC – 14,100 BHP

Speed/consumption

All consumption expressed in tonnes of IFO 380 per day, unless otherwise specified. Consumption up to Beaufourt 5 included, at service speed.

 

Ballast    Laden
14.5 knots on 37.0 mt + 3.0 mt    14.0 knots on 37.0 mt + 3.0 mt
Maintain Cargo Temperature upto 135 F    10 mt Ifo
Increase Temperature from 44 To 66 C   
(Air 0 Deg - Sea 5 Deg) in 96 Hours    120 mt Ifo/Total
Inerting all tanks by IGS    20 mt Ifo per 36 Hrs or 13.3 mt Ifo per day
Diesel generator idle    3.0 mt Ifo
Boilers idle    4.0 mt Ifo
Discharging in 24 hrs    32.0 mt Ifo + 12.0 Mt of mgo
Loading    10.0 mt Ifo


Ballasting/Deballasting    8.0 mt Ifo X 12 Hrs
Butterworth all tanks about 36 hrs    17.0 mt Ifo

Vessels full description as given and vessel speed and consumptions are guaranteed as average speed for voyages over 24 hrs and subject to vessel not remaining idle in tropical waters for more than 15 days. Actual speed and consumptions are to be compared against the TCP figures above and shall be mutually revised/agreed between Owners and Charterers after six months of trading however final consumptions to be in line for with those of similar vessels/engines. No claims in respect of the Vessel’s performance shall be submitted by either party during the first six months of trading. The speed and consumption so agreed by Owners and Charterers to be included into an addendum to be attached to this TCP.

 

Cargo System/pumps:    3 steam driven centrifugal pumps of 2,000 Cu M/hr each
Ballast system/pumps:    2 electric driven centrifugal pumps of 1,200 Cu M/hr each
Auxiliary boilers:    2 Aalborg 2.0 ton/hr x 16.6 Kg/cm2
Exhaust:    1 Kangrim 1.0 ton/hr x 6 Kg/cm2
Mooring equipment:    according to OCIMF requirements
Lifting equipment:    1 hose handling crane 15 mt

2. COFR CLAUSE

If U.S.A. trade all cost payable per call related to COFR and OPA 90 to be paid by Charterers to Owners against relevant documents. Owners to pass any relevant discount on the above to Charterers.

3. TRADING LIMITS CLAUSE

Vessel to trade between good and safe ports/places, always afloat, worldwide within the current Institute Warranty Limits, however excluding: Albania, Turkish controlled Cyprus, Arab League boycotted countries, Sierra Leone, Liberia, Haiti, Orinoco river, Caripito, Somalia, Eritrea, Yugoslavia and former Yugoslavian republics (but including Omisalj and Rijeka), North Korea, Kampuchea and Vietnam, any voyage which will incur the risk of black listing and/or boycotting, war zones as defined by Lloyds of London and any other areas to which restrictions may be imposed by the United States, or the United Nations, or the flag state. The vessel is not allowed to trade Cuba during the last 6 months of the c/p. The vessel can trade Israel on a case-by-case basis and subject to the Owner’s consent. Charterers may be allowed to order the ship to any war zones as defined by Lloyd’s of London upon payment by Charterers of any additional insurance premiums required by the vessel’s underwriters for such breach subject to owners prior consent which shall not be unreasonably withheld. Charterers may be allowed to breach Institute Warranty Limits, however breach of IWL to be always subject to owners/head owners approval on a case by case basis and upon payment by Charterers of any additional insurance premiums required by the Vessel’s Underwriters for such breach. Vessel not to force ice nor follow ice-breakers.


4. EXXON DRUG CLAUSE

Owners warrant that it has a policy on drug and Alcohol abuse (“Policy”) applicable to the vessel which meets or exceeds the standards in the Oil International Marine Forum Guidelines for the Control of Drug and Alcohol onboard Ship. Under the Policy, alcohol impairment shall be defined as a blood alcohol content of 40 mg/100 ml or greater; the appropriate seafarers to be tested shall be all vessel’s officers and the drug / alcohol testing and screening shall include unannounced testing in addition to routine medical examinations. An objective of the Policy should be that the frequency of the unannounced test be adequate to be as an effective abuse deterrent, and that all officers to be tested at least once a year through a combined program of announced testing, and routine medical examinations. Owners further warrant that the policy will remain in effect during the term of this charter and that the owners shall exercise due diligence to ensure that the policy is complied with.

5. DETENTION CLAUSE

Should the vessel be seized or detained by any authority or arrested at the suit of any party having or purporting to have a claim against any interest of the vessel borne by the owner, hire shall not be payable in respect of any period during which the vessel is not at Charterers’ use and all extra expenses shall be for Owners’ account.

6. STS - LIGHTERING CLAUSE

Owners shall allow transfer of cargo between the vessel and another vessel made fast alongside or while underway. However such procedure always subject to master’s approval and to be in accordance with the ICS/OCIMF Ship to Ship Transfer guide (Petroleum). All extra equipment required and extra expenses incurred for such transfer operation shall be provided by Charterers for their account.

7. FINANCIAL RESPONSIBILITY IN RESPECT OF POLLUTION CLAUSE

(1) Owners warrant that throughout the currency of this Charter they will provide the vessel with the following certificates:

(a) Certificates issued pursuant to the Civil Liability Convention 1969 (‘CLC”), and pursuant to the 1992 protocols to the CLC, as and when in force

(b) Certificates issued pursuant to the Section 1016 (a) of the Oil Pollution Act 1990, and Section 108 of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act 1980, as amended in accordance with Part 138 of Coast Guard Regulations 3 CFR, so long as these can be obtained by the owners from or by (identify the applicable scheme or schemes)

(c) Any other similar certificates of responsibility which may be required of Owners during the currency of this Charter Party to the extent that such certification can be readily and commercially obtained such that a prudent owner trading for his own account would obtain such certification.


(2) Notwithstanding anything whether printed or typed herein to the contrary,

(a) save as required for compliance with paragraph (1) hereof, owners shall not be required to establish or maintain financial security or responsibility in respect of oil or other pollution damage to enable the vessel lawfully to enter, remain or leave any port, place, territorial or contiguous waters of any country, state or territory in performance of this Charter

(b) Charterers shall indemnify owners and hold them harmless in respect of any loss, damage, liability or expense (including but not limited to the costs of any delay incurred by the vessel as a result of any failure by the charterers promptly to give alternative voyage orders) whatsoever and howsoever arising which owners may sustain by reason of any requirement to establish or maintain financial security or responsibility in order to enter, remain in or leave any port, place or waters, other than to the extent provided in paragraph (1) hereof.

(c) Owners shall not be liable for any loss, damage, liability or expense whatsoever and howsoever arising which charterers and/or the holders of any bill of lading issued pursuant to this Charter may sustain by reason of any requirement to establish or maintain financial security or responsibility in order to enter, remain or leave any port, place or waters, other than to the extent provided in paragraph (1) hereof.

(3) Owners warrant that they have and will maintain through the period of this charter party the Standard Oil Pollution Insurance cover issued by the vessel’s P & I club (currently USD One billion)

(4) if requested by Charterers, Owners shall promptly furnish to the Charterers proper evidence of such P & I Insurance and Excess Insurance immediately upon signing this charter or any time during the charter term. The above warranty is to be regarded as an essential part of this charter, which is conditional on its truth or performance, so that the breach entitles the charterers in charterer’s option, to terminate the charter and/or recover any damages allowable in Law.

Charterers warrant that terms of this clause will be incorporated effectively into any bill of lading issued pursuant to this charter.

8. NOTICE CLAUSE

Owners and Charterers to give delivery/re-delivery notices, respectively; 15, 10 days approximate and 7, 5, 3, 2, 1 days definitive.

9. ENGLISH LANGUAGE CLAUSE

Owners/Managers undertake to have English speaking personnel available to ensure appropriate communications between Charterers/Owners/Managers/Agents/ Authorities/ Terminal Officials.


10. CHANGE OF OWNERSHIP CLAUSE

Throughout the duration of this Charter party, the Owners shall have the right to sell the vessel or to change management of the vessel, subject to the prior consent of Charterers, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

11. REMEASURING CLAUSE

Owner guarantee to immediately upon Charterers’ request remeasure the vessel’s DWT for the purpose of satisfying certain port/terminal regulations; such remeasurement will be performed by the Vessel’s Registry subject availability and in accordance to the Vessel’s Flag state regulations. All time and expenses for remeasurement to be for the Charterers’ account against Owners’ proper documentation and invoice.

12. ITF CLAUSE

Ref. to clause 1. Owners warrant that the vessel has I.T.F. or equivalent certificate on board. In any event of the vessel being delayed by no compliance with the above or being rendered inoperative by strikes, labour stoppages, or by any difficulties due to vessel flag, ownership, crew, terms of employment of officers or, crew, or any other vessel under the same ownership, operation or control, all time lost is to be considered as off hire and expenses to be for Owners’ account.

13. IGS/SBT/COW SYSTEMS CLAUSE

Owners warrant that the vessels is equipped with an inert gas system and segregated ballast tanks on board the vessel and said system are in working order and shall be operational during the duration of this charter.

In the event is required by terminal personnel or independent inspectors to breach the inert gas system for the purpose of gauging, sampling, temperature determination or ascertaining remaining on board quantities after discharge, the master shall comply with these requirements consistent with safe operation of the vessel and regulations of the port.

If requested by Charterers, Owners agree to conduct crude oil washing of all cargo tanks at discharge port(s) simultaneously with discharge operations.

If the above systems are not in good working conditions due to the vessel/crew/Owners’ negligence and is causing delay in vessel’s normal operations, the vessel will be put off hire for such time actually lost and bunkers consumed shall be for Owners’ account.

14. HEATING CLAUSE

Vessel to load cargo up to and maximum 165 degrees Fahrenheit. Vessel to be able through the time charter period to maintain the cargo temperature up to maximum of 135 degrees Fahrenheit. Vessel to heat up to 10 degrees Celsius in 96 hours, but cargo temperature never to exceed 145 degrees Fahrenheit.


15. CLEANING VESSEL CLAUSE

Owners/Master to be at Charterers’ disposal for all tank cleaning making full use of the vessel’s crew and equipment. Owners, master and crew to use best endeavour to minimise cleaning time and expenses.

16. CAST IRON CLAUSE

Owners warrant that all riser valves and fittings, outboard of the last fixed rigid support to the vessel’s deck that are used in the transfer of cargo or ballast will be made of steel or nosular iron and that only one steel reducer or spacer will be used between the vessel’s valve and the loading arm. The fixed rigid support must be designed to prevent both lateral and vertical movement of the transfer manifold

17. CARGO RETENTION CLAUSE

In the event that any cargo remain on board upon completion of discharge, Charterers shall have the right to claim against Owners an amount equal to the FOB port of loading value of such cargo plus freight due with respect thereto, provided that volume of such cargo is liquid, pumpable and reachable by vessel’s normal discharge equipment as determined by an independent surveyor. The independent surveyor to be mutually agreed by both parties.

18. ELIGIBILITY CLAUSE

Owners warrant the vessel is in all respects eligible under applicable conventions, laws and regulations for trading to the ports and places as specifies under this time charter. Owners warrants that vessel should have onboard for inspection by the appropriate authorities, all certificates, records, compliance letters, contingency plans and other documents required for such service, including but not limited to, the US Coast Guard Certificate of Financial Responsibility and the Certificate required by the International Convention on Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage 1969, as amended.

Owners further warrant that the vessel does, and will comply with all applicable conventions, laws, regulations and ordinances of any international, national states or local government entity having jurisdiction including but not limited to the US. Port and Tanker Safely Ad, as amended, the US Federal Water Pollution Control Act as amended, the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships (MARPOL 1973) as amended together with 1978 protocol and 1984 amendments thereto and the International Convention for Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS 1974) as amended together with 1978 Protocol and 1981/1 983 amendment thereto, IMO regulations.

Any delays, losses, expenses or damages arising as a result of failure to comply with this clause, shall be for Owner’s account and charterers shall not be liable for any delay caused by Vessel’s failure to comply the above warranties.

Notwithstanding any other provisions to the contract, if during the currency of the Time Charter party any laws and/or regulations are appraised and engaged prohibiting or restricting the employment of the vessel in her reasonably intended trade, Charterers shall without prejudice have the option to cancel the Time Charter Party, unless Owners decide to make the vessel in full compliance with such laws and/or regulations whereby the vessel can trade fully and freely according to the terms of the Charter Party.


19. COMPLIANCES WITH REGULATIONS CLAUSE

Owners warrant that all trading certificates will remain valid during the course of this Charter Party and the vessel will comply with all regulations in force al the ports within the trading range, as defined in CI.3 of this rider. If vessel fails to comply with the above, any damages, costs, delays or losses incurred will be, in any case, for Owners account and Charterers shall have the option to put the vessel off-hire. Vessel shall not be put off-hire for alleged non-compliances only.

Should new legislations, rules and regulations ho adopted by any country, government body of other legislative authority so to affect the tradability of the vessel to any country, port or place under the terms of this charter party, then Owners and Charterers undertake to act reasonably in all circumstances, in a spirit of good cooperation, to discuss and find the right solution(s).

20. LIBYAN CERTIFICATE CLAUSE

If required for calls to Libya, Charterers shall arrange for the Vessel’s certificates to be translated into the Arabic language for their risk and time, and at Charterers’ cost for the translation.

21. O.C.I.M.F. CLAUSE

Ref. to Clause 1, Owners warrant that the vessel fully complies with Standards and Recommendations OCIMF for Oil Tankers, 1981 International safety Guide for Oil Tankers and Terminals, Standards for Oil Tankers Manifold and Associated Equipment (latest edition), Ship to Ship Transfer Guide (Petroleum) (latest edition) and Recommendation for Equipment Employed in the mooring of the Ship at single point Moorings (latest edition) and any future amendment thereto.

Should new legislations, rules and regulations adopted by any country, government body of other legislative authority so to affect the tradability of the vessel to any country, port or place under the terms of this charter party, then Owners and Charterers undertake to act reasonably in all circumstances, in a spirit of good cooperation, to discuss and find the right solution(s).

22. VETTING CLAUSE

1. Throughout the duration of this charter, owners to arrange for the following oil company inspections at their time and expense: bp, shell, exxon/mobil, chevrontexaco and total, subject always to (i) the vessel’s trading pattern, (ii) the oil company’s acceptance criteria regarding new building vessels, (iii) the availability of inspectors at that time and (iv) that owners requests for vetting inspections are not declined unreasonably for oil companies’ reasons.

2. however, since the vessel is a new building, owners shall be granted a period of 3 (three) months from the completion of the first voyage under this charter to have the vessels inspected by the majors listed above, but always subject to the limitations provided in subparagraph (1) above.


3. if during the charter period, the vessel is found to be unacceptable by any of the major oil companies, listed in subparagraph (1) above, owners will immediately take steps to rectify any outstanding deficiencies at owners’ expense and shall have the vessel re-inspected by the involved major oil company as soon as practicable, but always subject to the limitations provided in subparagraph (1) above.

4. in the event that

(a) either the vessel fails to obtain the acceptance(s) as per paragraph 2) above and she remains unacceptable for one or more oil companies for sixty (60) days after the time limit provided therein are expired, or

(b) the vessel remains unacceptable for any of the above major oil companies as per paragraph 1) above for 45 days after she has been found unacceptable as per paragraph 3) above, charterers shall have the right to put the vessel off-hire until missing acceptance(s) are reinstated, always subject to the limitations provided in subparagraph (1) above

5 the Owners will endeavour to arrange for newbuilding inspection from as many oil companies as possible before delivery.

23. PERIOD AND OPTION

Owners agree to let and Charterers agree to hire the vessel for a period of five (5) years plus/minus thirty (30) days in Charterers option.

24. PUMPING CLAUSE

Owners warrant vessel is capable of discharging her entire cargo within 24 hours or maintain 100 PSI at ship’s rail provided shore facilities are capable of receiving same. If vessel fails to maintain this discharge rate, Owners are to instruct master to clarify by protest letter or remarks in time sheets, countersigned by receivers, the reason of such failure. If vessel’s performance is below above referenced standard and pumping is delayed due to vessel’s deficiency, owners shall be responsible for any excessive pumping time and should it become necessary to withdraw the vessel from the berth all expenses are to be for Owners’ account and time to be considered off-hire. Additional time to be allowed for COW in accordance with vessel’s technical description.

25. LOI CLAUSE

STANDARD FORM LETTER OF INDEMNITY TO BE GIVEN IN RETURN FOR DELIVERING CARGO WITHOUT PRODUCTION OF THE ORIGINAL BILL OF LADING

[P&I wording to be included]

STANDARD FORM LETTER OF INDEMNITY TO BE GIVEN IN RETURN FOR DELIVERING CARGO AT A PORT OTHER THAN THAT STATED IN THE BILL OF LADING

 


[P&I wording to be included]

STANDARD FORM LETTER OF INDEMNITY TO BE GIVEN IN RETURN FOR DELIVERING CARGO AT A PORT OTHER THAN THAT STATED IN THE BILL OF LADING AND WITHOUT PRODUCTION OF THE ORIGINAL BILL OF LADING.

[P&I wording to be included]

26. OVERPERFORMANCES CLAUSE

Notwithstanding anything contained in clause 24 hereabove, Charterers will not pay more than the rate provided in clause 8 and Owners are not entitled to ask compensation for vessel overperformances.

27. LMAA ARBITRATION CLAUSE

All disputes or differences arising out of this contract which cannot be amicably resolved shall be referred to arbitration in London. Unless the parties agree upon a sole arbitrator, one arbitrator shall be appointed by each party. In the case of arbitration on documents, if the two arbitrators so appointed are in agreement their decision shall be final. In all other cases the arbitrators so appointed shall appoint a third arbitrator and the reference shall be the three-man tribunal thus constituted.

If either the appointed arbitrators refuses to act or is incapable of acting, the party who appointed him shall appoint a new arbitrator in his place.

If one party fails to appoint an arbitrator, whether originally or by way of substitution for two (2) weeks after the other party, having appointed his arbitrator, has (by telex or letter) called upon the defaulting party to make the appointment, the president for the time being of the London Maritime Arbitrators Association, shall upon application of the other party, appoint an arbitrator on behalf of the defaulting party and that arbitrator shall have the like powers to act in the reference and make an award (and, if the case so requires, the like duty in relation to the appointment of a third arbitrator) as if he had been appointed in accordance with the terms of the agreement.

This contract is governed by English Law and there shall apply to all proceedings under this clause the Terms of the London Maritime Arbitrators Association current at the time when the arbitration proceeding were commenced. All appointees shall be member of the Association.

28 I.T.O.P.F. CLAUSE

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Charter, there shall be no obligation upon the Owner or the Vessel to be a participant in the tanker Owners voluntary agreement concerning liability for oil pollution dated January 7th. 1969 as amended (“TOVALOP”). Owner, however, warrants that it is a member of the International Tanker Owners Pollution Federation (“ITOPF”) and that Owner will retain such membership during the entire period of the services of the Vessel under this Charter.

29. VESSEL’S MAINTENANCE CLAUSE

Upon reasonable notice, Owners to give to Charterers reasonable access to all documents regarding the vessel’s performances whether aboard, ashore in Owners’ or Owners Management’s office together with reasonable access to the vessel for inspection purposes.

Owners and Charterers agree that a meeting will take place as often as necessary, but at least twice a year, between Owners and Charterers’ technical staff in order to review and ensure prompt settlement of any technical problem that may have arisen.


During the charter party period(s), the Charterers to have the option every six (6) months to arrange for an independent surveyor to inspect the vessel at Charterers cost and expenses. The copy of the inspection report to be supplied to both Owners and Charterers.

30. VESSEL’S FLAG AND CLASSIFICATION SOCIETY CLAUSE

For the duration of the charter party period the Owners will register the vessel into the Marshall Islands Registry and fly its flag. The vessel was built and is classed under ABS and the Owners intend to maintain this classification during the period of the Charter Party. Owners have the option to change classification within the IACS group for important reasons only.

War Clause

(clause n. 33 of Intertanktime 80 in substitution of ‘War Risk Clause’ n. 35 of Shelltime 4)

31. ADDITIONAL WAR EXPENSES CLAUSE

If the Vessel is ordered to trade in areas were there is war (de facto or de jure) or /and where the area in question has been declared additional war risk premium areas by the Vessel’s war risk insurers. Charterers shall reimburse Owners for any additional insurance premia, crew bonuses and other expenses which are reasonably incurred by Owners as a consequence of such orders, provided that Charterers are given notice of such expenses as soon as practicable and in any event when such expenses are incurred, and provided further that Owners obtain from their insurers a waiver of any subrogated rights against Charterers in respect of any claim by owners under their war risk insurance arising out compliance with such orders. For the purpose of this Charter Party, Charterers liability for war risk insurance premiums is to be based upon the insured value of the Vessel, which at delivery is United States Dollars (insured value to be advised) Charterers to benefit from rebates from hull insurers on war risk insurance premiums.

32. WAR RISKS CLAUSE

(a) The Master shall not be required or bound to sign Bills of Lading for any place which in his or Owners’ reasonable opinion is dangerous or impossible for the Vessel to enter or reach owing to any blockade, war, hostilities, warlike operations, civil war, civil commotions, or revolutions.

(b) If in reasonable opinion of the Master or Owners it becomes, for any of the reasons set out in Clause 32 (a) or by the operation of international law, dangerous, impossible or prohibited for the Vessel to reach or enter, or to load or discharge cargo at, any place to which the Vessel has been ordered pursuant to this Charter, (a “place of peril”), then Charterers or their agents shall be immediately notified by telex or radio messages, and Charterers shall thereupon have the right to order the cargo, or such part of it as may be affected, to be loaded or discharged, as the case may be, at any other place within the trading limits of this Charter (provided such other place is not itself a place of peril). If any place of discharge is or become a place of peril, and no orders have been received from Charterers or their agents within 48 hours after dispatch of such messages, then Owners shall be at liberty to discharge the cargo of such part of it as may be affected at any place which they or the Master may in their or his descretion select within the trading limits of this charter and such discharge shall be deemed to be due fulfilment of Owner’s obligations under this Charter so far as cargo so discharge is concerned.


(c) The Vessel shall have liberty to comply with any directions or recommendations as to departure, arrival, routes, ports of call, stoppages, destinations, zones, water, delivery or any other wise whatsoever given by the government of the state under whose flag of the Vessel sails or any other government or local authority or by any person or body acting or purporting to act as or with the authority of any such government or local authority including de facto government or local authority or by any committee or person having under the terms of war risks insurance on the Vessel the right to give any such directions or recommendations. If by reason of or in compliance with any such directions or recommendations anything is done or is not done, shall not be deemed a deviation.

If by reason of or in compliance with any such direction or recommendation the Vessel does not proceed to any place of discharge to which she has been ordered pursuant to this Charter, the Vessel may proceed to any place which the master or Owners in his or their opinion select and their discharge the cargo or such part of it as may be affected.

Such discharge shall be deemed to be due fulfilment of Owners’ obligations under this Charter so far as cargo so discharged is concerned.

Charterers shall procure that all Bill of Lading issued under this Charter shall contain the Chamber of Shipping War Risks clause 1952. See clause 31 (Additional War Expenses).

Owners to be entitled to insure their interest in the vessel for such terms as they deem fit up to its total insured value and also in the hire against any of the risks likely to be involved thereby, and Charterers shall make refund on demand of any additional premium thereby incurred and

1. Notwithstanding the terms of Clause 20 hire shall be payable for all time lost including any loss owing to loss or injury to the Master, officers or crew or to refusal by the Master, officer or crew to proceed to such zone or to be exposed of such risks.

2. In the event of the wages of the Master and/or officers and/or crew and/or the cost of provisions and/or stores for deck and/or engine room and/or insurance being increased by reason of or during the existence of any of the matter mentioned in Section (A) the amount of any increase shall be added to the hire and paid by the Charterers on production of Owners’ account thereof.

Furthermore, notwithstanding any other provision of this Charter Party, any war bonus payable to Master and/or officers and/or crew shall be for Charterers’ account.

33 VESSEL’S TRACKING CLAUSE

It is agreed that Charterers may from the time of fixing until completion of the Charter period employ an Inmarsat C Tracking system on the Vessel. All registration/communication costs relating to this tracking system will be for the Charterers’ account. Charterers will advise when the system is operative and confirm termination upon completion of Charter. Owners to supply Inmarsat C number (9 digits, beginning with 4), manufacturer, make etc, model No., terminal S/W version prior to vessel’s delivery.

34 WAR P&I LIABILITIES INCLUSION CLAUSE

Owners to ensure that Hull War Risk insurance incorporates provisions for War P & I liabilities inclusion clause.

35 SECURITY CLAUSE (replaced by Bimco ISPS clause for TCP)

(a) (i)  From the date of coming into force of the International Code for the Security of Ships and of Port Facilities and the relevant amendments to Chapter XI of SOLAS (ISPS Code) in relation to the Vessel and thereafter during the currency of this Charter Party, the Owners shall procure that both the Vessel and “the Company” (as defined by the ISPS Code) shall comply with the requirements of the


ISPS Code relating to the Vessel and “the Company”. Upon request the Owners shall provide a copy of the relevant International Ship Security Certificate (or the Interim International Ship Security Certificate) to the Charterers. The Owners shall provide the Charterers with the full style contact details of the Company Security Officer (CSO).

(ii) Except as otherwise provided in this Charter Party, loss, damage, expense or delay, excluding consequential loss, caused by failure on the part of the Owners or “the Company” to comply with the requirements of the ISPS Code or this Clause shall be for the Owners’ account.

(b) (i) The Charterers shall provide the CSO and the Ship Security Officer (SSO)/Master with their full style contact details and, where sub-letting is permitted under the terms of this Charter Party, shall ensure that the contact details of all sub-charterers are likewise provided to the CSO and the SSO/Master. Furthermore, the Charterers shall ensure that all sub-charter parties they enter into during the period of this Charter Party contain the following provision:

“The Charterers shall provide the Owners with their full style contact details and, where sub-letting is permitted under the terms of the charter party, shall ensure that the contact details of all sub-charterers are likewise provided to the Owners”.

(ii) Except as otherwise provided in this Charter Party, loss, damage, expense or delay, excluding consequential loss, caused by failure on the part of the Charterers to comply with this Clause shall be for the Charterers’ account.

(c) Notwithstanding anything else contained in this Charter Party all delay, costs or expenses whatsoever arising out of or related to security regulations or measures required by the port facility or any relevant authority in accordance with the ISPS Code including, but not limited to, security guards, launch services, tug escorts, port security fees or taxes and inspections, shall be for the Charterers’ account, unless such costs or expenses result solely from the Owners’ negligence. All measures required by the Owners to comply with the Ship Security Plan shall be for the Owners’ account.

(d) If either party makes any payment which is for the other party’s account according to this Clause, the other party shall indemnify the paying party.

36. AIR POLLUTION CLAUSE

Owners will endeavour to comply with IMO Regulations regarding air pollution, however Charterers always to provide bunkers to the Vessel in compliance with applicable IMO Regulations.

37. LAY-CAN AND NON-DELIVERY CLAUSE.

Deleted – not applicable

38. BUNKER QUALITY CLAUSE

 

A. charterers to ensure that bunkers supplied during the currency of this charter shall be suitable for the vessel’s engines, charterers to supply: fueloil 380 cst (iso 8217:1996(e) (and as subsequently amended) (grade rmg 35) and mgo dma.

 

B. without prejudice to anything else contained in this charter party, the charterers shall supply fuels of such specifications and grades to permit the vessel, at all times, to comply with the maximum sulphur content requirements of any emission control zone when the vessel is ordered to trade within that zone.

the charterers also warrant that any bunker suppliers, bunker craft operators and bunker surveyors used by the charterers to supply such fuels shall comply with regulations 14 and 18 of marpol annex vi, including the guidelines in respect of sampling and the provision of bunker delivery notes. The Charterers shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the owners in respect of any loss, liability, delay, fines, costs or expenses arising or resulting from the charterers’ failure to comply with this sub-clause (b).


C. provided always that the charterers have fulfilled their obligations in respect of the supply of fuels in accordance with sub-clause (b), the owners warrant that:

 

  (i) the vessel shall comply with regulations 14 and 18 of marpol annex vi and with the requirements of any emission control zone; and

 

  (ii) the vessel shall be able to consume fuels of the required sulphur content

when ordered by the charterers to trade within any such zone

subject to having supplied the vessel with fuels in accordance with sub-clause (b), the charterers shall not otherwise be liable for any loss, delay, fines, costs or expenses arising or resulting from the vessel’s failure to comply with regulations 14 and 18 of marpol annex vi.

 

D. for the purpose of this clause, “emission control zone” shall mean zones as stipulated in marpol annex vi and/or zones regulated by regional and/or national authorities such as, but not limited to, the eu and the us environmental protection agency

 

E. owners use fobas (lloyds) petroleum services analysis or equivalent for determining bunker quality which charterers also recognize, charterers recognizing and accepting vps applied test methods and written sampling on board procedures.

 

F. should any dispute arise as to the quality of bunkers supplied under this charter party, then owners and charterers are to immediately agree an independent surveying firm, specializing in bunker analysis to attend the vessel and analyse bunkers on board following internationally recognized test methods such asiso or similar, failing agreement within 72 hours of first notification of suspected defect in supply owners shall have the right to appoint their own surveyor whose findings shall be binding on both parties, if the analysis shows that the supply is out of specification, charterers to immediately arrange for replacement of the bunkers, all time, costs, expenses, surveys to be for charterers account, should the analysis confirm the supply is within specification, all time, costs, expenses, surveys will be for owners accounts.

 

G. vessel to keep some gasoil on board for cleaning, manoevring and mandatory and operational equipment.

39. MARINE GROWTH CLAUSE

If the Vessel stays or is laid up for more than 25 days in a port and/or anchorage and/or berth, or 15 days in tropical waters then the Owners to notify the Charterers that the vessel’s performance may be affected. Owners will not be responsible for changes in the Vessel’s description of speed and consumptions. Charterers to have the right to provide for scamping of underwater hull (against acceptance of Owners letter of indemnity for damages to hull and or paint (to be provided)), but Owners description to be re-instated only after the certification by an independent surveyor confirming that the hull state is recovered, except for fair wear and tear, as it was at the time of Vessel’s delivery.

40. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLET CLAUSE

Notwithstanding any other provision of this charter, Charterers may assign all of their rights and obligations under the charter to any of Charterers’ related or affiliated company, subject to Owners approval which shall not be unreasonably withheld. Charterers shall also have the right to sublet the


Vessel, but in such an event, Charterers shall always remain responsible to Owners for the fulfilment of charter in all its terms and conditions, save that the Owners shall always be entitled to assign the benefit of this charter party to any bank(s) or other institution(s) in connection with the vessel’s financing.

Exhibit 10.3

LOGO

ORIGINAL

BPTIME3

TIME CHARTERPARTY

LOGO

PRODUCED IN ASSOCIATION WITH

THE BALTIC AND INTERNATIONAL MARITIME COUNCIL (BIMCO)

© 1st Edition - February 2001

© BP SHIPPING LIMITED

Registered in England and Wales: No. 140132

Registered Office:- Breakspear-Park, Breakspear Way, Hemel Hempstead, Herts, HP2 4UL.


INDEX TO CLAUSES - BPTIME3

 

Clause

   Page

Commercial Provisions

  
1   

Delivery and Charter Period

   6
2   

Cancellation

   6
3   

Redelivery

   6
4   

Notices of Delivery and Redelivery

   7
5   

Bunkers on Delivery and Redelivery

   7
6   

Cargoes

   7
7   

Trading Limits

   7
8   

Hire

   7

Owners’ Rights and Obligations

  

9

  

Owners’ Obligations

   8

10

  

Master and Crew

   9

11

  

Bills of Lading and Waybills

   9

12

  

Drugs and Alcohol Policy

   10

13

  

Dry-docking

   10

14

  

Lien

   10

Charterers’ Rights and Obligations

  

15

  

Charterers’ Obligations

   10

16

  

Space available to Charterers

   11

17

  

Loading and Discharge / Ship-to-ship Transfers

   11

18

  

Performance of Vessel - Speed and Consumption

   11

19

  

Off-hire

   11

20

  

Laying up

   12

21

  

Storage

   12

22

  

Sub-let

   13

23

  

Supernumeraries

   13

24

  

Vessel/Cargo Inspections / Bunker Surveys

   13

Special Provisions

  

25

  

Clause Paramount

   13

26

  

Salvage

   14

27

  

Ice

   14

28

  

Requisition

   14

29

  

Outbreak of War

   14

30

  

War Risks

   14

31

  

General Average

   15

32

  

New Jason

   15

33

  

Both-to-blame Collision

   16

34

  

Oil Pollution Prevention

   16

35

  

Exceptions

   17

36

  

Law

   17

 

2


Codeword for this Charterparty

“BPTIME3”

TIME CHARTERPARTY

Date 20th July 2007

PREAMBLE

 

It is this day agreed between SENATORE SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED

 

of   

 

(“Owners”) being owners / disponent owners of the motor/ steam tank vessel (delete as applicable) called
SENATORE   

 

   (“Vessel”)
and  BP SHIPPING LIMITED   

 

of   

 

 

(“Charterers”) that the service for which provision is herein made shall be subject to the terms and conditions of this Charter which comprises this PREAMBLE, PART 1 and PART 2, together with the OCIMF Vessel Particulars Questionnaire current at the date hereof and the BPTIME3 Questionnaire (together referred to as the “Questionnaire”) as attached hereto.

Unless the context otherwise requires, words denoting the singular include the plural and vice versa.

In the event of any conflict between the provisions of PART I and PART 2 of this Charter, the provisions of PART 1 shall prevail.

In the event of any conflict between the provisions of PART 1 or PART 2 of this Charter and any provisions in the Questionnaire, the provisions of PART 1 or PART 2 of this Charter shall prevail.

 

3


PART 1

 

A.    Name of Vessel:  SENATORE   

 

B.    Charter Period: three (3) years plus/minus thirty (30) days in Charterers option
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

C.    Laydays/Cancelling:
   Commencing: 0001 hours local time on 1st September 2007                      (“Commencement Date”)
   Cancelling: 1600 hours local time on 30th September 2007 (“Cancelling Date”)
  

 

  

 

  

 

D.    Place of Delivery: Dropping outward sea pilot one (1) port United States Gulf / Caribbean Sea / United States Atlantic Coast / United Kingdom/Continent /Mediterranean / East Coast Canada within IWL in Owners option*
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

E.    Vessel shall be delivered with the following cargo history:   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

F.    Place of Redelivery: Dropping outward sea pilot one (1) port United Kingdom/Continent/ Mediterranean Sea /East Coast Canada within IWL / United States Atlantic Coast / United States Gulf / Caribbean Sea / in Charterers option
  

 

  

 

G.    Bunkers on Delivery and Redelivery: expected bunker o/b on arrival Cristobal on delivery: 300mt FO RMG 380, 40 mt MGO DMA
  

 

  

 

  

 

H.    Rate of Hire: US $26,000 per day/pro rata plus US $1,500 lumpsum, per month for overtime, victualling and representation
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

I.    Owners’ Payment Details: The Royal Bank of Scotland Plc - London Credit Acct : Senatore Shipping Company Limited •Account Nr : SENASHI-USD1 Iban :GB53RBOS16630000345745 Swift : RBOSGB2L
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

4


  

 

  

 

  

 

J.    Bunker Specifications: IFO RMG 380 and MGO DMA, as per ISO 8217-2005, as amended from time to time, always complying with local and IMO SECA regulations and restrictions.
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

K.    Permitted Cargoes: Crude petroleum and/or its Clean Petroleum Products and Dirty Petroleum Products including CBFS and LSWR however always excluding, Orimulsion, Asphalt, Bitumen, and Casing Head and always in accordance with vessels coating resistance list, class certificates and vessel’s trim, stability and stress requirements. Charterers not to redeliver vessel with last cargo CBFS or LSWR Maximum three grades within vessel’s natural segregations with double valve separation. If heat is required, the vessel will maintain cargo loaded temperature maximum 135 deg F. Maximum loaded temperature 75 deg C
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

L.    Trading Limits: Worldwide within IWL and always excluding Albania, North Korea, Orinoco River, Haiti and/or Cuba, Iraq, Yemen, Cambodia, Nonoc Island, Liberia. Sierra Leone, Lebanon, Amazon River, Chinese River Ports, Russian Pacific Ports, Somalia and areas where UN or the flag state sanctions exists. Trading with Israel is permitted except during the last three (3) months of the charter period. Vessel not to force ice nor follow ice breakers
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

M.    Additional Clauses:   

 

  

 

  

 

 

5


PART 2

COMMERCIAL PROVISIONS

 

1. DELIVERY AND CHARTER PERIOD

 

  1.1 Owners agree to let and Charterers agree to hire the Vessel from the time of delivery for a Charter Period as set out in PART 1, Section B. The Vessel shall be placed at the disposal of Charterers at the Place of Delivery as set out in PART 1, Section D. The Vessel shall not be delivered to Charterers prior to the Commencement Date.

 

  1.2 Upon delivery the Vessel shall be tight, staunch, strong, in every way fitted for service, with cargo spaces, facilities and equipment ready to receive, carry and deliver cargo, and with a full complement of Master, officers and crew fully competent, certified and experienced to perform the services contracted for, and in all material respects meeting the description of the Vessel set out in the Questionnaire. Without prejudice to the aforesaid, upon delivery Owners, Master, officers, crew and all documents shall conform in all parts and in all material respects with the responses submitted in the Questionnaire.

 

2. CANCELLATION

 

  2.1 If the Vessel is not ready in accordance with Clause 1 and at Charterers’ disposal by the Cancelling Date (which term shall for the purposes of this Clause include any new Cancelling Date determined under this Clause 2) Charterers shall have the option of cancelling this Charter within forty-eight (48) hours after the Cancelling Date.

 

  2.2 Owners undertake to notify Charterers promptly if at any time Owners or the Master have reason to believe that the Vessel may not be delivered in accordance with Clause 1 by the Cancelling Date. Such notification is to be in writing and shall state the date and time that Owners expect the Vessel to be ready to be delivered.

 

  2.3 If at any time it appears to Charterers that the Vessel will not be delivered in accordance with Clause 1 by the Cancelling Date, Charterers may require Owners to state in writing the date and time that they expect the Vessel to be ready to be delivered, such statement to be given within ninety-six (96) hours of Charterers’ request.

 

  2.4 If the date and time notified by Owners pursuant to sub-clauses 2.2, 2.3 or 4.1 falls after the Cancelling Date then Charterers shall have the option of cancelling this Charter within one hundred and twenty (120) hours of receipt of the said notice from Owners or within forty-eight (48)   twenty four (24)  hours after the Cancelling Date, whichever is earlier.

If Charterers do not exercise their option to cancel this Charter then the new Cancelling Date for the purpose of this Clause 2 shall be twelve (12) hours after the date and time notified by Owners pursuant to sub-clauses 2.2 or 2.3, or such other date and time as may be mutually agreed.

 

  2.5 If Owners fail, or fail timeously, to respond in writing to Charterers when required to do so under sub-clause 2.3, Charterers shall have the option of cancelling this Charter within one hundred and twenty (120) hours after the period allowed for Owners’ response under sub-clause 2.3, or within forty-eight (48) hours after the Cancelling Date, whichever is earlier.

 

3. REDELIVERY

 

  3.1 The Vessel shall be redelivered to Owners at the Place of Redelivery stipulated in PART 1, Section F on the expiry of the Charter Period, on completion of its final voyage on dropping last outward bound pilot, or as may otherwise be agreed.

 

  3.2

Notwithstanding the provisions of sub-clauses 1.1 and 3.1 hereof, should the Vessel at the expiry of the Charter Period be on a ballast voyage to the Place of Redelivery or on a laden voyage (which for the purposes of this Clause shall be deemed to have commenced at the end of the sea

 

6


 

passage to the first loadport), then Charterers shall have the use of the Vessel at the same rate and conditions for such extended time as may be necessary for the completion of the voyage on which it is engaged and, where required, its ballast voyage to the Place of Redelivery.

 

4. NOTICES OF DELIVERY AND REDELIVERY

 

  4.1 The below notices shall be given by Owners to Charterers in the case of delivery, and by Charterers to Owners in the case of redelivery:-

 

  4.1.1 One calendar month prior to delivery / redelivery, approximate notice shall be given specifying the anticipated date for delivery / redelivery.

 

  4.1.2 Fifteen days prior to delivery / redelivery, approximate notice shall be given specifying the firm date and estimated time of delivery / redelivery.

 

  4.1.3 Thereafter seven, three, two and one day(s) prior to delivery / redelivery, notice shall be given reconfirming or advising of any adjustment to the date and time given in accordance with sub-clause 4.1.2. In addition, during the last fourteen days prior to delivery / redelivery, prompt notice shall be given of any variation of more than six (6) hours in the estimated time of delivery / redelivery.

 

  4.2 If the Charter grants Owners or Charterers an option for the Place of Delivery or Redelivery, notice of the anticipated Place of Delivery / Redelivery shall be given one calendar month before delivery / redelivery, and firm nomination of the Place of Delivery / Redelivery shall be given fifteen days before delivery / redelivery. Places of delivery/redelivery shall be nominated together with definitive notices as per clause 4.1.3 and if known expected port of delivery/redelivery be given with notices in 4.1.1 and 4.1.2.

 

5. BUNKERS ON DELIVERY AND REDELIVERY

 

  5.1 The Vessel shall be delivered with about the quantity of fuels stated in PART 1, Section G and shall be redelivered with about the same quantity.

 

  5.2 Charterers shall accept and pay for all fuels on board at the time of delivery and Owners shall accept and pay for all fuels on board at redelivery (whether at the end of the Charter Period or upon termination of the Charter for other reasons), all at the price paid (net of all discounts and rebates) as substantiated by such documents as may reasonably be required. Charterers’ payment for fuels on board at the time of delivery shall be made together with the first payment of hire. Charterers shall be entitled to deduct from the last payment of hire the value of fuels anticipated to be on board at redelivery.

 

6. CARGOES

 

  6.1 Charterers shall have the right to ship all lawful cargoes falling within the description set out in PART 1, Section K.

 

  6.2 Charterers shall not ship, nor permit to be shipped, any cargo dangerous to the Vessel.

 

7. TRADING LIMITS

The Vessel shall be employed in lawful trades within Institute Warranty Limits and within the Trading Limits set out in PART 1, Section L.

 

8. HIRE

 

  8.1 Charterers shall pay hire per day or pro rata for part of a day from the time the Vessel is delivered to Charterers until its redelivery to Owners in the currency and at the rate stated in PART 1, Section H. All calculation of hire shall be by reference to Universal Time Co-ordinated (UTC).

 

  8.2

The first payment of hire shall be made on or about the date of delivery, paying the hire in advance up to, but not including, the first day of the succeeding month. All subsequent payments of hire shall be made monthly in advance on the first day of each calendar month to the account stipulated in PART 1, Section I in funds available to Owners on the due date. If, however, in a

 

7


 

given month the due date is a non-banking day in the United States (if hire is to be paid in US Dollars) or in the country stated in PART 1, Section I, then the subject month’s hire shall be paid on the next banking day.

 

  8.3 Hire for the month in which the anticipated date for redelivery falls shall be made up to and including the anticipated date of redelivery. Any necessary adjustments shall be made by payment by Owners to Charterers or by Charterers to Owners, as the case may be, within twenty-eight (28) days after redelivery.

 

  8.4 Where there is a failure to pay hire by the due date, Owners shall notify Charterers in writing of such failure. Within five (5) banking days of receipt of such notification Charterers shall pay the amount due, failing which Owners shall have the right to suspend the performance of any or all of their obligations under this Charter and/or to withdraw the Vessel. If Owners elect to suspend performance of the Charter in respect of a particular late payment, they may still, notwithstanding that suspension of performance, withdraw the Vessel from the Charter in respect of that late payment provided they give a further twenty-four (24) hours’ notice in writing of their intention to withdraw. Under no circumstances shall the act of suspending performance be construed as a waiver by Owners of the right to withdraw in respect of the continuing failure to pay hire or any subsequent late payment of hire under this Charter. Throughout any period of suspended performance under this Clause, the Vessel is to be and shall remain on hire. Charterers undertake to indemnify Owners in respect of any liabilities incurred by Owners under the bill of lading or any other contract of carriage as a consequence of Owners’ proper suspension of and/or withdrawal from any or all of their obligations under this Charter.

 

  8.5 On production of supporting vouchers, Charterers shall be entitled to deduct from hire any expenditure incurred on behalf of Owners which is for Owners’ account under this Charter as well as any other costs and expenses due to Charterers which this Charter entitles them to deduct from hire. Charterers shall be entitled to a commission of 2.5% on expenditure settled on behalf of Owners .

 

  8.6 Charterers may, at any time during the three months prior to the end of the Charter Period set out in PART 1, Section B, deduct from hire any amount which they reasonably estimate will be due to them at the end of the Charter Period in respect of expenditure on behalf of Owners, bunkers on redelivery, anticipated performance claims and any other similar claims Charterers may have against Owners.

OWNERS’ RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS

 

9. OWNERS’ OBLIGATIONS

 

  9.1 Without prejudice to Clause 1, Owners shall exercise due diligence to maintain the Vessel in, or restore the Vessel to, the condition required pursuant to Clause 1 throughout the Charter Period.

 

  9.2 Owners undertake that from the date of entering into this Charter the classification society, flag, ownership, management (whether technical or commercial) and P&I Insurers of the Vessel shall not change without Charterers’ prior consent. Without prejudice to any other right that Charterers may have, a breach of this provision will entitle Charterers to terminate this Charter, whereupon Owners shall reimburse Charterers with any hire paid in advance and not earned. Should Charterers withhold consent under this Clause, then Owners may require Charterers to promptly identify to them an alternative acceptable to Charterers.

 

  9.3 Owners undertake that from the date of entering into this Charter the amount of Hull and Machinery insurance on the Vessel shall not change without Charterers’ prior consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

  9.4 Without prejudice to Clause 1, and provided always that Owners are granted a reasonable time to perform cleaning, Owners shall throughout the Charter Period ensure that the Vessel presents for loading with its tanks, pumps and pipelines properly prepared to the satisfaction of any inspector appointed by or on behalf of Charterers and ready for loading the cargo specified by Charterers. Vessel to be delivered with either clean or dirty background/condition.

 

8


  9.5 Owners shall remain responsible for the navigation of the Vessel, acts of pilots, tug boats and crew, same as when trading for their own account. Owners undertake that throughout the period of this Charter they will, at their own expense, comply with the regulations in force from time to time so as to enable the Vessel to pass through the Suez and Panama Canals by day and by night without delay.

 

  9.6 Without limitation to the foregoing, Owners shall provide and pay for:-

 

  9.6.1 provisions, wages (including overtime), discharging fees and all other expenses related to the Master, officers and crew; and

 

  9.6.2 cabin, deck, engine-room and other necessary stores, including domestic water (but always excluding fresh water for tank cleaning which shall always be for Charterers account) ;

 

  9.6.3 radio traffic and other communication expenses; and

 

  9.6.4 insurance on the Vessel fully covering P&I risks and (without prejudice to Charterers’ rights to freely trade the Vessel) standard oil pollution cover up to the level customarily offered by the International Group of P & I Clubs (currently US$1,000 million), Hull and Machinery and basic War Risks in accordance with the information set out in the Questionnaire; and

 

  9.6.5 all documentation required to permit the Vessel to trade within the Trading Limits set out in PART 1, Section L, including but not limited to the certificates and documentation confirmed by Owners in the Questionnaire to be in place and such documentation shall be maintained in force during the currency of the Charter.

 

10. MASTER AND CREW

 

  10.1 The Master, although appointed by Owners, shall throughout the Charter Period be under the orders and directions of Charterers as regards employment, agency or other arrangements and shall render Charterers all reasonable assistance with the officers, crew and equipment (including but not limited to connecting and disconnecting hoses for loading and discharging, verifying fuel samples and the procedure associated with the delivery of fuel) and supply Charterers with such information and documentation as they may from time to time require (including but not limited to logs, time sheets, safety performance information and certification relating to officers, crew or Vessel).

 

  10.2 The Master shall, throughout the Charter Period, operate the Vessel and carry out his duties in a manner consistent with good seamanship, complying with the recommendations set out in the latest edition of ISGOTT and maintaining the safety of the Vessel, its crew, the cargo and the environment, and shall prosecute all voyages with due despatch.

 

  10.3 The Master shall observe regulations and recommendations as to traffic separation and routeing as issued, from time to time, by responsible organisations or regulatory authorities, or as promulgated by the State of the flag of the Vessel or the State in which management of the Vessel is exercised.

 

  10.4 If Charterers are dissatisfied with the conduct of the Master or any officer or crew member, Owners shall on receiving particulars of the complaint, promptly investigate the same, and, if necessary, make a change in the appointment.

 

11. BILLS OF LADING AND WAYBILLS

 

  11.1 Bills of lading and waybills shall be signed as Charterers direct, without prejudice to this Charter. Charterers hereby indemnify Owners:-

 

  11.1.1 against all liabilities that may arise from the signing of bills of lading and waybills in accordance with the directions of Charterers to the extent that the terms of such bills of lading and waybills impose more onerous liabilities than those assumed by Owners under the terms of this Charter; and

 

  11.1.2 against claims brought by holders of bills of lading and waybills against Owners by reason of any deviation ordered by Charterers.

 

9


  11.2 All bills of lading and waybills issued under this Charter shall include a Clause Paramount and War Risks, New Jason, General Average, and Both-to-Blame Collision clauses, in the form set out in this Charter.

 

12. DRUGS AND ALCOHOL POLICY

 

  12.1 Owners undertake that they have, and shall maintain for the duration of this Charter, a policy on Drugs and Alcohol Abuse applicable to the Vessel (the “D & A Policy”) that meets or exceeds the standards in the OCIMF Guidelines for the Control of Drugs and Alcohol Onboard Ship 1995 as amended from time to time.

 

  12.2 Owners shall exercise due diligence to ensure that the D & A Policy is understood and complied with on and about the Vessel. An actual impairment, or any test finding of impairment, shall not in and of itself mean that Owners have failed to exercise due diligence.

 

13. DRY-DOCKING - see additional clause 6

Without prejudice to Clause 19, Owners shall have the right at their expense to take the Vessel out of service, including placing the Vessel in dry-dock. For emergency repairs this right may be exercised in accordance with Owners’ discretion. For routine maintenance and surveys, the right may only be exercised at a time and place mutually agreed upon by Owners and Charterers.

 

14. LIEN

Owners shall have a lien upon all cargoes, hire, sub-hire, freights and sub-freights for any amounts owed by Charterers under this Charter.

CHARTERER’S RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS

 

15. CHARTERERS’ OBLIGATIONS

 

  15.1 Charterers shall furnish the Master with full and timely instructions.

 

  15.2 Charterers shall provide and/or pay for:-

 

  15.2.1 all fuels of a quality suitable for burning in the Vessel’s engines and auxiliaries (which shall comply with the description in PART 1, Section J) except for quantities of fuel consumed while the Vessel is off-hire which shall be for Owners’ account; and

 

  15.2.2 port charges, light and canal dues, and all other charges or expenses relating to loading and discharging; and

 

  15.2.3 agency fees for normal ship’s husbandry at all places or ports of call; and

 

  15.2.4 towage, pilotage and all mooring, loading and discharging facilities and services, provided always that Charterers shall bear no liability for the negligence or misconduct exercised by the providers of such services and facilities.

 

  15.3 Any additional premiums charged by the providers of oil pollution cover by reason of loading or discharging at ports in the USA or USA-controlled territories shall be for Charterers’ account and shall be re-imbursed to Owners together with the instalment of hire next falling due following presentation to Charterers of proper receipts evidencing payment.

 

  15.4 Charterers will not suffer, nor permit to be continued, any lien or encumbrance incurred by them or their agents, which might have priority over the title and interest of Owners.

 

10


16. SPACE AVAILABLE TO CHARTERERS

 

  16.1 The whole reach, burthen and decks of the Vessel, and its passenger accommodation (including Owners’ suite if any), shall be at Charterers’ disposal, reserving only proper and sufficient space for the Vessel’s Master, officers, crew, tackle, apparel, furniture, provisions, stores and lubricating oil.

 

  16.2 The weight of stores and lubricating oil stored on board shall not at any time during the Charter Period, unless specifically agreed, exceed the tonnage shown in the Questionnaire.

 

17. LOADING AND DISCHARGE / SHIP-TO-SHIP TRANSFERS

 

  17.1 The Vessel shall be loaded and discharged at any port (which term for the purpose of this Charter shall include any port, berth, dock, loading or discharging anchorage or offshore location, submarine line, single point or single buoy mooring facility, alongside vessels or lighters or any other place whatsoever as the context requires) in accordance with Charterers’ instructions. Before instructing Owners to direct the Vessel to any port, Charterers shall exercise due diligence to ascertain the safety of such port, but Charterers do not warrant the safety of any port and shall be under no liability in respect thereof except for loss or damage caused by Charterers’ failure to exercise due diligence.

 

  17.2 Charterers shall have the option of transferring the whole or part of the cargo (which shall include topping-off and lightening) to or from any other vessel including, but not limited to, an ocean going vessel, barge and/or lighter (the “Transfer Vessel”).

All transfers of cargo to or from Transfer Vessels shall be carried out in accordance with the recommendations set out in the latest edition of the “ICS/OCIMF Ship to Ship Transfer Guide (Petroleum)”. Owners undertake that the Vessel and its crew shall comply with such recommendations, and similarly Charterers undertake that the Transfer Vessel and its crew shall comply with such recommendations. Charterers shall provide and pay for all necessary equipment including suitable fenders and cargo hoses. Charterers shall have the right, at their expense, to appoint supervisory personnel to attend on board the Vessel, including a mooring master, to assist in such transfers of cargo. Charterers are permitted to use the vessel for upto maximum two (2) lighterage operations per calendar month.

 

18. PERFORMANCE OF VESSEL - SPEED AND CONSUMPTION

 

  18.1 Unless otherwise ordered by Charterers, the Vessel shall perform all voyages at the service speed stated in the Questionnaire.

 

  18.2 Owners warrant that the Vessel is and shall remain capable of maintaining, throughout the Charter Period, the speeds and bunker consumptions for propulsion described in the Questionnaire under normal working conditions and in moderate weather (which for the purpose of this Clause shall exclude any periods of winds exceeding Force 5 on the Beaufort Scale). Charterers shall have the right to make deductions from hire in respect of any time lost and any additional bunkers consumed by reason of the Vessel’s failure to maintain the warranted capability. Any over-performance to offset any under-performance provided it is understood that Charterers shall not be under any obligation to pay any more than the hire rate.

 

19. OFF-HIRE

 

  19.1 The Vessel shall be off hire on each and every occasion that there is a loss of time arising out of or In connection with the Vessel being unable to comply with Charterers’ instructions (whether by way of interruption or reduction in the Vessel’s services, or in any other manner) on account of:-

 

  19.1.1 any damage, defect, breakdown, deficiency of or accident to the Vessel’s hull, machinery, equipment or cargo handling facilities, or maintenance thereto; or

 

  19.1.2 any default and/or deficiency of the Master, officers or crew, including the failure or refusal or inability of the Master, officers and/or crew to perform the services required; or

 

  19.1.3 any breach of sub-clause 9.6.5; or

 

11


  19.1.4 any other cause preventing the full working of the Vessel.

Notwithstanding the aforesaid, if the total loss of time pursuant to this sub-clause 19.1 is less than three hours in any one calendar month, the Vessel shall not be off-hire.

 

  19.2 If the Vessel deviates, unless ordered to do so by Charterers, it shall be off-hire from the commencement of such deviation until the Vessel is again ready to resume its service from a position not less favourable to Charterers than that at which the deviation commenced. For the purposes of this Clause the term deviation shall include stopping, reducing speed, putting back or putting into any port or place other than that to which it is bound under the instructions of Charterers for any reason whatsoever, including for maintenance, dry-docking, taking on stores or fresh water, but shall exclude deviations made to save life or property. Should the Vessel deviate to avoid bad weather or be driven into port or anchorage by stress of weather, the Vessel shall remain on hire and all port costs thereby incurred and bunkers consumed shall be for Charterers’ account. Any service given or distance made good by the Vessel while off-hire shall be taken into account in assessing the amount to be deducted from hire.

 

  19.3 Any time during which the Vessel is off-hire under this Charter may be added, at Charterers’ option, to the Charter Period. Such option shall be declared in writing not less than one month before the expected date of redelivery, or promptly if such event occurs less than one month before the expiry of the Charter Period. If Charterers exercise their option to extend the Charter Period pursuant to this Clause, the Charter Period shall be deemed to include such extension and hire shall be payable at the rate(s) which would have been payable but for the relevant off-hire event.

 

20. LAYING UP

Charterers shall have the option to lay up the Vessel at a place nominated by them and acceptable to Owners. Charterers shall exercise due diligence to ascertain the safety of such place but shall be under no liability in respect thereof except for loss or damage caused by Charterers’ failure to exercise due diligence. If Charterers exercise the option to lay up the Vessel then the hire stipulated in PART 1, Section H shall be adjusted to reflect any net increase in expenditure reasonably incurred (including but not limited to costs reasonably incurred in preparing the Vessel for lay up as well as restoring it to the condition in which it was immediately prior to laying up) or net saving which should reasonably be made by Owners as a result of such lay up.

 

21. STORAGE

Charterers shall have the option of using the Vessel for floating storage but Charterers undertake not to use the Vessel for floating storage in areas where additional premiums for War Risks Insurance are charged by the Vessel’s War Risks Insurance underwriters.

Vessel to be used as a storage tanker maximum 30 days per year, provided that:

 

 

 

 

a. Storage operations are carried out in a sheltered and safe location at Master’s discretion and the vessel can be at anchor or drifting during floating operations always at Owners discretion

 

 

 

 

b. Extra fresh water, if needed, to be for Charterers account.

 

 

 

 

c. Bunkers consumed during storage operations shall not account for vessel’s performance as per clause 18.

 

 

 

 

d. If the Vessel stays or is laid up for more than 20 days in a port and/or anchorage and/or berth, then Owners to notify Charterers that the Vessel’s performance may be affected and Owners will not be responsible for changes in the Vessel’s description of speed and consumptions, until the Vessel’s hull has been scrubbed which Owners shall arrange at their and Charterers’ earliest convenience, and which shall be at Charterers’ time and expense. For the avoidance of about, under this clause if the vessel stays or is laid up for more than 20 days as a result of Owners act and/or omission and/or breach of charter then the warranted speed and consumption figures will apply and the cost of any hull cleaning will be for Owners account, and the vessel will be off-hire for the period of any such hull cleaning

 

 

 

12


22. SUB-LET

Charterers may sub-let the Vessel without prejudice to the respective rights and obligations of either party under this Charter and provided Charterers shall remain responsible towards Owners for the performance of this charter party.

 

23. SUPERNUMERARIES

Charterers may send upon reasonable notice supernumeraries in the Vessel’s available accommodation upon any voyage made under this Charter. In such event Owners shall provide provisions and all requisites, as supplied to officers, except alcohol. Charterers shall pay the rate of US$20 per day for each representative while on board of the vessel. Charterers’ representative shall sign Owners’ P&I letter of indemnity prior to boarding

 

24. VESSEL/CARGO INSPECTIONS/BUNKER SURVEYS

Charterers at their time and expense shall be entitled to cause their representative (which term includes any independent surveyor appointed by Charterers) to carry out inspections of the Vessel and/or observe cargo operations and/or ascertain the quantity and quality of the cargo, water and residues on board, including the taking of cargo samples, inspection and copying of the Vessel’s logs, documents and records (which shall include but not be limited to the personal notes of the Master, officers or crew relating to the operation of the Vessel, the rough log book and computer generated data) at any loading and/or discharge port. Charterers’ representative may also conduct any of the aforementioned operations at or off any other port to which Charterers may require the Master to divert the Vessel at any time after leaving any loading port. Charterers shall obtain the consent of the owners of any cargo on board at the time before requiring the Vessel to be diverted.

Charterers’ representative shall be entitled to survey, and take samples from, any or all of the Vessel’s cargo tanks, bunker fuel tanks and non-cargo spaces at any place referred to above.

 

SPECIAL PROVISIONS

 

25. CLAUSE PARAMOUNT

Charterers undertake that all bills of lading and waybills issued under this Charter shall contain the following:

“CLAUSE PARAMOUNT

 

  (1) This Bill of Lading shall have effect subject to any national law making the International Convention for the unification of certain rules of law relating to bills of lading signed at Brussels on 25th August 1924 (The Hague Rules) or the Hague Rules as amended by the Protocol signed at Brussels on 23rd February 1968 (The Hague/Visby Rules) compulsorily applicable to this Bill of Lading. If any term of this Bill of Lading be repugnant to that legislation to any extent, such term shall be void to that extent but no further. Neither the Hague Rules nor the Hague/Visby Rules shall apply to this Bill of Lading where the goods carried hereunder consist of live animals or cargo which by this Bill of Lading is stated as being carried on deck and is so carried.

 

  (2) Save where the Hague or Hague/Visby Rules apply by reason of (1) above, this Bill of Lading shall take effect subject to any national law in force at the port of shipment or place of issue of the Bill of Lading making the United Nations Convention on the Carriage of Goods by Sea 1978 (the Hamburg Rules) compulsorily applicable to this Bill of Lading in which case this Bill of Lading shall have effect subject to the Hamburg Rules which shall nullify any stipulation derogating therefrom to the detriment of the shipper or consignee.

 

  (3) Where the Hague, Hague/Visby or Hamburg Rules are not compulsorily applicable to this Bill of Lading, the carrier shall be entitled to the benefits of all privileges, rights and immunities contained in Articles I to VIII of the Hague/Visby Rules.

 

  (4) Nothing in this Bill of Lading shall be construed as in any way restricting, excluding or waiving the right of any relevant party or person to limit his liability under any available legislation and/or law”.

 

13


26. SALVAGE

The Master is authorised to render assistance to other vessels. All salvage and remuneration for such assistance shall be for Owners’ and Charterers’ equal benefit after deducting the Master’s and Crew’s proportion and all costs, expenses and sacrifices (including but not limited to loss of time, off-hire, hire paid, repairs to the Vessel and bunker fuel consumed). Any non-contractual liability to third parties shall be for Owners’ account unless it solely affects the salvage remuneration.

 

27. ICE

The Vessel shall not be required to enter or remain in any icebound port or area nor follow ice-breakers, nor any port or area where lights, lightships, markers or buoys have been or are about to be withdrawn by reason of ice, nor where on account of ice there is, in the Master’s sole discretion, a risk that, in the ordinary course of events, the Vessel will not be able safely to enter and remain at the port or area or to depart after completion of loading or discharging. The Vessel shall not be obliged to force ice but, subject-to-Owners prior approval, may follow ice-breakers when reasonably required, with due regard to its size, construction and class. If, on account of ice, the Master in his sole discretion considers it-unsafe to proceed to, enter or remain at the place of loading or discharging for fear of the Vessel being frozen in and/or-damaged, he shall be at liberty to sail to the nearest ice-free place and there await Charterers’ instructions.

 

28. REQUISITION

Should the Vessel be requisitioned by any government, de facto or de jure , during the period of this Charter, the Vessel shall be off-hire during the period of such requisition, and any hire paid by such government and costs incurred in respect of such requisition shall be for Owners’ account. The option granted to Charterers in sub-clause 19.3 shall not apply to periods of off-hire pursuant to this Clause 28.

 

29. OUTBREAK OF WAR

Either party may cancel this Charter on the outbreak of war or hostilities between any two or more of the following countries: the United States of America, the Russian Federation, the United Kingdom, France and the People’s Republic of China thereby affecting vessel’s trading.

 

30. WAR RISKS

 

  30.1 For the purpose of this Clause, the words:

 

  30.1.1 “Owners” shall include the shipowners, bareboat charterers, disponent owners, managers or other operators who are charged with the management of the Vessel, and the Master; and

 

  30.1.2 “War Risks” shall include any war (whether actual or threatened), act of war, civil war, hostilities, revolution, rebellion, civil commotion, warlike operations, the laying of mines (whether actual or reported), acts of piracy, acts of terrorists, acts of hostility or malicious damage, blockades (whether imposed against all vessels or imposed selectively against vessels of certain flags or ownership, or against certain cargoes or crews or otherwise howsoever), by any person, body, terrorist or political group, or the Government of any state whatsoever, which, in the reasonable judgement of the Master and/or Owners, may be dangerous or are likely to be or to become dangerous to the Vessel, its cargo, crew or other persons on board the Vessel.

 

  30.2 The Vessel, unless the written consent of Owners be first obtained, shall not be ordered to or required to continue to or through, any port, place, area or zone (whether of land or sea), or any waterway or canal, where it appears that the Vessel, its cargo, crew or other persons on board the Vessel, in the reasonable judgement of the Master and/or Owners, may be, or are likely to be, exposed to War Risks. Should the Vessel be within any such place as aforesaid, which only becomes dangerous, or is likely to be or to become dangerous, after its entry into it, the Vessel shall be at liberty to leave it.

 

14


  30.3 The Vessel shall not be required to load contraband cargo, or to pass through any blockade, whether such blockade be imposed on all vessels, or is imposed selectively in any way whatsoever against vessels of certain flags or ownership, or against certain cargoes or crews or otherwise howsoever, or to proceed to an area where it shall be subject, or is likely to be subject to a belligerent’s right of search and/or confiscation.

 

  30.4 Owners may effect war risks insurance in respect of the Hull and Machinery of the Vessel and their other interests (including, but not limited to, loss of earnings and detention, the crew and their Protection and Indemnity Risks), and the premiums and/or calls therefor shall be for their account.

If the Underwriters of such insurance should require payment of premiums and/or calls because, pursuant to Charterers’ orders, the Vessel is within, or is due to enter and remain within, any area or areas which are specified by such Underwriters as being subject to additional premiums because of War Risks, then such premiums and/or calls shall be reimbursed by Charterers to Owners at the same time as the next payment of hire is due.

 

  30.5 If Owners become liable under the terms of employment to pay the crew any bonus or additional wages in respect of sailing into an area which is dangerous in the manner defined by the said terms, then such bonus or additional wages shall be reimbursed to Owners by Charterers at the same time as the next payment of hire is due.

 

  30.6 The Vessel shall have liberty:-

 

  30.6.1 to comply with all orders, directions, recommendations or advice as to departure, arrival, routes, sailing in convoy, ports of call, stoppages, destinations, discharge of cargo, delivery, or in any other way whatsoever, which are given by the Government of the Nation under whose flag the Vessel sails, or other Government to whose laws Owners are subject, or any other Government, body or group whatsoever acting with the power to compel compliance with their orders or directions;

 

  30.6.2 to comply with the orders, directions or recommendations of any war risks underwriters who have the authority to give the same under the terms of the war risks insurance;

 

  30.6.3 to comply with the terms of any resolution of the Security Council of the United Nations, any directives of the European Community, the effective orders of any other supranational body which has the right to issue and give the same, and with national laws aimed at enforcing the same to which Owners are subject, and to obey the orders and directions of those who are charged with their enforcement;

 

  30.6.4 to divert and discharge at any other port any cargo or part thereof which may render the Vessel liable to confiscation as a contraband carrier;

 

  30.6.5 to divert and call at any other port to change the crew or any part thereof or other persons on board the Vessel when there is reason to believe that they may be subject to internment, imprisonment or other sanctions.

 

  30.7 If in accordance with their rights under the foregoing provisions of this Clause, Owners refuse to proceed to the loading or discharging ports, or any one or more of them, they shall immediately inform Charterers.

 

31. GENERAL AVERAGE

General Average shall be adjusted and settled in London in accordance with the York-Antwerp Rules, 1994 or any subsequent modification thereof.

 

32. NEW JASON

If, notwithstanding Clause 31, General Average is adjusted in accordance with the law and practice of the USA, the following provision shall apply:-

“In the event of accident, danger, damage or disaster before or after the commencement of the voyage, resulting from any cause whatsoever, whether due to negligence or not, for which, or for the consequence of which, the carrier is not responsible, by statute, contract or otherwise, the cargo, shippers, consignees

 

15


or owners of the cargo shall contribute with the carrier in general average to the payment of any sacrifices, losses or expenses of a general average nature that may be made or incurred and shall pay salvage and special charges incurred in respect of the cargo.

If a salving ship is owned or operated by the carrier, salvage shall be paid for as fully as if the said salving ship or ships belonged to strangers. Such deposit as the carrier or his agents may deem sufficient to cover the estimated contribution of the cargo and any salvage and special charges thereon shall, if required, be made by the cargo, shippers, consignees or owners of the cargo to the carrier before delivery”.

 

33. BOTH-TO-BLAME COLLISION

If the liability for any collision in which the Vessel is involved while performing this Charter falls to be determined in accordance with the laws of the USA, or the laws of any State which applies laws similar to those applied in the USA in the circumstances envisaged by this Clause 33, the following provision shall apply:-

“If the Vessel comes into collision with another vessel as a result of the negligence of the other vessel and any act, neglect or default of the Master, mariner, pilot or the servants of the carrier in the navigation or in the management of the Vessel, the owners of the goods carried hereunder will indemnify the carrier against all loss or liability to the other or non-carrying vessel or its owners in so far as such loss or liability represents loss of, or damage to, or any claim whatsoever of the owners of said goods, paid or payable by the other or non-carrying vessel or its owners to the owners of said goods and set off, recouped or recovered by the other or non-carrying vessel or its owners as part of their claim against the carrying vessel or carrier.

The foregoing provisions shall also apply where the owner, operators or those in charge of any vessel or vessels or objects other than, or in addition to, the colliding vessels or objects are at fault in respect of collision or contact.”

Whilst Charterers shall procure that all bills of lading and waybills issued under this Charter shall contain a provision in the foregoing terms, to be applicable where the liability for any collision in which the Vessel is involved falls to be determined under the preamble of this Clause 33, Charterers neither warrant nor undertake that such provision shall be effective. In the event that such provision proves ineffective Charterers shall, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein provided, not be obliged to indemnify Owners.

 

34. OIL POLLUTION PREVENTION

 

  34.1 Owners undertake that the Vessel is a tanker owned by a member of the International Tanker Owners’ Pollution Federation Limited and will so remain throughout the period of this Charter.

 

  34.2 When an escape or discharge of Oil occurs from the Vessel and causes or threatens to cause Pollution Damage, or when there is the threat of an escape or discharge of Oil (i.e. a grave and imminent danger of the escape or discharge of Oil which, if it occurred, would create a serious danger of Pollution Damage, whether or not an escape or discharge in fact subsequently occurs), then upon notice to Owners or Master, Charterers shall have the right (but shall not be obliged) to place on board the Vessel and/or have in attendance at the incident one or more Charterers’ representatives to observe the measures being taken by Owners and/or national or local authorities or their respective servants, agents or contractors to prevent or minimise Pollution Damage and to provide advice, equipment or manpower or undertake such other measures, at Charterers’ risk and expense, as are permitted under applicable law and as Charterers believe are reasonably necessary to prevent or minimise such Pollution Damage or to remove the threat of an escape or discharge of Oil.

 

  34.3 The provisions of this Clause 34 shall be without prejudice to any other rights and/or duties of Charterers or Owners whether arising under this Charter or under applicable law or under any International Convention.

 

  34.4 In this Clause the terms “Oil” and “Pollution Damage” shall have the same meaning as that defined in the Civil Liability Convention 1969 or any Protocol thereto.

 

16


35. EXCEPTIONS

 

  35.1 The provisions of Article III (other than Rule 8 thereof, IV, IV bis, VII and VIII of the Schedule to the Carriage of Goods by Sea Act 1971 of the United Kingdom shall apply to this Charter and shall be deemed to be inserted in extenso herein. This Charter shall be deemed to be a contract for the carriage of goods by sea to which the said Articles apply, and no regard shall be had to Article I of the said Schedule. However, nothing in this Clause shall be deemed to modify, limit or exclude the parties’ rights and obligations as set out in Clauses 1, 9, 10, 11, 18 and 19 hereof.

 

  35.2 Where a claim for indemnity is brought under this Charter, the defending party shall be entitled to rely on all defences and limitations, whether founded on contract, tort, legislation or convention, that the claimant could have relied on in the principal action or in relation to the principal claim.

 

  35.3 Notwithstanding the aforesaid:

 

  35.3.1 Where a claim for indemnity relating to a claim pursued by a third party is brought under this Charter, such claim shall be extinguished unless suit is commenced within twelve (12) months of the principal claim being settled by the parties thereto or determined by the final, unappealable judgment of a competent court.

 

  35.3.2 All other claims shall be subject to the statutory limitation period.

 

36. LAW

The construction, validity and performance of this Charter shall be governed by English Law. The High Court in London shall have exclusive jurisdiction over any dispute which may arise out of this Charter.

Notwithstanding the aforesaid, the parties may jointly elect to have any such dispute referred to arbitration in London pursuant to the Arbitration Act 1996 or any modification or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force and under the Terms of the London Maritime Arbitrators’ Association before a tribunal consisting of three arbitrators.

 

17


In Witness Whereof the parties have caused this Charter to be executed as of the date first above written

 

LOGO

for and on behalf of

 

OWNERS

LOGO

for and on behalf of

BP SHIPPING

CHARTERERS

This Charter Party is a computer generated copy of the BEEPEETIME 3 Charter Party form printed by authority of BP Shipping Ltd. using software which is the copyright of Strategic Software Ltd. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the preprinted text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BP approved document shall apply. BP Shipping Ltd. and Strategic Software Ltd. assume no responsibility for any loss or damage caused as a result of discrepancies between the original approved document and this document.

 

18


ADDITIONAL CLAUSES TO M.T. “SENATORE” TIME CHARTER PARTY DATED

1. Owners warrant that the vessel’s air draft in ballast condition will not exceed 132 feet.

2. Speed/Consumption:

All consumption expressed in tonnes of IFO 380 per day, unless otherwise specified. Consumption up to Beaufort 5 included.

 

Ballast

 

Laden

14.5 knots on 37 mt

  14.0 knots on 37.0 mt

Other consumptions:

 

Speed

 

Ballast

 

Laden

13 knots

  24.5 mt   28.5 mt

13.5 knots

  27.5 mt   32.5 mt

14 knots

  31.5 mt   37.0 mt

14.5 knots

  37.0 mt   41.0 mt

15 knots

  41.5 mt   46.5 mt

Maintain Cargo Temperature upto 135 F: 10 mt Ifo

Increase Temperature from 44 To 66 C

(Air 0 Deg - Sea 5 Deg) in 96 Hours 120 mt Ifo/Total

Inerting all tanks by IGS 20 mt MGO DMA per 36 Hrs or 13.3 mt MGO DMA per day

Diesel generator idle 3.0 mt Ifo

Boilers idle 4.0 mt Ifo

Discharging in 24 hours 32.0 mt Ifo + 12.0 Mt of mgo

Loading 10.0 mt Ifo

Ballasting/Deballasting 8.0 mt Ifo X 12 Hrs

Butterworth all tanks about 36 hours 17.0 mt Ifo.

 

1


BP TIME 3 Additional Clauses

Index of Clauses

Mandatory Clauses

1. BP Vetting and Auditing Clause

2. BP Operating Manual Clause

3. BP HSSE Reporting Clause

4. BP OCIMF TMSA Clause

5. BP Oil Major Approvals Clause

6. BP Dry-docking Clause

7. BP Off-hire Duration Clause

8. BP Pumping Clause

9. BP Crude Oil Washing and Stripping Clause

10. BP Cargo Retention Clause

11. BP Terminal Questionnaires Clause

12. BP ISPS Clause for Time Charter Parties

13. BP Routing Code of Practice Clause

14. BP Vessel Tracking System Clause

15. BP USCG Inspection and TVEL Clause

16. BP Tank Presentation Clause

17. BP Heating Clause

18. BP Closed Loading and Sampling Clause

19. BP Cargo Control Room Manning Clause

20. BP Inert Gas System Clause

21. BP Clean Ballast Clause

22. BP Bunker Fuel Sulphur Content Clause

23. BP Indemnity Clause

24. BP Ethical Policy Clause

25. BP Facilitation Payments Clause

26. BP Trade Controls, Embargoes and Boycotts Clause

27. BP ISM Clause

28. BP Regulatory and Guideline Compliance Clause

29. BP H2S and Mercaptans Clause

30. BP Oil Pollution Insurance Certification and COFR’S Clause

31. BP ITWF Clause

32. BP Unique Identifier Clause and US Bureau of Customs and Border Protection Clause

33. BP Casualty and Emergency Response Notification Clause

34. BP Oil Spill Response and Emergency Contacts Clause

35. BP Commingling Clause

36. BP Confidentiality Clause

37. BP Notices Clause

38. BP Remeasurement Clause

39. BP Ballast Water Management Clause

40. BP New Building Clause

 

2


Charter Specific Clauses

41. BP Ice Strengthened Vessel Clause

42. BP Castellon Clause

43. BP Genoa Clause

44. BP Grangemouth Clause

45. BP Hamble Clause

46. BP Isle of Grain Clause

47. BP Jebel Dhanna Clause

48. BP Libya Clause

49. BP Ras Tanura Clause

50. BP Rotterdam Clause

51. BP Sidi Kerir Clause

52. BP Sullom Voe Clause

53. BP Trieste Clause

54. BP Turkish Straits Clause

55. BP Magellan Straits Routing Clause

56. BP Baltic Routing Clause

Mandatory Clauses

1. BP Vetting and Auditing Clause

(a) It is a condition precedent of this Charter that, prior to delivery, Owners and the Vessel successfully complete the Charterers’ Vetting and Approval Process. The Vetting and Approval Process shall include, but shall not be limited to, completion (to the Charterers’ satisfaction) of the following:

(i) an inspection of the Vessel; and

(ii) an audit and assessment of the management procedures of Owners and their Managers; and

(iii) a structural review of the Vessel.

(b) Prior to and immediately after delivery, and then at any time during the Charter Period, Charterers shall have the right to inspect the Vessel and to audit Owners’ and Managers’ management procedures to ensure that the Vessel, its certification and operating standards are maintained to Charterers’ continuing satisfaction and that Owners are complying fully with the provisions of this Charter.

(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (a) and (b) above, not less than once every six months, Owners shall request an inspection of the Vessel to be conducted by the Charterers to ensure that the Vessel, its certification and operating standards are maintained to Charterers’ continuing satisfaction. The cost of such bi-annual inspections shall be for Owners’ account.

 

3


(d) Following any inspection or audit carried out pursuant to this Clause, Charterers shall issue to Owners an inspection report in writing indicating any defect and/or deficiency and/or non-compliance. Owners shall rectify any defect and/or deficiency and or non-compliance identified in such inspection report as soon as is reasonably practical, but in any event no later than 30 days after receipt of Charterers’ inspection report. All costs of rectifying such defects and/or deficiencies and/or non-compliances shall be for Owners’ account, and the Vessel shall be off-hire for the period of any time thereby lost.

(e) If the Owners do not rectify any defects and/or deficiencies and/or non-compliances identified in any inspection report issued by Charterers pursuant to (d) above within 30 days after such inspection report has been issued to Owners, Charterers shall have the option to:

(i) put the Vessel off hire forthwith, until such time as any such defect and/or deficiency and/or non-compliance has been rectified; and/or

(ii) cancel this Charter,

provided that this option shall be declared by Charterers within 10 working days of the expiry of the 45 day period.

(f) Charterers shall be entitled to provide copies of any inspection report issued pursuant to this Clause to third parties and/or enter the findings contained in such inspection reports into data bases accessible to third parties (including but not limited to the SIRE data base).

(g) Neither the exercise, the non-exercise, nor anything done or not done, in the exercise or non-exercise of Charterers’ rights pursuant to this Clause, shall reduce the responsibility of Owners and/or the Managers and/or the Master to Charterers and/or third parties in respect of the Vessel, her maintenance and/or her operation, nor increase Charterers’ responsibilities to Owners or third parties for same.

2. BP Operating Manual

Owners acknowledge that they have been provided with a copy of the BP Operating Manual (Third Party Managers) and undertake that they and the Managers of the Vessel shall at all times comply with the requirements and recommendations therein.

3. BP HSSE Reporting Clause

(a) Charterers place prime importance on HSSE issues and require that its contractors and their sub-contractors subscribe to and actively pursue the highest standards of HSSE performance.

(b) Prior to delivery of the Vessel to Charterers at the commencement of the Charter Period, Owners and their technical managers (hereafter referred to as “Managers”) shall undertake an HSSE audit, in conjunction with Charterers and, on completion of such audit, develop an HSSE Action Plan based upon the audit findings in order to promote continual improvement in HSSE performance.

 

4


(c) Owners shall submit HSSE reports to Charterers in accordance with the provisions of the BP Operating Manual (Third Party Managers) for the duration of this Charter, including any periods during which the Vessel is off-hire for dry-docking, repair or any other reasons. In addition to reports from individual vessels directly on BP business, Managers will forward on a Quarterly basis, safety data for their entire fleet of tanker vessels.

(d) Any failure by Owners to comply with the requirements set out in (b) and (c) above will entitle Charterers to put the Vessel off-hire, until the requirements of (b) and (c) have been met.

4. BP OCIMF TMSA Clause

Owners warrant that they have completed a Tanker Management Self Assessment (“TMSA”) report and have submitted the same to OCIMF. Owners shall review and update the TMSA annually.

5. BP Oil Major Approvals Clause

(a) To the best of Owners knowledge the Vessel is acceptable for charter and/or terminal by the oil companies listed in Appendix A (Part 1 which shall read “BP, ExxonMobil, Shell, Chevron and Total”) attached hereto and shall maintain the validity of such approvals throughout the Charter Period. Owners shall have the Vessel inspected and accepted by the further oil companies listed in Appendix A (Part 2 which shall read “Statoil, Conoco and Valero”) and thereafter shall maintain the validity of such acceptances throughout the Charter Period.

(b) Owners shall advise Charterers immediately if any acceptance is not granted and of any change in status of any acceptances and advise when further inspections necessary to obtain or maintain such acceptance become due. Owners shall notify Charterers of the outcome of all such inspections as soon as completed and, in the event of an acceptance not being granted or being withdrawn, shall immediately take steps to rectify all deficiencies identified in the course of such inspection.

(c) In the event that any approval is not granted or re-instated, or such deficiencies are not rectified within 30 days of the inspection report being received by Owners, without prejudice to any other remedies available to them under this Charter, Charterers shall have the right within 10 days thereafter to:

(i) put the Vessel off-hire forthwith, until such time as such approval has been granted or re-instated and/or such deficiencies have been rectified; and/or

(ii) cancel this Charter; and/or

Always provided Vessel’s trading permitting and subject to inspectors’ availability to carry out such inspections.

6. BP Dry-docking Clause

(a) Owners warrant that, other than as expressly advised to Charterers in writing prior to entering into this Charter, the Vessel is scheduled to dry-dock during the Charter Period as follows:

During June 2009.

 

5


(b) If the minimum Charter Period is 6 months or more, and subject to paragraph (a) above, Owners shall have the right and obligation to dry-dock the Vessel for routine maintenance and surveys from time to time in accordance with the Vessel’s classification society rules or in case of emergency. On each occasion that they wish to dry-dock the Vessel, Owners shall give Charterers a minimum of six months’ approximate and 90 days’ definite notice (except in case of emergency) of the date and place at which they intend to dock the Vessel. Owners and Charterers shall co-operate to ensure that dry-docking of the Vessel is agreed to take place at a time and place which causes minimum disruption to the Vessel’s trading. Tank cleaning expenses for the purposes of dry-docking shall be for Owners account and disposal of slops generated by Charterers’ trading of the Vessel shall also be for Owners’ account.

(d) The Vessel shall be off hire from dropping outbound sea pilot at the last discharge port prior to dry-docking and shall remain off-hire until she is in a position no less favourable to Charterers than that at the commencement of the off hire. Owners shall give Charterers seven, three, two and one day(s) notice prior to redelivery from dry-docking, reconfirming or advising of any adjustment to the date and time previously given. Any service given or distance made good, including bunkers consumed, by the vessel while the vessel is off-hire shall be taken into account (i.e. credited to owners) in assessing the amount to be deducted from hire (to be consistent with the wording in clause 19.3 of the charter party).

(e) Upon completion of the dry-dock Owners shall, at their expense, redeliver the Vessel to Charterers with her tanks fully cleaned, inerted and ready to load, however Charterers shall, insofar as cleaning for drydocking may have reduced the amount of tank cleaning necessary to meet Charterers’ requirements, credit Owners with the value of any bunkers which Charterers calculate to have been saved thereby.

7. BP Off-hire Duration Clause

(a) If any period of off-hire (other than a period off-hire relating to a scheduled dry-docking of the Vessel agreed with Charterers) exceeds or is expected to exceed 45 days, then, without prejudice to any other rights Charterers may have under this Charter, Charterers shall have the option of terminating this Charter by giving notice in writing to Owners. Termination shall take effect from the date on which such notice is received by Owners or from any later date stated in such notice.

(b) Upon termination in accordance with this Clause, Owners shall forthwith remit to Charterers any hire paid in advance and not earned as at the date of termination and any other monies owing, including but not limited to the cost of bunkers on board at the commencement of the off-hire period.

8. BP Pumping Clause

(a) For the purposes of this Clause:-

‘full cargo’ shall mean the full cargo capacity of the Vessel as described.

‘part cargo’ shall mean either the total cargo actually loaded, if less than full cargo capacity of the Vessel as described, or the quantity of each parcel loaded or discharged separately, as the context may require.

 

6


‘bulk discharge’ shall mean the period of time taken by the Vessel to discharge the full cargo or part cargo, as the case maybe, excluding any time during which only tank stripping and/or crude oil washing operations are being performed

(b) Owners undertake, always provided that the vessel is discharging at not more than one berth/terminal, that:

(i) the Vessel shall load the cargo at the maximum safe rate and in any event shall load a full cargo within a maximum period of twenty four (24) hours, or pro-rata in the case of a part cargo, provided always that the cargo is capable of being supplied within such time; and

the Vessel shall discharge at the maximum safe rate and in any event shall, in the case of cargoes of one or more segregated grades/parcels discharged concurrently or consecutively, discharge a full cargo within twenty-four (24) hours, or pro rata in the case of a part cargo, or shall maintain a minimum discharge pressure of seven (7) bar at the Vessel’s manifold throughout the bulk discharge, provided always that the cargo is capable of being received within such time or at such pressure. If restrictions are imposed by any terminal during discharge, or if physical attributes of such terminal restrict the discharge rate or pressure, Owners shall only be relieved of the aforesaid obligation for the period and to the extent such restrictions or attributes impede the discharge rate or pressure. The discharge terminal shall have the right to gauge discharge pressure at the Vessel’s manifold.

(c) Any additional time used as a result of the inability of the Vessel to load or discharge the full cargo within twenty-four (24) hours, or pro rata in the case of part cargo, or to maintain a minimum discharge pressure of seven (7) bar at the Vessel’s manifold throughout the discharge, or failure by the Vessel to meet any lesser performance required pursuant to a restriction imposed by the terminal, shall be for Owners’ account, and Charterers shall be able to deduct the additional time used at the hire rate from hire.

(d) In the case of multiple grades of cargoes where the total time taken to discharge the full cargo is in excess of twenty-four (24) hours (or pro-rata in the case of a part cargo) and the Vessel fails to maintain a minimum discharge pressure of seven (7) bar throughout the discharge, each grade carried will be assessed separately as follows:-

(i) The twenty-four (24) hours’ allowance (pro rated in the case of a part cargo) plus the appropriate crude oil washing allowance, if any, calculated in accordance with the Crude Oil Washing and Stripping Clause, shall be apportioned to each grade, which is discharged consecutively, in the ratio that the quantity of that grade discharged bears to the total quantity of all grades of cargo discharged consecutively. This ratio shall be calculated by dividing the quantity of each grade that is discharged consecutively by the aggregated bill of lading quantities for all grades discharged consecutively. For the purposes of this apportionment, where two (2) or more grades are discharge concurrently, the quantities so discharged shall be aggregated and treated as one grade.

 

7


(ii) The allowance apportioned to each grade pursuant to paragraph (ii) shall then be offset against the total time actually taken to discharge that grade. Any excess time will be for Owners’ account. However, if the Vessel maintains a minimum discharge pressure of seven (7) bar throughout the bulk discharge of a particular grade—then the time taken to discharge the grade will be for Charterers’ account.

(e) If the full cargo cannot be delivered to the Vessel at the rate requested by the Master or within the time allowed in paragraph (b) above or if any terminal is unable to receive the full cargo within twenty-four (24) hours or at a discharge pressure of seven (7) bar measured at the Vessel’s manifold, the Master shall present a Note of Protest (‘NOP’) to a terminal representative detailing any terminal restrictions and/or deficiencies as soon as they are imposed and/or become apparent and shall use all reasonable endeavours to have the NOP signed by the terminal representative. If the Master is unable to obtain a signature from the terminal representative he shall present a further NOP recording the failure of the terminal representative to sign the original NOP. In the case of restrictions imposed by the terminal or arising from physical attributes of any terminal, the Master shall ensure that such restrictions are clearly recorded in the Vessel’s Pumping Log.

(f) Should the Vessel fail to meet the agreed pumping performance in 50 percent of her cargo operations over a two months period, then Charterers shall have the right to cancel this Charter.

9. BP Crude Oil Washing and Stripping Clause

(a) Owners warrant that the Vessel is equipped with a fully functional Crude Oil Washing system and that the officers and crew are properly qualified (as evidenced by appropriate certification) and experienced in the operation of such system. Whilst Charterers may instruct Owners to carry out additional crude oil washing in all tanks that contained the cargo the Master shall, in any event, arrange for crude oil washing of the cargo tanks at the discharge port to the MARPOL minimum standard, as set out in the Vessel’s Crude Oil Washing Operation and Equipment Manual.

(b) Owners shall carry out crude oil washing concurrently with the discharge of the cargo and the Master shall provide a crude oil washing log identifying each tank washed, and stating whether such tank has been washed to the MARPOL minimum standard or has been the subject of additional crude oil washing.

(c) Owners shall, provided always that the Vessel maintains a minimum discharge pressure of seven (7) bar during bulk discharge or meets such lesser performance required pursuant to a restriction imposed by any Terminal or arising from physical attributes of the terminal, be allowed a period of not more than two (2) hours per segregated grade/parcel for final draining and stripping purposes unless such final draining and stripping is carried out concurrently with the discharge of another grade parcel. Any time taken for final draining and stripping purposes in excess of such allowance shall be for Owners’ account.

 

8


10. BP Cargo Retention Clause

If, during any voyage under this Charter, any quantity of cargo remaining on board the Vessel (‘ROB) upon completion of discharge is judged by an independent surveyor appointed by Charterers to be liquid and pumpable, or if Charterers can show that the ROB would have been liquid and pumpable if Owners and/or Master, officers and crew had followed Charterers’ instructions for the management of the cargo, then Charterers shall be entitled to the value of such ROB plus voyage freight due relating to such quantity of cargo remaining on board.

11. BP Terminal Questionnaires Clause

Owners are to provide completed questionnaires in a timely manner, in the format required by Charterers, for any loading or discharging terminals as and when required by Charterers throughout the Charter Period.

12. BP ISPS Clause for Time Charter Parties (replaced with BIMCO clause)

(a) (i) The Owners shall comply with the requirements of the International Code for the Security of Ships and of Port Facilities and the relevant amendments to Chapter XI of SOLAS (ISPS Code) relating to the Vessel and “the Company” (as defined by the ISPS Code). If trading to or from the United States or passing through United States waters, the Owners shall also comply with the requirements of the US Maritime Transportation Security Act 2002 (MTSA) relating to the Vessel and the “Owner” (as defined by the MTSA).

(ii) Upon request the Owners shall provide the Charterers with a copy of the relevant International Ship Security Certificate (or the Interim International Ship Security Certificate) and the full style contact details of the Company Security Officer (CSO).

(iii) Loss, damages, expense or delay (excluding consequential loss, damages, expense or delay) caused by failure on the part of the Owners or “the Company”/”Owner” to comply with the requirements of the ISPS Code/MTSA or this Clause shall be for the Owners’ account, except as otherwise provided in this Charter Party.

(b) (i) The Charterers shall provide the Owners and the Master with their full style contact details and, upon request, any other information the Owners require to comply with the ISPS Code/MTSA. Where sub-letting is permitted under the terms of this Charter Party, the Charterers shall ensure that the contact details of all sub-charterers are likewise provided to the Owners and the Master. Furthermore, the Charterers shall ensure that all sub-charter parties they enter into during the period of this Charter Party contain the following provision:

“The Charterers shall provide the Owners with their full style contact details and, where sub-letting is permitted under the terms of the charter party, shall ensure that the contact details of all sub-charterers are likewise provided to the Owners”.

(ii) Loss, damages, expense or delay (excluding consequential loss, damages, expense or delay) caused by failure on the part of the Charterers to comply with this Clause shall be for the Charterers’ account, except as otherwise provided in this Charter Party.

 

9


(c) Notwithstanding anything else contained in this Charter Party all delay, costs or expenses whatsoever arising out of or related to security regulations or measures required by the port facility or any relevant authority in accordance with the ISPS Code/MTSA including, but not limited to, security guards, launch services, vessel escorts, security fees or taxes and inspections, shall be for the Charterers’ account, unless such costs or expenses result solely from the negligence of the Owners, Master or crew. All measures required by the Owners to comply with the Ship Security Plan shall be for the Owners’ account.

(d) If either party makes any payment which is for the other party’s account according to this Clause, the other party shall indemnify the paying party.

13. BP Routing Code of Practice Clause

Owners shall instruct the Master to observe regulations and recommendations as to traffic separation and routing as issued, from time to time, by responsible organisations or regulating authorities including, but not limited to, the IMO, the UK Chamber of Shipping (or equivalent), or as promulgated by the state of the flag of the Vessel or the state from which management of the Vessel is exercised.

14. BP Vessel Tracking System Clause

(a) Charterers may, from the date of entering into this Charter and throughout the duration of the Charter Period, employ an Inmarsat C tracking system on the Vessel. All registration and communication costs relating to this tracking system shall be for Charterers’ account. Charterers shall advise Owners when the system is operative and shall confirm termination upon redelivery.

(b) Owners shall supply the following information to Charterers:

Inmarsat C number (9 digits beginning with 4);

Manufacturer, make, etc;

Model Number and Serial Number; and

Terminal S/W version if known:

15. BP USCG Inspection and TVEL Clause

If the Trading Limits under this Charter include the United States of America, or any USA controlled territories, then any time lost at any port in the USA, or USA controlled territories, waiting for a USCG inspection and/or the issue of a Tank Vessel Examination Letter (“TVEL”) shall be for Owners account and the Vessel shall be off-hire for any time lost provided that the vessel calls the USA during the previous 12 months.

16. BP Tank Presentation Clause

Vessel to be delivered with either dirty or clean background at Owners’ option and with all tanks fully inerted.

17. BP Heating Clause

(a) Owners warrant that the Vessel is capable of receiving cargo at a maximum temperature of 75 degrees Centigrade.

 

10


(b) Charterers shall have the right to instruct Owners to maintain the loaded temperature of the cargo up to a maximum temperature of 135 degrees F. If the Vessel fails to maintain the required temperature, Owners shall be responsible for any resulting loss, damage, costs or expense incurred by Charterers (including, without limitation, any costs or expenses arising as a result of the Vessel being required to vacate the berth).

(c) Charterers shall have the right to instruct Owners to raise the temperature of the cargo above the loaded temperature up to a maximum temperature of 135 degrees F, provided that the voyage is of sufficient duration to permit the same.

18. BP Closed Loading and Sampling Clause

Owners warrant that the Vessel complies with, and shall be operated for the duration of this Charter in accordance with the recommendations regarding closed loading and closed discharge set out in the 1996 edition of ISGOTT as amended from time to time. If the Vessel has closed sampling equipment, such equipment shall be used, when appropriate, during this Charter.

19. BP Cargo Control Room Manning Clause

Whilst the Vessel is carrying out cargo operations at any loading or discharging port or place, the Vessel’s cargo control room shall at all times be manned by a least one officer having a good working knowledge of the English language.

20. BP Inert Gas System Clause

(a) Owners warrant that, insofar as required under the provisions of SOLAS, the Vessel is equipped with a fully functional Inert Gas System (“IGS”) which is in full working order and complies fully with Regulation 62, chapter II-2 of the SOLAS Convention 1974 (as modified by its Protocol of 1978 and any subsequent amendments) and that they shall so maintain the IGS for the duration of this Charter.

(b) Owners further warrant that the Master, officers and crew are properly qualified (as evidenced by appropriate certification) and experienced in the operation of IGS and that the IGS shall be operated in accordance with the operational procedures as set out in the IMO publication entitled ‘Inert Gas System’ (IMO 860E) as amended from time to time.

(c) Where equipped with an IGS, the Vessel shall arrive at all loading ports with her tanks fully inerted. In the event of any delay to the Vessel due to deficient or improper operation of the IGS, the Vessel shall be off-hire for the period of any time lost.

(d) If Charterers so require, Owners shall arrange for the Vessel’s tanks to be depressurised to facilitate gauging and sampling or to be de-inerted or gas freed to facilitate inspection. Any time taken to de-pressurise, gauge, sample and re-pressurise, or to de-inert or gas free, inspect and re-inert thereafter shall be for Charterers’ account.

 

11


21. BP Clean Ballast Clause

(a) The Vessel shall be delivered to the Charterer with clean ballast as defined in Regulation 1 (16) of the Regulations for the Prevention of Pollution by Oil in Annex 1 of MARPOL, unless otherwise agreed.

(b) During all tank cleaning, Owners shall ensure that all oily residues of a persistent nature are retained on board. Slops shall be separated into a single cargo tank and after maximum separation of free water, discharge the water separated overboard. In discharging all water separated as aforesaid, the Master shall comply with the requirements of the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships 1973, as amended by it Protocol of 1978 (MARPOL  73 / 78 ), insofar as these do not conflict with any applicable laws to which the Vessel is subject.

22. BP Bunker Fuel Sulphur Content Clause

(a) Without prejudice to anything else contained in this Charter, Owners shall deliver the Vessel to Charterers with, and the Charterers shall thereafter supply to the Vessel, fuels of such specifications and grades to permit the Vessel, at all times, to comply with the maximum sulphur content requirements of any emission control zone when the Vessel is ordered to trade within that zone.

The Charterers also warrant that any bunker suppliers, bunker craft operators and bunker surveyors used by the Charterers to supply such fuels shall comply with Regulations 14 and 18 of MARPOL Annex VI, including the Guidelines in respect of sampling and the provision of bunker delivery notes.

The Owners shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Charterers, and the Charterers shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Owners, in respect of any loss, liability, delay, fines, costs or expenses arising or resulting from any failure by either to comply with their respective obligations under this sub-clause (a).

(b) Provided always that the Charterers have fulfilled their obligations in respect of the supply of fuels in accordance with sub-clause (a), the Owners warrant that:

(i) the Vessel shall comply with Regulations 14 and 18 of MARPOL Annex VI and with the requirements of any emission control zone; and

(ii) the Vessel shall be able to consume fuels of the required sulphur content when ordered by the Charterers to trade within any such zone. Subject to having supplied the Vessel with fuels in accordance with sub-clause (a), the Charterers shall not otherwise be liable for any loss, delay, fines, costs or expenses arising or resulting from the Vessel’s failure to comply with Regulations 14 and 18 of MARPOL Annex VI.

(c) For the purpose of this Clause, “emission control zone” shall mean zones as stipulated in MARPOL Annex VI and/or zones regulated by regional and/or national authorities such as, but not limited to, the EU and the US Environmental Protection Agency.

 

12


23. BP Indemnity Clause revised 6 th  November 2006

If an original Bill of Lading is not available at any discharge port to which the Vessel may be ordered by Charterers under this Charter, or if Charterers require Owners to deliver cargo to a party or at a port other than as set out in the Bill of Lading, then Owners shall nevertheless discharge such cargo in compliance with Charterers instructions, upon presentation by the consignee nominated by Charterers (the Receiver) of reasonable identification to the Master and in consideration of Charterers indemnifying Owners in the manner prescribed in the form of letter of indemnity agreed and published from time to time by the International Group of P&I Clubs addressing the relevant circumstances. Such indemnity shall be deemed to have been given when Charterers issue instructions to Owners pursuant to this Clause.

24. BP Ethical Policy Clause

Owners warrant that they, the Managers, Master and crew of the Vessel are aware of Charterers’ ethics and business policies, as set out in the BP Code of Conduct, entitled “Our commitment to integrity” (a copy of which is available on www.bp.com), and their application to third party contractors. Owners undertake to ensure that in the performance of their obligations under this Charter, they, the Managers, Master and crew shall at all times act consistently with and adhere to the principles in the BP Code of Conduct.

25. BP Facilitation Payments Clause

(a) The parties hereby agree that in the course of performing their respective obligations hereunder, they shall not make, nor shall they require the other party to make, any facilitation payment.

(b) For the purposes of this clause, a Facilitation Payment means a payment, gift or gratuity, whether in cash or in kind, to any governmental or quasi-governmental officer or other official in any country for the purpose of procuring the provision of any service or level of service which such officer or official is required to provide in the normal course of their employment or duty without such Facilitation Payment being made.

(c) Any such Facilitation Payment, or other departure from the requirements of this Clause, necessarily made to permit efficient or continued trading of the Vessel shall be reported to Charterers in a mutually agreed format.

26. BP Trade Controls, Embargoes and Boycotts Clause

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, nothing in this Charter is intended, and nothing herein shall be so interpreted or construed, to induce or require either party hereto to act in any manner (including any failure to take any action in relation to a transaction) which is inconsistent with, penalised by or prohibited under any UK or USA laws, regulations, or other official UK or USA government requirements applicable to such party, relating to foreign trade controls, export controls, embargoes or international boycotts of any type.

 

13


27. BP ISM Clause

(a) Owners undertake that for the duration of this Charter, the Vessel and “the Company” (as defined in the International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention (the International Safety Management (ISM) Code) (the “ISM Code”)) shall comply with the requirements of the ISM Code. Charterers may at any time request an inspection of the relevant Document of Compliance and/or Safety Management Certificate, and upon receipt of such a request Owners shall forthwith provide the same.

(b) Without prejudice to any rights or remedies available to Charterers under the terms of this Charter or under the law applicable hereto, in the event of a breach of the above undertaking Charterers shall be entitled to put the Vessel off hire until such time as the Vessel is again compliant with the requirements of the ISM Code and any loss, damage, expense or delay following therefrom shall be for Owners’ account.

28. BP Regulatory and Guideline Compliance Clause

Throughout the period of this Charter, the Owners and the Vessel shall comply with all relevant regulations and guidelines issued by the IMO and OCIMF and, in the case of a Vessel carrying LPG or LNG, with the recommendations and guidelines issued from time to time by SIGTTO. In addition, all operations shall be carried out in accordance with the latest edition of ISGOTT 1996, and any amendments thereto issued from time to time.

29. BP H2S and Mercaptans Clause

(a) Owners undertake that prior to arrival at the load port the Hydrogen Sulphide (H 2 S) content in the Vessel’s tank atmosphere shall have been reduced, at Charterers time and expenses to below the lower of:

(i) The permissible exposure limit (“PEL”) as described in ISGOTT as amended from time to time.

(ii) Any PEL applicable by virtue of local or national law, rule or regulation.

NOTE – this will not apply for the 1 st loadport under this charterparty.

(b) Where the Vessel calls at a port within the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland Owners further undertake, that upon arrival at port the components of the vapour in the tank atmosphere will be within the Occupational Exposure Standards stated in HSE Documentation EH40 set down in the Control of Substances Hazardous to Health Regulations, as amended from time to time. Currently these regulations contain, inter alia, the following limits: -

Hydrogen Sulphide (H 2 S)

Long-term exposure limit (8-hour TWA reference period)   5 ppm

Short-term exposure limit (15-minute reference period)       10 ppm

Mercaptoacetic Acid (C 2 H 4 0 2 S)

Long-term exposure limit (8-hour TWA reference period)   1ppm

 

14


(c) Owners further undertake that the previous cargo prior to delivery to Charterers had a Mercaptan level not greater than 400 ppm by weight and that prior to arrival at the load port the Mercaptans content in the tank atmosphere shall have been reduced to below 0.5 ppm by volume.

(d) Where the cargo loaded on board the Vessel has the potential to contain levels of H2S in the vapour space, then the Vessel’s cargo tank vapour spaces must be tested for H2S 24 to 48 hours before arrival at the discharge port. Charterers and the discharge terminal shall be informed of the resulting H2S levels, measured in parts per million (ppm) 24 hours prior to arrival at the discharge port. The method of H2S testing must also be advised and if the laden passage is less than 24 hours then testing is to take place as soon as possible and the results immediately advised to Charterers and the discharge terminal.

30. BP Oil Pollution Insurance Certification and COFR’S Clause

The Vessel shall have on board all certificates of Financial Responsibility (“COFRs”) in respect to oil pollution necessary for the required trade within the agreed trading limits, including but not limited to:

(a) the certificate of insurance required under the International Convention on Civil Liability for Oil Pollution damage and the protocols thereto; and

(b) United States Coast Guard Certificate of Financial Responsibility meeting the requirements of the United States Federal Oil Pollution Act 1990 (“OPA 90”).

31. BP ITWF Clause

Owners undertake to ensure that the terms of employment of the Vessel’s Master, officers and crew shall always remain acceptable to the International Transport Worker’s Federation (“ITWF”)and the Vessel will at all times carry an ITWF Blue Card or equivalent certification acceptable to ITWF.

32. BP Unique Identifier Clause and US Bureau of Customs and Border Protection Clause

(a) If the Vessel loads or carries cargo destined for the US or passing through US ports in transit, the Owners shall comply with the current US Customs regulations (19 CFR 4.7 and 178) or any subsequent amendments thereto and shall (unless Charterers request otherwise) undertake the role of carrier for the purposes of such regulations and shall:

(i) have in place a SCAC (Standard Carrier Alpha Code) and insert the same on each bill of lading;

(ii) have in place an ICB (International Carrier Bond);

(iii) submit cargo declarations by AMS (Automated Manifest System) to the US Customs; and

(iv) provide Charterers and Agents on request with details of the Unique Identifier in respect of all cargo carried

(b) The Charterers shall provide all necessary information to the Owners and/or their agents to enable the Owners to submit a timely and accurate cargo declaration.

 

15


(c) Owners warrant that they are aware of the US Bureau of Customs and Border Protection regulations for entering US ports (the “CBP Regulations”), including but not limited to those regulations issued on December 5th 2003 under Federal Register Part II Department of Homeland Security 19 CFR Parts 4, 103, et al, and Owners further warrant that they will comply fully with the CBP Regulations.

(d) The Owners shall assume liability for and shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Charterers against any loss and/or damage (excluding consequential loss and/or damage) and any expenses, fines, penalties and any other claims, including but not limited to legal costs, arising from the Owners’ failure to comply with any of the provisions of sub-clause (a) or failure to comply with the CBP Regulations, provided always that Charterers have, within a reasonable period after being requested by Owners, provided them with such information as is reasonably required to enable them to comply with the CBP Regulations. Should such failure result in any delay then, notwithstanding any provision in this Charter Party to the contrary, [the period of such delay shall not count as laytime or, if the Vessel is on demurrage, as demurrage][the Vessel shall be off-hire for any time lost].

(e) The assumption of the role of carrier by the Owners pursuant to this Clause and for the purpose of the US Customs Regulations (19 CFR 4.7) shall be without prejudice to the identity of carrier under any bill of lading, other contract, law or regulation.

33. BP Casualty and Emergency Response Notification Clause

(a) In the event that the Vessel is involved in an accident or incident, the BP Casualty and Emergency Response Notification Procedure must be applied. For these purposes an accident or incident shall include any emergency, such as a fatality or any serious injury, allision, collision, grounding, fire, pollution or other incident where immediate assistance is required, where the progress of the voyage may be impacted or where adverse reaction from any authorities, media, non-governmental organisation (“NGO”) or the general public may be expected. These notifications should be made as early as is practical and safe.

(b) Subject to the location of the Vessel at the time of the accident or incident, notification shall be given immediately in the following manner:

In the case of a Vessel located from west of 30 degrees West to 180 degrees (Americas Region), notification shall be made by telephone to the BP Shipping USA Notification Centre in Naperville, Illinois by calling +1 630-961-6200, followed by a telex containing the words “BP Casualty” to BP Shipping USA sent to telex number 6738208.

(ii) In the case of a Vessel located from East of 30 degrees West to 180 degrees (Most of the World), by sending a telex containing the words “BP Casualty” to BP Shipping UK on telex number 290851 followed by a telephone call to the BP Shipping Emergency Telephone number in Sunbury, UK +44 1442 247147.

 

16


In either case, the words “BP Casualty” should appear at the beginning of the first line of text immediately following the telex address. The words “BP Casualty” must have no spaces, stops or commas between B and P, but may be in the upper or lower case. If the accident occurs within a port, the Master must copy all messages sent to BP Shipping to BP Shipping’s agent in the port.

(c) Notification by either telephone or telex should contain the following information:

The name of Vessel and her IMO Number;

The nature of emergency (collision, grounding etc.);

The position of the Vessel (Latitude, Longitude, port);

Local time, date and location of the incident:

The name, nationality and type of any other vessel involved;

The nature and extent of any damage:

Details of any fatalities and/or personal injuries;

The state of sea or weather (present and forecast);

The cargo type and quantity on board

If in port, the name of the owner of the installation and whether the Vessel is at a jetty,

CBM or SBM etc;

Whether towage is required;

In the event of a cargo spill, the message should also include:

the local time, date and location of the spill;

the type of oil (e.g. crude, black, white, lubes etc.);

the cause if known, e.g. overflow, hose burst defective shore pipeline, hull defect,

leaking ships valves etc;

Estimated quantity spilled;

Estimated rate of spill if continuing; and

Whether cleanup is being attempted:

Any other relevant comments; and

Time of origin of each report.

(d) The obligations set out in this clause are in addition to any statutory obligations, which Owners or State Authorities may require of the Master in the event of any accident or incident casualty.

34. BP Oil Spill Response and Emergency Contacts Clause

Owners shall advise Charterers of the names of Owners’ personnel together with the relevant telephone/fax/telex numbers of contacts available on a 24 hour basis in event of oil spill or emergency. Additionally, Owners shall advise Charterers of the names of Qualified Individuals for OPA 90 and other such oil spill response or contingency plans.

35. BP Commingling Clause

(a) Owners agree, if so requested by Charterers, to instruct the Master to commingle the cargo or cargoes loaded on board, always in strict compliance with safety rules, and subject to the technical characteristics of the Vessel

 

17


(b) Charterers warrant that any cargoes to be commingled or blended on board shall be stable and compatible and that no precipitation of solid deposits in cargo tanks, pipes, pumps, valves will occur.

(c) Charterers will hold Owners harmless and keep them fully indemnified against all costs, losses, claims (including, but not limited to, claims for contamination or quality deterioration or failure to meet any contractual specification) and expenses (including , but not limited to, legal expenses) caused by or in any way arising from Charterers’ instructions to commingle or blend on board. Any additional costs incurred as a result of commingling/blending operations are for Charterers’ account.

In the event of commingling or blending on board, Charterers shall return all three (3) original copies of all bills of lading issued in respect of the cargoes to be blended or commingled to Owners for cancellation. Upon return of the original copies of the bills of lading as aforesaid, Owners will issue replacement bills of lading in respect of the commingled or blended cargo as described by Charterers, which will state on their face:

the details from the bill of lading pursuant to which the cargoes were originally loaded, including the nature of the cargo, the original quantity loaded and the date and place of loading; and the place and date of the blending or commingling took place.

36. BP Confidentiality Clause

Details of this Charter are to remain private and confidential by all parties concerned, except so far as concerns such information as is required to be disclosed by either party to its employees, auditors, lawyers and affiliates who have a need to know such information in connection with the performance of this Charter, to any court or governmental authority requiring such, or to any other appropriate third party to the extent necessary to comply with any legal or governmental requirement.

37. BP Notices Clause

(a) Whenever written notices are required to be given by either party to the other party, such notices shall be sent by registered mail, courier, telex, e-mail or telefax or delivered by hand to the following addresses:

Notice to Charterers:

BP Shipping Limited

[                    ]

Attention: [    ]

Fax No. [            ]

Telephone No. [            ]

All e-mail correspondence to be addressed to:

[                                         ]

 

18


Notice to Owners:

Senatore Shipping Company Limited

C/O Scorpio Ship Management sam

9 blvd. Charles III

MC98000 Monaco

Telephone No.             +377 97985700

Fax No.                       +377 92053146

All e-mail correspondence to be addressed to:

management@scorpio.mc

or to such other addresses as the parties may respectively from time to time designate by notice in writing. Any failure to transmit a copy of the notice to a party listed as entitled to receive a copy shall not in any way affect the validity of any notice otherwise properly given.

(b) Any notice required under this Charter to be given in writing shall be deemed to be duly received only:

In the case of a telex, at the time of transmission recorded on the message if such time is within normal business hours between 09:00 hrs and 17:00 hrs on a working day at the place of receipt, otherwise at the commencement of normal business hours on the next working day at the place of receipt, subject in both cases to an acknowledgment being received by automatic telex answer back response.

In the case of a letter, whether delivered in course of the post or by hand or by courier, at the date and time of its actual delivery if within normal business hours between 09:00 and 17:00 hrs on a working day at the place of receipt, otherwise at the commencement of normal business on the next working day.

In the case of a telefax, at the time of transmission recorded on the message if such time is within normal business hours between 09.00 a.m. and 05.00 p.m. on a working day at the place of receipt, otherwise at the commencement of normal business hours on the next working day at the place of receipt, subject in both cases to an acknowledgment being received by telefax.

In the case of e-mail, on the day of receipt if received within normal business hours between 09.00 a.m. and 05.00 p.m. on a normal working day at the place of receipt, or otherwise at the commencement of normal business hours on the next working day.

38. BP Remeasurement Clause

Charterers shall have the right to request that the Vessel is remeasured to comply with particular port restrictions. In such case, the costs of remeasurement shall be for Charterers’ account.

 

19


39. BP Ballast Water Management Clause

Owners warrant that the vessel shall comply with all mandatory ballast water requirements at Charterers’ time and expense. The Owners shall assume liability for and shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Charterers against any loss and/or damage (excluding consequential loss and/or damage) and any expenses, fines, penalties and any other claims, including but not limited to legal costs, arising from the Owners’ failure to comply with any such provisions. Should such failure result in any delay then, notwithstanding any provision in this Charter Party to the contrary, the Vessel shall be off-hire for any time lost.

40. BP New Building Clause DELETED

Charter Specific Clauses

41. BP Ice Strengthened Vessel Clause DELETED

42. BP Castellon Clause

If the Vessel is to discharge at Castellon CBM, provided Charterers advise Owners in reasonable time to provide the requisite mooring ropes as below, Owners undertake that the Vessel shall, inter alia, comply with the following requirements:

(a) The Vessel shall be fitted with two working anchors with a minimum of 12 shackles of chain on each anchor; and

(b) The Vessel shall replace the existing 2 x 220m wire ropes on mooring drums with 2 soft mooring ropes on drums plus 2 soft mooring ropes made fast on main deck bitts on the after end of the main deck forward of the accommodation, each having a minimum length of 250 metres; and

(c) The Vessel shall be fitted with 6 wire ropes on mooring drums plus 2 soft mooring ropes made fast on poop deck bitts (mixed mooring), each having a minimum length of 220 metres; and

(d) The mooring lines shall be in good condition and be either synthetic ropes with a minimum breaking load at least equal to that of the Vessel’s class approved mooring outfit or wires of equivalent strength fitted with synthetic rope tails as specified in the latest edition of the OCIMF publication “Mooring Equipment Guidelines”. Where low stretch synthetic ropes are used as mooring lines (such as those carrying the brand name “Dyneema” or Steelite”) they shall also be fitted with the same synthetic rope tails; and

(e) The Vessel shall be capable of maintaining on board a minimum of 33% of her summer deadweight as cargo and/or ballast at all times with her propeller fully immersed and with seaworthy trim.

(f) When carrying Crude Oil which has a pour point of 5 degs C or lower, the vessel must be capable of flushing the shore line with 4,000 cubic meters of seawater.

 

20


43. BP Genoa Clause

(a) If the Vessel is to discharge at Genoa, Owners undertake that the Vessel shall, inter alia, comply with the following requirements: -

the Master shall prepare a full discharge plan (supported by, without limitation, trim and stability information and the Crude Oil Washing Manual) in advance and upon arrival of the Vessel shall seek authorisation from the port authority to maximise the Vessel’s trim by the stern (always consistent with the safety of the Vessel, her crew and cargo) in order both to maximise and expedite cargo discharge;

(ii) the OCIMF recommendations for manifolds;

the Vessel shall be equipped with 1” ASA 150 flange or screw connection of 0.5” NPT; and

(iv) the Vessel shall be equipped with closed ullaging/ sampling/dipping points, which are to have approved calibrations.

(b) If the Vessel is to discharge at the Single Point Mooring Tower or the Single Buoy Mooring Owners undertake that the Vessel shall, inter alia, comply with the following additional requirements:-

(i) the OCIMF recommendations for Single Point Mooring, manifolds and associated equipment. (Smit Brackets are not acceptable);

(ii) the Vessel’s air draught shall not exceed 47.9 metres at any time; and

(iii) the Vessel shall present 2x16 inch manifolds on the port side.

(c) Owners undertake that the Vessel shall discharge a full cargo, as defined in Clause 19 of this Charter, within twenty-four (24) hours, or pro rata thereof in respect of a part cargo, from the commencement of pumping, or that the Vessel shall maintain a minimum discharge pressure of seven (7) bar at the Vessel’s manifold throughout the period of discharge, provided that the receiving facilities are capable of accepting discharge of the cargo within such time or at such pressure. If additional crude oil washing is requested by Charterers then the period referred to in the first paragraph under Clause 19.3.2 of this Charter shall be increased by twenty-five percent (25%).

(d) The receiving facilities at Genoa shall have the right to gauge the discharge pressure at the Vessel’s manifold by whatever means they deem appropriate including, but not limited to, installation of duly certified portable pressure recorders outboard of the Vessel’s manifold. The pressure graph shall be signed jointly by a senior officer of the Vessel and a Terminal representative (and, if applicable, a Charterers’ representative) on completion of discharge. The pressure graph shall constitute evidence of the pumping performance of the Vessel for the purpose of this Clause.

44. BP Grangemouth Clause DELETED.

45. BP Hamble Clause DELETED.

 

21


46. BP Isle of Grain Clause DELETED.

47. BP Jebel Dhanna Clause

If the Vessel is to load or discharge at Jebel Dhanna and/or Ruwais Petroleum Port, Owners undertake that:

(a) the Master shall advise ADCO/ADPPOC of the Vessel’s ETA at Jebel Dhanna/Ruwais 72 hours, 48 hours, 24 hours and 12 hours prior to the Vessel’s arrival, in addition to the requirements of Clause 4 of this Charter.

(b) the Vessel shall, inter alia, comply with the following requirements:-

(i) the Vessel’s air conditioning system shall be fully operational during the summer months (from the 1st of April until the 30th September, both dates included);

(ii) all portholes, windows and doors shall be kept closed and all access doors shall be closed after use;

(iii) positive pressure shall be maintained in the accommodation with the air conditioning on recirculation; and

(iv) the Master shall not permit any diesel generators to be operated on deck during cargo operations.

48. BP Libya Clause

(a) If the Vessel is to load at a port in Libya, Owners undertake that the Vessel shall, inter alia, comply with the following requirements: -

(i) The Master shall, upon sailing from the last port of call, inform the agents in Libya of the following vessel information: -

(aa) name,

(bb) call sign,

(cc) nationality/flag,

(dd) name and address of Owners,

(ee) name and nationality of the Master,

(ff) number of crew and passengers,

(gg) gross tonnage, net tonnage, summer DWT,

(hh) LOA,

(ii) beam,

(jj) name of last port,

(kk) date and time of sailing last port,

(11) name of next port in Libya,

(mm) type of cargo to be loaded/discharged and (nn) ETA.

(ii) 24 hours before the Vessel’s arrival at one of the designated Libyan approach reporting points, the Master should forward the above details to the nearest Coast Guard Station and again to the Libyan agents. In addition, the following information should also be supplied:- (1) position, (2) speed, (3) course, (4) Approach Reporting Point to be used, (5) sea condition, (6) Vessel condition.

 

22


(iii) the Vessel shall have on board the discharge certificate in respect of the last cargo of crude or products, if any, which she loaded at a Libyan port. This certificate shall have been countersigned by the relevant authorities at the port at which the Vessel discharged such cargo.

(b) Any delays arising as a result of Owners’ failure to comply with this Clause shall count as a period off hire and Charterers shall be entitled to recover, by deduction from hire, any losses, damages, costs or expenses arising as a result of Owners’ failure so to comply.

49. BP Ras Tanura Clause

(a) If the Vessel is to load at either the Ras Tanura and/or Juaymah terminals, Owners undertake that the Vessel shall, inter alia, comply with the following requirements: -

(i) when berthing, the Vessel trim shall not exceed 0.7% of the ships length by the stern at a Single Buoy Mooring (“SBM”), or 1.5% of the ships length by the stern at a sea island or jetty, with the propeller fully immersed. The maximum stern trim of the Vessel at all other times shall be no more than 1.5% of its length overall, with the propeller fully immersed. The Vessel shall be able either to load, deballast or load and deballast simultaneously, in order to maintain the requisite stern trim;

(ii) the Vessel shall be capable of deballasting within a time which Saudi Aramco considers normal; and

(iii) until such time as the Vessel is safely alongside, she shall retain on board a quantity of clean ballast sufficient to ensure safe handling during her passage to the berth.

(b) If the Vessel is to load at an SBM at Juaymah, Owners undertake that the Vessel shall, inter alia, comply with the following additional requirements:-

(i) the Vessel shall comply in all respects with the OCIMF recommendations for mooring at SBMs and all the OCIMF recommendations in respect of manifolds and associated equipment;

(ii) the Vessel shall be fitted with a minimum of two (2) bow chain stoppers; and

(iii) the Vessel shall have a hose-handling crane or derrick with a minimum safe working load of 15 tonnes.

(c) If the Vessel is to load at a sea island or jetty at Ras Tanura, Owners undertake that the Vessel shall, inter alia, comply with the following additional requirements:-

 

23


(i) wire lines shall be reeled on to winches with brakes set at sixty (60) % of MBL and deployed as follows: -

 

SDWT

   Wire lines required    Recommended

75-160,000 tonnes

   8    12

161- 250,000 tonnes

   10    12

251-300,000 tonnes

   12    14

301-350,000 tonnes

   12    16

Over 350,000 tonnes

   14    16

(ii) all mooring equipment shall comply with the OCIMF recommended standards appropriate to the size of the Vessel.

50. BP Rotterdam Clause

If the Vessel is to discharge at the NEREFCO Terminal in Rotterdam, Owners undertake that the Vessel shall comply with the following requirements:-

(a) the Vessel’s inert gas pressure shall be reduced to a minimum, positive safe level in accordance with the port requirements prior to arrival at Rotterdam; and

(b) the height of the Vessel’s manifold shall throughout discharging be a maximum of 25 metres above sea level.

51. BP Sidi Kerir Clause

If the Vessel is to load at Sidi Kerir, Owners undertake that the Vessel shall comply with the following requirements:-

(a) the Vessel shall carry on board an up to date copy of Chart No. BA 3325; on arrival the stern trim of the Vessel shall not exceed 3 metres, with the propeller completely immersed;

(b) whilst moored to the buoy, at no such time shall the vessels trim exceed 4.5 meters at the stern;

(c) the Vessel must maintain a minimum of 25% SDWT at all times;

(d) the Vessel shall be able to load and deballast simultaneously whilst maintaining proper cargo/cargo and cargo/ballast segregation;

(e) the Vessel shall be equipped with Bow Panama Fairlead in accordance with OCIMF recommendations for vessels mooring to SBM’s;

(f) the Vessel shall contact the Terminal (as such term is defined under Clause 6.3.3 of this Charter) no later than six (6) hours prior to her arrival, and be prepared to increase the quantity of ballast on board should the prevailing weather conditions deem it necessary;

(g) the Vessel shall be equipped with a derrick/crane with a minimum SWL 10mt;

 

24


(h) the Vessel shall present 3 x 16 inch 150 ASA manifold flanges on the port side.

52. BP Sullom Voe Clause

(a) If the Vessel is to load at Sullom Voe, Owners undertake that the Vessel shall, inter alia, comply with the following requirements:-

(i) the Vessel shall have a minimum of 35% of its current summer deadweight comprising of ballast, bunkers, stores and water;

the Vessel shall be equipped with an aft facing accommodation ladder complying with the Merchant Shipping (Pilot Ladders and Hoists) Regulations 1987, and be in compliance with SOLAS Chapter 5, Regulation 23, Section 3.1.5 (the lower end of the accommodation ladder shall rest firmly against the Vessel’s side with the gangway secured);

the Vessel shall be equipped with either a pure wire mooring system or an equivalent synthetic mooring system. If rope tails are fitted to mooring wires they shall have a breaking strength of a minimum of 25% greater than the breaking load of the pure wires. All moorings and mooring operations shall be conducted in accordance with the OCIMF “Guidelines and Recommendations for the Safe Mooring Of Large Ships at Piers and Sea Islands”. Mooring operations shall be under the control of the pilot and the Vessel’s crew shall not heave up on the mooring lines until instructed to do so.

(iv) the Vessel shall present manifolds of 16 inch diameter, class ASA 150 with a minimum 500 mm between flanges or reducer / spool pieces such that the quick closing coupler may operate without restrictions; and

(v) the Vessel shall be capable of loading cargo at a rate greater than the following minimum bulk rates and of deballasting within the following maximum periods as appropriate:-

 

Ship’s Size (Tonnes SDWT)

   Minimum Cargo
Loading Rate
   Maximum
Deballasting
Time

Up to 81,283

   7.5% of SDWT/Hour    5 hrs 30 mins

81,284 to 162,567

   6.6% of SDWT/Hour    8 hrs 40 mins

162,568 to 325,134

   5.8% of SDWT/Hour    11 hrs 10 mins

Over 325,135

   4.5% of SDWT/Hour    13 hrs

(b) If the Vessel’s cargo acceptance rate is less than the relevant minimum rate specified above or if her deballasting time exceeds the relevant maximum time specified above the excess time required to complete loading shall count as a period off hire and Charterers shall be entitled to recover, by deduction from hire, any losses, damages, costs or expenses arising as a result of Owners’ failure so to load.

 

25


53. BP Trieste Clause

(a) If the Vessel is to discharge at Trieste, Owners undertake that the Vessel shall, inter alia, comply with the following requirements:-

(i) further to the provisions of Clause 12 of this Charter, the cargo on board the Vessel shall remain sealed and shall be kept under positive inert gas pressure, throughout the Vessel’s stay alongside the berth;

(ii) the inert gas plant is in full working condition with all associated equipment satisfactorily inspected and tested, the scrubber outflow being, at all times free of soot; and

(iii) the Vessel shall be equipped with closed ullaging/sampling/dipping points, which are to have approved calibrations.

(b) Owners further undertake that all cargo and crude oil washing lines and associated equipment have been satisfactorily inspected and tested within 30 days of the Vessel’s arrival at Trieste. In particular, but without prejudice to the foregoing, the pressure test is not to have revealed any leaks or abnormalities in the systems. All associated control equipment and instrumentation shall be fully operational.

(c) Owners further undertake that the Vessel conforms to all requirements under European Council Directive 95/21/EC (incorporated into English Law under the Merchant Shipping (Port State Control) Regulations 1995).

(d) If, when the Vessel is inspected by the authorities to ascertain compliance with the said Directive, the Vessel is delayed by reason of non-compliance with any requirement thereunder, then the period of any such delay shall not count as laytime or, if the Vessel is on demurrage, as demurrage.

(e) The foregoing shall in no way to be construed as a representation by Charterers as to the relevant port requirements, nor shall Owners’ compliance with the above relieve Owners of their obligations under this Charter.

54. BP Turkish Straits Clause

(a) For the duration of this Charter, if the Vessel is to proceed, whether laden or in ballast, through the Straight of Istanbul (the Bosphorus), Sea of Marmara and /or the Strait of Canakkale (the Dardanelle’s) (hereinafter collectively described as the ‘Turkish Straits’), Owners undertake that they, the Master and the Vessel shall, inter alia, comply with all rules, regulations and recommendations contained in the “Maritime Traffic Regulations for the Turkish Straits and the Marmara Region, 1998” as amended or re-issued from time to time and the “Strait of Istanbul, Sea of Marmara and the Strait of Canakkale Routeing Guide, No.9000 of 1999”, as amended or re-issued from time to time, and in particular (without prejudice to the generality of the forgoing), comply with the following provisions:

(i) the Master shall familiarise himself, and comply with all rules, regulations and recommendations laid down in any ship/traffic reporting schemes in operation during the period of this charter for the transiting of the “Turkish Straits”, and

 

26


(ii) the Vessel shall take qualified Pilots for the transit of both the Straits of Istanbul (the Bosphorus) and the Straits of Canakkale (the Dardanelle’s), and

(iii) Vessels having a maximum draft of 15 metres or more and/or having an overall length of 200 meters or more shall navigate both the Straits of Istanbul (the Bosphorus) and/or the Straits of Canakkale (the Dardanelle’s) in daylight only, and

(b) Owners shall ensure that the Master and Vessel comply with the forgoing provisions on each and every occasion on which the Vessel transits the “Turkish Straits” in connection with the performance of their obligations under this Charter, including for the avoidance of doubt when transiting the “Turkish Straits”:

(i) from west to east in order to load a cargo or part cargo hereunder and/or

(ii) from east to west, having discharged a cargo or part cargo hereunder.

in each case, unless the Vessel is at the time of transit under charter to a party other than the Charterers.

(c) Owners shall appoint Charterers’ Agents/Pilots at Istanbul, and such Agents/Pilots shall be employed, instructed and paid by Charterers,

55. BP Magellan Straits Routing Clause

Owners warrant that the Vessel will not route via the Magellan Straits when transiting from The Southern Atlantic Ocean to the Southern Pacific Ocean, or vice versa.

56. BP Baltic Routing Clause

If, in the course of performing this Charter (including any ballast passage from the last discharge port under any previous fixture, prior to delivery to Charterers), the Vessel proceeds to or from the Baltic Sea, including the East coast of Denmark and the West coast of Sweden, whether laden or in ballast, Owners warrant that they will comply with the following provisions with regard to routing and the use of pilots:

(a) Laden Vessels of 40,000dwt or greater

(i) A Pilot must be employed by the Vessel, in line with the IMO Ships Routing (7 th Edition), on any inward passage from the Skaw and on any outward passage to the Skaw, if proceeding to or from:

(aa) East Coast of Jutland or Belt ports;

(bb) Baltic ports, if the Vessel is required by virtue of its draught to transit the Great Belt. Deep draughted vessels must use “Route T” designated by the Danish Government, and be guided by the Pilot’s advice.

 

27


(ii) A Sea Pilot shall be employed by the Vessel when proceeding along the Swedish coast towards Hoganas/Elsinore.

(iii) Vessels outward bound from the Baltic must embark a Pilot at Bornholm. (IMO recommends all vessels with a draught of 11 meters should engage local pilotage services).

(b) Laden Vessels of less than 40,000 dwt

(i) Sea pilotage is optional. If deemed necessary by the Master, a Pilot may be employed by the Vessel on inward passage from the Skaw and on outward passage to the Skaw. However, a Pilot must be employed by the Vessel, in line with the IMO Ships Routing (7 th Edition), on inward passage from Grenna and on outward passage to Grenna if proceeding to or from:

(aa) East Coast of Jutland or Belt ports;

(bb) Baltic ports, if the Vessel is required by virtue of its draught to transit the Great Belt. Deep draughted vessels must use “Route T” designated by the Danish Government, and be guided by the Pilot’s advice; or

(cc) when navigating The Sound

(ii) A Sea Pilot shall be employed by Vessels proceeding along the Swedish Coast towards Hoganas/Elsinore.

(iii) Vessels outward bound from the Baltic may embark a pilot at Bornholm, but must embark a pilot from Gedser

(c) Vessels of 40,000 dwt or greater, in ballast

(i) Sea pilotage is optional. If deemed necessary by the Master, a Pilot may be employed by the Vessel on inward passage from the Skaw and on outward passage to the Skaw. However, a Pilot must be employed by the Vessel, in line with the IMO Ships Routing (7 th Edition), on inward passage from Grenna and on outward passage to Grenna if proceeding to or from:

(aa) East Coast of Jutland or Belt ports; or

(bb) Baltic ports, if the Vessel is required by virtue of its draught to transit the Great Belt. Deep draughted vessels must use “Route T” designated by the Danish Government, and be guided by the Pilot’s advice.

(ii) Vessels outward bound from the Baltic may embark a pilot at Bornholm, but must embark a pilot from Gedser.

(iii) Such Vessels shall not transit of The Sound.

(d) Vessels less than 40,000 dwt, in ballast

 

28


(i) Sea pilotage is optional. If deemed necessary by the Master, a Pilot may be employed by the Vessel on inward passage from the Skaw and on outward passage to the Skaw. However, a Pilot shall be employed by the Vessel, in line with the IMO Ships Routing (7th Edition), when navigating The Sound.

(ii) For Southbound transit of The Sound pilots must be embarked from Elsinore to Drogden. For Northbound transit of The Sound pilots must be embarked from Drogden to Elsinore.

(iii) For ballasted passages using the Great Belt, pilotage is not required. However, Masters should be guided by advice relating to pilotage from Charterers’ agents when proceeding between ports in this area, or when ice conditions indicate that additional pilotage advice may be necessary.

Notwithstanding anything provided in this clause, pilots ordered in accordance thereto shall be for Charterers accounts.

57. TOPIA 2006 Clause (Issued 6th November 2006)

Owners warrant that they are a Participating Owner (as defined in the Tanker Oil Pollution Indemnification Agreement 2006 (TOPIA 2006)) and that the vessel is entered in TOPIA 2006 and shall so remain throughout the period of this Charter, provided always that:-

i) the Vessel is and remains a Relevant Ship as defined in clause III of TOPIA 2006; and

ii) TOPIA 2006 is not terminated in accordance with clause IX of that agreement.

OWNERS CLAUSES

Marine growth

If the Vessel stays or is laid up for more than 20 days in a port and/or anchorage and/or berth, then Owners to notify Charterers that the Vessel’s performance may be affected and Owners will not be responsible for changes in the Vessel’s description of speed and consumptions, until the Vessel’s hull has been scrubbed which Owners shall arrange at their and Charterers’ earliest convenience, and which shall be at Charterers’ time and expense.(see clause 21 of main terms).

Additional trading exemptions

The vessel is not to be used as a shuttle tanker however Owners are willing to discuss use of the vessel as a shuttle tanker subject to mutual agreement of revised terms and conditions which shall include revision of the commercial terms.

 

29


ADDENDUM NO. TO 1

M.T. “SENATORE”

TIME CHARTER PARTY DATED LONDON 20 TH JULY 2007

IT IS HEREBY MUTUALLY UNDERSTOOD AND AGREED between SENATORE SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED of Ajeltake Road - Ajeltake Island, Majuro MH 96960 Marshall Islands, Owners, and BP SHIPPING LIMITED,

Charterers, under Time Charter Party dated London 20th July 2007, that:

 

1. A commission of 1.25% is payable to H. Clarkson & Co. Ltd.

 

2. Except as herein provided and so far as maybe otherwise necessary to give effect to the foregoing provisions, the terms, conditions and exceptions of the Time Charter Party shall remain unaltered.

WITNESS TO THE SIGNATURE OF

 

LOGO

   

/s/ Alberto Faraldo

    Alberto Faraldo - Director
WITNESS TO THE SIGNATURE OF    

LOGO

   

LOGO

CHARTERING MANAGER    
Addendum No. 1    
London, 30 th  January 2009     Executed in Duplicate


ADDENDUM NO. TO 2

M.T. “SENATORE”

TIME CHARTER PARTY DATED LONDON 20 TH JULY 2007

IT IS HEREBY MUTUALLY UNDERSTOOD AND AGREED between SENATORE SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED of Ajeltake Road - Ajeltake Island, Majuro MH 96960 Marshall Islands, Owners, and BP SHIPPING LIMITED, Charterers, under Time Charter Party dated London 20th July 2007, that:

 

1. Goa transit

Vessel to have the liberty to join the first available convoy/controlled routes in force in Goa and to remain fully on hire during all waiting time necessary to exercise the liberty as above — Owners/Master must always exercise their best endeavor to minimize delays.

For sake of clarity, if Owners/Master cause the vessel to miss the first available convoy once arrived at the joining area, all time lost waiting for the next convoy will be for Owners’ account.

It is agreed that in the event of capture vessel to remain on-hire except where off-hire provisions apply under governing Time Charter Party and/or where some other exception under the charter may apply (e.g. Owners’ breach), unless such off-hire arises as a direct consequence of the kidnapping. Owners re-confirmed that the vessel will follow the GUIDANCE TO THE INTERNATIONAL MARITIME COMMUNITY OPERATING IN THE GULF OF ADEN Issued by the Maritime Security Centre -EU NAVFOR SOMALIA (website www.mschoa. org ).

/cont. LOGO


2. Except as herein provided and so far as maybe otherwise necessary to give effect to the foregoing provisions, the terms, conditions and exceptions of the Time Charter Party and Addendum No. 1 shall remain unaltered.

 

WITNESS TO THE SIGNATURE OF    

LOGO

   

/s/ Alberto Faraldo

    Alberto Faraldo - Director
WITNESS TO THE SIGNATURE OF    

 

   

 

Addendum No. 2    
London. 12 th  February 2009     Executed in Duplicate

 

2

Exhibit 10.5

LOGO

 

LOGO

  1.  

Date of Agreement

December 1, 2009

   

THE BALTIC AND INTERNATIONAL MARITIME COUNCIL (BIMCO)

 

  LOGO
       

STANDARD SHIP MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

 

CODE NAME: “SHIPMAN 98”

 

Part I

 

  2.  

Owners (name, place of registered office and law of registry) ( Cl.1 )

 

 

3.

 

 

 

Managers (name, place of registered office and law of registry) ( Cl.1 )

 

   

Name

Noemi Shipping Company Limited

   

Name

Scorpio Commercial Management sam

   

Place of registered office

Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, MH96960 Marshall Islands

   

Place of registered office

9 blvd Charles III, MC98000 Monaco

   

Law of registry

Marshall Islands

   

Law of registry

Principality of Monaco

  4.  

Day and year of commencement of Agreement ( Cl.2 )

December 1, 2009

  5.  

Crew Management (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) ( Cl.3.1 )

N O

  6.  

Technical Management (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) ( Cl.3.2 )

NO

  7.  

Commercial Management (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) ( Cl.3.3 )

YES

  8.  

Insurance Arrangements (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) ( Cl.3.4 )

NO

  9.  

Accounting Services (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) ( Cl.3.5 )

YES

  10.  

Sale or purchase of the Vessel (state “yes ” or “no” as agreed) ( Cl.3.6 )

NO

  11.  

Provisions (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) ( Cl.3.7 )

NO

  12.  

Bunkering (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) ( Cl.3.8 )

YES

  13.  

Chartering Services Period (only to be filled in if “yes” stated in Box 7) ( Cl.3.3(i) )

YES, up to twelve (12) months

  14.  

Owners’ Insurance (state alternative ( i ), ( ii ) or ( iii ) of Cl.6.3 )

Alternative 6.3(ii) to apply

  15.  

Annual Management Fee (state annual amount) ( Cl.8.1 )

see clause 8.1

  16.  

Severance Costs (state maximum amount) ( Cl.8.4(ii) )

N/A

  17.  

Day and year of termination of Agreement ( Cl.17 )

See Cl . 17

  18.  

Law and Arbitration (state alternative 19.1 , 19.2 or 19.3 ; if 19.3 place of arbitration must be stated) (Cl.19)

19.1

  19.  

Notices (state postal and cable address, telex and telefax number for serving notice and communication to the Owners) ( Cl.20 )

Noemi Shipping Company Limited

c/o Scorpio Ship Management sam

9 blvd Charles III

MC98000 Monaco

Phone +377 97985700

Fax +977 92057045

e-mail: management@scorpio.mc

  20.  

Notices (state postal and cable address, telex and telefax number for serving notice and communication to the Managers) ( Cl. 20 )

9 blvd Charles III

MC98000 Monaco

phone +377 97985850

fax +377 97985858

e-mail: management@scorpiogroup.net

It is mutually agreed between the party stated in Box 2 and the party stated in Box 3 that this Agreement consisting of PART I and PART II as well as Annexes “A” (Details of Vessel), “B” (Details of Crew), “C” (Budget) and “D” (Associated vessels) attached hereto, shall be performed subject to the conditions contained herein. In the event of a conflict of conditions, the provisions of PART I and Annexes “A” , “B” , “C” and “D” shall prevail over those of PART II to the extent of such conflict but no further.

LOGO

This document is a computer generated SHIPMAN 98 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to this form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.


PART II

“SHIPMAN 98” Standard Ship Management Agreement

1. Definitions

In this Shipman 98 form (together with any Additional Clauses of even date herewith and any Schedules thereto (the “Agreement”)) save where the context otherwise requires, the following words and expressions shall have the meanings hereby assigned to them.

Owners ” means the party identified in Box 2 .

Managers ” means the party identified in Box 3 .

Vessel ” means the vessel or vessels details of which are set out in Annex “A” attached hereto.

Crew ” means the Master, officers and ratings of the numbers, rank and nationality specified in Annex “B” attached hereto.

Crew Support Costs ” means all expenses of a general nature which are not particularly referable to any individual vessel for the time being managed by the Managers and which are incurred by the Managers for the purpose of providing an efficient and economic management service and, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, shall include the cost of crew standby pay, training schemes for officers and ratings, cadet training schemes, sick pay, study pay, recruitment and interviews.

Severance Costs ” means the costs which the employers are legally obliged to pay to or in respect of the Crew as a result of the early termination of any employment contract for service on the Vessel.

Crew Insurances ” means insurances against crew risks which shall include but not be limited to death, sickness, repatriation, injury, shipwreck unemployment indemnity and loss of personal effects.

Management Services ” means the services specified in sub-clauses 3.1 to 3.8 as indicated affirmatively in Boxes 5 to 12 .

ISM Code ” means the International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention as adopted by the International Maritime Organization (IMO) by resolution A.741(18) or any subsequent amendment thereto.

STCW 95 ” means the International Convention on Standards of Training, Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers, 1978, as amended in 1995 or any subsequent amendment thereto.

2. Appointment of Managers

With effect from the day and year stated in Box 4 and continuing unless and until terminated as provided herein, the Owners hereby appoint the Managers and the Managers hereby agree to act as the Managers of the Vessel in accordance with the provisions and the recitals of this Agreement.

3. Basis of Agreement

Subject to the terms and conditions herein provided, during the period of this Agreement, the Managers shall carry out Management Services in respect of the Vessel as agents for and on behalf of the Owners. The Managers shall have authority to take such actions as they may from time to time in their absolute discretion consider to be necessary to enable them to perform this Agreement in accordance with sound ship management practice.

3.1 Crew Management

(only applicable if agreed according to Box 5 )

The Managers shall provide suitably qualified Crew for the Vessel as required by the Owners in accordance with the STCW 95 requirements, provision of which includes but is not limited to the following functions:

 

  (i) selecting and engaging the Vessel’s Crew, including payroll arrangements, pension administration, and insurances for the Crew other than those mentioned in Clause 6 ;

 

  (ii) ensuring that the applicable requirements of the law of the flag of the Vessel are satisfied in respect of manning levels, rank, qualification and certification of the Crew and employment regulations including Crew’s tax, social insurance, discipline and other requirements;

 

  (iii) ensuring that all members of the Crew have passed a medical examination with a qualified doctor certifying that they are fit for the duties for which they are engaged and are in possession of valid medical certificates issued in accordance with appropriate flag State requirements. In the absence of applicable flag State requirements the medical certificate shall be dated not more than three months prior to the respective Crew members leaving their country of domicile and maintained for the duration of their service on board the Vessel;

 

  (iv) ensuring that the Crew shall have a command of the English language of a sufficient standard to enable them to perform their duties safely;

 

  (v) arranging transportation of the Crew, including repatriation;

 

  (vi) training of the Crew and supervising their efficiency;

 

  (vii) conducting union negotiations;

 

  (viii) operating the Managers’ drug and alcohol policy unless otherwise agreed.

3.2 Technical Management

(only applicable if agreed according to Box 6 )

The Managers shall provide technical management which includes, but is not limited to, the following functions :

 

  (i) provision of competent personnel to supervise the maintenance and general efficiency of the Vessel;

 

  (ii) arrangement and supervision of dry dockings, repairs, alterations and the upkeep of the Vessel to the standards required by the Owners provided that the Managers shall be entitled to incur the necessary expenditure to ensure that the Vessel will comply with the law of the flag of the Vessel and of the places where she trades, and all requirements and recommendations of the classification Society;

 

  (iii) arrangement of the supply of necessary stores, spares and lubricating oil;

 

  (iv ) appointment of surveyors and technical consultants as the Managers may consider from time to time to be necessary;

 

  (v) development, implementation and maintenance of a Safety Management System (SMS) in accordance with ISM Code (see sub-clauses 4.2 and 5.3 ).

3.3 Commercial Management

(only applicable if agreed according to Box 7 )

The Managers shall provide the commercial operation of the Vessel, as required by the Owners, which includes, but is not limited to, the following functions:

 

  (i) providing chartering services in accordance with the Owners’ instructions which include, but are not limited to, seeking and negotiating employment for the Vessel and conclusion (including the execution thereof) of charter parties or other contracts exceeds the period stated in Box 13 , consent thereto in writing shall first be obtained from the Owners.

 

  (ii) arranging of the proper payment to Owners or their nominees of all hire and/or freight revenues or other moneys of whatsoever nature to which Owners may be entitled arising out of the employment of or otherwise in connection with the Vessel.

 

  (iii) providing voyage estimates and accounts and calculating of hire, freights, demurrage and/or dispatch moneys due from or due to the charterers of the Vessel;

 

  (iv ) issuing of voyage instructions, including but not limited to, authorizing the Master to release cargo;

 

  (v) appointing agents;

 

  (vi) appointing stevedores;

 

  (vii) arranging surveys associated with the commercial operation of the Vessel.

3.4 Insurance Arrangements’

(only applicable if agreed according to Box 8 )

 

This document is a computer generated SHIPMAN 98 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.


PART II

“SHIPMAN 98” Standard Ship Management Agreement

 

The Managers shall arrange insurances in accordance with Clause 6, on such terms and conditions as the Owners shall have instructed or agreed, in particular regarding conditions, insured values, deductibles and franchises.

3.5 Accounting Services

(only applicable if agreed according to Box 9 )

The Managers shall:

 

  (i) establish an accounting system which meets the requirements of the Owners and will provide for regular accounting services, supply regular monthly reports and records,

 

  (ii) maintain the records of all costs and expenditure incurred as well as data necessary or proper for the settlement of accounts between the parties.

3.6 Sale or Purchase of the Vessel

(only applicable if agreed according to Box 10 )

The Managers shall, in accordance with the Owners’ instructions, supervise the sale or purchase of the Vessel, including the performance of any sale or purchase agreement, but not negotiation of the same.

3.7 Provisions (only applicable if agreed according to Box 11 )

The Managers shall arrange for the supply of provisions.

3.8 Bunkering (only applicable if agreed according to Box 12 )

The Managers shall arrange for the provision of bunker fuel of the quality specified by the Owners as required for the Vessel’s trade.

4. Managers’ Obligations

4.1 The Managers undertake to use their best endeavours to provide the agreed Management Services as agents for and on behalf of the Owners in accordance with sound ship management practice and to protect and promote the interests of the Owners in all matters relating to the provision of services hereunder.

Provided, however, that the Managers in the performance of their management responsibilities under this Agreement shall be entitled to have regard to their overall responsibility in relation to all vessels as may from time to time be entrusted to their management and in particular, but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the Managers shall be entitled to allocate available supplies, manpower and services in such manner as in the prevailing circumstances the Managers in their absolute discretion consider to be fair and reasonable.

4.2 Where the Managers are providing Technical Management in accordance with sub-clause 3.2 , they shall procure that the requirements of the law of the flag of the Vessel are satisfied and they shall in particular be deemed to be the “Company” as defined by the ISM Code, assuming the responsibility for the operation of the Vessel and taking over the duties and responsibilities imposed by the ISM Code when applicable.

5. Owners’ Obligations

5.1 The Owners shall pay all sums due to the Managers punctually in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

5.2 Where the Managers are providing Technical Management in accordance with sub-clause 3.2, the Owners shall:

 

  (i) procure that all officers and ratings supplied by them or on their behalf comply with the requirements of STCW 95;

 

  (ii) instruct such officers and ratings to obey all reasonable orders of the Managers in connection with the operation of the Managers’ safety management system.

5.3 Where the Managers are not providing Technical Management in accordance with sub-clause 3.2 , the Owners shall procure that the requirements of the law of the flag of the Vessel are satisfied and that they, or such other entity as may be appointed by them and identified to the Managers, shall be deemed to be the “Company” as defined by the ISM Code assuming the responsibility for the operation of the Vessel and taking over the duties and responsibilities imposed by the ISM Code when applicable.

6. Insurance Policies

The Owners shall procure, whether by instructing the Managers under sub-clause 3.4 or otherwise , that throughout the period of this Agreement:

6.1 at the Owners’ expense, the Vessel is insured for not less than her sound market value or entered for her full gross tonnage, as the case may be for:

 

  (i) usual hull and machinery marine risks (including crew negligence) and excess liabilities;

 

  (ii) protection and indemnity risks (including pollution risks and Crew insurances); and

 

  (iii) war risks (including protection and indemnity and crew risks) in accordance with the best practice of prudent owners of vessels of a similar type of the Vessel, with first class insurance companies, underwriters or associations (“the Owners’ Insurances”);

6.2 all premiums and calls on the Owners’ Insurances are paid promptly by their due date,

6.3 the Owners’ Insurances name the Managers and, subject to underwriters’ agreement, any third party designated by the Managers as a joint assured, with full cover, with the Owners obtaining cover in respect of each of the insurances specified in sub-clause 6.1 :

 

  (i) on terms whereby the Managers and any such third party are reliable in respect of premiums or calls arising in connection with the Owners’ Insurances; or

 

  (ii) if reasonably obtainable, on terms such that neither the Managers nor any such third party shall be under any liability in respect of premiums or calls arising in connection with the Owners’ insurances; or

 

  (iii) on such other terms as may be agreed in writing . Indicate alternative (i), (ii) or (iii) in Box 14 . If Box 14 is left blank then (i) applies.

6.4 written evidence is provided, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Managers, of their compliance with their obligation under Clause 6 within a reasonable time of the commencement of the Agreement, and of each renewal date and, if specifically

requested, of each payment date of the Owners’ Insurances.

7. Income Collected and Expenses Paid on Behalf of Owners

7.1 All moneys, if any , collected by the Managers under the terms of this Agreement (other than moneys payable by the Owners to the Managers) and any interest thereon shall be held to the credit of the Owners in a separate bank account.

7.2 All expenses, if any, incurred by the Managers under the terms of this Agreement on behalf of the Owners (including expenses as provided in Clause 8 ) may be debited against the Owners in the account referred to under sub-clause 7.1 but shall in any event remain payable by the Owners to the Managers on demand.

8. Management Fee

8.1 When the Vessel is trading in the Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool, the Managers shall be remunerated in accordance with the provisions of the governing pool agreement. Otherwise, when the Vessel is not trading in the Pool, The Owners shall pay to the Managers for their services as Managers under this Agreement

 

  (i) an annual flat management fee of US$250 per day pro rate as stated in Box 15 which shall be payable by equal monthly installments in advance , ; and the first installment being payable on the commencement of this Agreement (see Clause 2 and Box 4 ) and subsequent installments being payable every month.

8.2 The management fee shall be subject to an annual review on the anniversary date of the Agreement and the proposed fee shall be presented in the annual budget referred to in sub-clause 9.1.

 

This document is a computer generated SHIPMAN 98 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.


PART II

“SHIPMAN 98” Standard Ship Management Agreement

 

(ii) for providing chartering services in accordance clause 3.3(i) a commission of 1.25% on all monies earned by the Owners on each Vessel fixture.

8.3 The Managers shall, at no extra cost to the Owners, provide their own office accommodation, office staff, facilities and stationery. Without limiting the generality of Clause 7 the Owners shall reimburse the Managers for postage and communication expenses, travelling expenses, and other out of pocket expenses properly incurred by the Managers in pursuance of the Management Services.

8.4 In the event of the appointment of the Managers being terminated by the Owners or the Managers in accordance with the provisions of Clauses 17 and 18 other than by reason of default by the Managers, or if the Vessel is lost, sold or otherwise disposed of, the “management fee” payable to the Managers according to the provisions of sub-clause 8.1 , shall continue to be payable for a further period of three calendar months as from the termination date . In addition, provided that the Managers provide Crew for the Vessel in accordance with sub-clause 3.1 :

 

  (i) the Owners shall continue to pay Crew Support Costs during the said further period of three calendar months and

 

  (ii) the Owners shall pay an equitable proportion of any Severance Costs which may materialize, not exceeding the amount stated in Box 16 .

8.5 If the Owners decide to lay up the Vessel whilst this Agreement remains in force and such lay up lasts for more than three months, an appropriate reduction of the management fee for the period exceeding three months until one month before the Vessel is again put into service shall be mutually agreed between the parties.

8.6 Unless otherwise agreed in writing all discounts and commissions obtained by the Managers in the course of the management of the Vessel shall be credited to the Owners.

9. Budgets and Management of Funds

9.1 The Managers shall present to the Owners annually a budget for the following twelve months in such form as the Owners require. The budget for the first year hereof is set out in Annex “C” hereto. Subsequent annual budgets shall be prepared by the Managers and submitted to the Owners not less than three months before the anniversary date of the commencement of this Agreement (see Clause 2 and Box 4 ).

9.2 The Owners shall indicate to the Managers their acceptance and approval of the annual budget within one month of presentation and in the absence of any such indication the Managers shall be entitled to assume that the Owners have accepted the proposed budget.

9.3 Following the agreement of the budget, the Managers shall prepare and present to the Owners their estimate of the working capital requirement of the Vessel and the Managers shall each month up date this estimate. Based thereon, the Managers shall each month request the Owners in writing for the funds required to run the Vessel for the ensuing month, including the payment of any occasional or extraordinary item of expenditure, such as emergency repair costs, additional insurance premiums, bunkers or provisions. Such funds shall be received by the Managers within ten running days after the receipt by the Owners of the Managers’ written request and shall be held to the credit of the Owners in a separate bank account.

9. 4 The Managers shall produce a comparison between budgeted and actual income and expenditure of the Vessel in such form as required by the Owners monthly or at such other intervals as mutually agreed.

9.5 Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Managers shall in no circumstances be required to use or commit their own funds to finance the provision of the Management Services.

10. Managers’ Right to Sub-Contract

The Managers shall not have the right to sub-contract any of their obligations hereunder, including those mentioned in sub-clause 3.1 , without the prior written consent of the Owners which shall not be unreasonably withheld. In the event of such sub-contract the Managers shall remain fully liable for the due performance of their obligations under this Agreement.

11. Responsibilities

11.1 Force Majeure Neither the Owners nor the Managers shall be under any liability for any failure to perform any of their obligations hereunder by reason of any cause whatsoever of any nature or kind beyond their reasonable control.

11.2 Liability to Owners – (i) Without prejudice to sub-clause 11.1, the Managers shall be under no liability whatsoever to the Owners for any loss, damage, delay or expense of whatsoever nature, whether direct or indirect, (including but not limited to loss of profit arising out of or in connection with detention of or delay to the Vessel) and howsoever arising in the course of performance of the Management Services UNLESS same is proved to have resulted solely from the negligence, gross negligence or willful default of the Managers or their employees, or agents or sub-contractors employed by them in connection with the Vessel, in which case (save where loss, damage, delay or expense has resulted from the Managers’ personal act or omission committed with the intent to cause same or recklessly and with knowledge that such loss, damage, delay or expense would probably result) the Managers’ liability for each incident or series of incidents giving rise to a claims shall never exceed a total of ten five times the annual management fee payable hereunder.

(ii) Notwithstanding anything that may appear to the contrary in this Agreement, the Managers shall not be liable for any of the actions of the Crew, even such actions are negligent, grossly negligent or willful, except only to the extent that they are shown to have resulted from a failure by the Managers to discharge their obligations under sub-clause 3.1 , in which case their liability shall be limited in accordance with the terms of this Clause 11 .

11.3 Indemnity Except to the extent and solely for the amount therein set out that the Managers would be liable under sub-clause 11.2 , the Owners hereby undertake to keep the Managers and their employees, agents and sub-contractors indemnified and to hold them harmless against all actions, proceedings, claims, demands or liabilities whatsoever or howsoever arising which may be brought against them or incurred or suffered by them arising out of or in connection with the performance of the Agreement, and against and in respect of all costs, losses, damages and expenses (including legal costs and expenses on a full indemnity basis) which the Managers may suffer or incur (either directly or indirectly) in the course of the performance of this Agreement.

11.4 “Himalaya” It is hereby expressly agreed that no employee or agent of the Managers (including every sub-contractor from time to time employed by the Managers) shall in any circumstances whatsoever be under any liability whatsoever to the Owners for any loss, damage or delay of whatsoever kind arising or resulting directly or indirectly from any act, neglect or default on his part while acting in the course of or in connection with his employment and, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing provisions in this Clause 11 , every exemption, limitation, condition and liberty herein contained and every right, exemption from liability, defence and immunity of whatsoever nature applicable to the Managers or to which the Managers are entitled hereunder shall also be available and shall extend to protect every such employee or agent of the Managers acting as aforesaid and for the purpose of all the foregoing provisions of this Clause 11 the Managers are or shall be deemed to be

 

This document is a computer generated SHIPMAN 98 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.


PART II

“SHIPMAN 98” Standard Ship Management Agreement

 

acting as agent or trustee on behalf of and for the benefit of all persons who are or might be their servants or agents from time to time (including sub-contractors as aforesaid) and all such persons shall to this extent be or be deemed to be parties to this Agreement.

12. Documentation

Where the Managers are providing Technical Management in accordance with sub-clause 3.2 and/or Crew Management in accordance with sub-clause 3.1 , they shall make available upon Owners’ request, all documentation and records related to the Safety Management System (SMS) and/or the Crew which the Owners need in order to demonstrate compliance with ISM Code and STCW 95 or to defend a claim against a third party.

13. General Administration

13.1 The Managers shall handle and settle all claims arising out of the Management Services hereunder and keep the Owners informed regarding any incident of which the Managers become aware which gives or may give rise to claims or disputes involving third parties and individually are reasonably estimated to be in excess of US$15,000 .

13.2 The Managers shall, as instructed by the Owners, bring or defend actions, suits or proceedings in connection with matters entrusted to the Managers according to this Agreement and subject to the provisions of clause 13.1 hereto .

13.3 The Managers shall also have power to obtain legal or technical or other outside expert advice in relation to the handling and settlement of claims and disputes or all other matters affecting the interests of the Owners in respect of the Vessel, save Managers should obtain Owners approval prior to talking any action if time permits .

13.4 The Owners shall arrange for the provision of any necessary guarantee bond or other security.

13.5 Any costs reasonably incurred by the Managers in carrying out their obligations according to Clause 13 shall be reimbursed by the Owners.

14. Auditing

The Managers shall at all times maintain and keep true and correct accounts and shall make the same available for inspection and auditing by the Owners at such times as may be mutually agreed. On the termination, for whatever reasons, of this Agreement, the Managers shall release to the Owners, if so requested, the originals where possible, or otherwise certified copies, of all such accounts and all documents specifically relating to the Vessel and her operation.

15. Inspection of Vessel

The Owners shall have the right of any time after giving reasonable notice to the Managers to inspect the Vessel for any reason they consider necessary.

16. Compliance with Laws and Regulations

The managers will not do or permit to be done anything which might cause any breach or infringement of the laws and regulations of the Vessel’s flag, or of the places where she trades.

17. Duration of the Agreement

This Agreement shall come into effect on the day and year stated in Box 4 and shall remain in force and effect (unless earlier terminated in accordance with the terms of clause 18) for a minimum period of three (3) calendar years and thereafter shall continue indefinitely unless terminated in accordance with the provisions hereof, continue until the date stated in Box 17 . Thereafter it shall continue until terminated by Upon the expiration of the first calendar year either party giving may give to the other notice of termination in writing, in which event the Agreement shall terminate upon the expiration of a period of two months (2) calendar years from the date upon which such notice was given, Clause 18.6 will apply .

18. Termination

 

  18.1 Owners’ default

 

  (i) The Managers shall be entitled to terminate the Agreement with immediate effect by notice in writing if any moneys payable by the Owners under this Agreement and/or the owners of any associated vessel, details of which are listed in Annex “D” , shall not have been received in the Managers nominated account within ten running days of receipt by the Owners of the Managers written request or if the Vessel is repossessed by the Mortgagees.

 

  (ii) If the Owners:

 

  (a) fail to meet their obligations under sub-clauses 5.2 and 5.3 of this Agreement for any reason within their control, or

 

  (b) proceed with the employment of or continue to employ the Vessel in the carriage of contraband, blockade running, or in an unlawful trade, or on a voyage which in the reasonable opinion of the Managers is unduly hazardous or improper,

the Managers may give notice of the default to the Owners, requiring them to remedy it as soon as practically possible. In the event that the Owners fail to remedy it within a reasonable time to the satisfaction of the Managers, the Managers shall be entitled to terminate the Agreement with immediate effect by notice in writing.

 

  18.2 Managers’ Default

 

  (i) if the Managers fail to meet their obligations under Clauses 3 and 4 of this Agreement for any reason within the control of the Managers, the Owners may give notice to the Managers of the default, requiring them to remedy it as soon as practically possible. In the event that the Managers fail to remedy it within a reasonable time to the satisfaction of the Owners, the Owners shall be entitled to terminate the Agreement with immediate effect by notice in writing.

 

  (ii) if the Managers are convicted of, or admits guilt for, a crime, then the Owners shall be entitled to terminate the Agreement with immediate effect by notice in writing.

 

  18.3 Extraordinary Termination

This Agreement shall be deemed to be terminated in the case of the sale of the Vessel or if the Vessel becomes a total loss or is declared as a constructive or compromised or arranged total loss or is requisitioned.

 

  18.4 For the purpose of sub-clause 18.3 hereof

 

  (i) the date upon which the Vessel is to be treated as having been sold or otherwise disposed of shall be the date on which the Owners cease to be registered as Owners of the Vessel;

 

  (ii) the Vessel shall not be deemed to be lost unless either she has become an actual total loss or agreement has been reached with her underwrites in respect of her constructive, compromised or arranged total loss or if such agreement with her underwrites is not reached it is adjudged by a competent tribunal that a constructive loss of the Vessel has occurred.

18.5 This Agreement shall terminate forthwith in the event of an order being made or resolution passed for the winding up, dissolution, liquidation or bankruptcy of either party (otherwise than for the purpose of reconstruction or amalgamation) or if a receiver is appointed, or if it suspends payment, ceases to carry on business or makes any special arrangement or composition with its creditors.

18.6 The termination of this Agreement shall be without prejudice to all rights accrued due between the parties prior to the date of termination.

19. Law and Arbitration

19.1 This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in

 

This document is a computer generated Shipman 98 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.


PART II

“SHIPMAN 98” Standard Ship Management Agreement

 

accordance with English law and any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be referred to arbitration in London in accordance with the Arbitration Act 1996 or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof save to the extent necessary to give effect to the provisions of this Clause.

The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the London Maritime Arbitrators Association (LMAA) Terms current at the time when arbitration proceedings are commenced.

The referenced shall be to three arbitrators. A party wishing to refer a dispute to arbitration shall appoint its arbitrator and send notice of such appointment in writing to the other party requiring the other party to appoint its own arbitrator within 14 calendar days of that notice and stating that it will appoint its arbitrator as sole arbitrator unless the other party appoints its own arbitrator and gives notice that it has done so within the 14 days specified. If the other party does not appoint its own arbitrator and give notice that it has done so within the 14 days specified, the party referring a dispute to arbitration may, without the requirement of any further prior notice to the other party, appoint its arbitrator as sole arbitrator and shall advise the other party accordingly. The award of a sole arbitrator shall be binding on the both parties as if he had been appointed by agreement.

Nothing herein shall prevent the parties agreeing in writing to vary these provisions to provide for the appointment of a sole arbitrator.

In cases where neither the claim nor any counterclaim exceeds the sum of USD50,000 (or such other sum as the parties may agree) the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the LMAA Small Claims Procedure current at the time when the arbitration proceeding are commenced.

19.2 This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with Title 9 of the United States Code and the Maritime Law of the United States and any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be referred to three persons at New York, one to be appointed by each of the parties hereto, and the third by the two so chosen; their decision or that of any two of them shall be final, and for the purpose of enforcing any award, judgment may be entered on an award by any court of competent jurisdiction. The proceedings shall be conducted in accordance with the rules of the Society of Maritime Arbitrators, Inc.

In cases where neither the claim nor any counterclaim exceeds the sum of USD60,000 (or such other sum as the parties may agree) the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the Shortened Arbitration Procedure of the Society of Maritime Arbitrators, Inc. current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced.

19.3 This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the place mutually agreed by the parties and any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be referred to arbitration at a mutually agreed place, subject to the procedures applicable there.

19.4 If Box 18 in Part I is not appropriately filled in, sub-clause 19.1 of this Clause shall apply.

Note 19.1 19.2 and 19.3 are alternatives; indicate alternative agreed in Box 18.

20. Notices

20.1 Any notice to be given by either party to the other party shall be in writing and may be sent by fax, telex, registered or recorded mail or by personal service.

20.2 The address of the Parties for service of such communication shall be as stated in Boxes 19 and 20 , respectively.

Any Additional Clauses attached hereto together with any subsequent addenda, schedules, appendicies or otherwise, shall be construed as an integral part of this Agreement and shall be interpreted accordingly.

 

This document is a computer generated SHIPMAN 98 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.

Exhibit 10.6

LOGO

 

LOGO

  1.  

Date of Agreement

December 1, 2009

   

THE BALTIC AND INTERNATIONAL MARITIME COUNCIL (BIMCO)

 

  LOGO
       

STANDARD SHIP MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

 

CODE NAME: “SHIPMAN 98”

 

Part I

 

  2.  

Owners (name, place of registered office and law of registry) ( Cl. 1 )

 

 

3.

 

 

 

Managers (name, place of registered office and law of registry) ( Cl. 1 )

 

   

Name

Senatore Shipping Company Limited

   

Name

Scorpio Commercial Management sam

   

Place of registered office

Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, MH96960 Marshall Islands

   

Place of registered office

9 blvd Charles III, MC98000 Monaco

   

Law of registry

Marshall Islands

   

Law of registry

Principality of Monaco

  4.  

Day and year of commencement of Agreement ( Cl. 2 )

December 1, 2009

  5.  

Crew Management (state “yes” or “no” as agreed ( Cl. 3.1 )

N O

  6.  

Technical Management (state “yes “ or “no” as agreed) ( Cl. 3.2 )

NO

  7.  

Commercial Management (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) ( Cl. 3.3 )

YES

  8.  

Insurance Arrangements (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) ( Cl. 3.4 )

NO

  9.  

Accounting Services (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) ( Cl. 3.5 )

YES

  10.  

Sale or purchase of the Vessel (state “yes ” or “no” as agreed) ( Cl. 3.6 )

NO

  11.  

Provisions (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) ( Cl. 3.7 )

NO

  12.  

Bunkering (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) ( Cl. 3.8 )

YES

  13.  

Chartering Services Period (only to be filled in if “yes” stated in Box 7) ( Cl. 3.3(i) )

YES, up to twelve (12) months

  14.  

Owners’ Insurance (state alternative (i), (ii) or (iii) of ( Cl. 6.3 )

Alternative 6.3(ii) to apply

  15.  

Annual Management Fee (state annual amount) ( Cl. 8.1 )

see clause 8.1

  16.  

Severance Costs (state maximum amount) ( Cl. 8.4(ii) )

N/A

  17.  

Day and year of termination of Agreement ( Cl. 17 )

See Cl . 17

  18.  

Law and Arbitration (state alternative 19.1 , 19.2 or 19.3 ; if 19.3 place of arbitration must be stated) ( Cl. 19 )

19.1

  19.  

Notices (state postal and cable address, telex and telefax number for serving notice and communication to the Owners) ( Cl. 20 )

Noemi Shipping Company Limited

c/o Scorpio Ship Management sam

9 blvd Charles III

MC98000 Monaco

Phone +377 97985700

Fax +977 92057045

e-mail: management@scorpio.mc

  20.  

Notices (state postal and cable address, telex and telefax number for serving notice and communication to the Managers) ( Cl. 20 )

9 blvd Charles III

MC98000 Monaco

phone +377 97985850

fax +377 97985858

e-mail: management@scorpiogroup.net

It is mutually agreed between the party stated in Box 2 and the party stated in Box 3 that this Agreement consisting of PART I and PART II as well as Annexes “A” (Details of Vessel), “B” (Details of Crew), “C” (Budget) and “D” (Associated vessels) attached hereto, shall be performed subject to the conditions contained herein. In the event of a conflict of conditions, the provisions of PART I and Annexes “A” , “B” , “C” and “D” shall prevail over those of PART II to the extent of such conflict but no further.

LOGO

This document is a computer generated SHIPMAN 98 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.

 


PART II

“SHIPMAN 98” Standard Ship Management Agreement

 

1. Definitions

In this Shipman 98 form (together with any Additional Clauses of even date herewith and any Schedules thereto (the “Agreement”)) save where the context otherwise requires, the following words and expressions shall have the meanings hereby assigned to them.

Owners ” means the party identified in Box 2 .

Managers ” means the party identified in Box 3 .

Vessel ” means the vessel or vessels details of which are set out in Annex “A” attached hereto.

Crew ” means the Master, officers and ratings of the numbers, rank and nationality specified in Annex “B” attached hereto.

Crew Support Costs ” means all expenses of a general nature which are not particularly referable to any individual vessel for the time being managed by the Managers and which are incurred by the Managers for the purpose of providing an efficient and economic management service and, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, shall include the cost of crew standby pay, training schemes for officers and ratings, cadet training schemes, sick pay, study pay, recruitment and interviews.

Severance Cost ” means the costs which the employers are legally obliged to pay to or in respect of the Crew as a result of the early termination of any employment contract for service on the Vessel.

Crew Insurances ” means insurances against crew risks which shall include but not be limited to death, sickness, repatriation, injury, shipwreck unemployment indemnity and loss of personal effects.

Management Services ” means the services specified in sub-clauses 3.1 to 3.8 as indicated affirmatively in Boxes 5 to 12 .

ISM Code ” means the International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention as adopted by the International Maritime Organization (IMO) by resolution A.741(18) or any subsequent amendment thereto.

STCW 95 ” means the International Convention on Standards of Training, Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers, 1978, as amended in 1995 or any subsequent amendment thereto.

2. Appointment of Managers

With effect from the day and year stated in Box 4 and continuing unless and until terminated as provided herein, the Owners hereby appoint the Managers and the Managers hereby agree to act as the Managers of the Vessel in accordance with the provisions and the recitals of this Agreement.

3. Basis of Agreement

Subject to the terms and conditions herein provided, during the period of this Agreement, the Managers shall carry out Management Services in respect of the Vessel as agents for and on behalf of the Owners. The Managers shall have authority to take such actions as they may from time to time in their absolute discretion consider to be necessary to enable them to perform this Agreement in accordance with sound ship management practice.

3.1 Crew Management

(only applicable if agreed according to Box 5 )

The Managers shall provide suitably qualified Crew for the Vessel as required by the Owners in accordance with the STCW 95 requirements, provision of which includes but is not limited to the following functions:

 

  (i) selecting and engaging the Vessel’s Crew, including payroll arrangements, pension administration, and insurances for the Crew other than those mentioned in Clause 6 ;

 

  (ii) ensuring that the applicable requirements of the law of the flag of the Vessel are satisfied in respect of manning levels, rank, qualification and certification of the Crew and employment regulations including Crew’s tax, social insurance, discipline and other requirements;

 

  (iii) ensuring that all members of the Crew have passed a medical examination with a qualified doctor certifying that they are fit for the duties for which they are engaged and are in possession of valid medical certificates issued in accordance with appropriate flag State requirements. In the absence of applicable flag State requirements the medical certificate shall be dated not more than three months prior to the respective Crew members leaving their country of domicile and maintained for the duration of their service on board the Vessel;

 

  (iv) ensuring that the Crew shall have a command of the English language of a sufficient standard to enable them to perform their duties safely;

 

  (v) arranging transportation of the Crew, including repatriation;

 

  (vi) training of the Crew and supervising their efficiency;

 

  (vii) conducting union negotiations;

 

  (viii) operating the Manager’s drug and alcohol policy unless otherwise agreed.

3.2 Technical Management

(only applicable if agreed according to Box 6 )

The Managers shall provide technical management which includes, but is not limited to, the following functions;

 

  (i) provision of competent personnel to supervise the maintenance and general efficiency of the Vessel;

 

  (ii) arrangement and supervision of dry dockings, repairs, alterations and the upkeep of the Vessel to the standards required by the Owners provided that the Managers shall be entitled to incur the necessary expenditure to ensure that the Vessel will comply with the law of the flag of the Vessel and of the places where she trades, and all requirements and recommendations of the classification Society;

 

  (iii) arrangement of the supply of necessary stores, spares and lubricating oil;

 

  (iv) appointment of surveyors and technical consultants as the Managers may consider from time to time to be necessary;

 

  (v) development, implementation and maintenance of a Safety Management System (SMS) in accordance with ISM Code (see sub-clauses 4.2 and 5.3 ).

3.3 Commercial Management

(only applicable if agreed according to Box 7 )

The Managers shall provide the commercial operation of the Vessel, as required by the Owners, which includes, but is not limited to, the following functions:

 

  (i) providing chartering services in accordance with the Owners’ instructions which include, but not limited to, seeking and negotiating employment for the Vessel and the conclusion (including the execution thereof) of charter parties or other contracts relating to the employment of the Vessel. If such a contract exceeds the period stated in Box 13 , content thereto in writing shall first be obtained from Owners.

 

  (ii) arranging of the proper payment to Owners or their nominees of all hire and/or freight revenues or other moneys of whatsoever nature to which Owners may be entitled arising out of the employment of or otherwise in connection with the Vessel.

 

  (iii) providing voyage estimates and accounts and calculating of hire, freights, demurrage and/or despatch moneys due from or due to the charterers of the Vessel;

 

  (iv) issuing of voyage instructions, including but not limited to, authorizing the Master to release cargo;

 

  (v) appointing agents;

 

  (vi) appointing stevedores;

 

  (vii) arranging surveys associated with the commercial operation of the Vessel.

3.4 Insurance Arrangements’

(only applicable if agreed according to Box 8 )

 

This document is a computer generated SHIPMAN 98 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.


PART II

“SHIPMAN 98” Standard Ship Management Agreement

 

The Managers shall arrange insurances in accordance with Clause 6, on such terms and conditions as the Owners shall have instructed or agreed, in particular regarding conditions, insured values, deductibles and franchises.

3.5 Accounting Services

(only applicable if agreed according to Box 9 )

The Managers shall:

 

  (i) establish an accounting system which meets the requirements of the Owners and will provide for regular accounting services, supply regular monthly reports and records,

 

  (ii) maintain the records of all costs and expenditure incurred as well as data necessary or proper for the settlement of accounts between the parties.

3.6 Sale or Purchase of the Vessel

(only applicable if agreed according to Box 10 )

The Managers shall, in accordance with the Owner’s instructions, supervise the sale or purchase of the Vessel, including the performance of any sale or purchase agreement, but not negotiation of the same.

3.7 Provisions (only applicable if agreed according to Box 11 )

The Managers shall arrange for the supply of provisions.

3.8 Bunkering (only applicable if agreed according to Box 12 )

The Managers shall arrange for the provision of bunker fuel of the quality specified by the Owners as required for the Vessel’s trade.

4. Managers’ Obligations

4.1 The Managers undertake to use their best endeavours to provide the agreed Management Services as agents for and on behalf of the Owners in accordance with sound ship management practice and to protect and promote the interests of the Owners in all matters relating to the provision of services hereunder.

Provided, however, that the Managers in the performance of their management responsibilities under this Agreement shall be entitled to have regard to their overall responsibility in relation to all vessels as may from time to time be entrusted to their management and in particular, but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the Managers shall be entitled to allocate available supplies, manpower and services in such manner as in the prevailing circumstances the Managers in their absolute discretion consider to be fair and reasonable.

4.2 Where the Managers are providing Technical Management in accordance with sub-clause 3.2 they shall procure that the requirements of the law of the flag of the Vessel are satisfied and they shall in particular be deemed to be the “Company” as defined by the ISM Code, assuming the responsibility for the operation of the Vessel and taking over the duties and responsibilities imposed by the ISM Code when applicable.

5. Owners’ Obligations

5.1 The Owners shall pay all sums due to the Managers punctually in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

5.2 Where the Managers are providing Technical Management in accordance with sub-clause 3.2 the Owners shall:

 

  (i) procure that all officers and ratings supplied by them or on their behalf comply with the requirements of STCW 95;

 

  (ii) instruct such officers and ratings to obey all reasonable orders of the Managers in connection with the operation of the Managers’ safety management system.

5.3 Where the Managers are not providing Technical Management in accordance with sub-clause 3.2 , the Owners shall procure that the requirements of the law of the flag of the Vessel are satisfied and that they or such other entity as may be appointed by them and identified to the Managers, shall be deemed to be the “Company” as defined by the ISM Code assuming the responsibility for the operation of the Vessel and taking over the duties and responsibility imposed by the ISM Code when applicable.

6. Insurance Policies

The Owners shall procure, whether by instructing the Managers under sub-clause 3.4 or otherwise , that throughout the period of this Agreement:

6.1 at the Owners’ expense, the Vessel is insured for not less than her sound market value or entered for her full gross tonnage, as the case may be for:

 

  (i) usual hull and machinery marine risks (including crew negligence) and excess liabilities;

 

  (ii) protection and indemnity risks (including pollution risks and Crew Insurances); and

 

  (iii) war risks (including protection and indemnity and crew risks) in accordance with the best practice of prudent owners of vessels of a similar type to the Vessel, with first class insurance companies, underwriters or associations (“the Owners’ insurances”);

6.2 all premiums and calls on the Owners’ Insurances are paid promptly by their due date,

6.3 the Owners’ Insurances name the Managers and, subject to underwriters’ agreement, any third party designated by the Managers as a joint assured, with full cover, with the Owners obtaining cover in respect of each of the insurances specified in sub-clause 6.1 :

 

  (i) on terms whereby the Managers and any such third party are liable in respect of premiums or calls arising in connection with the Owners’ Insurances; or

 

  (ii) if reasonably obtainable, on terms such that neither the Managers nor any such third party shall be under any liability in respect of premiums or calls arising in connection with the Owners’ Insurances; or

 

  (iii) on such other terms as may be agreed in writing.

Indicate alternative (i), (ii) or (iii) in Box 14 . If Box 14 is left blank then (i) applies.

6.4 written evidence is provided, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Managers, of their compliance with their obligations under Clause 6 within a reasonable time of the commencement of the Agreement, and of each renewal date and, if specifically requested of each payment date of the Owners’ insurances.

7. Income Collected and Expenses Paid on Behalf of Owners

7.1 All moneys, if any, collected by the Managers under the terms of this Agreement (other than moneys payable by the Owners to the Managers) and any interest thereon shall be held to the credit of the Owners in a separate bank account.

7.2 All expenses, if any, incurred by the Managers under the terms of this Agreement on behalf of the Owners (including expenses as provided in Clause 8 ) may be debited against the Owners in the account referred to under sub-clause 7.1 but shall in any event remain payable by the Owners to the Managers on demand.

8. Management Fee

8.1 When the Vessel is trading in the Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool, the Managers shall be remunerated in accordance with the provisions of the governing pool agreement. Otherwise, when the Vessel is not trading in the Pool, The Owners shall pay to the Managers for their services as Managers under this Agreement

 

  (i) an annual flat management fee of US$250 per day pro rata as stated in Box 15 which shall be payable by equal monthly instalments in advance,; and the first instalment being payable on the commencement of this Agreement (see Clause 2 and Box 4 ) and subsequent instalments being payable every month.

8.2 The management fee shall be subject to an annual review on the anniversary date of the Agreement and the proposed

 

This document is a computer generated SHIPMAN 98 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.


PART II

“SHIPMAN 98” Standard Ship Management Agreement

 

fee shall be presented in the annual budget referred to in sub- clause 9.1 .

(ii) for providing chartering services in accordance clause 3.3(i) a commission of 1.25% on all monies earned by the Owners on each Vessel fixture.

8.3 The Managers shall, at no extra cost to the Owners, provide their own office accommodation, office staff, facilities and stationery. Without limiting the generality of Clause 7 the Owners shall reimburse the Managers for postage and communication expenses, travelling expenses, and other out of pocket expenses properly incurred by the Managers in pursuance of the Management Services.

8.4 In the event of the appointment of the Managers being terminated by the Owners or the Managers in accordance with the provisions of Clauses 17 and 18 other than by reason of default by the Managers, or if the Vessel is lost, sold or otherwise disposed of, the “management fee” payable to the Managers according to the provisions of sub-clause 8.1 , shall continue to be payable for a further period of three calendar months as from the termination date. In addition, provided that the Managers provide Crew for the Vessel in accordance with sub-clause 3.1 :

 

  (i) the Owners shall continue to pay Crew Support Costs during the said further period of three calendar months and

 

  (ii) the Owners shall pay an equitable proportion of any Severance Costs which may materialize, not exceeding the amount stated in Box 16 .

8.5 If the Owners decide to lay up the Vessel whilst this Agreement remains in force and such lay up lasts for more than three months, an appropriate reduction of the management fee for the period exceeding three months until one month before the Vessel is again put into service shall be mutually agreed between the parties.

8.6 Unless otherwise agreed in writing all discounts and commissions obtained by the Managers in the course of the management of the Vessel shall be credited to the Owners.

 

9. Budget and Management of Funds

9.1 The Managers shall present to the Owners annually a budget for the following twelve months in such form as the Owners require. The budget for the first year hereof is set out in Annex “C” hereto. Subsequent annual budgets shall be prepared by the Managers and submitted to the Owners not less than three months before the anniversary date of the commencement of this Agreement (see Clause 2 and Box 4 ).

9.2 The Owners shall indicate to the Managers their acceptance and approval of the annual budget within one month of presentation and in the absence of any such indication the Managers shall be entitled to assume that the Owners have accepted the proposed budget.

9.3 Following the agreement of the budget, the Managers shall prepare and present to the Owners their estimate of the working capital requirement of the Vessel and the Managers shall each month up date this estimate. Based thereon, the Managers shall each month request the Owners in writing for the funds required to run the Vessel for the ensuing month, including the payment of any occasional or extraordinary item of expenditure, such as emergency repair costs, additional insurance premiums, bunkers or provisions. Such funds shall be received by the Managers within ten running days after the receipt by the Owners of the Managers’ written request and shall be held to the credit of the Owners in a separate bank account.

9.4 The Managers shall produce a comparison between budgeted and actual income and expenditure of the Vessel in such form as required by the Owners monthly or at such other intervals as mutually agreed.

9.5 Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Managers shall in no circumstances be required to use or commit their own funds to finance the provision of the Management Services.

 

10. Manager’s Right to Sub-Contract

The Managers shall not have the right to sub-contract any of their obligations hereunder, including those mentioned in sub-clause 3.1 , without the prior written consent of the Owners which shall not be unreasonably withheld. In the event of such a sub-contract the Managers shall remain fully liable for the due performance of their obligations under this Agreement.

 

11. Responsibilities

11.1 Force Majeure - Neither the Owners nor the Managers shall be under any liability for any failure to perform any of their obligations hereunder by reason of any cause whatsoever of any nature or kind beyond their reasonable control.

11.2 Liability to Owners - (i) Without prejudice to sub-clause 11.1, the Managers shall be under no liability whatsoever to the Owners for any loss, damage, delay or expense of whatsoever nature, whether direct or indirect, (including but not limited to loss of profit arising out of or in connection with detention of or delay to the Vessel) and howsoever arising in the course of performance of the Management Services UNLESS same is proved to have resulted solely from the negligence, gross negligence or wilful default of the Managers or their employees, or agents or sub-contractors employed by them in connection with the Vessel, in which case (save where loss, damage, delay or expense has resulted from the Managers’ personal act or omission committed with the intent to cause same or recklessly and with knowledge that such loss, damage, delay or expense would probably result) the Managers’ liability for each incident or series of incidents giving rise to a claim or claims shall never exceed a total of ten five times the annual management fee payable hereunder.

(ii) Notwithstanding anything that may appear to the contrary in this Agreement, the Managers shall not be liable for any of the actions of the Crew, even if such actions are negligent, grossly negligent or wilful, except only to the extent that they are shown to have resulted from a failure by the Managers to discharge their obligations under sub-clause 3.1 . In which case their liability shall be limited in accordance with the terms of this Clause 11 .

11.3 Indemnity - Except to the extent and solely for the amount therein set out that the Managers would be liable under sub-clause 11.2 , the Owners hereby undertake to keep the Managers and their employees, agents and sub-contractors indemnified and to hold them harmless against all actions, proceedings, claims, demands or liabilities whatsoever or howsoever arising which may be brought against them or incurred or suffered by them arising out of or in connection with the performance of the Agreement, and against and in respect of all cost, losses, damages and expenses (including legal costs and expenses on a full indemnity basis) which the Managers may suffer or incur (either directly or indirectly) in the course of the performance of this Agreement.

11.4 “Himalaya” - It is hereby expressly agreed that no employee or agent of the Managers (including every sub-contractor from time to time employed by the Managers) shall in any circumstances whatsoever be under any liability whatsoever to the Owners for any loss, damage or delay of whatsoever kind arising or resulting directly or indirectly from any act, neglect or default on his part while acting in the course of or in connection with his employment and, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing provisions in this Clause 11 , every exemption, limitation, condition and liberty herein contained and every right, exemption from liability, defence and immunity of whatsoever nature applicable to the Managers or to which the Managers are entitled hereunder shall also be available and shall extend to protect every such employee or agent of the Managers acting as aforesaid and for the purpose of all the foregoing provisions of this Clause 11 the Managers are or shall be deemed to be

 

This document is a computer generated SHIPMAN 98 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.


PART II

“SHIPMAN 98” Standard Ship Management Agreement

 

acting as agent or trustee on behalf of and for the benefit of all persons who are or might be their servants or agents from time to time (including sub-contractors as aforesaid) and all such persons shall to this extent be or be deemed to be parties to this Agreement.

12. Documentation

Where the Managers are providing Technical Management in accordance with sub-clause 3.2 and/or Crew Management in accordance with sub-clause 3.1 , they shall make available, upon Owners’ request, all documentation and records related to the Safety Management System (SMS) and/or the Crew which the Owners need in order to demonstrate compliance with the ISM Code and STCW 95 or to defend a claim against a third party.

13. General Administration

13.1 The Managers shall handle and settle all claims arising out of the Management Services hereunder and keep the Owners informed regarding any incident of which the Managers become aware which gives or may give rise to claims or disputes involving third parties and indivitually are reasonably estimated to be in excess of US$15,000.

13.2 The Managers shall, as instructed by the Owners, bring or defend actions, suits or proceedings in connection with matters entrusted to the Managers according to this Agreement and subject to the provisions of clause 13.1 hereto.

13.3 The Managers shall also have power to obtain legal or technical or other outside expert advice in relation to the handling and settlement of claims and disputes or all other matters affecting the interests of the Owners in respect of the Vessel, save Managers should obtain Owners approval prior to taking any action if time permits.

13.4 The Owners shall arrange for the provision of any necessary guarantee bond or other security.

13.5 Any costs reasonably incurred by the Managers in carrying out their obligations according to Clause 13 shall be reimbursed by the Owners.

14. Auditing

The Managers shall at all times maintain and keep true and correct accounts and shall make the same available for inspection and auditing by the Owners at such times as may be mutually agreed. On the termination, for whatever reasons, of this Agreement, the Managers shall release to the Owners, if so requested, the originals where possible, or otherwise certified copies, of all such accounts and all documents specifically relating to the Vessel and her operation.

15. Inspection of Vessel

The Owners shall have the right at any time after giving reasonable notice to the Managers to inspect the Vessel for any reason they consider necessary.

16. Compliance with Laws and Regulations

The Managers will not do or permit to be done anything which might cause any breach or infringement of the laws and regulations of the Vessel’s flag, or of the places where she trades.

17. Duration of the Agreement

This Agreement shall come into effect on the day and year stated in Box 4 and shall remain in force and effect (unless earlier terminated in accordance with the terms of clause 18) for a minimum period of three (3) calendar years and thereafter shall continue indefinitely unless terminated in accordance with the provisions hereof. continue until the date stated in Box 17 . Thereafter it shall continue until terminated by Upon the expiration of the first calendar year either party giving may give to the other notice of termination in writing, in which event the Agreement shall terminate upon the expiration of a period of two months (2) calendar years from the date upon which such notice was given. Clause 18.6 will apply.

18. Termination

18.1 Owners’ default

 

  (i) The Managers shall be entitled to terminate the Agreement with immediate effect by notice in writing if any moneys payable by the Owners under this Agreement and/or the owners of any associated vessel, details of which are listed in Annex “D” , shall not have been received in the Managers’ nominated account within ten running days of receipt by the Owners of the Managers written request or if the Vessel is repossessed by the Mortgagees.

 

  (ii) If the Owners:

 

  (a) fail to meet their obligations under sub-clauses 5.2 and 5.3 of this Agreement for any reason within their control, or

 

  (b) proceed with the employment of or continue to employ the Vessel in the carriage of contraband, blockade running, or in an unlawful trade, or on a voyage which in the reasonable opinion of the Managers is unduly hazardous or improper,

the Managers may give notice of the default to the Owners, requiring them to remedy it as soon as practically possible. In the event that the Owners fail to remedy it within a reasonable time to the satisfaction of the Managers, the Managers shall be entitled to terminate the Agreement with immediate effect by notice in writing.

18.2 Managers’ Default

(i) If the Managers fail to meet their obligations under Clauses 3 and 4 of this Agreement for any reason within the control of the Managers, the Owners may give notice to the Managers of the default, requiring them to remedy it as soon as practically possible. In the event that the Managers fail to remedy it within a reasonable time to the satisfaction of the Owners, the Owners shall be entitled to terminate the Agreement with immediate effect by notice in writing.

(ii) If the Managers are convicted of, or admits guilt for, a crime, then the Owners shall be entitled to terminate the Agreement with immediate effect by notice in writing.

18.3 Extraordinary Termination

This Agreement shall be deemed to be terminated in the case of the sale of the Vessel or if the Vessel becomes a total loss or is declared as a constructive or compromised or arranged total loss or is requisitioned.

18.4 For the purpose of sub-clause 18.3 hereof

 

  (i) the date upon which the Vessel is to be treated as having been sold or otherwise disposed of shall be the date on which the Owners cease to be registered as Owners of the Vessel;

 

  (ii) the Vessel shall not be deemed to be lost unless either she has become an actual total loss or agreement has been reached with her underwriters in respect of her constructive, compromised or arranged total loss or if such agreement with her underwriters is not reached it is adjudged by a competent tribunal that a constructive loss of the Vessel has occurred.

18.5 This Agreement shall terminate forthwith in the event of an order being made or resolution passed for the winding up, dissolution, liquidation or bankruptcy of either party (otherwise than for the purpose of reconstruction or amalgamation) or if a receiver is appointed, or if it suspends payment, ceases to carry on business or makes any special arrangement or composition with its creditors.

18.6 The termination of this Agreement shall be without prejudice to all rights accrued due between the parties prior to the date of termination.

 

This document is a computer generated SHIPMAN 98 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.


PART II

“SHIPMAN 98” Standard Ship Management Agreement

 

19. Law and Arbitration

19.1 This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law and any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be referred to arbitration in London in accordance with the Arbitration Act 1996 or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof save to the extent necessary to give effect to the provisions of this Clause.

The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the London Maritime Arbitrators Association (LMAA) Terms current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced.

The reference shall be to three arbitrators. A party wishing to refer a dispute to arbitration shall appoint its arbitrator and send notice of such appointment in writing to the other party requiring the other party to appoint its own arbitrator within 14 calendar days of that notice and stating that it will appoint its arbitrator as sole arbitrator unless the other party appoints its own arbitrator and gives notice that it has done so within the 14 days specified. If the other party does not appoint its own arbitrator and give notice that it has done so within the 14 days specified, the party referring a dispute to arbitration may, without the requirement of any further prior notice to the other party, appoint its arbitrator as sole arbitrator and shall advise the other party accordingly. The award of a sole arbitrator shall be binding on both parties as if he had been appointed by agreement.

Nothing herein shall prevent the parties agreeing in writing to vary these provisions to provide for the appointment of a sole arbitrator.

In cases where neither the claim nor any counterclaim exceeds the sum of USD50,000 (or such other sum as the parties may agree) the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the LMAA Small Claims Procedure current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced.

19.2 This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with Title 9 of the United States Code and the Maritime Law of the United States and any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be referred to three persons at New York, one to be appointed by each of the parties hereto, and the third by the two so chosen; their decision or that of any two of them shall be final, and for the purposes of enforcing any award, judgement may be entered on an award by any court of competent jurisdiction. The proceedings shall be conducted in accordance with the rules of the Society of Maritime Arbitrators, Inc.

In cases where neither the claim nor any counterclaim exceeds the sum of USD50,000 (or such other sum as the parties may agree) the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the Shortened Arbitration Procedure of the Society of Maritime Arbitrators, Inc. current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced.

19.3 This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the place mutually agreed by the parties and any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be referred to arbitration at a mutually agreed place, subject to the procedures applicable there.

19.4 If Box 18 in Part I is not appropriately filled in, sub-clause 19.1 of this Clause shall apply.

Note: 19.1 , 19.2 and 19.3 are alternatives; indicate alternative agreed in Box 18 .

 

20. Notices

20.1 Any notice to be given by either party to the other party shall be in writing and may be sent by fax, telex, registered or recorded mail or by personal service.

20.2 The address of the Parties for service of such communication shall be as stated in Boxes 19 and 20 , respectively.

Any Additional Clauses attached hereto together with any subsequent addenda, schedules, appendicies or otherwise, shall be construed as an integral paort of this Agreement and shall be interpreted accordingly.

 

This document is a computer generated SHIPMAN 98 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.

Exhibit 10.7

LOGO

 

LOGO

  1.  

Date of Agreement

December 1, 2009

   

THE BALTIC AND INTERNATIONAL MARITIME COUNCIL (BIMCO)

 

  LOGO
       

STANDARD SHIP MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

 

CODE NAME: “SHIPMAN 98”

 

Part I

 

  2.  

Owners (name, place of registered office and law of registry) ( Cl.1 )

 

 

 

3.

 

 

 

Managers (name, place of registered office and law of registry) ( Cl.1 )

 

   

Name

 

Venice Shipping Company Limited

   

Name

 

Scorpio Commercial Management sam

   

Place of registered office

 

Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, MH96960 Marshall Islands

   

Place of registered office

 

9 blvd Charles III, MC98000 Monaco

   

Law of registry

 

Marshall Islands

   

Law of registry

 

Principality of Monaco

  4.  

Day and year of commencement of Agreement ( Cl.2 )

 

December 1, 2009

  5.  

Crew Management (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) ( Cl.3.1 )

 

N O

  6.  

Technical Management (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) ( Cl.3.2 )

 

NO

  7.  

Commercial Management (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) ( Cl.3.3 )

 

YES

  8.  

Insurance Arrangements (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) ( Cl.3.4 )

 

NO

  9.  

Accounting Services (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) ( Cl.3.5 )

 

YES

  10.  

Sale or purchase of the Vessel (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) ( Cl.3.6 )

 

NO

  11.  

Provisions (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) ( Cl.3.7 )

 

NO

  12.  

Bunkering (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) ( Cl.3.8 )

 

YES

  13.  

Chartering Services Period (only to be filled in if “yes” stated in Box 7) ( Cl.3.3(i) )

 

YES, up to twelve (12) months

  14.  

Owner’s Insurance (state alternative ( i ), ( ii ) or ( iii ) of ( Cl.6.3 )

 

Alternative 6.3(ii) to apply

  15.  

Annual Management Fee (state annual amount) ( Cl.8.1 )

 

see clause 8.1

  16.  

Severance Costs (state maximum amount) ( Cl.8.4(ii) )

 

N/A

  17.  

Day and year of termination of Agreement ( Cl.17 )

 

See Cl . 17

  18.  

Law and Arbitration (state alternative 19.1 , 19.2 or 19.3 ; if 19.3 place of arbitration must be stated) ( Cl.19 )

 

19.1

  19.  

Notices (state postal and cable address, telex and telefax number for serving notice and communication to the Owners) ( Cl.20 )

 

Noemi Shipping Company Limited

c/o Scorpio Ship Management sam

9 blvd Charles III

MC98000 Monaco

Phone +377 97985700

Fax +977 92057045

e-mail: management@scorpio.mc

  20.  

Notices (state postal and cable address, telex and telefax number for serving notice and communication to the Managers) ( Cl. 20 )

 

9 blvd Charles III

MC98000 Monaco

phone +377 97985850

fax +377 97985858

e-mail: management@scorpiogroup.net

It is mutually agreed between the party stated in Box 2 and the party stated in Box 3 that this Agreement consisting of PART I and PART II as well as Annexes “A” (Details of Vessel), “B” (Details of Crew), “C” (Budget) and “D” (Associated vessels) attached hereto, shall be performed subject to the conditions contained herein. In the event of a conflict of conditions, the provisions of PART I and Annexes “A” , “B” , “C” and “D” shall prevail over those of PART II to the extent of such conflict but no further.

LOGO

This document is a computer generated SHIPMAN 98 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.


PART II

“SHIPMAN 98” Standard Ship Management Agreement

1. Definitions

In this Shipman 98 form (together with any Additional Clauses of even date herewith and any Schedules thereto (the “Agreement”)) save where the context otherwise requires, the following words and expressions shall have the meanings hereby assigned to them.

Owners ” means the party identified in Box 2 .

Managers ” means the party identified in Box 3 .

Vessel ” means the vessel or vessels details of which are set out in Annex “A” attached hereto.

Crew ” means the Master, officers and ratings of the numbers, rank and nationality specified in Annex “B” attached hereto.

Crew Support Costs ” means all expenses of a general nature which are not particularly referable to any individual vessel for the time being managed by the Managers and which are incurred by the Managers for the purpose of providing an efficient and economic management service and, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, shall include the cost of crew standby pay, training schemes for officers and ratings, cadet training schemes, sick pay, study pay, recruitment and interviews.

Severance Costs ” means the costs which the employers are legally obliged to pay to or in respect of the Crew as a result of the early termination of any employment contract for service on the Vessel.

Crew Insurances ” means insurances against crew risks which shall include but not be limited to death, sickness, repatriation, injury, shipwreck unemployment indemnity and loss of personal effects.

Management Services ” means the services specified in sub-clauses 3.1 to 3.8 as indicated affirmatively in Boxes 5 to 12 .

ISM Code ” means the International Management Code for the Sale Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention as adopted by the International Maritime Organization (IMO) by resolution A.741(18) or any subsequent amendment thereto.

STCW 95 ” means the International Convention on Standards of Training, Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers, 1978, as amended in 1995 or any subsequent amendment thereto.

2. Appointment of Managers

With effect from the day and year stated in Box 4 and continuing unless and until terminated as provided herein, the Owners hereby appoint the Managers and the Managers hereby agree to act as the Managers of the Vessel in accordance with the provisions and the recitals of this Agreement.

3. Basis of Agreement

Subject to the terms and conditions herein provided, during the period of this Agreement, the Managers shall carry out Management Services in respect of the Vessel as agents for and on behalf of the Owners. The Managers shall have authority to take such actions as they may from time to time in their absolute discretion consider to be necessary to enable them to perform this Agreement in accordance with sound ship management practice.

3.1 Crew Management

(only applicable if agreed according to Box 5)

The Managers shall provide suitably qualified Crew for the Vessel as required by the Owners in accordance with the STCW 95 requirements, provision of which includes but is not limited to the following functions:

 

  (i) selecting and engaging the Vessel’s Crew, including payroll arrangements, pension administration, and insurances for the Crew other than those mentioned in Clause 6 ;

 

  (ii) ensuring that the applicable requirements of the law of the flag of the Vessel are satisfied in respect of manning levels, rank, qualification and certification of the Crew and employment regulations including Crew’s tax, social insurance, discipline and other requirements;

 

  (iii) ensuring that all members of the Crew have passed a medical examination with a qualified doctor certifying that they are fit for the duties for which they are engaged and are in possession of valid medical certificates issued in accordance with appropriate flag State requirements. In the absence of applicable flag State requirements the medical certificate shall be dated not more than three months prior to the respective Crew members leaving their country of domicile and maintained for the duration of their service on board the Vessel;

 

  (iv) ensuring that the Crew shall have a command of the English language of a sufficient standard to enable them to perform their duties safely;

 

  (v) arranging transportation of the Crew, including repatriation;

 

  (vi) training of the Crew and supervising their efficiency;

 

  (vii) conducting union negotiations;

 

  (viii) operating the Managers’ drug and alcohol policy unless otherwise agreed.

3.2 Technical Management

(only applicable if agreed according to Box 6 )

The Managers shall provide technical management which includes, but is not limited to, the following functions;

 

  (i) provision of competent personnel to supervise the maintenance and general efficiency of the Vessel;

 

  (ii) arrangement and supervision of dry dockings, repairs, alterations and the upkeep of the Vessel to the standards required by the Owners provided that the Managers shall be entitled to incur the necessary expenditure to ensure that the Vessel will comply with the law of the flag of the Vessel and of the places where she trades, and all requirements and recommendations of the classification Society;

 

  (iii) arrangement of the supply of necessary stores, spares and lubricating oil;

 

  (iv) appointment of surveyors and technical consultants as the Managers may consider from time to time to be necessary;

 

  (v) development, implementation and maintenance of a Safety Management System (SMS) in accordance with the ISM Code (see sub clauses 4.2 and 5.3 ).

3.3 Commercial Management

(only applicable if agreed according to Box 7 )

The Managers shall provide the commercial operation of the Vessel, as required by the Owners, which includes, but is not limited to, the following functions:

 

  (i) providing chartering services in accordance with the Owners’ instructions which include, but are not limited to, seeking and negotiating employment for the Vessel and the conclusion (including the execution thereof) of charter parties or other contracts relating to the employment of the Vessel. If such a contract exceeds the period stated in Box 13 , consent thereto in writing shall first be obtained from the Owners.

 

  (ii) arranging of the proper payment to Owners or their nominees of all hire and/or freight revenues or other moneys of whatsoever nature to which Owners may be entitled arising out of the employment of or otherwise in connection with the Vessel.

 

  (iii) providing voyage estimates and accounts and calculating of hire, freights, demurrage and/or despatch moneys due from or due to the charterers of the Vessel;

 

  (iv) issuing of voyage instructions, including but not limited to, authorizing the Master to release cargo;

 

  (v) appointing agents;

 

  (vi) appointing stevedores;

 

  (vii) arranging surveys associated with the commercial operation of the Vessel.

3.4 Insurance Arrangements’

(only applicable if agreed according to Box 8)

 

This document is a computer generated SHIPMAN 98 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.


PART II

“SHIPMAN 98” Standard Ship Management Agreement

 

The Managers shall arrange insurances in accordance with Clause 6, on such terms and conditions as the Owners shall have instructed or agreed, in particular regarding conditions, insured values, deductibles and franchises.

3.5 Accounting Services

(only applicable if agreed according to Box 9 )

The Managers shall:

 

  (i) establish an accounting system which meets the requirements of the Owners and will provide for regular accounting services, supply regular monthly reports and records,

 

  (ii) maintain the records of all costs and expenditure incurred as well as data necessary or proper for the settlement of accounts between the parties.

3.6 Sale or Purchase of the Vessel

(only applicable if agreed according to Box 10 )

The Managers shall, in accordance with the Owners’ instructions, supervise the sale or purchase of the Vessel, including the performance of any sale or purchase agreement, but not negotiation of the same.

3.7 Provisions (only applicable if agreed according to Box 11 )

The Managers shall arrange for the supply of provisions.

3.8 Bunkering (only applicable if agreed according to Box 12 )

The Managers shall arrange for the provision of bunker fuel of the quality specified by the Owners as required for the Vessel’s trade.

4. Managers’ Obligations

4.1 The Managers undertake to use their best endeavours to provide the agreed Management Services as agents for and on behalf of the Owners in accordance with sound ship management practice and to protect and promote the interests of the Owners in all matters relating to the provision of services hereunder. Provided, however, that the Managers in the performance of their management responsibilities under this Agreement shall be entitled to have regard to their overall responsibility in relation to all vessels as may from time to time be entrusted to their management and in particular, but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the Managers shall be entitled to allocate available supplies, manpower and services in such manner as in the prevailing circumstances the Managers in their absolute discretion consider to be fair and reasonable.

4.2 Where the Managers are providing Technical Management in accordance with sub clause 3.2 , they shall procure that the requirements of the law of the flag of the Vessel are satisfied and they shall in particular be deemed to be the “Company” as defined by the ISM Code, assuming the responsibility for the operation of the Vessel and taking over the duties and responsibilities imposed by the ISM Code when applicable.

5. Owners’ Obligations

5.1 The Owners shall pay all sums due to the Managers punctually in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

5.2 Where the Managers are providing Technical Management in accordance with sub clause 3.2 , the Owners shall;

 

  (i) procure that all officers and ratings supplied by them or on their behalf comply with the requirements of STCW 95;

 

  (ii) instruct such officers and ratings to obey all reasonable orders of the Managers in connection with the operation of the Managers’ safety management system.

5.3 Where the Managers are not providing Technical Management in accordance with sub-clause 3.2 , the Owners shall procure that the requirements of the law of the flag of the Vessel are satisfied and that they, or such other entity as may be appointed by them and identified to the Managers, shall be deemed to be the “Company” as defined by the ISM Code assuming the responsibility for the operation of the Vessel and taking over the duties and responsibilities imposed by the ISM Code when applicable.

6. Insurance Policies

The Owners shall procure, whether by instructing the Managers under sub-clause 3.4 or otherwise , that throughout the period of this Agreement:

6.1 at the Owners’ expense, the Vessel is insured for not less than her sound market value or entered for her full gross tonnage, as the case may be for:

 

  (i) usual hull and machinery marine risks (including crew negligence) and excess liabilities;

 

  (ii) protection and indemnity risks (including pollution risks and Crew Insurances); and

 

  (iii) war risks (including protection and indemnity and crew risks) in accordance with the best practice of prudent owners of vessels of a similar type to the Vessel, with first class insurance companies, underwriters or associations (“the Owners’ Insurances”);

6.2 all premiums and calls on the Owners’ Insurances are paid promptly by their due date,

6.3 the Owners’ Insurances name the Managers and, subject to underwriters’ agreement, and third party designated by the Managers as a joint assured, with full cover, with the Owners obtaining cover in respect of each of the insurances specified in sub-clause 6.1 :

 

  (i) on terms whereby the Managers and any such third party are liable in respect of premiums or calls arising in connection with the Owners’ Insurances; or

 

  (ii) if reasonable obtainable, on terms such that neither the Managers nor any such third party shall be under any liability in respect of premiums or calls arising in connection with the Owners’ Insurances; or

 

  (iii) on such other terms as may be agreed in writing, indicate alternative (i), (ii) or (iii) in Box 14 . If Box 14 is left blank then (i) applies .

6.4 written evidence is provided, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Managers, of their compliance with their obligations under Clause 6 within a reasonable time of the commencement of the Agreement, and of each renewal date and, if specifically requested, of each payment date of the Owners’ Insurances.

7. Income Collected and Expenses Paid on Behalf of Owners

7.1 all moneys, if any, collected by the Managers under the terms of this Agreement (other than moneys payable by the Owners to the Managers) and any interest thereon shall be held to the credit of the Owners in a separate bank account.

7.2 All expenses, if any, incurred by the Managers under the terms of this Agreement on behalf of the Owners (including expenses as provided in Clause 8 ) may be debited against the Owners in the account referred to under sub-clause 7.1 but shall in any event remain payable by the Owners to the Managers on demand.

8. Management Fee

8.1 When the Vessel is trading in the Scorpio Panamax Tanker Pool, the Managers shall be remunerated in accordance with the provisions of the governing pool agreement. Otherwise, when the Vessel is not trading in the Pool, The Owners shall pay to the Managers for their services as Managers under this Agreement

(i) an annual flat management fee of US$250 per day pro rata as stated in Box 15 which shall be payable by equal monthly instalments in advance , ; and the first instalment being payable on the commencement of this Agreement (see Clause 2 and Box 4) and subsequent instalments being payable every month.

8.2 The management fee shall be subject to an annual review on the anniversary date of the Agreement and the proposed fee shall be presented in the annual budget referred to in sub- clause 9.1 .

 

This document is a computer generated SHIPMAN 98 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.


PART II

“SHIPMAN 98” Standard Ship Management Agreement

 

(ii) for providing chartering services in accordance clause 3.3(i) a commission of 1.25% on all monies earned by the Owners on each Vessel fixture.

8.3 The Managers shall, at no extra cost to the Owners, provide their own office accommodation, office staff, facilities and stationery. Without limiting the generality of Clause 7 the Owners shall reimburse the Managers for postage and communication expenses, travelling expenses, and other out of pocket expenses properly incurred by the Managers in pursuance of the Management Services.

8.4 In the event of the appointment of the Managers being terminated by the Owners or the Managers in accordance with the provisions of Clauses 17 and 18 other than by reason of default by the Managers, or if the Vessel is lost, sold or otherwise disposed of, the “management fee” payable to the Managers according to the provisions of sub-clause 8.1 , shall continue to be payable for a further period of three calendar months as from the termination date. In addition, provided that the Managers provide Crew for the Vessel in accordance with sub-clause 3.1 :

 

  (i) the Owners shall continue to pay Crew Support Costs during the said further period of three calendar months and

 

  (ii) the Owners shall pay an equitable proportion of any Severance Costs which may materialize, not exceeding the amount stated in Box 16 .

8.5 If the Owners decide to lay up the Vessel whilst this Agreement remains in force and such lay up lasts for more than three months, an appropriate reduction of the management fee for the period exceeding three months until one month before the Vessel is again put into service shall be mutually agreed between the parties.

8.6 Unless otherwise agreed in writing all discounts and commissions obtained by the Managers in the course of the management of the Vessel shall be credited to the Owners.

9. Budgets and Management of Funds

9.1 The Managers shall present to the Owners annually a budget for the following twelve months in such form as the Owners require. The budget for the first year hereof is set out in Annex “C” hereto. Subsequent annual budgets shall be prepared by the Managers and submitted to the Owners not less than three months before the anniversary date of the commencement of this Agreement (see Clause 2 and Box 4 ).

9.2 The Owners shall indicate to the Managers their acceptance and approval of the annual budget within one month of presentation and in the absence of any such indication the Managers shall be entitled to assume that the Owners have accepted the proposed budget.

9.3 Following the agreement of the budget, the Managers shall prepare and present to the Owners their estimate of the working capital requirement of the Vessel and the Managers shall each month up date their estimate. Based thereon, the Managers shall each month request the Owners in writing for the funds required to run the Vessel for the ensuing month, including the payment of any occasional or extraordinary item of expenditure, such as emergency repair costs, additional insurance premiums, bunkers or provisions. Such funds shall be received by the Managers within ten running days after the receipt by the Owners of the Managers’ written request and shall be held to the credit of the Owners in a separate bank account.

9.4 The Managers shall produce a comparison between budgeted and actual income and expenditure of the Vessel in such form as required by the Owners monthly or at such other intervals as mutually agreed.

9.5 Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Managers shall in no circumstances be required to use or commit their own funds to finance the provision of the Management Services.

10. Managers’ Right to Sub-Contract

The Managers shall not have the right to sub-contract any of their obligations hereunder, including those mentioned in sub-clause 3.1 , without the prior written consent of the Owners which shall not be unreasonably withheld. In the event of such a sub-contract the Managers shall remain fully liable for the due performance of their obligations under this Agreement.

11. Responsibilities

11.1 Force Majeure - Neither the Owners nor the Managers shall be under any liability for any failure to perform any of their obligations hereunder by reason of any cause whatsoever of any nature or kind beyond their reasonable control.

11.2 Liability to Owners - (i) Without prejudice to sub-clause 11.1, the Managers shall be under no liability whatsoever to the Owners for any loss, damage, delay or expense of whatsoever nature, whether direct or indirect, (including but not limited to loss of profit arising out of nor in connection with detention of or delay to the Vessel) and howsoever arising in the course of performance of the Management Services UNLESS same is proved to have resulted solely from the negligence, gross negligence or wilful default of the Managers or their employees, or agents or sub-contractors employed by them in connection with the Vessel, in which case (save where loss, damage, delay or expense has resulted from the Managers’ personal act or omission committed with the intent to cause same or recklessly and with knowledge that such loss, damage, delay or expense would probably result) the Managers’ liability for each incident or series of incidents giving rise to a claim or claims shall never exceed a total of ten five times the annual management fee payable hereunder.

(ii) Notwithstanding anything that may appear to the contrary in this Agreement, the Managers shall not be liable for any of the actions of the Crew, even if such actions are negligent, grossly negligent or wilful, except only to the extent that they are shown to have resulted from a failure by the Managers to discharge their obligations under sub-clause 3.1 . In which case their liability shall be limited in accordance with the terms of this Clause 11 .

11.3 Indemnity - Except to the extent and solely for the amount therein set out that the Managers would be liable under sub-clause 11.2 , the Owners hereby undertake to keep the Managers and their employees, agents and sub-contractors indemnified and to hold them harmless against all actions, proceedings, claims, demands or liabilities whatsoever or howsoever arising which may be brought against them or incurred or suffered by them arising out of or in connection with the performance of the Agreement, and against and in respect of all cost, losses, damages and expenses (including legal costs and expenses on a full indemnity basis) which the Managers may suffer or incur (either directly or indirectly) in the course of the performance of this Agreement.

11.4 “Himalaya” - It is hereby expressly agreed that no employee or agent of the Managers (including every sub-contractor from time to time employed by the Managers) shall in any circumstances whatsoever be under any liability whatsoever to the Owners for any loss, damage or delay of whatsoever kind arising or resulting directly or indirectly from any act, neglect or default on his part while acting in the course of or in connection with his employment and, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing provisions in this Clause 11 , every exemption, limitation, condition and liberty herein contained and every right, exemption from liability, defence and immunity of whatsoever nature applicable to the Managers or to which the Managers are entitled hereunder shall also be available and shall extend to protect every such employee or agent of the Managers acting as aforesaid and for the purpose of all the foregoing provisions of the Clause 11 the Managers are or shall be deemed to be

 

This document is a computer generated SHIPMAN 98 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.


PART II

“SHIPMAN 98” Standard Ship Management Agreement

 

acting as agent or trustee on behalf of and for the benefit of all persons who are or might be their servants or agents from time to time (including sub-contractors as aforesaid) and all such persons shall to this extent be or be deemed to be parties to this Agreement.

12. Documentation

Where the Managers are providing Technical Management in accordance with sub-clause 3.2 and/or Crew Management in accordance with sub-clause 3.1 , they shall make available, upon Owners’ request, all documentation and records related to the Safety Management System (SMS) and/or the Crew which the Owners need in order to demonstrate compliance with the ISM Code and STCW 95 or to defend a claim against a third party.

13. General Administration

13.1 The Managers shall handle and settle all claims arising out of the Management Services hereunder and keep the Owners informed regarding any incident of which the Managers become aware which gives or may give rise to claims or disputes involving third parties and indivitually are reasonably estimated to be in excess of US$15,000.

13.2 The Managers shall, as instructed by the Owners, bring or defend actions , suits or proceedings in connection with matters entrusted to the Managers according to this Agreement and subject to the provisions of clause 13.1 hereto.

13.3 The Managers shall also have power to obtain legal or technical or other expert advice in relation to the handling and settlement of claims and disputes or all other matters affecting the interests of the Owners in respect of the Vessel, save Managers should obtain Owners approval prior to taking any action if time permits.

13.4 The Owners shall arrange for the provision of any necessary guarantee bond or other security.

13.5 Any costs reasonably incurred by the Managers in carrying out their obligations according to Clause 13 shall be reimbursed by the Owners.

14. Auditing

The Managers shall at all times maintain and keep true and correct accounts and shall make the same available for inspection and auditing by the Owners at such times as may be mutually agreed. On the termination, for whatever reasons, of this Agreement, the Managers shall release to the Owners, if so requested, the originals where possible, or otherwise certified copies, of all such accounts and all documents specifically relating to the Vessel and her operation.

15. Inspection of Vessel

The Owners shall have the right at any time after giving reasonable notice to the Managers to inspect the Vessel for any reason they consider necessary.

16. Compliance with Laws and Regulations

The Managers will not do or permit to be done anything which might cause any breach or infringement of the laws and regulations of the Vessel’s flag, or of the places where she trades.

17. Duration of the Agreement

This Agreement shall come into effect on the day and year stated in Box 4 and shall remain in force and effect (unless earlier terminated in accordance with the terms of clause 18) for a minimum period of three (3) calendar years and thereafter shall continue indefinitely unless terminated in accordance with the provisions hereof. continue until the date stated in Box 17 .

There after it shall continue until terminated by Upon the expiration of the first calendar year either party giving may give to the other notice of termination in writing, in which event the Agreement shall terminate upon the expiration of a period of two months (2) calendar years from the date upon which such notice was given. Clause 18.6 will apply.

18. Termination

18.1 Owner’s default

 

  (i) The Managers shall be entitled to terminate the Agreement with immediate effect by notice in writing if any moneys payable by the Owners under this Agreement and/or the owners of any associated vessel, details of which are listed in Annex “D” , shall not have been received in the Managers’ nominated account within ten running days of receipt by the Owners of the Managers written request or if the Vessel is repossessed by the Mortgagees.

 

  (ii) If the Owners:

 

  (a) fail to meet their obligations under sub-clauses 5.2 and 5.3 of this Agreement for any reason within their control, or

 

  (b) proceed with the employment of or continue to employ the Vessel in the carriage of contraband, blockade running, or in an unlawful trade, or on a voyage which in the reasonable opinion of the Managers is unduly hazardous or improper.

the Managers may give notice of the default to the Owners, requiring them to remedy it as soon as practically possible. In the event that the Owners fail to remedy it within a reasonable time to the satisfaction of the Managers, the Managers shall be entitled to terminate the Agreement with immediate effect by notice in writing.

18.2 Managers’ Default

 

  (i) If the Managers fail to meet their obligations under Clauses 3 and 4 of this Agreement for any reason within the control of the Managers, the Owners may give notice to the Managers of the default, requiring them to remedy it as soon as practically possible. In the event that the Managers fail to remedy it within a reasonable time to the satisfaction of the Owners, the Owners shall be entitled to terminate the Agreement with immediate effect by notice in writing.

 

  (ii) If the Managers are convicted of, or admits guilt for, a crime, then the Owners shall be entitled to terminate the Agreement with immediate effect by notice in writing.

18.3 Extraordinary Termination

This Agreement shall be deemed to be terminated in the case of the sale of the Vessel or if the Vessel becomes a total loss or is declared as a constructive or compromised or arranged total loss or is requisitioned.

18.4 For the purpose of sub-clause 18.3 hereof

 

  (i) the date upon which the Vessel is to be treated as having been sold or otherwise disposed of shall be the date on which the Owners cease to be registered as Owners of the Vessel;

 

  (ii) the Vessel shall not be deemed to be lost unless either she has become an actual total loss or agreement has been reached with her underwriters in respect of her constructive, compromised or arranged total loss or if such agreement with her underwriters is not reached it is adjudged by a competent tribunal that a constructive loss of the Vessel has occurred.

18.5 This Agreement shall terminate forthwith in the event of an order being made or resolution passed for the winding up, dissolution, liquidation or bankruptcy of either party (otherwise than for the purpose of reconstruction or amalgamation) or if a receiver is appointed, or if it suspends payment, ceases to carry on business or makes any special arrangement or composition with its creditors.

18.6 The termination of this Agreement shall be without prejudice to all rights accrued due between the parties prior to the date of termination.

 

This document is a computer generated SHIPMAN 98 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.


PART II

“SHIPMAN 98” Standard Ship Management Agreement

 

19. Law and Arbitration

19.1 This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law and any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be referred to arbitration in London in accordance with the Arbitration Act of 1996 or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof save to the extent necessary to give effect to the provisions of this Clause.

The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the London Maritime Arbitrators Association (LMAA) Terms current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced.

The reference shall be to three arbitrators. A party wishing to refer a dispute to arbitration shall appoint its arbitrator and send notice of such appointment in writing to the other party requiring the other party to appoint its own arbitrator within 14 calendar days of that notice and stating that it will appoint its arbitrator as sole arbitrator unless the other party appoints its own arbitrator and gives notice that it has done so within the 14 days specified. If the other party does not appoint its own arbitrator and give notice that it has done so within the 14 days specified, the party referring a dispute to arbitration may, without the requirement of any further prior notice to the other party, appoint its arbitrator as sole arbitrator and shall advise the other party accordingly. The award of a sole arbitrator shall be binding on both parties as if he had been appointed by agreement.

Nothing herein shall prevent the parties agreeing in writing to vary these provisions to provide for the appointment of a sole arbitrator.

In cases where neither the claim nor any counterclaim exceeds the sum of USD50,000 (or such other sum as the parties may agree) the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the LMAA Small Claims Procedure current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced.

19.2 This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with Title 9 of the United States Code and the Maritime Law of the United States and any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be referred to three persons at New York, one to be appointed by each of the parties hereto, and the third by the two so chosen; their decision or that of any two of them shall be final, and for the purposes of enforcing any award, judgement may be entered on an award by any court of competent jurisdiction. The proceedings shall be conducted in accordance with the rules of the Society of Maritime Arbitrators, Inc.

In cases where neither the claim nor any counterclaim exceeds the sum of USD50,000 (or such other sum as the parties may agree) the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the Shortened Arbitration Procedure of the Society of Maritime Arbitrators, Inc. current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced.

19.3 This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the place mutually agreed by the parties and any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be referred to arbitration at a mutually agreed place, subject to the procedures applicable there.

19.4 If Box 18 in Part I is not appropriately filled in, sub-clause 19.1 of this Clause shall apply.

Note: 19.1 , 19.2 and 19.3 are alternatives; indicate alternative agreed in Box 18 .

20. Notices

20.1 Any notice to be given but either party to the other party shall be in writing and may be sent by fax, telex, registered or recorded mail or by personal service.

20.2 The address of the Parties for service of such communication shall be as stated in Boxes 19 and 20 , respectively.

Any Additional Clauses attached hereto together with any subsequent addenda, schedules, appendicies or otherwise, shall be construed as an integral part of this Agreement and shall be interpreted accordingly.

 

This document is a computer generated SHIPMAN 98 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.

Exhibit 10.8

LOGO

 

LOGO

  1.  

Date of Agreement

December 1, 2009

   

THE BALTIC AND INTERNATIONAL MARITIME COUNCIL (BIMCO)

 

  LOGO
       

STANDARD SHIP MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

 

CODE NAME: “SHIPMAN 98”

 

Part 1

 

  2.  

Owners (name, place of registered office and law of registry) ( Cl.1 )

 

 

3.

 

 

 

Managers (name, place of registered office and law of registry) ( Cl.1 )

 

   

Name

Noemi Shipping Company Limited

   

Name

Scorpio Ship Management sam

   

Place of registered office

Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, MH96960, Marshall Islands

   

Place of registered office

9 blvd Charles III, MH98000 Monaco

   

Law of registry

Marshall Islands

   

Law of registry

Principality of Monaco

  4.  

Day and year of commencement of Agreement ( Cl.2 )

December 1, 2009

  5.  

Crew Management (state “yes” or “no” as agreed ( Cl.3.1 )

YES

  6.  

Technical Management (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) ( Cl.3.2 )

YES

  7.  

Commercial Management (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) ( Cl.3.3 )

NO

  8.  

Insurance Arrangements (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) ( Cl.3.4 )

YES

  9.  

Accounting Services (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) ( Cl.3.5 )

YES

  10.  

Sale or purchase of the Vessel (state “yes ” or “no” as agreed) ( Cl.3.6 )

YES

  11.  

Provisions (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) ( Cl.3.7 )

YES

  12.  

Bunkering (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) ( Cl.3.8 )

NO

  13.  

Chartering Services Period (only to be filled in if “yes” stated in Box 7) ( Cl.3.3(i) )

NO

  14.  

Owner’s Insurance (state alternative (i), (ii) or (iii) of ( Cl.6.3 )

6.3(i) to apply

  15.  

Annual Management Fee (state annual amount) ( Cl.8.1 )

US$200,000.

  16.  

Severance Costs ( state maximum amount ) ( Cl.8.4(ii) )

For Owners’ account: please see clause 8.4 (ii)

  17.  

Day and year of termination of Agreement ( Cl.17 )

See cl ause 17 .

  18.  

Law and Arbitration (state alternative 19.1 , 19.2 or 19.3 ; if 19.3 place of arbitration must be stated) ( Cl.19 )

19.1

  19.  

Notices (state postal and cable address, telex and telefax number for serving notice and communication to the Owners) ( Cl.20 )

c/o Scorpio Commercial Management sam

9 blvd Charles III

MC98000 Monaco

 

  20.  

Notices (state postal and cable address, telex and telefax number for serving notice and communication to the Managers) ( Cl. 20 )

9 blvd Charles III

MC98000 Monaco

phone +377 97985700

fax +377 92057045

e-mail: technical@scorpio.mc

It is mutually agreed between the party stated in Box 2 and the party stated in Box 3 that this Agreement consisting of PART I and PART II as well as Annexes “A” (Details of Vessel), “B” (Details of Crew), “C” (Budget) and “D” (Associated vessels) attached hereto, shall be performed subject to the conditions contained herein. In the event of a conflict of conditions, the provisions of PART I and Annexes “A” , “B” , “C” , and “D” shall prevail over those of PART II to the extent of such conflict but no further.

LOGO

This document is a computer generated SHIPMAN 98 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.


PART II

“SHIPMAN 98” Standard Ship Management Agreement

 

1. Definitions

In this Shipman 98 form (together with the Additional Clauses of even date herewith and any Schedules thereto (the “Agreement”)) save where the context otherwise requires, the following words and expressions shall have the meanings hereby assigned to them.

“Owners” means the party identified in Box 2 .

“Managers” means the party identified in Box 3 .

“Vessel” means the vessel or vessels details of which are set out in Annex “A” attached hereto.

“Crew” means the Master, officers and ratings of the numbers, rank and nationality specified in Annex “B” attached hereto.

“Crew Support Costs” means all expenses of a general nature which are not particularly referable to any individual vessel for the time being managed by the Managers and which are incurred by the Managers for the purpose of providing an efficient and economic management service and, without prejudice to the generality of the forgoing, shall include the cost of crew standby pay, training schemes, sick pay, study pay, recruitment and interviews.

“Severance Costs” means the costs which the employers are legally obliged to pay to or in respect of the Crew as a result of the early termination of any employment contract for service on the Vessel.

“Crew Insurances” means insurances against crew risks which shall include but not be limited to death, sickness, repatriation, injury, shipwreck unemployment indemnity and loss of personal effects.

“Management Services” means the services specified in sub-clauses 3.1 to 3.8 as indicated affirmatively in Boxes 5 to 12 .

“ISM Code” means the International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for the Pollution Prevention as adopted by the International Maritime Organization (IMO) by resolution A.741(18) or any subsequent amendment thereto.

“STCW 95” means the International Convention on Standards of Training, Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers, 1978, as amended in 1995 or any subsequent amendment thereto.

 

2. Appointment of Managers

With effect from the day and year stated in Box 4 and continuing unless and until terminated as provided herein, the Owners herby appoint the Managers and the Managers hereby agree to act as the Managers of the Vessel.

 

3. Basis of Agreement

Subject to the terms and conditions herein provided, during the period of this Agreement, the Managers shall carry out Management Services in respect of the Vessel as agents for and on behalf of the Owners. The Managers shall have authority to take such actions as they may from time to time in their absolute discretion consider to be necessary to enable them to perform this Agreement in accordance with sound ship management practice.

3.1 Crew Management

(only applicable if agreed according to Box 5 )

The Managers shall provide suitably qualified Crew for the Vessel as required by the Owners in accordance with the STCW 95 requirements, provision of which includes but is not limited to the following functions:

 

  (i) selecting and engaging the Vessel’s –Crew, including payroll arrangements, pension administration, and insurances for the Crew other than those mentioned in Clause 6 ;

 

  (ii) ensuring that the applicable requirements of the law of the flag of the Vessel are satisfied in respect of manning levels, rank, qualification and certification of the Crew and employment regulations including Crew’s tax, social insurance, discipline and other requirements;

 

  (iii) ensuring that all members of the Crew have passed a medical examination with a qualified doctor certifying that they are fit for the duties for which they are engaged and are in possession of valid medical certificates issued in accordance with appropriate flag State requirements. In the absence of applicable flag State requirements the medical certificate shall be dated not more than three months prior to the respective Crew members leaving their country of domicile and maintained for the duration of their service on board the Vessel;

 

  (iv) ensuring that the Crew shall have a command of the English language of a sufficient standard to enable them to perform their duties safely;

 

  (v) arranging transportation of the Crew, including repatriation;

 

  (vi) training of the Crew and supervising their efficiency;

 

  (vii) conducting union negotiations;

 

  (viii) operating the Managers’ drug and alcohol policy unless otherwise agreed.

3.2 Technical Management

(only applicable if agreed according to Box 6 )

The Managers shall provide technical management which includes, but is not limited to, the following functions:

 

  (i) provision of competent personnel to supervise the maintenance and general efficiency of the Vessel;

 

  (ii) arrangement and supervision of dry dockings, repairs, alterations and the upkeep of the Vessel to the standards required by the Owners provided that the Managers shall be entitled to incur the necessary expenditure to ensure that the Vessel will comply with the law of the flag of the Vessel and of the places where she trades, and all requirements and recommendations of the classification Society;

 

  (iii) arrangement of the supply of necessary victualling, stores, spares, and lubricating oil and services for the Vessel;

 

  (iv) appointment of surveyors and technical consultants as the Managers may consider from time to time to be necessary;

 

  (v) development, implementation and maintenance of a Safety Management System (SMS) in accordance with the ISM Code and an ISPS (see sub-clauses 4.2 and 5.3 )

3.3 Commercial Management

(only applicable if agreed according to Box 7 )

The Managers shall provide the commercial operation of the Vessel, as required by the Owners, which includes, but is not limited to, the following functions:

 

  (i) providing chartering services in accordance with the Oweners’ instructions which include, but are not limited to, seeking and negotiating employment for the Vessel and the conclusion (including the execution thereof) of charter parties or other contract exceeds the period stated in Box 13 , consent thereto in writing shall first be obtained from the Owners.

 

  (ii) arranging of the proper payment to Owners or their nominees of all hire and/or freight revenues or other moneys of whatsoever nature to which Owners may be entitled arising out of the employment of or otherwise in connection with the Vessel.

 

  (iii) providing voyage estimates and accounts and calculating of hire, freights, demurrage and/or dispatch moneys due from or due to the charterers of the Vessel;

 

  (iv) issuing of voyage instructions;

 

  (v) appointing agents;

 

  (vi) appointing stevedores;

 

  (vii) arranging surveys associated with the commercial operation of the Vessel.

3.4 Insurance Arrangements’

(Only applicable if agreed according to Box 8 )

 

This document is a computer generated SHIPMAN 98 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.


PART II

“SHIPMAN 98” Standard Ship Management Agreement

 

The Managers shall arrange insurances in accordance with Clause 6, on such terms and conditions as the Owners shall have instructed or agreed, in particular regarding conditions, insured values, deductibles and franchises.

3.5 Accounting Services

(only applicable if agreed according to Box 9 )

The Managers shall:

 

  (i) establish an accounting system which meets the requirements of the Owners and provide regular accounting services, supply regular reports and records,

 

  (ii) maintain the records of all costs and expenditure incurred as well as data necessary or proper for the settlement of accounts between the parties.

3.6 Sale or Purchase of the Vessel

(only applicable if agreed according to Box 10 )

The Managers shall, if so requested and in accordance with the Owner’s instructions, provide technical assistance in connection with any sale of the Vessel, supervise the sale or purchase of the Vessel, including the performance of any sale or purchase agreement, but not negotiation of the same. Any time lost by the Vessel and cost associated with sale and purchase of the Vessel will be considered as contingency and out of budget (please refer to clause 8.10 hereto).

3.7 Provisions (only applicable if agreed according to Box 11 )

The Managers shall arrange for the supply of provisions.

3.8 Bunkering (only applicable if agreed according to Box 12 )

The Managers shall arrange for the provision of bunker fuel of the quality specified by the Owners as required for the Vessel’s trade,

 

4. Managers’ Obligations

4.1 The Managers undertake to use their best endeavours to provide the agreed Management Services as agents for and on behalf of the Owners in accordance with sound ship management practice and to protect and promote the interests of the Owners in all matters relating to the provision of services hereunder. Provided, however, that the Managers in the performance of their management responsibilities under this Agreement shall be entitled to have regard to their overall responsibility in relation to all vessels as may from time to time be entrusted to their management and in particular, but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the Managers shall be entitled to allocate available supplies, manpower and services in such manner as in the prevailing circumstances the Managers in their absolute discretion consider to be fair and reasonable.

4.2 Where the Managers are providing Technical Management in accordance with sub-clause 3.2 , they shall procure that the requirements of the law of the flag of the Vessel are satisfied and they shall in particular be deemed to be the “Company” as defined by the ISM Code, assuming the responsibility for the operation of the Vessel and taking over the duties and responsibilities imposed by the ISM Code when applicable.

 

5. Owner’s Obligations

5.1 The Owners shall pay all sums due to the Managers punctually in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

5.2 Where the Managers are providing Technical Management in accordance with sub-clause 3.2 , the Owners shall:

 

  (i) procure that all officers and ratings supplied by them or on their behalf comply with the requirements of STCW 95;

 

  (ii) instruct such officers and ratings to obey all reasonable orders of the Managers in connection with the operation of the Manager’s safety management system,

5.3 Where the Managers are not providing Technical Management in accordance with sub-clause 3.2 , the Owners shall procure that the requirements of the law of the flag of the Vessel are satisfied and that they, or such other entity as may be appointed by them and identified to the Managers, shall be deemed to be the “Company” as defined by the ISM Code assuming the responsibility for the operation of the Vessel and taking over the duties and responsibilities imposed by the ISM Code when applicable.

 

6. Insurance Policies

The Owners shall procure, whether by instructing the Managers under sub-clause 3.4 or otherwise, that throughout the period of this Agreement:

6.1 at the Owners’ expense, the Vessel is insured for not less than her sound market value or entered for her full gross tonnage, as the case may be for:

 

  (i) usual hull and machinery marine risks (including crew negligence) and excess liabilities;

 

  (ii) protection and indemnity risks (including pollution risks and Crew Insurance, FDD cover); and

 

  (iii) war risks (including protection and indemnity and crew risks)

 

  (iv) Loss of Hire (TBA)

In accordance with the best practice of prudent owners of vessels of a similar type to the Vessel, with first class insurance companies, underwriters or associations (“the Owners Insurance”);

6.2 all premiums and calls on the Owners’ Insurance are paid promptly by their due date,

6.3 the Owners’ Insurances name the Managers and, subject to underwriters’ agreement, any third party designated by the Managers as a joint assured, with full cover, with the Owners obtaining cover in respect of each of the insurances specified in sub-class 6.1 :

 

  (i) on terms whereby the Managers and any such third party are liable in respect of premiums or calls arising in connection with the Owners’ Insurances; or

 

  (ii) if reasonably obtainable, on terms such that neither the Managers nor any such third party shall be under any liability in respect of premiums or calls arising in connection with the Owners’ Insurances; or

 

  (iii) on such other terms as may be agreed in writing, indicate alternative (i), (ii), or (iii) in Box-14 . If Box-14 is left blank then (i) applies.

6.4 written evidence is provided, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Managers, of their compliance with their obligations under Clause 6 within a reasonable time of the commencement of the Agreement, and of each renewal date and, if specifically requested, of each payment date of the Owners’ Insurances.

 

7. Income Collected and Expenses Paid on Behalf of Owners

7.1 All moneys collected by the Managers under the terms of this Agreement (other than moneys payable by the Owners to the Managers) and any interest thereon shall be held to the credit of the Owners in a separate bank account.

7.2 All expenses incurred by the Managers under the terms of this Agreement on behalf of the Owners (including expenses as provided in Clause 8 ) may be debited against the owners in the account referred to under sub-clause 7.1 but shall in any event remain payable by the Owners to the Managers on demand.

 

8. Management Fee – see also Additional Clause 24

8.1 The Owners shall pay to the Managers for their services as Managers under this Agreement an annual management fee as stated in Box 15 which shall be payable by equal monthly instalments in advance, the first instalment being payable on the commencement of this Agreement (see Clause 2 and Box 4 ) and subsequent instalments being payable every month.

8.2 The management fee shall be subject to an annual review on the anniversary date of the Agreement and the proposed

 

This document is a computer generated SHIPMAN 98 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.


PART II

“SHIPMAN 98” Standard Ship Management Agreement

 

fee shall be presented in the annual budget referred to in sub- clause 9.1 .

8.3 The Managers shall, at no extra cost to the Owners, provide their own office accommodation, office, staff, facilities and stationery. Without limiting the generality of Clause 7 the Owners shall reimburse the Managers for postage and communication expenses, travelling expenses, and other out of pocket expenses properly incurred by the Managers in pursuance of the Management Services.

8.4 In the event of the appointment of the Managers being terminated by the Owners or the Managers in accordance with the provisions of Clauses 17 and 18 other than by reason of default by the Managers, or if the Vessel is lost, sold or otherwise disposed of, the “management fee” payable to the Managers according to the provisions of sub-clause 8.1 , shall continue to be payable for a further period of three calendar months as from the termination date. In addition, provided that the Managers provide Crew for the Vessel in accordance with sub-clause 3.1 :

 

  (i) the Owners shall continue to pay Crew Support Costs during the said further period of three calendar months and

 

  (ii) the Owners shall pay an equitable proportion of any the Severance Costs in full which may materialize, not exceeding the amount stated in Box 16 .

8.5 If the Owners decide to lay-up the Vessel whilst this Agreement remains in force and such lay-up lasts for more than three months, an appropriate reduction of the management fee for the period exceeding three months until one month before the Vessel is again put into service shall be mutually agreed between the parties.

8.6 Unless otherwise agreed in writing all discounts and commissions obtained by the Managers in the course of the management of the Vessel shall be credited to the Owners.

8.7 Where a charterers vetting inspection may be required and a pre-inspection is requested, the costs of such additional services shall be charged to the Vessel’s account (see cl. 23)

8.8 If the Vessel is placed on time charter, additional expenses incurred in complying with charterers requirements (including, but not limited to, additional reporting requirements and visits to the charterers) will be paid by the Owners.

8.9 All fees are exclusive of Value Added Taxes or other applicable taxes, if any.

8.10 If as a result of collision, accident, emergency, or any other extraordinary circumstances, the Manager’s workload is increased beyond that which the parties could reasonably have anticipated, the Managers shall be entitled to reasonable additional remuneration having regard to the nature of the incident, the personnel and resources of the Managers deployed, and all other relevant circumstances including insurance recoveries.

9. Budgets and Management of Funds

9.1 The Managers shall present to the Owners annually a budget for the following twelve months in such form as the Owners require. The budget for the first year hereof is set out in Annex “C” hereto. Subsequent annual budgets shall be prepared by the Managers and submitted to the Owners not less that three months one month before the anniversary date of the commencement of this Agreement (see Clause 2 and Box 4 ).

9.2 The Owners shall Indicate to the Managers their acceptance and approval of the annual budget within one month of presentation and in the absence of any such indication the Managers shall be entitled to assume that the Owners have accepted the proposed budget.

9.3 Following the agreement of the budget, the Managers shall prepare and present to the Owners their estimate of the working capital requirement of the Vessel and the Managers shall each month up-date this estimate. Based thereon, the Managers shall each month request the Owners in writing for the funds required to run the Vessel for the ensuing month, including the payment of any occasional or extraordinary item of expenditure, such as emergency repair costs, additional insurance premiums, bunkers or provisions. Such funds shall be received by the Managers within ten running days after the receipt by the Owners of the Managers’ written request and shall be held to the credit of the Owners in a separate bank account.

9.4 The Managers shall produce a comparison between budgeted and actual income and expenditure of the Vessel in such form as required by the Owners monthly on a quarterly basis or such other intervals as mutually agreed .

9.5 Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Managers shall in no circumstances be required to use or commit their own funds to finance the provision of the Management Services.

10. Managers’ Right to Sub-Contract

The Managers shall not have the right to sub-contract any of their obligations hereunder, including those mentioned in sub-clause 3.1 , without the prior written consent of the Owners which shall not be unreasonably withheld. In the event of such a sub-contract the Managers shall remain fully liable for the due performance of their obligations under this Agreement.

11. Responsibilities

11.1 Force Majeure – Neither the Owners nor the Managers shall be under any liability for any failure to perform any of their obligations hereunder by reason of any cause whatsoever of any nature or kind beyond their reasonable control.

11.2 Liability to Owners (i) Without prejudice to sub-clause 11.1, the Managers shall be under no liability whatsoever to the Owners for any loss, damage, delay or expense of whatsoever nature, whether direct or indirect, (including but not limited to loss of profit arising out of or in connection with detention of or delay to the Vessel) and howsoever arising in the course of performance of the Management Services UNLESS same is proved to have resulted solely from the negligence, gross negligence or wilful default of the Managers or their employees, or agents or sub-contractors employed by them in connection with the Vessel, in which case (save where loss, damage, delay or expense has resulted from the Managers’ personal act or omission committed with the intent to cause same or recklessly and with knowledge that such loss, damage, delay or expense would probably result) the Managers’ liability for each incident or series of incidents giving rise to a claim or claims shall never exceed a total of ten times the annual management fee payable hereunder.

(ii) Notwithstanding anything that may appear to the contrary in this Agreement, the Managers shall not be liable for any of the actions of the Crew, even if such actions are negligent, grossly negligent or willful, except only to the extent that they are shown to have resulted from a failure by the Managers to discharge their obligations under sub-clause 3.1 , in which case their liability shall be limited in accordance with the terms of this Clause 11 .

11.3 Indemnity – Except to the extent and solely for the amount therein set out that the Managers would be liable under sub-clause 11.2 , the Owners hereby undertake to keep the Managers and their employees, agents and sub-contractors indemnified and to hold them harmless against all actions, proceedings, claims, demands or liabilities whatsoever or howsoever arising which may be brought against them or incurred or suffered by them arising out of or in connection with the performance of the Agreement, and against and in respect of all costs, losses, damages and expenses (including legal costs and expenses on a full indemnity basis) which the Managers may suffer or incur (either directly or indirectly) in the course of the performance of this Agreement.

11.4 “Himalaya” – It is hereby expressly agreed that no employee or agent of the Managers (including every sub-

 

This document is a computer generated SHIPMAN 98 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.


PART II

“SHIPMAN 98” Standard Ship Management Agreement

 

  contractor from time to time employed by the Managers) shall in any circumstances whatsoever be under any liability whatsoever to the Owners for any loss, damage or delay of whatsoever kind arising or resulting directly or indirectly from any act, neglect or default on his part while acting in the course of or in connection with his employment and, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing provisions in this Clause 11 , every exemption, limitation, condition and liberty herein contained and every right, exemption from liability, defence and immunity of whatsoever nature applicable to the Managers or to which the Managers are entitled hereunder shall also be available and shall extend to protect every such employees or agent of the Managers acting as aforesaid and for the purpose of all of the foregoing provisions of this Clause 11 the Managers are or shall be deemed to be acting as agent or trustee on behalf of and for the benefit of all persons who are or might be their servants or agents from time to time (including sub-contractors as aforesaid) and all such persons shall to this extent be or be deemed to be parties to this Agreement.

 

12. Documentation

Where the Managers are providing Technical Management in accordance with sub-clause 3.2 and/or Crew Management in accordance with sub-clause 3.1 , they shall make available, upon Owners’ request, all documentation and records related to the Safety Management System (SMS) and/or the Crew which the Owners need in order to demonstrate compliance with the ISM Code and STCW 95 or to defend a claim against a third party.

 

13. General Administration

13.1 The Managers shall handle and settle all claims arising out of the Management Services hereunder and keep the Owners informed regarding any incident of which the Managers become aware which gives or may give rise to claims or disputes involving third parties.

13.2 The Managers shall, as instructed by the Owners, bring or defend actions, suits or proceedings in connection with matters entrusted to the Managers according to this Agreement.

13.3 The Managers shall also have power to obtain legal or technical or other outside expert advice in relation to the handling and settlement of claims and disputes or all other matters affecting the interests of the Owners in respect of the Vessel, save managers should obtain Owners approval prior to taking any action if time permits.

13.4 The Owners shall arrange for the provision of any necessary guarantee bond or other security.

13.5 Any costs reasonably incurred by the Managers in carrying out their obligations according to Clause 13 shall be reimbursed by the Owners.

 

14. Auditing

The Managers shall at all times maintain and keep true and correct accounts and shall make the same available for inspection and auditing by the Owners at such times as may be mutually agreed. On the termination, for whatever reasons, of this Agreement, the Managers shall release to the Owners, if so requested, the originals where possible, or otherwise certified copies, of all such accounts and all documents specifically relating to the Vessel and her operation.

 

15. Inspection of Vessel

The Owners shall have the right at any time after giving reasonable notice to the Managers to inspect the Vessel for any reason they consider necessary.

 

16. Compliance with Laws and Regulations

The Managers will not do or permit to be done anything which might cause any breach or infringement of the laws and regulations of the Vessel’s flag, or of the places where she trades, presently in force. Any additional time and costs arising out of the requirements for compliance with rules and regulations (including research expenses) which may become enforceable on the Vessel shall be for Owners account.

 

17. Duration of the Agreement

This Agreement shall come into effect on the day and year stated in Box 4 and shall remain in force and effect (unless earlier terminated in accordance with the terms of clause 18) for a minimum period of three (3) calendar years and thereafter shall continue indefinitely unless terminated in accordance with the provisions hereof continue until the date stated in Box 17 . Thereafter it shall continue until terminated by Upon expiration of the first calendar year either party giving may give to the other notice of termination in writing, in which event the Agreement shall terminate upon the expiration of a period of two months (2) calendar years from the date upon which such notice was given. Clause 18.6 will apply.

 

18. Termination.

18.1 Owners’ default

 

  (i) The Managers shall be entitled to terminate the Agreement with immediate effect by notice in writing if any moneys payable by the Owners under this Agreement and/or the owners of any associated vessel, details of which are listed in Annex “D” , shall not have been received in the Managers’ nominated account within ten running days of receipt by the Owners of the Managers written request or if the Vessel is repossessed by the Mortgagees.

 

  (ii) If the Owners:

 

  (a) fail to meet their obligations under sub-clauses 5.2 and 5.3 of this Agreement for any reason within their control, or

 

  (b) proceed with the employment of or continue to employ the Vessel in the carriage of contraband, blockade running, or in an unlawful trade, or on a voyage which in the reasonable opinion of the Managers is unduly hazardous or improper,

the Managers may give notice of the default to the Owners, requiring them to remedy it as soon as practically possible. In the event that the Owners fail to remedy it within a reasonable time to the satisfaction of the Managers, the Managers shall be entitled to terminate the Agreement with immediate effect by notice in writing.

18.2 Managers’ Default

(i) If the Managers fail to meet their obligations under Clauses 3 and 4 of this Agreement for any reason within the control of the Managers, the Owners may give notice to the Managers of the default, requiring them to remedy it as soon as practically possible. In the event that the Managers fail to remedy it within a reasonable time to the satisfaction of the Owners, the Owners shall be entitled to terminate the Agreement with immediate effect by notice in writing.

(ii) If the Mangers are convicted of, or admits guilt for, a crime, then the Owners shall be entitled to terminate the Agreement with immediate effect by notice in writing.

18.3 Extraordinary Termination

This Agreement shall be deemed to be terminated in the case of the sale of the Vessel or if the Vessel becomes a total loss or is declared as a constructive or compromised or arranged total loss or is requisitioned.

18.4 For the purpose of sub-clause 18.3 hereof

 

  (i) the date upon which the Vessel is to be treated as having been sold or otherwise disposed of shall be the date on which the Owners cease to be registered as Owners of the Vessel;

 

  (ii) the Vessel shall not be deemed to be lost unless either she has become an actual total loss or agreement has been reached with her underwriters in respect of her

This document is a computer generated SHIPMAN 98 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.


PART II

“SHIPMAN 98” Standard Ship Management Agreement

 

constructive, compromised or arranged total loss or if such agreement with her underwriters is not reached it is adjudged by a competent tribunal that a constructive loss of the Vessel has occurred.

18.5 This Agreement shall terminate forthwith in the event of an order being made or resolution passed for the winding up, dissolution, liquidation or bankruptcy of either party (otherwise than for the purpose of reconstruction or amalgamation) or if a receiver is appointed, or if it suspends payment, ceases to carry on business or makes any special arrangement of composition with its creditors.

18.6 The termination of this Agreement shall be without prejudice to all rights accrued due between the parties prior to the date of termination.

 

19 . Law and Arbitration

19.1 This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law and any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be referred to arbitration in London in accordance with the Arbitration Act 1996 or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof save to the extent necessary to give effect to the provisions of this Clause.

The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the London Maritime Arbitrators Association (LMAA) Terms current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced.

The reference shall be to three arbitrators. A party wishing to refer a dispute to arbitration shall appoint its arbitrator and send notice of such appointment in writing to the other party requiring the other party to appoint its own arbitrator within 14 calendar days of that notice and stating that it will appoints its arbitrator as sole arbitrator unless the other party appoints its own arbitrator and gives notice that it has done so within the 14 days specified. If the other party does not appoint its own arbitrator and give notice that it has done so within 14 days specified, the party referring a dispute to arbitration may, without the requirement of any further prior notice to the other party, appoint its arbitrator as sole arbitrator and shall advise the other party accordingly. The award of a sole arbitrator shall be binding on both parties as if he had been appointed by agreement.

Nothing herein shall prevent the parties agreeing in writing to vary these provisions to provide for the appointment of a sole arbitrator.

In case where neither the claim nor any counterclaim exceeds the sum of USD50,000 (or such other sum as the parties may agree) the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the LMAA Small Claims Procedure current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced.

19.2 This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with Title 9 of the United States Code and the Maritime Law of the United States and any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be referred to three persons at New York, one to be appointed by each of the parties hereto, and the third by the two so chosen; their decision or that of any two of them shall be final, and for the purposes of enforcing any award, judgement may be entered on an award by any court of competent jurisdiction. The proceeding shall be conducted in accordance with the rules of the Society of Maritime Arbitrators, Inc.

In case where neither the claim nor any counterclaim exceeds the sum of USD50,000 (or such other sum as the parties may agree) the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the Shortened Arbitration Procedure of the Society of Maritime Arbitrators, Inc. current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced.

19.3 This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the place-mutually agreed by the parties and any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be referred to arbitration at a mutually agreed place, subject to the procedures applicable there.

19.4 If Box 18 in Part I is not appropriately filled in, sub-clause 19.1 of this Clause apply.

Note : 19.1 , 19.2 and 19.3 are alternatives; indicate alternative agreed in Box 18 .

 

20. Notices .

20.1 Any notice to be given by either party to the other party shall be in writing and may be sent by fax, telex, registered or recorded mail or by personal service.

20.2 The address of the Parties for service of such communication shall be as stated in Boxes 19 and 20 , respectively.

The Additional Clauses attached hereto together with any subsequent addenda, schedules, appendicies or otherwise, shall be construed as an integral paort of this Agreement and shall be interpreted accordingly.

 

This document is a computer generated SHIPMAN 98 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.


LOGO

SHIPMAN98

ADDITIONAL CLAUSES TO THE MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

MADE BETWEEN:

(I) NOEMI SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED

AND

(II) SCORPIO SHIP MANAGEMENT SAM

 

21. OPA

 

21.1 The Managers will:-

 

  (i) arrange for the preparation, filing and updating of a contingency Vessel Response Plan in accordance with the requirements of OPA and instruct the Crew in all aspects of the operation of such plan;

 

  (ii) Identify and ensure the availability by contract or otherwise of a Qualified individual, a Spill Management Team, an Oil Spill Removal Organisation, resources having salvage, fire fighting, lightering and, if applicable, dispersant capabilities, and public relations/media personnel to assist the Owners to deal with the media in the event of discharges of oil.

 

21.2 The Managers are expressly authorised as agents for the Owners to enter into such arrangements by contract or otherwise as are required to ensure the availability of the services outlined in Clause 21.1. The Managers are further expressly authorised as agents for the Owners to enter into such other arrangements as may from time to time be necessary to satisfy the requirements of OPA or other US Federal or State laws.

 

21.3 The Owners will pay the fees due to third parties providing the services described above together with a fee to the Managers for their services. The level of fees will be included in the Vessel’s running costs.

 

21.4 On termination of this Agreement, the Vessel Response Plan and all documentation will be returned to the Managers at the expense of the Owners.

 

22. IT Services

 

22.1 The Managers will, subject to the remaining provisions of this Clause 22, provide the Vessel with the Management System Software.

 

22.2 The main features of the Management System Software at the date of this Agreement are:

 

  (i) comprehensive management software providing single point of entry to the Vessel incorporating crew management, defect and deficiency reporting and performance monitoring;

 

  (ii) a ship to shore and shore to ship e-mail package providing cost efficient communications available to both Managers and their charterers; and

 

  (iii) a computerised maintenance system including inventory control and automated purchase order handling.

 

22.3 The cost for the Management System Software are set out in the Fee Schedule, and are included in the Vessel’s running cost, as follows:

 

  (i) the annual maintenance fee;

 

  (ii) maintenance and upgrades;

 

  (iii) 24 hour support;


  (iv) provision of anti-virus software and regular upgrades;

 

  (v) operational manuals and regular updates;

 

  (vi) annual audit on board the Vessel providing a system health check;

 

  (vii) user manuals and training of the Crew in the use of the Management System Software; and

 

  (viii) e-mail on board the Vessel.

 

22.4 Such costs do not include the costs of appropriate hardware, licence fee and installation/set-up on board the Vessel.

 

22.5 Installation and set-up of the Information System Software will be undertaken on a date agreed between the Managers and the Owners having regard to the Vessel’s schedule and the availability of the Managers’ personnel.

 

22.6 The Management System Software is owned by the Managers or its subsidiaries and is protected by applicable copyright and patent laws.

 

22.7 The Managers do not warrant that the use or operation of the Information System Software will be uninterrupted or error free.

 

23. Vetting

The Managers shall undertake as soon as reasonably possible to have the Vessel either inspected or screened by the following oil majors: BP, Shell, Exxonmobil, ChevronTexaco and Total. The cost of such vetting process is already included into the Vessel’s budget. The Managers shall use their best endeavours to accommodate the Owners request for other/additional vetting inspections or screening process, the cost of which shall be, however, considered out of budget.

 

24. Management Fee

 

24.1 Without prejudice to the generality of clause 8.3 (Management Fee), it is agreed that the remuneration provided for by that clause shall be deemed to cover the Manager’s administrative and general expenses and any other expenses which are not directly and exclusively applicable to the operation or conduct of the business of the Vessel and shall include:

Salaries of corporate officers, executives, department heads, administrative, clerical and office employees, port engineers, port captain, port stewards, paymaster and other employees of the shore side establishment, payroll taxes, group insurance and pension annuity payments applicable to personnel in the above named categories, office and administrative expenses, including insurance, rent, heat, light, power, office stationary, office services, depreciation and repair of office equipment, janitor services and expenses, accounting expenses, the Managers’ outside auditing fees, dues and membership in trade associations, office subscriptions, contributions and donations and franchise taxes, as well as legal fees in connection with the Managers’ corporate and management functions, excluding all and any legal fees or other expenses incurred by the Managers in connection with any claims arising out of any matter related with the Vessel.

 

24.2 In addition to the remuneration payable to the Managers under the provisions of the first paragraph of this section, the Owners shall reimburse the Managers for, inter alia, the amount of such necessary travelling expenses (outside Monaco), seafarers interviewing costs, telephone calls, communication, vessel’s postage, freight and forwarding, warehousing, agency services and fees which are not included in budget and will be treated as contingency costs.

 

25. Dry docking

Dry docking to be carried out with prior approval of costs by the Owners, however the repair list to be at the discretion of the Managers


26. Benefit of Existing and Future Contracts

Where possible, the Owners shall (for the duration of this Agreement) have the advantage of any existing or future contracts of the Managers for the purchase or renewal of materials, facilities, services or equipment, by way of the benefit of discounts (if any).

 

27 . Passing of Title

 

27.1 To the extent already paid for by the Managers using funds specifically provided by the Owners for such a purpose, title to any goods, materials or supplies purchased by the Managers for use in the performance of this Agreement shall belong to the Owners.

 

27.2 Upon termination of this Agreement all such goods, materials or supplies in the hands of the Managers shall be delivered to the Vessel or if requested by the Owners the Managers shall sell or dispose of such goods, materials or supplies at such price, terms and conditions as may be approved by the Owners and remit the proceeds thereof less any expenses incurred in selling or disposing of such goods to an account of the Owners, to be advised separately in writing to the Managers.

 

28. Termination on Bareboat Charter of Vessel

The Managers shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement by notice in writing in the event that the Vessel is bareboat chartered by the Owners. The date upon which the Vessel is to be treated as having been bareboat chartered, shall be the date on which the Owners deliver the Vessel to bareboat charterer, notwithstanding the fact that the Managers may learn of the bareboat charter at a later date.

 

29. Slop and any other disposal ashore

Disposal of slop produced for whatever reason (including but not limited to tank inspection, repairs, drydock preparation, tank cleaning) and any other disposal ashore compulsory as per local regulation is considered out of budget and the Owners shall provide the Managers with such additional funds as may be required.

 

30. ISPS Code

 

30.1 The Manager shall comply with the requirements of the International Code for the Security of Ships and of Port Facilities and the relevant amendments to Chapter XI of SOLAS (ISPS Code) relating to the Vessel and “the Company” (as defined by the ISPS Code). If trading to or from the United States or passing through United States waters, in addition to ensure that the Vessel has been issued with a COFR, the Manager shall also comply with the requirements of the US Maritime Transportation Security Act 2002 (the “MTSA”) relating to the Vessel and the “Owner” (as defined by the MTSA).

 

30.2 Where sub-chartering, the Owner shall ensure that the contact details of all sub-charterers are provided to the Managers and the Master. Furthermore, the Owners shall ensure that all charter parties entered into during the period of this Agreement contain the following provision:

“The Charterers shall provide the Owners with their full style contact details and, where sub-chartering is permitted under the terms of the charter party, shall ensure that the contact details of all sub-charterers are likewise provided to the Owners”.

 

30.3 Notwithstanding anything else contained in this Agreement all costs or expenses whatsoever arising out of or related to security regulations or measures required by the port facility or any relevant authority in accordance with the ISPS Code and/or the MTSA including, but not limited to, security guards, launch services, vessel escorts, security fees, waiting costs and associated expenses, taxes and inspections, shall be out of budget. All measures required by the Manager to comply with the Ship Security Plan shall be for the Manager’s account excluding costs associated with calls at non ISPS compliant port, facilities, installations, vessels or port, facilities, installations, vessels included in any relevant authority warning list (ie USCG Port Security Advisory) as applicable in which case Owners shall provide Managers with such additional funds as may be required.

 

31. Additional Costs

The Owners’ representative’s meals and slop chest, charterers’ meal and slop chest, representation costs, gratuity (either official or not official) provided with the aim to safeguard Vessel’s operation and given in the sole discretion of Master will be separately debited to the Owners at cost. Any extraordinary trading cost (including but not limited to AMPD, COFR, ENOA/D, ICB, EWR coverage, Ransom and Kidnap coverage, security guard, special arrangement for transiting pirate infested areas etc), will be debited to Owners at cost, out of budget, contingency accounting code.


32. Provision of Information

The Owners undertake to provide to the Managers directly or through the charterers all information and instruction necessary for the Master to efficiently perform his duties including but not limited to: charterers name and full style, cargo information including MSDS, cargo carriage instruction relevant to the particular cargo (loading, segregating, carrying, heating, discharging, purging, ventilating, tank cleaning, inerting, stripping, CO washing instruction), port and terminal information and requirements, navigation instruction, speed to be attained, notification requirement, agency full style, fuel MSDS, bunker delivery notes, information necessary for AMS reporting, chartering contracts the Owners will enter into, voyage instructions including service speeds to attain.

 

33. HSQE blanket approval clause

The Owner undertakes to provide full support for the implementation and approval of the Managers’ health, safety, quality and environment policy including extra costs which could be from time to time communicated to Owners.

 

34. Cabotage, storage and STS

Cabotage, storage and frequent STS are not considered normal operations and a special evaluation of risk and extra costs will be provided on a case by case basis by the Managers. The Owners shall make available to the Managers such additional funds as may be required in order for such additional duties to be carried out.

 

35. Payments

All payments to the Managers shall be made in (i) full without any deductions, withholdings and/or set-off and (ii) US Dollars, to the account of the Managers from time to time advised to the Owners by the Managers.

 

36. Third Party Rights

 

36.1 Any person (other than parties to this Agreement) who is given any rights or benefits under Clauses 10 or 11 (a “Third Party”) shall be entitled to enforce those rights or benefits against the parties in accordance with the Contracts (Right of Third Parties) Act 1999.

 

36.2 Save as provided in Clause 36.1 above the operation of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 is hereby excluded.

 

36.3 The parties may amend vary or terminate this Agreement in such a way as may affect any rights or benefits of any Third Party which are directly enforceable against the parties under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 without the consent of any such Third Party.

 

36.4 Any Third Party entitled pursuant to the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any rights or benefits conferred on it by this Agreement may not veto any amendment, variation or termination of this Agreement which is proposed by the parties and which may affect the rights or benefits of any such Third Party.

 

37. Bunker Quality

 

37.1 The Owners shall provide that bunker supplied is of quality suitable for burning in the Vessel’s engines and auxiliaries and which conform to the specification(s) mutually agreed under this contract.

 

37.2 At the time of delivery of the Vessel the Owners shall place at the disposal of the Managers, the bunker delivery note(s) and any samples relating to the fuels existing on board. During the currency of the contract, the Owner shall ensure that bunker delivery notes are presented to the Vessel on the delivery of fuel(s) and that during bunkering representative samples of the fuel(s) supplied shall be taken at the Vessel’s bunkering manifold and sealed in the presence of competent representatives of the fuel supplier and the Vessel as foreseen by Marpol.

 

37.3 Without prejudice to anything else contained in this contract, the Owners shall provide that fuel supplied is of such specifications and grades to permit the Vessel, at all times, to comply with the maximum sulphur content requirements of any emission control zone when the Vessel is ordered to trade within that zone.


37.4 The Owners also warrant that any bunker suppliers, bunker craft operators and bunker surveyors used by the Owners to supply such fuels shall comply with Regulations 14 and 18 of MARPOL Annex VI as applicable, including the Guidelines in respect of sampling and the provision of bunker delivery notes.

 

37.5 Owners to provide as well that a bunker minimum quantity is always kept on board corresponding to 10% of any type of bunker necessary for any particular voyage or 3 days whichever is more. For vessel with a single boiler system, minimum 30 tons of distillate to be always kept on board. Commingling of bunker is not recommended and special manager permission to be obtained on a case by case basis. Managers not to be held responsible for any consequence of commingling.

 

38. War, war risk areas trading .

 

38.1 Managers prior assessment to be always sought before to order the vessel to trade in any war, warlike area as defined by JWC and any cost directly or indirectly incurred as a consequence to obey to said order will be out of budget and debited to the Owners as contingency.

 

38.2 For the purpose of this clause, the words war risk shall include any actual, threatened or reported war; act of war; civil war; hostilities; revolution; rebellion; civil commotion; warlike operations; laying of mines; acts of piracy; acts of terrorists; acts of hostility or malicious damage; blockades (whether imposed against all vessels or imposed selectively against vessels of certain flags or ownership, or against certain cargoes or crews or otherwise howsoever); by any person, body, terrorist or political group, or the Government of any state whatsoever, which, in the reasonable judgment of the Managers, may be dangerous or are likely to be or to become dangerous to the Vessel, her cargo, crew or other persons on board the vessel.

 

39. Ice trading .

Manager prior assessment to be always sought before to order the vessel to trade in any ice bound area as defined by IWL or by prevailing local condition and any cost directly or indirectly incurred as a consequence to obey to said order will be out of budget and debited to owner as contingency.

 

40. Sub-let .

Any extra cost and expenses necessary for owner to perform any sub letting charterer contract are excluded from budget. Take over cost are excluded from budget and vessel is supposed to be fully stocked at delivery

 

41. Entire Agreement .

 

41.1 This agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement; and (in relation to such subject matter) supersedes all prior discussions, understandings and agreements between the parties and all prior representations and expressions of opinion by the parties.

 

41.2 Each of the parties acknowledges that it is not relying on any statements, warranties, representations or understandings (whether negligently or innocently made) given or made by or on behalf of the other in relation to the subject matter hereof and that it shall have no rights or remedies with respect to such subject matter otherwise than under this Agreement. The only remedy available shall be for breach of contract under the terms of this Agreement. Nothing in this Clause shall, however, operate to limit or exclude any liability or fraud.

Dated this 1st day of DECEMBER 2009

LOGO

Exhibit 10.9

LOGO

LOGO

  1.  

Date of Agreement

December 1, 2009

   

THE BALTIC AND INTERNATIONAL MARITIME COUNCIL (BIMCO)

 

  LOGO
       

STANDARD SHIP MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

 

CODE NAME: “SHIPMAN 98”

 

Part 1

 

  2.  

Owners (name, place of registered office and law of registry) ( Cl.1 )

 

 

3.

 

 

 

Managers (name, place of registered office and law of registry) ( Cl.1 )

 

   

Name

Senatore Shipping Company Limited

   

Name

Scorpio Ship Management sam

   

Place of registered office

Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, MH96960, Marshall Islands

   

Place of registered office

9 blvd Charles III, MH98000 Monaco

   

Law of registry

Marshall Islands

   

Law of registry

Principality of Monaco

  4.  

Day and year of commencement of Agreement ( Cl.2 )

December 1, 2009

  5.  

Crew Management (state “yes” or “no” as agreed ( Cl.3.1 )

YES

  6.  

Technical Management (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) ( Cl.3.2 )

YES

  7.  

Commercial Management (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) ( Cl.3.3 )

NO

  8.  

Insurance Arrangements (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) ( Cl.3.4 )

YES

  9.  

Accounting Services (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) ( Cl.3.5 )

YES

  10.  

Sale or purchase of the Vessel (state “yes ” or “no” as agreed) ( Cl.3.6 )

YES

  11.  

Provisions (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) ( Cl.3.7 )

YES

  12.  

Bunkering (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) ( Cl.3.8 )

NO

  13.  

Chartering Services Period (only to be filled in if “yes” stated in Box 7) ( Cl.3.3(i) )

NO

  14.  

Owner’s Insurance (state alternative ( i ), ( ii ) or ( iii ) of ( Cl.6.3 )

6.3(i) to apply

  15.  

Annual Management Fee (state annual amount) ( Cl.8.1 )

US$200,000. -

  16.  

Severance Costs ( state maximum amount ) ( Cl.8.4(ii) )

For Owners’ account: please see clause 8.4 (ii)

  17.  

Day and year of termination of Agreement ( Cl.17 )

See cl ause 17 .

  18.  

Law and Arbitration (state alternative 19.1 , 19.2 or 19.3 ; if 19.3 place of arbitration must be stated) (Cl.19)

19.1

  19.  

Notices (state postal and cable address, telex and telefax number for serving notice and communication to the Owners) ( Cl.20 )

c/o Scorpio Commercial Management sam

9 blvd Charles III

MC98000 Monaco

 

  20.  

Notices (state postal and cable address, telex and telefax number for serving notice and communication to the Managers) ( Cl. 20 )

9 blvd Charles III

MC98000 Monaco

phone +377 97985700

fax +377 92057045

e-mail: technical@scorpio.mc

It is mutually agreed between the party stated in Box 2 and the party stated in Box 3 that this Agreement consisting of PART I and PART II as well as Annexes “A” (Details of Vessel), “B” (Details of Crew), “C” (Budget) and “D” (Associated vessels) attached hereto, shall be performed subject to the conditions contained herein. In the event of a conflict of conditions, the provisions of PART I and Annexes “A” , “B” , “C” and “D” shall prevail over those of PART II to the extent of such conflict but no further.

LOGO

This document is a computer generated SHIPMAN 98 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.


PART II

“SHIPMAN 98” Standard Ship Management Agreement

 

1. Definitions

In this Shipman 98 form (together with the Additional Clauses of even date herewith and any Schedules thereto (the “Agreement”)) save where the context otherwise requires, the following words and expressions shall have the meanings hereby assigned to them.

“Owners” means the party identified in Box 2 .

“Managers” means the party identified in Box 3 .

“Vessel” means the vessel or vessels details of which are set out in Annex “A” attached hereto.

“Crew” means the Master, officers and ratings of the numbers, rank and nationality specified in Annex “B” attached hereto.

“Crew Support Costs” means all expenses of a general nature which are not particularly referable to any individual vessel for the time being managed by the Managers and which are incurred by the Managers for the purpose of providing an efficient and economic management service and, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, shall include the cost of crew standby pay, training schemes for officers and ratings, cadet training schemes, sick pay, study pay, recruitment and interviews.

“Severance Costs” means the costs which the employers are legally obliged to pay to or in respect of the Crew as a result of the early termination of any employment contract for service on the Vessel.

“Crew Insurances” means insurances against crew risks which shall include but not be limited to death, sickness, repatriation, injury, shipwreck unemployment indemnity and loss of personal effects.

“Management Services” means the services specified in sub-clauses 3.1 to 3.8 as indicated affirmatively in Boxes 5 to 12 .

“ISM Code” means the International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention as adopted by the International Maritime Organization (IMO) by resolution A.741(18) or any subsequent amendment thereto.

“STCW 95” means the International Convention on Standards of Training, Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers, 1978, as amended in 1995 or any subsequent amendment thereto.

 

2. Appointment of Managers

With effect from the day and year stated in Box 4 and continuing unless and until terminated as provided herein, the Owners hereby appoint the Managers and the Managers hereby agree to act as the Managers of the Vessel.

 

3. Basis of Agreement

Subject to the terms and conditions herein provided, during the period of this Agreement, the Managers shall carry out Management Services in respect of the Vessel as agents for and on behalf of the Owners. The Managers shall have authority to take such actions as they may from time to time in their absolute discretion consider to be necessary to enable them to perform this Agreement in accordance with sound ship management practice.

 

  3.1 Crew Management

(only applicable if agreed according to Box 5 )

The Managers shall provide suitably qualified Crew for the Vessel as required by the Owners in accordance with the STCW 95 requirements, provision of which includes but is not limited to the following functions:

 

  (i) selecting and engaging the Vessel’s - Crew, including payroll arrangements, pension administration, and insurances for the Crew other than those mentioned in Clause 6 ;

 

  (ii) ensuring that the applicable requirements of the law of the flag of the Vessel are satisfied in respect of manning levels, rank, qualification and certification of the Crew and employment regulations including Crew’s tax, social insurance, discipline and other requirements;

 

  (iii) ensuring that all members of the Crew have passed a medical examination with a qualified doctor certifying that they are fit for the duties for which they are engaged and are in possession of valid medical certificates issued in accordance with appropriate flag State requirements. In the absence of applicable flag State requirements the medical certificate shall be dated not more than three months prior to the respective Crew members leaving their country of domicile and maintained for the duration of their service on board the Vessel;

 

  (iv) ensuring that the Crew shall have a command of the English language of a sufficient standard to enable them to perform their duties safely;

 

  (v) arranging transportation of the Crew, including repatriation;

 

  (vi) training of the Crew and supervising their efficiency;

 

  (vii) conducting union negotiations;

 

  (viii) operating the Managers’ drug and alcohol policy unless otherwise agreed.

 

  3.2 Technical Management

(only applicable if agreed according to Box 6 )

The Managers shall provide technical management which includes, but is not limited to, the following functions:

 

  (i) provision of competent personnel to supervise the maintenance and general efficiency of the Vessel;

 

  (ii) arrangement and supervision of dry dockings, repairs, alterations and the upkeep of the Vessel to the standards required by the Owners provided that the Managers shall be entitled to incur the necessary expenditure to ensure that the Vessel will comply with the law of the flag of the Vessel and of the places where she trades, and all requirements and recommendations of the classification Society;

 

  (iii) arrangement of the supply of necessary victualling, stores, spares, and lubricating oil and services for the Vessel;

 

  (iv) appointment of surveyors and technical consultants as the Managers may consider from time to time to be necessary;

 

  (v) development, implementation and maintenance of a Safety Management System (SMS) in accordance with the ISM Code and an ISPS (see sub-clauses 4.2 and 5.3 ).

 

  3.3 Commercial Management

(only applicable if agreed according to Box 7 )

The Managers shall provide the commercial operation of the Vessel, as required by the Owners, which includes, but is not limited to, the following functions:

 

  (i) providing chartering services in accordance with the Owners’ instructions which include, but are not limited to, seeking and negotiating employment for the Vessel and the conclusion (including the execution thereof )of charter parties or other contracts relating to the employment of the Vessel. If such a contract exceeds the period stated in Box 13 , consent thereto in writing shall first be obtained from the Owners.

 

  (ii) arranging of the proper payment to Owners or their nominees of all hire and/or freight revenues or other moneys of whatsoever nature to which Owners may be entitled arising out of the employment of or otherwise in connection with the Vessel.

 

  (iii) providing voyage estimates and accounts and calculating of hire, freights, demurrage and/or despatch moneys due from or due to the charterers of the Vessel;

 

  (iv) issuing of voyage instructions;

 

  (v) appointing agents;

 

  (vi) appointing stevedores;

 

  (vii) arranging surveys associated with the commercial operation of the Vessel.

 

  3.4 Insurance Arrangements’

(only applicable if agreed according to Box 8 )

This document is a computer generated SHIPMAN 98 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.


PART II

“SHIPMAN 98” Standard Ship Management Agreement

 

The Managers shall arrange insurances in accordance with Clause 6, on such terms and conditions as the Owners shall have instructed or agreed, in particular regarding conditions, insured values, deductibles and franchises.

 

3.5 Accounting Services

(only applicable if agreed according to Box 9 )

The Managers shall:

 

(i) establish an accounting system which meets the requirements of the Owners and provide regular accounting services, supply regular reports and records,

 

(ii) maintain the records of all costs and expenditure incurred as well as data necessary or proper for the settlement of accounts between the parties.

 

3.6 Sale or Purchase of the Vessel

(only applicable if agreed according to Box 10 )

The Managers shall, if so requested and in accordance with the Owners’ instructions, provide technical assistance in connection with any sale of the Vessel, supervise the sale or purchase of the Vessel, including the performance of any sale or purchase agreement, but not negotiation of the same. Any time lost by the Vessel and cost associated with sale and purchase of the Vessel will be considered as contingency and out of budget (please refer to clause 8.10 hereto).

 

3.7 Provisions (only applicable if agreed according to Box 11 )

The Managers shall arrange for the supply of provisions.

 

3.8 Bunkering (only applicable if agreed according to Box 12 )

The Managers shall arrange for the provision of bunker fuel of the quality specified by the Owners as required for the Vessel’s trade.

 

4. Managers’ Obligations

4.1 The Managers undertake to use their best endeavours to provide the agreed Management Services as agents for and on behalf of the Owners in accordance with sound ship management practice and to protect and promote the interests of the Owners in all matters relating to the provision of services hereunder. Provided, however, that the Managers in the performance of their management responsibilities under this Agreement shall be entitled to have regard to their overall responsibility in relation to all vessels as may from time to time be entrusted to their management and in particular, but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the Managers shall be entitled to allocate available supplies, manpower and services in such manner as in the prevailing circumstances the Managers in their absolute discretion consider to be fair and reasonable.

4.2 Where the Managers are providing Technical Management in accordance with sub-clause 3.2 , they shall procure that the requirements of the law of the flag of the Vessel are satisfied and they shall in particular be deemed to be the “Company” as defined by the ISM Code, assuming the responsibility for the operation of the Vessel and taking over the duties and responsibilities imposed by the ISM Code when applicable.

 

5. Owners’ Obligations

5.1 The Owners shall pay all sums due to the Managers punctually in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

5.2 Where the Managers are providing Technical Management in accordance with sub clause 3.2 , the Owners shall:

 

  (i) procure that all officers and ratings supplied by them or on their behalf comply with the requirements of STCW 95;

 

  (ii) instruct such officers and ratings to obey all reasonable orders of the Managers in connection with the operation of the Managers’ safety management system.

5.3 Where the Managers are not providing Technical Management in accordance with sub clause 3.2 , the Owners shall procure that the requirements of the law of the flag of the Vessel are satisfied and that they, or such other entity as may be appointed by them and identified to the Managers, shall be deemed to be the “Company” as defined by the ISM Code assuming the responsibility for the operation of the Vessel and taking over the duties and responsibilities imposed by the ISM Code when applicable.

 

6. Insurance Policies

The Owners shall procure, whether by instructing the Managers under sub-clause 3.4 or otherwise, that throughout the period of this Agreement:

6.1 at the Owners’ expense, the Vessel is insured for not less than her sound market value or entered for her full gross tonnage, as the case may be for:

 

  (i) usual hull and machinery marine risks (including crew negligence) and excess liabilities;

 

  (ii) protection and indemnity risks (including pollution risks and Crew Insurances, FDD cover); and

 

  (iii) war risks (including protection and indemnity and crew risks)

 

  (iv) Loss of Hire (TBA)

in accordance with the best practice of prudent owners of vessels of a similar type to the Vessel, with first class insurance companies, underwriters or associations (“the Owners’ Insurances”);

6.2 all premiums and calls on the Owners’ Insurances are paid promptly by their due date,

6.3 the Owners’ Insurances name the Managers and, subject to underwriters’ agreement, any third party designated by the Managers as a joint assured, with full cover, with the Owners obtaining cover in respect of each of the insurances specified in sub-clause 6.1 :

 

  (i) on terms whereby the Managers and any such third party are liable in respect of premiums or calls arising in connection with the Owners’ Insurances; or

 

  (ii) if reasonably obtainable, on terms such that neither the Managers nor any such third party shall be under any liability in respect of premiums or calls arising in connection with the Owners’ Insurances; or

 

  (iii) on such other terms as may be agreed in writing indicate alternative (i), (ii) or (iii) in Box 14 . If Box 14 is left blank then (i) applies.

6.4 written evidence is provided, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Managers, of their compliance with their obligations under Clause 6 within a reasonable time of the commencement of the Agreement, and of each renewal date and, if specifically requested, of each payment date of the Owners’ Insurances.

 

7. Income Collected and Expenses Paid on Behalf of Owners

7.1 All moneys collected by the Managers under the terms of this Agreement (other than moneys payable by the Owners to the Managers) and any interest thereon shall be held to the credit of the Owners in a separate bank account.

7.2 All expenses incurred by the Managers under the terms of this Agreement on behalf of the Owners (including expenses as provided in Clause 8 ) may be debited against the Owners in the account referred to under sub-clause 7.1 but shall in any event remain payable by the Owners to the Managers on demand.

 

8. Management Fee- see also Additional Clause 24

8.1 The Owners shall pay to the Managers for their services as Managers under this Agreement an annual management fee as stated in Box 15 which shall be payable by equal monthly instalments in advance, the first instalment being payable on the commencement of this Agreement ( see Clause 2 and Box 4 ) and subsequent instalments being payable every month.

8.2 The management fee shall be subject to an annual review on the anniversary date of the Agreement and the proposed fee shall be presented in the annual budget referred to in sub- clause 9.1 .

 

This document is a computer generated SHIPMAN 98 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.


PART II

“SHIPMAN 98” Standard Ship Management Agreement

 

8.3 The Managers shall, at no extra cost to the Owners, provide their own office accommodation, office staff, facilities and stationery. Without limiting the generality of Clause 7 the Owners shall reimburse the Managers for postage and communication expenses, travelling expenses, and other out of pocket expenses properly incurred by the Managers in pursuance of the Management Services.

8.4 In the event of the appointment of the Managers being terminated by the Owners or the Managers in accordance with the provisions of Clauses 17 and 18 other than by reason of default by the Managers, or if the Vessel is lost, sold or otherwise disposed of, the “management fee” payable to the Managers according to the provisions of sub-clause 8.1 , shall continue to be payable for a further period of three calendar months as from the termination date. In addition, provided that the Managers provide Crew for the Vessel in accordance with sub-clause 3.1 :

 

  (i) the Owners shall continue to pay Crew Support Costs during the said further period of three calendar months and

 

  (ii) the Owners shall pay an equitable proportion of any the Severance Costs in full which may materialize, not exceeding the amount stated in Box 16 .

8.5 If the Owners decide to lay-up the Vessel whilst this Agreement remains in force and such lay-up lasts for more than three months, an appropriate reduction of the management fee for the period exceeding three months until one month before the Vessel is again put into service shall be mutually agreed between the parties.

8.6 Unless otherwise agreed in writing all discounts and commissions obtained by the Managers in the course of the management of the Vessel shall be credited to the Owners.

8.7 Where a charterers vetting inspection may be required and a pre-inspection is requested, the costs of such additional services shall be charged to the Vessel’s account (see cl. 23)

8.8 If the Vessel is placed on time charter, additional expenses incurred in complying with charterers requirements (including, but not limited to, additional reporting requirements and visits to the charterers) will be paid by the Owners.

8.9 All fees are exclusive of Value Added Taxes or other applicable taxes, if any.

8.10 If as a result of collision, accident, emergency, or any other extraordinary circumstances, the Managers’ workload is increased beyond that which the parties could reasonably have anticipated, the Managers shall be entitled to reasonable additional remuneration having regard to the nature of the incident, the personnel and resources of the Managers deployed, and all other relevant circumstances including insurance recoveries.

 

9. Budgets and Management of Funds

9.1 The Managers shall present to the Owners annually a budget for the following twelve months in such form as the Owners require. The budget for the first year hereof is set out in Annex “C” hereto. Subsequent annual budgets shall be prepared by the Managers and submitted to the Owners not less than three months one month before the anniversary date of the commencement of this Agreement (see Clause 2 and Box 4 ).

9.2 The Owners shall indicate to the Managers their acceptance and approval of the annual budget within one month of presentation and in the absence of any such indication the Managers shall be entitled to assume that the Owners have accepted the proposed budget.

9.3 Following the agreement of the budget, the Managers shall prepare and present to the Owners their estimate of the working capital requirement of the Vessel and the Managers shall each month up-date this estimate. Based thereon, the Managers shall each month request the Owners in writing for the funds required to run the Vessel for the ensuing month, including the payment of any occasional or extraordinary item of expenditure, such as emergency repair costs, additional insurance premiums, bunkers or provisions. Such funds shall be received by the Managers within ten running days after the receipt by the Owners of the Managers’ written request and shall be held to the credit of the Owners in a separate bank account.

9.4 The Managers shall produce a comparison between budgeted and actual income and expenditure of the Vessel in such form as required by the Owners monthly on a quarterly basis or at such other intervals as mutually agreed.

9.5 Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Managers shall in no circumstances be required to use or commit their own funds to finance the provision of the Management Services.

 

10. Managers’ Right to Sub-Contract

The Managers shall not have the right to sub-contract any of their obligations hereunder, including those mentioned in sub-clause 3.1 , without the prior written consent of the Owners which shall not be unreasonably withheld. In the event of such a sub-contract the Managers shall remain fully liable for the due performance of their obligations under this Agreement.

 

11. Responsibilities

11.1 Force Majeure - Neither the Owners nor the Managers shall be under any liability for any failure to perform any of their obligations hereunder by reason of any cause whatsoever of any nature or kind beyond their reasonable control.

11.2 Liability to Owners - (i) Without prejudice to sub-clause 11.1, the Managers shall be under no liability whatsoever to the Owners for any loss, damage, delay or expense of whatsoever nature, whether direct or indirect, (including but not limited to loss of profit arising out of or in connection with detention of or delay to the Vessel) and howsoever arising in the course of performance of the Management Services UNLESS same is proved to have resulted solely from the negligence, gross negligence or wilful default of the Managers or their employees, or agents or sub-contractors employed by them in connection with the Vessel, in which case (save where loss, damage, delay or expense has resulted from the Managers’ personal act or omission committed with the intent to cause same or recklessly and with knowledge that such loss, damage, delay or expense would probably result) the Managers’ liability for each incident or series of incidents giving rise to a claim or claims shall never exceed a total of ten times the annual management fee payable hereunder.

(ii) Notwithstanding anything that may appear to the contrary in this Agreement, the Managers shall not be liable for any of the actions of the Crew, even if such actions are negligent, grossly negligent or wilful, except only to the extent that they are shown to have resulted from a failure by the Managers to discharge their obligations under sub-clause 3.1 , in which case their liability shall be limited in accordance with the terms of this Clause 11 .

11.3 Indemnity - Except to the extent and solely for the amount therein set out that the Managers would be liable under sub-clause 11.2 , the Owners hereby undertake to keep the Managers and their employees, agents and sub-contractors indemnified and to hold them harmless against all actions, proceedings, claims, demands or liabilities whatsoever or howsoever arising which may be brought against them or incurred or suffered by them arising out of or in connection with the performance of the Agreement, and against and in respect of all costs, losses, damages and expenses (including legal costs and expenses on a full indemnity basis) which the Managers may suffer or incur (either directly or indirectly) in the course of the performance of this Agreement.

11.4 “Himalaya” - It is hereby expressly agreed that no employee or agent of the Managers (including every sub-contractor

 

This document is a computer generated SHIPMAN 98 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.


PART II

“SHIPMAN 98” Standard Ship Management Agreement

 

from time to time employed by the Managers) shall in any circumstances whatsoever be under any liability whatsoever to the Owners for any loss, damage or delay of whatsoever kind arising or resulting directly or indirectly from any act, neglect or default on his part while acting in the course of or in connection with his employment and, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing provisions in this Clause 11 , every exemption, limitation, condition and liberty herein contained and every right, exemption from liability, defence and immunity of whatsoever nature applicable to the Managers or to which the Managers are entitled hereunder shall also be available and shall extend to protect every such employee or agent of the Managers acting as aforesaid and for the purpose of all the foregoing provisions of this Clause 11 the Managers are or shall be deemed to be acting as agent or trustee on behalf of and for the benefit of all persons who are or might be their servants or agents from time to time (including sub-contractors as aforesaid) and all such persons shall to this extent be or be deemed to be parties to this Agreement.

 

12. Documentation

Where the Managers are providing Technical Management in accordance with sub-clause 3.2 and/or Crew Management in accordance with sub-clause 3.1 , they shall make available, upon Owners’ request, all documentation and records related to the Safety Management System (SMS) and/or the Crew which the Owners need in order to demonstrate compliance with the ISM Code and STCW 95 or to defend a claim against a third party.

 

13. General Administration

13.1 The Managers shall handle and settle all claims arising out of the Management Services hereunder and keep the Owners informed regarding any incident of which the Managers become aware which gives or may give rise to claims or disputes involving third parties.

13.2 The Managers shall, as instructed by the Owners, bring or defend actions, suits or proceedings in connection with matters entrusted to the Managers according to this Agreement.

13.3 The Managers shall also have power to obtain legal or technical or other outside expert advice in relation to the handling and settlement of claims and disputes or all other matters affecting the interests of the Owners in respect of the Vessel, save managers should obtain Owners approval prior to taking any action if time permits.

13.4 The Owners shall arrange for the provision of any necessary guarantee bond or other security.

13.5 Any costs reasonably incurred by the Managers in carrying out their obligations according to Clause 13 shall be reimbursed by the Owners.

 

14. Auditing

The Managers shall at all times maintain and keep true and correct accounts and shall make the same available for inspection and auditing by the Owners at such times as may be mutually agreed. On the termination, for whatever reasons, of this Agreement, the Managers shall release to the Owners, if so requested, the originals where possible, or otherwise certified copies, of all such accounts and all documents specifically relating to the Vessel and her operation.

 

15. Inspection of Vessel

The Owners shall have the right at any time after giving reasonable notice to the Managers to inspect the Vessel for any reason they consider necessary.

 

16. Compliance with Laws and Regulations

The Managers will not do or permit to be done anything which might cause any breach or infringement of the laws and regulations of the Vessel’s flag, or of the places where she trades, presently in force. Any additional time and costs arising out of the requirements for compliance with rules and regulations (including research expenses) which may become enforceable on the Vessel shall be for Owners account.

 

17. Duration of the Agreement

This Agreement shall come into effect on the day and year stated in Box 4 and shall remain in force and effect (unless earlier terminated in accordance with the terms of clause 18) for a minimum period of three (3) calendar years and thereafter shall continue indefinitely unless terminated in accordance with the provisions hereof continue until the date stated-in Box 17. Thereafter it shall continue until terminated by Upon expiration of the first calendar year either party giving may give to the other notice of termination in writing, in which event the Agreement shall terminate upon the expiration of a period of two months (2) calendar years from the date upon which such notice was given. Clause 18.6 will apply.

 

18. Termination

18.1 Owners’ default

 

  (i) The Managers shall be entitled to terminate the Agreement with immediate effect by notice in writing if any moneys payable by the Owners under this Agreement and/or the owners of any associated vessel, details of which are listed in Annex “D” . shall not have been received in the Managers’ nominated account within ten running days of receipt by the Owners of the Managers written request or if the Vessel is repossessed by the Mortgagees.

 

  (ii) If the Owners:

 

  (a) fail to meet their obligations under sub-clauses 5.2 and 5.3 of this Agreement for any reason within their control, or

 

  (b) proceed with the employment of or continue to employ the Vessel in the carriage of contraband, blockade running, or in an unlawful trade, or on a voyage which in the reasonable opinion of the Managers is unduly hazardous or improper, the Managers may give notice of the default to the Owners, requiring them to remedy it as soon as practically possible. In the event that the Owners fail to remedy it within a reasonable time to the satisfaction of the Managers, the Managers shall be entitled to terminate the Agreement with immediate effect by notice in writing.

18.2 Managers’ Default

(i) If the Managers fail to meet their obligations under Clauses 3 and 4 of this Agreement for any reason within the control of the Managers, the Owners may give notice to the Managers of the default, requiring them to remedy it as soon as practically possible. In the event that the Managers fail to remedy it within a reasonable time to the satisfaction of the Owners, the Owners shall be entitled to terminate the Agreement with immediate effect by notice in writing.

(ii) If the Managers are convicted of, or admits guilt for, a crime, then the Owners shall be entitled to terminate the Agreement with immediate effect by notice in writing.

18.3 Extraordinary Termination

This Agreement shall be deemed to be terminated in the case of the sale of the Vessel or if the Vessel becomes a total loss or is declared as a constructive or compromised or arranged total loss or is requisitioned.

18.4 For the purpose of sub-clause 18.3 hereof

 

  (i) the date upon which the Vessel is to be treated as having been sold or otherwise disposed of shall be the date on which the Owners cease to be registered as Owners of the Vessel;

 

  (ii)

the Vessel shall not be deemed to be lost unless either she has become an actual total loss or agreement has been reached with her underwriters in respect of her

 

This document is a computer generated SHIPMAN 98 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.


PART II

“SHIPMAN 98” Standard Ship Management Agreement

 

 

constructive, compromised or arranged total loss or if such agreement with her underwriters is not reached it is adjudged by a competent tribunal that a constructive loss of the Vessel has occurred.

18.5 This Agreement shall terminate forthwith in the event of an order being made or resolution passed for the winding up, dissolution, liquidation or bankruptcy of either party (otherwise than for the purpose of reconstruction or amalgamation) or if a receiver is appointed, or if it suspends payment, ceases to carry on business or makes any special arrangement or composition with its creditors.

18.6 The termination of this Agreement shall be without prejudice to all rights accrued due between the parties prior to the date of termination.

 

19. Law and Arbitration

19.1 This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law and any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be referred to arbitration in London in accordance with the Arbitration Act 1996 or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof save to the extent necessary to give effect to the provisions of this Clause.

The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the London Maritime Arbitrators Association {LMAA) Terms current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced.

The reference shall be to three arbitrators. A party wishing to refer a dispute to arbitration shall appoint its arbitrator and send notice of such appointment in writing to the other party requiring the other party to appoint its own arbitrator within 14 calendar days of that notice and stating that it will appoint its arbitrator as sole arbitrator unless the other party appoints its own arbitrator and gives notice that it has done so within the 14 days specified. If the other party does not appoint its own arbitrator and give notice that it has done so within the 14 days specified, the party referring a dispute to arbitration may, without the requirement of any further prior notice to the other party, appoint its arbitrator as sole arbitrator and shall advise the other party accordingly. The award of a sole arbitrator shall be binding on both parties as if he had been appointed by agreement.

Nothing herein shall prevent the parties agreeing in writing to vary these provisions to provide for the appointment of a sole arbitrator.

In cases where neither the claim nor any counterclaim exceeds the sum of USD50,000 (or such other sum as the parties may agree) the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the LMAA Small Claims Procedure current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced.

19.2 This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with Title 9 of the United States-Code and the Maritime Law of the United States Code and the Maritime Law of the United States and any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be referred-to three-persons at New York, one to fee appointed by each of the parties hereto, and the third by the two chosen; their decision or that of any two of them shall be final, and for the purposes of enforcing any award, judgement may be entered-on an award by any court of competent jurisdiction. The proceedings shall-be conducted in accordance with the rules of the Society of Maritime Arbitrators, Inc.

In cases where neither the claim nor any counterclaim exceeds the sum of USD50,000 (or such other sum as the parties may agree) the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the Shortened Arbitration Procedure of the Society-of Maritime-Arbitrators, Inc. current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced.

19.3 This Agreement shall-be governed by and-construed in accordance with the laws of the place mutually agreed by the parties and any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be referred to arbitration at a mutually agreed place, subject to the procedures applicable there.

19.4 If Box 18 in Part I is not appropriately filled in, sub-clause 19.1 of this Clause shall apply.

Note: 19.1, 19.2 and 19.3 arc alternatives: indicate alternative-agreed-in Box 18.

 

20. Notices

20.1 Any notice to be given by either party to the other party shall be in writing and may be sent by fax, telex, registered or recorded mail or by personal service.

20.2 The address of the Parties for service of such communication shall be as stated in Boxes 19 and 20 , respectively.

The Additional Clauses attached hereto together with any subsequent addenda, schedules, appendices or otherwise, shall be construed as an integral part of this Agreement and shall be interpreted accordingly.

 

This document is a computer generated SHIPMAN 98 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.


LOGO

SHIPMAN 98

ADDITIONAL CLAUSES TO THE MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

MADE BETWEEN:

(I) SENATORE SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED

AND

(II) SCORPIO SHIP MANAGEMENT SAM

 

21. OPA

 

21.1 The Managers will:-

 

  (i) arrange for the preparation, filing and updating of a contingency Vessel Response Plan in accordance with the requirements of OPA and instruct the Crew in all aspects of the operation of such plan;

 

  (ii) identify and ensure the availability by contract or otherwise of a Qualified Individual, a Spill Management Team, an Oil Spill Removal Organisation, resources having salvage, fire fighting, lightering and, if applicable, dispersant capabilities, and public relations/media personnel to assist the Owners to deal with the media in the event of discharges of oil.

 

21.2 The Managers are expressly authorised as agents for the Owners to enter into such arrangements by contract or otherwise as are required to ensure the availability of the services outlined in Clause 21.1. The Managers are further expressly authorised as agents for the Owners to enter into such other arrangements as may from time to time be necessary to satisfy the requirements of OPA or other US Federal or State laws.

 

21.3 The Owners will pay the fees due to third parties providing the services described above together with a fee to the Managers for their services. The level of fees will be included in the Vessel’s running costs.

 

21.4 On termination of this Agreement, the Vessel Response Plan and all documentation will be returned to the Managers at the expense of the Owners.

 

22. IT Services

 

22.1 The Managers will, subject to the remaining provisions of this Clause 22, provide the Vessel with the Management System Software.

 

22.2 The main features of the Management System Software at the date of this Agreement are:

 

  (i) comprehensive management software providing single point of entry to the Vessel incorporating crew management, defect and deficiency reporting and performance monitoring;

 

  (ii) a ship to shore and shore to ship e-mail package providing cost efficient communications available to both Managers and their charterers; and

 

  (iii) a computerised maintenance system including inventory control and automated purchase order handling.

 

22.3 The costs for the Management System Software are set out in the Fee Schedule, and are included in the Vessel’s running costs, as follows:

 

  (i) the annual maintenance fee;

 

  (ii) maintenance and upgrades;

 

  (iii) 24 hour support;


  (iv) provision of anti-virus software and regular upgrades;

 

  (v) operational manuals and regular updates;

 

  (vi) annual audit on board the Vessel providing a system health check;

 

  (vii) user manuals and training of the Crew in the use of the Management System Software; and

 

  (viii) e-mail on board the Vessel.

 

22.4 Such costs do not include the costs of appropriate hardware, licence fee and installation/set-up on board the Vessel.

 

22.5 Installation and set-up of the Information System Software will be undertaken on a date agreed between the Managers and the Owners having regard to the Vessel’s schedule and the availability of the Managers’ personnel.

 

22.6 The Management System Software is owned by the Managers or its subsidiaries and is protected by applicable copyright and patent laws.

 

22.7 The Managers do not warrant that the use or operation of the Information System Software will be uninterrupted or error free.

 

23. Vetting

The Managers shall undertake as soon as reasonably possible to have the Vessel either inspected or screened by the following oil majors: BP, Shell, Exxonmobil, ChevronTexaco and Total. The cost of such vetting process is already included into the Vessel’s budget. The Managers shall use their best endeavours to accommodate the Owners requests for other/additional vetting inspections or screening processes, the cost of which shall be, however, considered out of budget.

 

24. Management Fee

 

24.1 Without prejudice to the generality of clause 8.3 (Management Fee), it is agreed that the remuneration provided for by that clause shall be deemed to cover the Manager’s administrative and general expenses and any other expenses which are not directly and exclusively applicable to the operation or conduct of the business of the Vessel and shall include:

Salaries of corporate officers, executives, department heads, administrative, clerical and office employees, port engineers, port captain, port stewards, paymaster and other employees of the shore side establishment, payroll taxes, group insurance and pension annuity payments applicable to personnel in the above named categories, office and administrative expenses, including insurance, rent, heat, light, power, office stationary, office services, depreciation and repair of office equipment, janitor services and expenses, accounting expenses, the Managers’ outside auditing fees, dues and membership in trade associations, office subscriptions, contributions and donations and franchise taxes, as well as legal fees in connection with the Managers’ corporate and management functions, excluding all and any legal fees or other expenses incurred by the Managers in connection with any claims arising out of any matter related with the Vessel.

 

24.2 In addition to the remuneration payable to the Managers under the provisions of the first paragraph of this section, the Owners shall reimburse the Managers for, inter alia, the amount of such necessary travelling expenses (outside Monaco), seafarers interviewing costs, telephone calls, communication, vessel’s postage, freight and forwarding, warehousing, agency services and fees which are not included in budget and will be treated as contingency costs.

 

25. Dry docking

Dry docking to be carried out with prior approval of costs by the Owners, however the repair list to be at the discretion of the Managers


26. Benefit of Existing and Future Contracts

Where possible, the Owners shall (for the duration of this Agreement) have the advantage of any existing or future contracts of the Managers for the purchase or renewal of materials, facilities, services or equipment, by way of the benefit of discounts (if any).

 

27. Passing of Title

 

27.1 To the extent already paid for by the Managers using funds specifically provided by the Owners for such a purpose, title to any goods, materials or supplies purchased by the Managers for use in the performance of this Agreement shall belong to the Owners.

 

27.2 Upon termination of this Agreement all such goods, materials or supplies in the hands of the Managers shall be delivered to the Vessel or if requested by the Owners the Managers shall sell or dispose of such goods, materials or supplies at such price, terms and conditions as may be approved by the Owners and remit the proceeds thereof less any expenses incurred in selling or disposing of such goods to an account of the Owners, to be advised separately in writing to the Managers.

 

28. Termination on Bareboat Charter of Vessel

The Managers shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement by notice in writing in the event that the Vessel is bareboat chartered by the Owners. The date upon which the Vessel is to be treated as having been bareboat chartered, shall be the date on which the Owners deliver the Vessel to bareboat charterer, notwithstanding the fact that the Managers may learn of the bareboat charter at a later date.

 

29. Slop and any other disposal ashore

Disposal of slop produced for whatever reason (including but not limited to tank inspection, repairs, drydock preparation, tank cleaning) and any other disposal ashore compulsory as per local regulation is considered out of budget and the Owners shall provide the Managers with such additional funds as may be required.

 

30. ISPS Code

 

30.1 The Manager shall comply with the requirements of the International Code for the Security of Ships and of Port Facilities and the relevant amendments to Chapter XI of SOLAS (ISPS Code) relating to the Vessel and “the Company” (as defined by the ISPS Code). If trading to or from the United States or passing through United States waters, in addition to ensure that the Vessel has been issued with a COFR, the Manager shall also comply with the requirements of the US Maritime Transportation Security Act 2002 (the “MTSA”) relating to the Vessel and the “Owner” (as defined by the MTSA).

 

30.2 Where sub-chartering, the Owner shall ensure that the contact details of all sub-charterers are provided to the Managers and the Master. Furthermore, the Owners shall ensure that all charter parties entered into during the period of this Agreement contain the following provision:

“The Charterers shall provide the Owners with their full style contact details and, where sub-chartering is permitted under the terms of the charter party, shall ensure that the contact details of all sub-charterers are likewise provided to the Owners”.

 

30.3 Notwithstanding anything else contained in this Agreement all costs or expenses whatsoever arising out of or related to security regulations or measures required by the port facility or any relevant authority in accordance with the ISPS Code and/or the MTSA including, but not limited to, security guards, launch services, vessel escorts, security fees, waiting costs and associated expenses, taxes and inspections, shall be out of budget. All measures required by the Manager to comply with the Ship Security Plan shall be for the Manager’s account excluding costs associated with calls at non ISPS compliant port, facilities, installations, vessels or port, facilities, installations, vessels included in any relevant authority warning list (ie USCG Port Security Advisory) as applicable in which case Owners shall provide Managers with such additional funds as may be required.

 

31. Additional Costs

The Owners’ representative’s meals and slop chest, charterers’ meal and slop chest, representation costs, gratuity (either official or not official) provided with the aim to safeguard Vessel’s operation and given in the sole discretion of Master will be separately debited to the Owners at cost. Any extraordinary trading cost (including but not limited to AMPD, COFR, ENOA/D, ICB, EWR coverage, Ransom and Kidnap coverage, security guard, special arrangement for transiting pirate infested areas etc), will be debited to Owners at cost, out of budget, under contingency accounting code.


32. Provision of Information

The Owners undertake to provide to the Managers directly or through the charterers all information and instruction necessary for the Master to efficiently perform his duties including but not limited to: charterers name and full style, cargo information including MSDS, cargo carriage instruction relevant to that particular cargo (loading, segregating, carrying, heating, discharging, purging, ventilating, tank cleaning, inerting, stripping, CO washing instruction), port and terminal information and requirements, navigation instruction, speed to be attained, notification requirement, agency full style, fuel MSDS, bunker delivery notes, information necessary for AMS reporting, chartering contracts the Owners will enter into, voyage instructions including service speeds to attain.

 

33. HSQE blanket approval clause

The Owner undertakes to provide full support for the implementation and approval of the Managers’ health, safety, quality and environmental policy including extra costs which could be from time to time communicated to Owners.

 

34. Cabotage, storage and STS

Cabotage, storage and frequent STS are not considered normal operations and a special evaluation of risk and extra costs will be provided on a case by case basis by the Managers. The Owners shall make available to the Managers such additional funds as may be required in order for such additional duties to be carried out.

 

35. Payments

All payments to the Managers shall be made in (i) full without any deductions, withholdings and/or set-off and (ii) US Dollars, to the account of the Managers from time to time advised to the Owners by the Managers.

 

36. Third Party Rights

 

36.1 Any person (other than parties to this Agreement) who is given any rights or benefits under Clauses 10 or 11 (a “Third Party”) shall be entitled to enforce those rights or benefits against the parties in accordance with the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999.

 

36.2 Save as provided in Clause 36.1 above the operation of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 is hereby excluded.

 

36.3 The parties may amend vary or terminate this Agreement in such a way as may affect any rights or benefits of any Third Party which are directly enforceable against the parties under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 without the consent of any such Third Party.

 

36.4 Any Third Party entitled pursuant to the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any rights or benefits conferred on it by this Agreement may not veto any amendment, variation or termination of this Agreement which is proposed by the parties and which may affect the rights or benefits of any such Third Party.

 

37. Bunker Quality

 

37.1 The Owners shall provide that bunker supplied is of a quality suitable for burning in the Vessel’s engines and auxiliaries and which conform to the specification(s) mutually agreed under this contract.

 

37.2 At the time of delivery of the Vessel the Owners shall place at the disposal of the Managers, the bunker delivery note(s) and any samples relating to the fuels existing on board. During the currency of the contract, the Owner shall ensure that bunker delivery notes are presented to the Vessel on the delivery of fuel(s) and that during bunkering representative samples of the fuel(s) supplied shall be taken at the Vessel’s bunkering manifold and sealed in the presence of competent representatives of the fuel supplier and the Vessel as foreseen by Marpol.

 

37.3 Without prejudice to anything else contained in this contract, the Owners shall provide that fuel supplied is of such specifications and grades to permit the Vessel, at all times, to comply with the maximum sulphur content requirements of any emission control zone when the Vessel is ordered to trade within that zone.


37.4 The Owners also warrant that any bunker suppliers, bunker craft operators and bunker surveyors used by the Owners to supply such fuels shall comply with Regulations 14 and 18 of MARPOL Annex VI as applicable, including the Guidelines in respect of sampling and the provision of bunker delivery notes.

 

37.5 Owners to provide as well that a bunker minimum quantity is always kept on board corresponding to 10% of any type of bunker necessary for any particular voyage or 3 days whichever is more. For vessel with a single boiler system, minimum 30 tons of distillate to be always kept on board. Commingling of bunker is not recommended and special manager permission to be obtained on a case by case basis. Managers not to be held responsible for any consequence of commingling.

 

38. War, war risk areas trading .

 

38.1 Managers prior assessment to be always sought before to order the vessel to trade in any war, warlike area as defined by JWC and any cost directly or indirectly incurred as a consequence to obey to said order will be out of budget and debited to the Owners as contingency.

 

38.2 For the purpose of this clause, the words war risk shall include any actual, threatened or reported war; act of war; civil war; hostilities; revolution; rebellion; civil commotion; warlike operations; laying of mines; acts of piracy; acts of terrorists; acts of hostility or malicious damage; blockades (whether imposed against all vessels or imposed selectively against vessels of certain flags or ownership, or against certain cargoes or crews or otherwise howsoever); by any person, body, terrorist or political group, or the Government of any state whatsoever, which, in the reasonable judgment of the Managers, may be dangerous or are likely to be or to become dangerous to the Vessel, her cargo, crew or other persons on board the Vessel.

 

39. Ice trading .

Manager prior assessment to be always sought before to order the vessel to trade in any ice bound area as defined by IWL or by prevailing local condition and any cost directly or indirectly incurred as a consequence to obey to said order will be out of budget and debited to owner as contingency.

 

40. Sub-let .

Any extra cost and expenses necessary for owner to perform any sub letting charterer contract are excluded from budget. Take over cost are excluded from budget and vessel is supposed to be fully stocked at delivery

 

41. Entire Agreement .

 

41.1 This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement; and (in relation to such subject matter) supersedes all prior discussions, understandings and agreements between the parties and all prior representations and expressions of opinion by the parties.

 

41.2 Each of the parties acknowledges that it is not relying on any statements, warranties, representations or understandings (whether negligently or innocently made) given or made by or on behalf of the other in relation to the subject matter hereof and that it shall have no rights or remedies with respect to such subject matter otherwise than under this Agreement. The only remedy available shall be for breach of contract under the terms of this Agreement. Nothing in this Clause shall, however, operate to limit or exclude any liability or fraud.

Dated this 1 st day of DECEMBER 2009

LOGO

Exhibit 10.10

LOGO

 

LOGO

           

LOGO

  1.  

Date of Agreement

December 1, 2009

     THE BALTIC AND INTERNATIONAL MARITIME COUNCIL (BIMCO)   
        

STANDARD SHIP MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

 

CODE NAME: “SHIPMAN 98”

 

   Part 1

 

 

 

2.

 

 

Owners (name, place of registered office and law of registry) ( CI. 1 )

 

 

 

3.

  

 

Managers (name, place of registered office and law of registry) ( CI. 1 )

 

   

Name

Venice Shipping Company Limited

    

Name

Scorpio Ship Management sam

   

Place of registered office

Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, MH96960, Marshall Islands

    

Place of registered office

9 blvd Charles DI, MC98000 Monaco

   

Law of registry

Marshall Islands

    

Law of registry

Principality of Monaco

  4.  

Day and year of commencement of Agreement ( CI. 2 )

December 1, 2009

  5.  

Crew Management (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) (CI. 3.1)

YES

  6.   

Technical Management (state “yes” of “no” as agreed) ( CI. 3.2 )

YES

  7.  

Commercial Management (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) (CL 3.3)

NO

  8.   

Insurance Arrangements (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) ( CI. 3.4 )

YES

  9.  

According Service (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) (CI. 3.5)

YES

  10.   

Sale of Purchase or the Vessel (state “yes” or “no” as agreed ) ( CI. 3.6 )

YES

  11.  

Provisions (state “yes” or “no” as agreed) ( CI. 3.7 )

YES

  12.   

Bunkering (state “yes’ or “no” as agreed) ( CI. 3.8 )

NO

  13.  

Chartering Services Period (only to be filled in if “yes” stated in Box 7) (CI. 3.3(i))

NO

  14.   

Owner’s Insurance (state alternative (i) , (ii) , or (iii) of CI. 6.3)

6.3(i) to apply

  15.  

Annual Management Fee (state annual amount) (CI. 8.1)

US$200,000.-

  16.   

Severance Costs (state maximum amount) (CI. 8.4(ii))

For Owners’ account: please see clause 8.4 (ii)

  17.  

Day and year of termination of Agreement (CI. 17)

See clause 17.

  18.   

Law and Arbitration (state alternative 19.1 19.2 or 19.3 ; if 19.3 place of arbitration must be stated) (CI. 19)

19.1

  19.  

Notice (State postal and cable address, telex and telefax number for serving notice and communication to the Owners ) ( CI. 20 )

c/o Scorpio Commercial Management sam

9 blvd Charles III

MC98000 Monaco

  20.   

Notices (State postal and cable address, telex and telefax number for serving notice and communication to the Managers ) ( CI. 20 )

9 blvd Charles III

MC98000 Monaco

phone +377 97985700

fax +377 92057045

e-mail: technical@scorpio.mc

It is mutually agreed between the party stated in Box 2 and the party stated in Box 3 that this Agreement consisting of PART I and PART II as well as Annexes “A” (Details of Vessel), “B” (Details of Crew), “C” (Budget) and “D” (Associated vessels) attached hereto, shall be performed subject to the conditions contained herein. In the event of a conflict of conditions, the provisions of PART I and Annexes “A” , “B” , “C” and “D” shall prevail over those of PART II to the extent of such conflict but no further.

LOGO

This document is a computer generated SHIPMAN 98 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.


PART II

“SHIPMAN 98” Standard Ship Management Agreement

 

1. Definitions

In this Shipman 98 form (together with the Additional Clauses of even date herewith and any Schedules thereto (the “Agreement”)) save where the context otherwise requires, the following words and expressions shall have the meanings hereby assigned to them.

“Owners” means the party identified in Box 2 .

“Managers” means the party identified in Box 3 .

“Vessel” means the vessel or vessels details of which are set out in Annex “A” attached hereto.

“Crew” means the Master, officers and ratings of the numbers, rank and nationality specified in Annex “B” attached hereto.

“Crew Support Costs” means all expenses of a general nature which are not particularly referable to any individual vessel for the time being managed by the Managers and which are incurred by the Managers for the purpose of providing an efficient and economic management service and, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, shall include the cost of crew standby pay, training schemes for officers and ratings, cadet training schemes, sick pay, study pay, recruitment and interviews.

“Severance Costs” means the costs which the employers are legally obliged to pay to or in respect of the Crew as a result of the early termination of any employment contract for service on the Vessel

“Crew Insurances” means insurances against crew risks which shall include but not be limited to death, sickness, repatriation, injury, shipwreck unemployment indemnity and loss of personal effects.

“Management Services” means the services specified in sub-clauses 3.1 to 3.8 as indicated affirmatively in Boxes 5 to 12.

“ISM Code” means the International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention as adopted by the International Maritime Organization (IMO) by resolution A.741(18) or any subsequent amendment thereto.

“STCW 95” means the International Convention on Standards of Training, Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers, 1978, as amended in 1995 or any subsequent amendment thereto.

 

2. Appointment of Managers

With effect from the day and year stated in Box 4 and continuing unless and until terminated as provided herein, the Owners hereby appoint the Managers and the Managers hereby agree to act as the Managers of the Vessel.

 

3. Basis of Agreement

Subject to the terms and conditions herein provided, during the period of this Agreement, the Managers shall carry out Management Services in respect of the Vessel as agents for and on behalf of the Owners. The Managers shall have authority to take such actions as they may from time to time in their absolute discretion consider to be necessary to enable them to perform this Agreement in accordance with sound ship management practice.

 

  3.1 Crew Management

(only applicable if agreed according to Box 5 )

The Managers shall provide suitably qualified Crew for the Vessel as required by the Owners in accordance with the STCW 95 requirements, provision of which includes but is not limited to the following functions:

 

  (i) selecting and engaging the Vessel’s –Crew, including payroll arrangements, pension administration, and insurances for the Crew other than those mentioned in Clause 6 ;

 

  (ii) ensuring that the applicable requirements of the law of the flag of the Vessel are satisfied in respect of manning levels, rank, qualification and certification of the Crew and employment regulations including Crew’s tax, social insurance, discipline and other requirement;

 

  (iii) ensuring that all members of the Crew have passed a medical examination with a qualified doctor certifying that they are fit for the duties for which they are engaged and are in possession of valid medical certificates issued in accordance with appropriate flag State requirements. In the absence of applicable flag State requirements the medical certificate shall be dated not more than three months prior to the respective Crew members leaving their country of domicile and maintained for the duration of their service on board the Vessel .

 

  (iv) ensuring that the Crew shall have a command of the English language of a sufficient standard to enable them to perform their duties safely;

 

  (v) arranging transportation of the Crew, including repatriation;

 

  (vi) training of the Crew and supervising their efficiency;

 

  (vii) conducting union negotiations;

 

  (viii) operating the Managers’ drug and alcohol policy unless otherwise agreed.

 

  3.2 Technical Management

(only applicable if agreed according to Box 6 )

The Managers shall provide technical management which includes, but is not limited to, the following functions:

 

  (i) provision of competent personnel to supervise the maintenance and general efficiency of the Vessel;

 

  (ii) arrangement and supervision of dry dockings, repairs, alterations and the upkeep of the Vessel to the standards required by the Owners provided that the Managers shall be entitled to incur the necessary expenditure to ensure that the Vessel will comply with the law of the flag of the Vessel and of the places where she trades, and all requirements and recommendations of the classification Society;

 

  (iii) arrangement of the supply of necessary victualling, stores, spares, and lubricating oil and services for the Vessel;

 

  (iv) appointment of surveyors and technical consultants as the Managers may consider from time to time to be necessary;

 

  (v) development, implementation and maintenance of a Safety Management System (SMS) in accordance with the ISM Code and an ISPS (see sub-clauses 4.2 and 5.3 ).

 

  3.3 Commercial Management

(only applicable if agreed according to Box 7 )

The Managers shall provide the commercial operation of the Vessel, as required by the Owners, which includes, but is not limited to, the following functions:

 

  (i) providing chartering services in accordance with the Owners’ instructions which include, but are not limited to, seeking and negotiating employment for the Vessel and the conclusion (including the execution thereof) of charter parties or other contracts relating to the employment of the Vessel. If such a contract exceeds the period stated in Box 13, consent thereto in writing shall first be obtained from the Owners.

 

  (ii) arranging of the proper payment to Owners or their nominees of all hire and/or freight revenues or other moneys of whatsoever nature to which Owners may be entitled arising out of the employment of or otherwise in connection with the Vessel.

 

  (iii) providing voyage estimates and accounts and calculating of hire, freights, demurrage and/or dispatch moneys due from or due to the charterers of the Vessel;

 

  (iv) issuing of voyage instructions;

 

  (v) appointing agents;

 

  (vi) appointing stevederes;

 

  (vii) Arranging surveys associated with the commercial operation of the Vessel.

 

  3.4 Insurance Arrangements

(only applicable if agreed according to Box 8 )

This document is a computer generated SHIPMAN 98 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.


PART II

“SHIPMAN 98” Standard Ship Management Agreement

 

The Managers shall arrange insurances in accordance with Clause 6, on such terms and conditions as the Owners shall have instructed or agreed, in particular regarding conditions, insured values, deductibles and franchises.

 

  3.5 Accounting Services

( only applicable if agreed according to Box 9 )

The Managers shall:

 

  (i) establish an accounting system which meets the requirements of the Owners and provide regular accounting services, supply regular reports and records,

 

  (ii) maintain the records of all costs and expenditure incurred as well as data necessary or proper for the settlement of accounts between the parties.

 

  3.6 Sale or Purchase of the Vessel

( only applicable if agreed according to Box 10 )

The Managers shall, if so requested and in accordance with the Owners’ instructions,

Provide technical assistance in connection with any sale of the Vessel, supervise the sale or purchase of the Vessel, including the performance of any sale or purchase agreement, but not negotiation of the same. Any time lost by the Vessel and cost associated with sale and purchase of the Vessel will be considered as contingency and out of budget (please refer to clause 8.10 hereto).

 

  3.7 Provisions ( only applicable if agreed according to Box 11 )

The Managers shall arrange for the supply of provisions.

 

  3.8 Bunkering ( only applicable if agreed according to Box 12 )

The Managers shall arrange for the provision of bunker fuel of the quality specified by the Owners as required for the Vessel’s trade.

 

4. Managers’ Obligations

4.1 The Managers undertake to use their best endeavours to provide the agreed Management Services as agents for and on behalf of the Owners in accordance with sound ship management practice and to protect and promote the interests of the Owners in all matters relating to the provision of services hereunder. Provided, however, that the Managers in the performance of their management responsibilities under this Agreement shall be entitled to have regard to their overall responsibility in relation to all vessels as may from time to time be entrusted to their management and in particular, but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the Managers shall be entitled to allocate available supplies, manpower and services in such manner as in the prevailing circumstances the Managers in their absolute discretion consider to be fair and reasonable.

4.2 Where the Managers are providing Technical Management in accordance with sub-clause 3.2 , they shall procure that the requirements of the law of the flag of the Vessel are satisfied and they shall in particular be deemed to be the “Company” as defined by the ISM Code, assuming the responsibility for the operation of the Vessel and taking over the duties and responsibilities imposed by the ISM Code when applicable.

 

5. Owners’ Obligations

5.1 The Owners shall pay all sums due to the Managers punctually in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

5.2 Where the Managers are providing Technical Management in accordance with sub-clause 3.2, the Owners shall:

 

  (i) procure that all officers and ratings supplied by them or on their behalf comply with the requirements of STCW-95;

 

  (ii) instruct such officers and ratings to obey all reasonable orders of the Managers in connection with the operation of the Managers’ safety management system.

5.3 Where the Managers are not providing Technical Management in accordance with sub-clause 3.2 , the Owners shall procure that the requirements of the law of the flag of the Vessel are satisfied and that they, or such other entity as may be appointed by them and identified to the Managers, shall be deemed to be the “Company” as defined by the ISM Code assuming the responsibility for the operation of the Vessel and taking over the duties and responsibilities imposed by the ISM Code when applicable.

 

6. Insurance Policies

The Owners shall procure, whether by instructing the Managers under sub-clause 3.4 or otherwise, that throughout the period of this Agreement:

6.1 at the Owners’ expense, the Vessel is insured for not less than her sound market value or entered for her full gross tonnage, as the case may be for:

 

  (i) usual hull and machinery marine risks (including crew negligence) and excess liabilities;

 

  (ii) protection and indemnity risks (including pollution risks and Crew Insurances, FDD cover); and

 

  (iii) war risks (including protection and indemnity and crew risks)

 

  (iv) Loss of Hire (TBA)

in accordance with the best practice of prudent owners of vessels of a similar type to the Vessel, with first class insurance companies, underwriters or associations (“the Owners’ Insurances”);

6.2 all premiums and calls on the Owners’ Insurances are paid promptly by their due date.

6.3 the Owners’ Insurances name the Managers and , subject to underwriters’ agreement, any third party designated by the Managers as a joint assured, with full cover, with the Owners obtaining cover in respect of each of the insurances specified in sub-clause 6.1 :

 

  (i) on terms whereby the Managers and any such third party are liable in respect of premiums or calls arising in connection with the Owners’ Insurances; or

 

  (ii) if reasonably obtainable, on terms such that neither the Managers nor any such third party shall be under any liability in respect of premiums or calls arising in connection with the Owners’ Insurances; or

 

  (iii) on such other terms as may be agreed in writing.

Indicate alternative (i), (ii), or (iii) in Box 14 . If Box 14 is left blank then (i) applies.

6.4 written evidence is provided, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Managers, of their compliance with their obligations under Clause 6 within a reasonable time of the commencement of the Agreement, and of each renewal date and, if specifically requested, of each payment date of the Owners’ Insurances.

 

7. Income Collected and Expenses Paid on Behalf of Owners

7.1 All moneys collected by the Managers under the terms of this Agreement (other than moneys payable by the Owners to the Managers) and any interest thereon shall be held to the credit of the Owners in a separate bank account.

7.2 All expenses incurred by the Managers under the terms of this Agreement on behalf of the Owners (including expenses as provided in Clause 8 ) may be debited against the Owners in the account referred to under sub-clause 7.1 but shall in any event remain payable by the Owners to the Managers on demand.

 

8. Management Fee – see also Additional Clause 24

8.1 The Owners shall pay to the Managers for their services as Managers under this Agreement an annual management fee as stated in Box 15 which shall be payable by equal monthly installments in advance, the first installment being payable on the commencement of this Agreement (see Clause 2 and Box 4 ) and subsequent installments being payable every month.

8.2 The management fee shall be subject to an annual review on the anniversary date of the Agreement and the proposed fee shall be presented in the annual budget referred to in sub-clause 9.1.

 

This document is a computer generated SHIPMAN 98 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.


PART II

“SHIPMAN 98” Standard Ship Management Agreement

 

8.3 The Managers shall, at no extra cost to the Owners, provide their own office accommodation, office staff, facilities and stationery. Without limiting the generality of Clause 7 the Owners shall reimburse the Managers for postage and communication expenses, travelling expenses, and other out of pocket expenses properly incurred by the Managers in pursuance of the Management Services.

8.4 In the event of the appointment of the Managers being terminated by the Owners or the Managers in accordance with the provisions of Clauses 17 and 18 other than by reason of default by the Managers, or if the Vessel is lost, sold or otherwise disposed of, the “management fee” payable to the Managers according to the provisions of sub-clause 8.1 shall continue to be payable for a further period of three calendar months as from the termination date. In addition, provided that the Managers provide Crew for the Vessel in accordance with sub-clause 3.1 :

 

  (i) the Owners shall continue to pay Crew Support Costs during the said further period of three calendar months and

 

  (ii) the Owners shall pay an equitable proportion of any the Severance Costs in full which may materialize, not exceeding the amount stated in Box 16 .

8.5 If the Owners decide to lay-up the Vessel whilst this Agreement remains in force and such lay-up lasts for more than three months, an appropriate reduction of the management fee for the period exceeding three months until one month before the Vessel is again put into service shall be mutually agreed between the parties.

8.6 Unless otherwise agreed in writing all discounts and commissions obtained by the Managers in the course of the management of the Vessel shall be credited to the Owners.

8.7 Where a charterers vetting inspection may be required and a pre-inspection is requested, the costs of such additional services shall be charged to the Vessel’s account (see cl. 23)

8.8 If the Vessel is placed on time charter, additional expenses incurred in complying with charterers requirements (including, but not limited to, additional reporting requirements and visits to the charterers) will be paid by the Owners.

8.9 All fees are exclusive of Value Added Taxes or other applicable taxes, if any.

8.10 If as a result of collision, accident, emergency, or any other extraordinary circumstances, the Managers; workload is increased beyond that which the parties could reasonably have anticipated, the Managers shall be entitled to reasonable additional remuneration having regard to the nature of the incident, the personnel and resources of the Managers deployed, and all other relevant circumstances including insurance recoveries.

 

9. Budgets and Management of Funds

9.1 The Managers shall present to the Owners annually a budget for the following twelve months in such form as the Owners require. The budget for the first year hereof is set out in Annex “C” hereto. Subsequent annual budgets shall be prepared by the Managers and submitted to the Owners not less than three months one month before the anniversary date of the commencement of this Agreement (see Clause 2 and Box 4 ).

9.2 The Owners shall indicate to the Managers their acceptance and approval of the annual budget within one month of presentation and in the absence of any such indication the Managers shall be entitled to assume that the Owners have accepted the proposed budget.

9.3 Following the agreement of the budget, the Managers shall prepare and present to the Owners their estimate of the working capital requirement of the Vessel and the Managers shall each month up-date this estimate. Based thereon, the Managers shall each month request the Owners in writing for the funds required to run the Vessel for the ensuing month, including the payment of any occasional or extraordinary item of expenditure, such as emergency repair costs, additional insurance premiums, bunkers or provisions. Such funds shall be received by the Managers within ten running days after the receipt by the Owners of the Managers’ written request and shall be held to the credit of the Owners in a separate bank account.

9.4 The Managers shall produce a comparison between budgeted and actual income and expenditure of the Vessel in such form as required by the Owners monthly on a quarterly basis or at such other intervals as mutually agreed.

9.5 Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Managers shall in no circumstances be required to use or commit their own funds to finance the provision of the Management Services.

 

10. Managers’ Right to Sub-Contract

The Managers shall not have the right to sub-contract any of their obligations hereunder, including those mentioned in sub-clause 3.1, without the prior written consent of the Owners which shall not be unreasonably withheld. In the event of such a sub-contract the Managers shall remain fully liable for the due performance of their obligations under this Agreement.

 

11. Responsibilities

11.1 Force Majeure – Neither the Owners nor the Managers shall be under any liability for any failure to perform any of their obligations hereunder by reason of any cause whatsoever of any nature or kind beyond their reasonable control.

11.2 Liability to Owners – (i) Without prejudice to sub-clause 11.1, the Managers shall be under no liability whatsoever to the Owners for any loss, damage, delay or expense of whatsoever nature, whether direct or indirect, (including but not limited to loss of profit arising out of or in connection with detention of or delay to the Vessel) and howsoever arising in the course of performance of the Management Services UNLESS same is proved to have resulted solely from the negligence, gross negligence or willful default of the Managers or their employees, or agents or sub- contractors employed by them in connection with the Vessel, in which case (save where loss, damage, delay or expense has resulted from the Managers’ personal act or omission committed with the intent to cause same or recklessly and with knowledge that such loss, damage, delay or expense would probably result) the Managers’ liability for each incident or series of incidents giving rise to a claim or claims shall never exceed a total of ten times the annual management fee payable hereunder.

(ii) Notwithstanding anything that may appear to the contrary in this Agreement, the Managers shall not be liable for any of the actions of the Crew, even if such actions are negligent, grossly negligent or willful, except only to the extent that they are shown to have resulted from a failure by the Managers to discharge their obligations under sub- clause 3.1 , in which case their liability shall be limited in accordance with the terms of this Clause 11 .

11.3 Indemnity – Except to the extent and solely for the amount therein set out that the Managers would be liable under sub-clause 11.2 , the Owners hereby undertake to keep the Managers and their employees, agents and sub-contractors indemnified and to hold them harmless against all actions, proceedings claims, demands or liabilities whatsoever or howsoever arising which may be brought against them or incurred or suffered by them arising out of or in connection with the performance of the Agreement, and against and in respect of all costs, losses, damages and expenses (including legal costs and expenses on a full indemnity basis) which the Managers may suffer or incur (either directly or indirectly) in the course of the performance of this Agreement.

11.4 “Himalaya” – It is hereby expressly agreed that no employee or agent of the Managers (including every

 

This document is a computer generated SHIPMAN 98 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.


PART II

“SHIPMAN 98” Standard Ship Management Agreement

 

sub-contractor from time to time employed by the Managers) shall in any circumstances whatsoever to be under any liability whatsoever the Owners for any loss, damage or delay of whatsoever kind arising or resulting directly or indirectly from any act, neglect or default on his part while acting in the course of or in connection with his employment and, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing provisions in this Clause 11 , every exemption, limitation, condition and liberty herein contained and every right, exemption from liability, defence and immunity of whatsoever nature applicable to the Managers or to which the Managers are entitled hereunder shall also be available and shall extend to protect every such employee or agent of the Managers acting as aforesaid and for the purpose of all the foregoing provisions of this Clause 11 the Managers are or shall be deemed to be acting as agent or trustee on behalf of and for the benefit of all persons who are or might be their servants or agents from time to time (including sub-contractors as aforesaid) and all such persons shall to this extent be or be deemed to be parties to this Agreement.

 

12. Documentation

Where the Managers are providing Technical Management in accordance with sub-clause 3.2 and/or Crew Management in accordance with sub-clause 3.1 , they shall make available, upon Owners’ request, all documentation and records related to the Safety Management System (SMS) and/or the Crew which the Owners need in order to demonstrate compliance with the ISM Code and STCW 95 or to defend a claim against a third party.

 

13. General Administration

13.1 The Managers shall handle and settle all claims arising out of the Management Services hereunder and keep the Owners informed regarding any incident of which the Managers become aware which gives or may give rise to claims or disputes involving third parties.

13.2 The Managers shall, as instructed by the Owners, bring or defend actions, suits or proceedings in connection with matters entrusted to the Managers according to this Agreement.

13.3 The Managers shall also have power to obtain legal or technical or other outside expert advice in relation to the handling and settlement of claims and disputes or all other matters affecting the interests of the Owners in respect of the Vessel, save managers should obtain Owners approval prior to taking any action if time permits.

13.4 The Owners shall arrange for the provision of any necessary guarantee bond or other security.

13.5 Any costs reasonably incurred by the Managers in carrying out their obligations according to Clause 13 shall be reimbursed by the Owners.

 

14. Auditing

The Managers shall at all times maintain and keep true and correct accounts and shall make the same available for inspection and auditing by the Owners at such times as may be mutually agreed. On the termination, for whatever reasons, of this Agreement, the Managers shall release to the Owners, if so requested, the originals where possible, or otherwise certified copies, of all such accounts and all documents specifically relating to the Vessel and her operation.

 

15. Inspection of Vessel

The Owners shall have the right at any time after giving reasonable notice to the Managers to inspect the Vessel for any reason they consider necessary.

 

16. Compliance with Laws and Regulations

The Managers will not do or permit to be done anything which might cause any breach or infringement of the laws and regulations of the Vessel’s flag, or of the places where she trades, presently in force. Any additional time and costs arising out of the requirements for compliance with rules and regulations (including research expenses) which may become enforceable on the Vessel shall be for Owners account.

 

17. Duration of the Agreement

This Agreement shall come into effect on the day and year stated in Box 4 and shall remain in force and effect (unless earlier terminated in accordance with the terms of clause 18) for a minimum period of three (3) calendar years and thereafter shall continue indefinitely unless terminated in accordance with the provisions hereof continue until the date stated in Box 17 . Thereafter it shall continue until terminated by Upon expiration of the first calendar year either party giving may give to the other notice of termination in writing, in which event the Agreement shall terminate upon the expiration of a period of two months (2) calendar years from the date upon which such notice was given. Clause 18.6 will apply.

 

18. Termination

18.1 Owner’s default

 

  (i) The Managers shall be entitled to terminate the Agreement with immediate effect by notice in writing if any moneys payable by the Owners under this Agreement and/or the owners of any associated vessel, details of which are listed in Annex “D” , shall not have been received in the Managers’ nominated account within ten running days of receipt by the Owners of the Managers written request or if the Vessel is repossessed by the Mortgagees.

 

  (ii) If the Owners:

 

  (a) fail to meet their obligations under sub-clauses 5.2 and 5.3 of this Agreement for any reason within their control, or

 

  (b) proceed with the employment of or continue to employ the Vessel in the carriage of contraband, blockade running, or in an unlawful trade, or on a voyage which in the reasonable opinion of the Managers is unduly hazardous or improper,

the Managers may give notice of the default to the Owners, requiring them to remedy it as soon as practically possible. In the event that the Owners fail to remedy it within a reasonable time to the satisfaction of the Managers, the Managers shall be entitled to terminate the Agreement with immediate effect by notice in writing.

18.2 Managers’ Default

(i) If the Managers fail to meet their obligations under Clauses 3 and 4 of this Agreement for any reason within the control of the Managers, the Owners may give notice to the Managers of the default, requiring them to remedy it as soon as practically possible. In the event that the Managers fail to remedy it within a reasonable time to the satisfaction of the Owners, the Owners shall be entitled to terminate the Agreement with immediate effect by notice in writing.

(ii) If the Managers are convicted of, or admits guilt for, a crime, then the Owners shall be entitled to terminate the Agreement with immediate effect by notice in writing.

18.3 Extraordinary Termination

This Agreement shall be deemed to be terminated in the case of the sale of the Vessel or if the Vessel becomes a total loss or is declared as a constructive or compromised or arranged total loss or is requisitioned.

18.4 For the purpose of sub-clause 18.3 hereof

 

  (i) the date upon which the Vessel is to be treated as having been sold or otherwise disposed of shall be the date on which the Owners cease to be registered as Owners of the Vessel;

 

  (ii)

the Vessel shall not be deemed to be lost unless either she has become an actual total loss or agreement has been reached with her underwriters in respect of her

 

This document is a computer generated SHIPMAN 98 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.


PART II

“SHIPMAN 98” Standard Ship Management Agreement

 

 

constructive, compromised or arranged total loss or if such agreement with her underwriters is not reached it is adjudged by a competent tribunal that a constructive loss of the Vessel has occurred.

18.5 This Agreement shall terminate forthwith in the event of an order being made or resolution passed for the winding up, dissolution, liquidation or bankruptcy of either party (otherwise than for the purpose of reconstruction or amalgamation) or if a receiver is appointed, or if it suspends payment, ceases to carry on business or makes any special arrangement or composition with its creditors.

18.6 The termination of this Agreement shall be without prejudice to all rights accrued due between the parties prior to the date of termination.

 

19. Law and Arbitration

19.1 This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law and any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be referred to arbitration in London in accordance with the Arbitration Act 1996 or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof save to the extent necessary to give effect to the provisions of this Clause.

The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the London Maritime Arbitrators Association (LMAA) Terms current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced.

The reference shall be to three arbitrators. A party wishing to refer a dispute to arbitration shall appoint its arbitrator and send notice of such appointment in writing to the other party requiring the other party to appoint its own arbitrator within 14 calendar days of that notice and stating that it will appoint its arbitrator as sole arbitrator unless the other party appoints its own arbitrator and gives notice that it has done so within the 14 days specified. If the other party does not appoint its own arbitrator and give notice that it has done so within 14 days specified, the party referring a dispute to arbitration may, without the requirement of any further prior notice to the other party, appoint its arbitrator as sole arbitrator and shall advise the other party accordingly. The award of a sole arbitrator shall be binding on both parties as if he had been appointed by agreement.

Nothing herein shall prevent the parties agreeing in writing to vary these provisions to provide for the appointment of a sole arbitrator.

In cases where neither the claim nor any counterclaim exceeds the sum of USD50,000 (or such other sum as the parties may agree) the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the LMAA Small Claims Procedure current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced.

19.2 This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with Title 9 of the United States Code and the Maritime Law of the United States and any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be referred to three persons at New York, one to be appointed by each of the parties hereto, and the third by the two so chosen; their decision or that of any two of them shall be final, and for the purposes of enforcing any award, judgment may be entered on an award by any court of competent jurisdiction. The proceedings shall be conducted in accordance with the rules of the Society of Maritime Arbitrators, Inc.

In cases where neither the claim nor any counterclaim exceeds the sum of USD50,000 (or such other sum as the parties may agree) the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the Shortened Arbitration Procedure of the Society of Maritime Arbitrators, Inc, current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced.

19.3 This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the place mutually agreed by the parties and any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be referred to arbitration at a mutually agreed place, subject to the procedures applicable there.

19.4 If Box 18 in Part I is not appropriately filled in, sub clause 19.1 of this Clause shall apply.

Note: 19.1 , 19.2 and 19.3 are alternatives; indicate alternative agreed in Box 18.

 

20. Notices

20.1 Any notice to be given by either party to the other party shall be in writing and may be sent by fax, telex, registered or recorded mail or by personal service.

20.2 The address of the Parties for service of such communication shall be as stated in Boxes 19 and 20 , respectively.

The Additional Clauses attached hereto together with any subsequent addenda, schedules, appendicies or otherwise, shall be construed as an integral part of this Agreement and shall be interpreted accordingly.

 

This document is a computer generated SHIPMAN 98 form printed by authority of BIMCO. Any insertion or deletion to the form must be clearly visible. In the event of any modification made to the pre-printed text of this document which is not clearly visible, the text of the original BIMCO approved document shall apply. BIMCO assumes no responsibility for any loss, damage or expense as a result of discrepancies between the original BIMCO approved document and this computer generated document.


LOGO

SHIPMAN98

ADDITIONAL CLAUSES TO THE MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

MADE BETWEEN:

(I) VENICE SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED

AND

(II) SCORPIO SHIP MANAGEMENT SAM

 

21. OPA

 

21.1 The Managers will:-

 

  (i) arrange for the preparation, filing and updating of a contingency Vessel Response Plan in accordance with the requirements of OPA and instruct the Crew in all aspects of the operation of such plan;

 

  (ii) identify and ensure the availability by contract or otherwise of a Qualified Individual, a Spill Management Team, an Oil Spill Removal Organisation, resources having salvage, fire fighting, lightering and, if applicable, dispersant capabilities, and public relations/media personnel to assist the Owners to deal with the media in the event of discharges of oil.

 

21.2 The Managers are expressly authorized as agents for the Owners to enter into such arrangements by contract or otherwise as are required to ensure the availability of the services outlined in Clause 21.1. The Managers are further expressly authorized as agents for the Owners to enter into such other arrangements as may from time to time be necessary to satisfy the requirements of OPA or other US Federal or State Laws.

 

21.3 The Owners will pay the fees due to third parties providing the services described above together with a fee to the Managers for their services. The level of fees will be included in the Vessel’s running costs.

 

21.4 On termination of this Agreement, the Vessel Response Plan and all documentation will be returned to the Managers at the expense of the Owners.

 

22. IT Services

 

22.1 The Managers will, subject to the remaining provisions of this Clause 22, provide the Vessel with the Management System Software.

 

22.2 The main features of the Management System Software at the date of this Agreement are:

 

  (i) comprehensive management software providing single point of entry to the Vessel incorporating crew management, defect and deficiency reporting and performance monitoring;

 

  (ii) a ship to shore and shore to ship e-mail package providing cost efficient communications available to both Managers and their charterers; and

 

  (iii) a computerized maintenance system including inventory control and automated purchase order handling.

 

22.3 The cost for the Management System Software are set out in the Fee Schedule, and are included in the Vessel’s running cost, as follows:

 

  (i) the annual maintenance fee;

 

  (ii) maintenance and upgrades;

 

  (iii) 24 hour support;


  (iv) provision of anti-virus software and regular upgrades;

 

  (v) operational manuals and regular updates;

 

  (vi) annual audit on board the Vessel providing a system health check;

 

  (vii) user manuals and training of the Crew in the use of the Management System Software; and

 

  (viii) e-mail on board the Vessel.

 

22.4 Such costs do not include the costs of appropriate hardware, licence fee and installation/set-up on board the Vessel.

 

22.5 Installation and set-up of the Information System Software will be undertaken on a date agreed between the Managers and the Owners having regard to the Vessel’s schedule and the availability of the Managers’ personnel.

 

22.6 The Management System Software is owned by the Managers or its subsidiaries and is protected by applicable copyright and patent laws.

 

22.7 The Managers do not warrant that the use or operation of the Information System Software will be uninterrupted or error free.

 

23. Vetting

The Managers shall undertake as soon as reasonably possible to have the Vessel either inspected or screened by the following oil majors: BP, Shell, Exxonmobil, ChevronTexaco and Total. The cost of such vetting process is already included into the Vessel’s budget. The Managers shall use their best endeavours to accommodate the Owners requests for other/additional vetting inspections or screening processes, the cost of which shall be, however, considered out of budget.

 

24. Management Fee

 

24.1 Without prejudice to the generality of clause 8.3 (Management Fee), it is agreed that the remuneration provided for by that clause shall be deemed to cover the Manager’s administrative and general expenses and any other expenses which are not directly and exclusively applicable to the operation or conduct of the business of the Vessel and shall include:

Salaries of corporate officers, executives, department heads, administrative, clerical and office employees, port engineers, port captain, port stewards, paymaster and other employees of the shore side establishment, payroll taxes, group insurance and pension annuity payments applicable to personnel in the above named categories, office and administrative expenses, including insurance, rent, heat, light, power, office stationary, office services, depreciation and repair of office equipment, janitor services and expenses, accounting expenses, the Managers’ outside auditing fees, dues and membership in trade associations, office subscriptions, contributions and donations and franchise taxes, as well as legal fees in connection with the Managers’ corporate and management functions, excluding all and any legal fees or other expenses incurred by the Managers in connection with any claims arising out of any matter related with the Vessel.

 

24.2 In addition to the remuneration payable to the Managers under the provisions of the first paragraph of this section, the Owners shall reimburse the Managers for, inter alia, the amount of such necessary travelling expenses (outside Monaco), seafarers interviewing costs, telephone calls, communication, vessel’s postage, freight and forwarding, warehousing, agency services and fees which are not included in budget and will be treated as contingency costs.

 

25. Dry docking

Dry docking to be carried out with prior approval of costs by the Owners, however the repair list to be at the discretion of the Managers


26. Benefit of Existing and Future Contracts

Where possible, the Owners shall (for the duration of this Agreement) have the advantage of any existing or future contracts of the Managers for the purchase or renewal of materials, facilities, services or equipment, by way of the benefit of discounts (if any).

 

27. Passing of Title

 

27.1 To the extent already paid for by the Managers using funds specifically provided by the Owners for such a purpose, title to any goods, materials or supplies purchased by the Managers for use in the performance of this Agreement shall belong to the Owners.

 

27.2 Upon termination of this Agreement all such goods, materials or supplies in the hands of the Managers shall be delivered to the Vessel or if requested by the Owners the Managers shall sell or dispose of such goods, materials or supplies at such price, terms and conditions as may be approved by the Owners and remit the proceeds thereof less any expenses incurred in selling or disposing of such goods to an account of the Owners, to be advised separately in writing to the Managers.

 

28. Termination on Bareboat Charter of Vessel

The Managers shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement by notice in writing in the event that the Vessel is bareboat chartered by the Owners. The date upon which the Vessel is to be treated as having been bareboat chartered, shall be the date on which the Owners deliver the Vessel to bareboat charterer, notwithstanding the fact that the Managers may learn of the bareboat charter at a later date.

 

29. Slop and any other disposal ashore

Disposal of slop produced for whatever reason (including but not limited to tank inspection, repairs, drydock preparation, tank cleaning) and any other disposal ashore compulsory as per local regulation is considered out of budget and the Owners shall provide the Managers with such additional funds as may be required.

 

30. ISPS Code

 

30.1 The Manager shall comply with the requirements of the International Code for the Security of Ships and of Port Facilities and the relevant amendments to Chapter XI of SOLAS (ISPS Code) relating to the Vessel and “the Company” (as defined by the ISPS Code). If trading to or from the United States or passing through United States waters, in addition to ensure that the Vessel has been issued with a COFR, the Manager shall also comply with the requirements of the US Maritime Transportation Security Act 2002 (the “MTSA”) relating to the Vessel and the “Owner” (as defined by the MTSA).

 

30.2 Where sub-chartering, the Owner shall ensure that the contact details of all sub-charterers are provided to the Managers and the Master. Furthermore, the Owners shall ensure that all charter parties entered into during the period of this Agreement contain the following provision:

“The Charterers shall provide the Owners with their full style contact details and, where sub-chartering is permitted under the terms of the charter party, shall ensure that the contact details of all sub-charterers are likewise provided to the Owners”.

 

30.3 Notwithstanding anything else contained in this Agreement all costs or expenses whatsoever arising out of or related to security regulations or measures required by the port facility or any relevant authority in accordance with the ISPS Code and/or the MTSA including, but not limited to, security guards, launch services, vessel escorts, security fees, waiting costs and associated expenses, taxes and inspections, shall be out of budget. All measures required by the Manager to comply with the Ship Security Plan shall be for the Manager’s account excluding costs associated with calls at non ISPS compliant port, facilities, installations, vessels or port, facilities, installations, vessels included in any relevant authority warning list (ie USCG Port Security Advisory) as applicable in which case Owners shall provide Managers with such additional funds as may be required.

 

31. Additional Costs

The Owner’s representative’s meals and slop chest, charterers’ meal and slop chest, representation costs, gratuity (either official or not official) provided with the aim to safeguard Vessel’s operation and given in the sole discretion of Master will be separately debited to the Owners at cost. Any extraordinary trading cost (including but not limited to AMPD, COFR, ENOA/D, ICB, EWR coverage, Ransom and Kidnap coverage, security guard, special arrangement for transiting pirate infested areas etc), will be debited to Owners at cost, out of budget, under contingency accounting code.


32. Provision of Information

The Owners undertake to provide to the Managers directly or through the charterers all information and instruction necessary for the Master to efficiently perform his duties including but not limited to: charterers name and full style, cargo information including MSDS, cargo carriage instruction relevant to that particular cargo (loading, segregating, carrying, heating, discharging, purging, ventilating, tank cleaning, inerting, stripping, CO washing instruction), port and terminal information and requirements, navigation instruction, speed to be attained, notification requirement, agency full style, fuel MSDS, bunker delivery notes, information necessary for AMS reporting, chartering contracts the Owners will enter into, voyage instructions including service speeds to attain.

 

33. HSQE blanket approval clause

The Owner undertakes to provide full support for the implementation and approval of the Managers’ health, safety, quality and environmental policy including extra costs which could be from time to time communicated to Owners.

 

34. Cabotage, storage and STS

Cabotage, storage and frequent STS are not considered normal operations and a special evaluation of risk and extra costs will be provided on a case by case basis by the Managers. The Owners shall make available to the Managers such additional funds as may be required in order for such additional duties to be carried out.

 

35. Payments

All payments to the Managers shall be made in (i) full without any deductions, withholdings and/or set-off and (ii) US Dollars, to the account of the Managers from time to time advised to the Owners by the Managers.

 

36. Third Party Rights

 

36.1 Any person (other than parties to this Agreement) who is given any rights or benefits under Clauses 10 or 11 (a “Third Party”) shall be entitled to enforce those rights or benefits against the parties in accordance with the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999.

 

36.2 Save as provided in Clause 36.1 above the operation of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 is hereby excluded.

 

36.3 The parties may amend vary or terminate this Agreement in such a way as may affect any rights or benefits of any Third Party which are directly enforceable against the parties under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 without the consent of any such Third Party.

 

36.4 Any Third Party entitled pursuant to the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any rights or benefits conferred on it by this Agreement may not veto any amendment, variation or termination of this Agreement which is proposed by the parties and which may affect the rights or benefits of any such Third Party.

 

37. Bunker Quality

 

37.1 The Owners shall provide that bunker supplied is of a quality suitable for burning in the Vessel’s engines and auxiliaries and which conform to the specification(s) mutually agreed under this contract.

 

37.2 At the time of delivery of the Vessel the Owners shall place at the disposal of the Managers, the bunker delivery note(s) and any samples relating to the fuels existing on board. During the currency of the contract, the Owner shall ensure that bunker delivery notes are presented to the Vessel on the delivery of fuel(s) and that during bunkering representative samples of the fuel(s) supplied shall be taken at the Vessel’s bunkering manifold and sealed in the presence of competent representatives of the fuel supplier and the Vessel as foreseen by Marpol.

 

37.3 Without prejudice to anything else contained in this contract, the Owners shall provide that fuel supplied is of such specifications and grades to permit the Vessel, at all times, to comply with the maximum sulphur content requirements of any emission control zone when the Vessel is ordered to trade within that zone.


37.4 The Owners also warrant that any bunker suppliers, bunker craft operators and bunker surveyors used by the Owners to supply such fuels shall comply with Regulations 14 and 18 of MARPOL Annex VI as applicable, including the Guidelines in respect of sampling and the provision of bunker delivery notes.

 

37.5 Owners to provide as well that a bunker minimum quantity is always kept on board corresponding to 10% of any type of bunker necessary for any particular voyage or 3 days whichever is more. For vessel with a single boiler system, minimum 30 tons of distillate to be always kept on board. Commingling of bunker is not recommended and special manager permission to be obtained on a case by case basis. Managers not to be held responsible for any consequence of commingling.

 

38. War, war risk areas trading .

 

38.1 Managers prior assessment to be always sought before to order the vessel to trade in any war, warlike area as defined by JWC and any cost directly or indirectly incurred as a consequence to obey to said order will be out of budget and debited to the Owners as contingency.

 

38.2 For the purpose of this clause, the words war risk shall include any actual, threatened or reported war; act of war; civil war; hostilities; revolution; rebellion; civil commotion; warlike operations; laying of mines; acts of piracy; acts of terrorists; acts of hostility or malicious damage; blockades (whether imposed against all vessels or imposed selectively against vessels of certain flags or ownership, or against certain cargoes or crews or otherwise howsoever); by any person, body, terrorist or political group, or the Government of any state whatsoever, which, in the reasonable judgment of the Managers, may be dangerous or are likely to be or to become dangerous to the Vessel, her cargo, crew or other persons on board the Vessel.

 

39. Ice trading .

Manager prior assessment to be always sought before to order the vessel to trade in any ice bound area as defined by IWL or by prevailing local condition and any cost directly or indirectly incurred as a consequence to obey to said order will be out of budget and debited to owner as contingency.

 

40. Sub-let .

Any extra cost and expenses necessary for owner to perform any sub letting charterer contract are excluded from budget. Take over cost are excluded from budget and vessel is supposed to be fully stocked at delivery

 

41. Entire Agreement .

 

41.1 This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement; and (in relation to such subject matter) supersedes all prior discussions, understandings and agreements between the parties and all prior representations and expressions of opinion by the parties.

 

41.2 Each of the parties acknowledges that it is not relying on any statements, warranties, representations or understandings (whether negligently or innocently made) given or made by or on behalf of the other in relation to the subject matter hereof and that it shall have no rights or remedies with respect to such subject matter otherwise than under this Agreement. The only remedy available shall be for breach of contract under the terms of this Agreement. Nothing in this Clause shall, however, operate to limit or exclude any liability or fraud.

Dated this 1 st day of DECEMBER 2009

LOGO

Exhibit 23.2

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement No. 333-164940 on Form F-1 of our report dated December 16, 2009 except for Note 15, as to which the date is March 10, 2010 and except for Note 13, as to which the date is March 17, 2010, relating to the combined financial statements as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2008 of Scorpio Tankers Inc. and subsidiaries appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

 

We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

 

/s/ Deloitte LLP

 

DELOITTE LLP

 

London, United Kingdom

 

March 17, 2010

EXHIBIT 23.3

 

[FEARNLEY FONDS LETTERHEAD]

 

Scorpio Tankers Inc.

9, Boulevard Charles III

Monaco 98000

17 March 2010

 

Dear Sirs,

 

re.: Scorpio Tankers Inc. – consent to use of information

 

Reference is made to the Form F-1 registration statement (the “Registration Statement”) relating to the offer and sale of common shares, $0.01 par value per share, of Scorpio Tankers Inc.

 

We hereby consent to all references to our name in the Registration Statement and to the use of the statistical and graphical information supplied by us, as set forth therein. We have accurately described the international tanker industry, subject to the availability and reliability of the data supporting the statistical and graphical information presented. We further hereby advise Scorpio Tankers Inc. that (i) certain of the information provided is based on estimates or subjective judgements, (ii) the information in the databases of other maritime data collection concerns may differ from the information in our databases and other Astrup Fearnley group databases that we have relied on, and (iii) while we have taken reasonable care in the compilation of such statistical information and believe it to be correct, data collection is subject to limited audit and validation procedures.

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this letter as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of Scorpio Tankers Inc. to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to the reference to our firm in the section of the Registration Statement entitled ”Experts”.

 

Sincerely,

for Fearnley Fonds ASA

/s/ Eivind Hadler-Olsen

Eivind Hadler-Olsen

Managing director

Exhibit 23.7

 

LOGO

 

Drewry Shipping Consultants Ltd., Drewry House, Meridian Gate, 213 Marsh Wall, London E14 9FJ, England

Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7538 0191 Facsimile: +44 (0) 20 7987 9396 Email: enquiries@drewry.co.uk Website: www.drewry.co.uk

 

March 17, 2010

 

Scorpio Tankers Inc.

9, Boulevard Charles III

Monaco 98000

 

Dear Sir/Madam:

 

Reference is made to the registration statement of Scorpio Tankers Inc. (the “Company”) and the included prospectus to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on or about March 18, 2010 (as may be amended, the “Prospectus”) relating to the sale of the Company’s common shares. We hereby consent to all references to our name in the Prospectus and to the use of the statistical information supplied by us in the chart entitled “Oil Tanker Demand: 2000-2009” (the “Graph”) within “The International Tanker Industry” section of the Prospectus. We further advise the Company that our role has been limited to the provision of such statistical data supplied by us. With respect to such statistical data provided in the Graph, we advise you that:

 

(1) we have accurately described the relevant elements of the international tanker industry expressed in the Graph, subject to the availability and reliability of the data supporting the statistical and graphical information presented; and

 

(2) our methodologies for collecting information and data may differ from those of other sources and does not reflect all or even necessarily a comprehensive set of the actual transactions occurring in the international tanker industry.

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this letter as an exhibit to the Registration Statement filed with the SEC on or about March 18, 2010.

 

Yours faithfully

/s/ Nigel Gardiner

Nigel Gardiner

Managing Director

Drewry Shipping Consultants Ltd.

 

Drewry Shipping Consultants Limited – registered in London, England No. 3289135